Full text of "Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington"

See other formats

eho ate gee A ee J
Cae gg tens SPAS EE a ah td -_ a
ee Syd ALPACA? TOME WRCIELO TT OT) oe or heee "
VDA Bete Haare toh sa ayetemtergete 4) 4% ttaompeceree
Me tecttshest Lih® OLS We eer ic) ety mSiaree Peet tetrad
wey ty he) A Ee Omen Ra Tha dine +

TY TCE
Poveda Web Webs teen ede
sp tenee Pw TUDEAD cu r we
Valine tare
AE bpd " i me
Ite IA LED) Lome d ety teeta sie MPP ir Ya Pu Soh Ph at oe
Peer yore Cee) vee eee ree ee
sya ys eaters es i eho

Maony ing NOR HREM
4 ecterr SUC CIRC OL
i eae ta

ae tn ik)
Satie tet deer el ens , e
ees] ‘ at vet Aaa ’ Li ?
‘ W hr ia i4iei tes i ’ i
} ‘ rary 4 A ATED Oe art &
giats G14 ‘ Pee Cos
Nemocre enee thir ESI a Se ya det
Worn Lie Matyas Grete: Wea b ete he Y 4
eh dee aalh (0 By bel 144 tTe Nate
ee etawe bape AGagteze-Os 04 RY sae dele hone
by Avie eeteaeresteal bs te Be Army Masten aaeel
Wi athae aye Wee
DSUEHISH ta AREMREERS RAED Bi Ta
“ bee te ee Better
rey hres
vere

bp ete tia Cari rc hh)
ie meds nee fee yack \ aetna sons
veetycar he hess ars Garber yaeae tie deqeaea ae
PT Saad) ‘ Preerrercr Sn

U asians 4

pens aardtart rah
Cangas Oe : Pe eaten
re ve Seno teas
gh toa ated ts i Hoyrace gts?
r nayOVE Rn PETE G sat AVE Migyete dete
wil 1 1oe hin De HP \ - ny s Saklt taaclbehe Mee oa Mais e Be:
abe ca ett fo hayes AILEY heaet by ihaBY tent fe
tyre yet See ty aateret cm de ew owen y mate Peewee: Bae NTR
er TLC RPL EER Ce we Dry RCN eo Ree Bik, O

‘ wR nh aPehan: 5
athe ge tity

Oareys

pin cacagnetteyy Vsitacas

Rte aee t a iibeks (Rei tow:
yeretedige bet + tReet elapacmety

atey a 4 icy Vi hehethey cotan et ee

54 J raed te : a anias ’ Wee seuevenaet bias are

mie pecdud-dt eae dy 4: 7 ceeding eG abe bit nbs jomet ant raat
cay? Meme sts ae 7 : 0g 4 ORE FB Lee tng rte!

ri atece) ’ : Tee TAS TE oesgynan atataeyaaeyte sss
‘ ' one Tate ltt
y miatetentyt

ta heh te
see)

, eto we men aet
RaW Tchr iit ‘ : i ae easbehentll
nod) jetong Bo NES, MeO EET OU ICCA at Lkk. My
PPT coke deal apg ee bgt
Lian Perron TT I

Vyas years aids wae NSE s9 ordemalas 1 1 °
cle theses oe arty tgs Malh@eaygnania ha egs ty fag
a ¢ ry ats ’ a4hidtret Vat! pent
Onc) ’ PHA De een
Yee in ve el Hayate
} in sah etassiny
ECHR eres 9 aa Ld Se sy Paine
‘ ROVE 1
wen sVebsyven eke pence e2 i
hive ces Gis teiee
er terels Myon ay BAK
Br pared Cerri Conta
RENT} *Narasyeie et aeNt 8
Hy apy tls Ve hel pox)

Per tl) a ees
ey)
Rigen yeas
Sp semetnieny
dey OOH Tt

seiet

4:4) ay
EWIeEPrery re
, Bra aa

Dene | heres. 2
et hent SrAbehd

vi pdbelae
Vashi sar gt ha

he tat

Tate alebe

PLE Tiee UPS Bi
HPSPIP aeRO 1C§
Vite

vey gl
tel OG -bs-0
Db sree

1h bat inal

oie
ee peeh ae

nite ; i x

f 4 * digi aa sur gable

Dote lead! seb rete
Pe pacer
PTB ORPIPRS TREES TT}

Dietinded

Prertrre ety
jsaistae #09
AVada hae ht

alba ee
rae

gta ads Nea Pr hata! t
eran st bs E é s+ aft grad ep teed
: Voraqes
s POA Bhi gh as? aby
jij a ta debe aaa rey
“ oF Teepe ane

Vata dpe
dye

Hoag)
ve wh a
; To eee eae
Vite laesedie
Pres
esiaa

a2
syne add.

| ¥ q
et, | ' |
. I/ , Wy \U/ .
lan\ lp»\ - PLA / I ~
fon \ f f lay iA ~) | AF / j
\ i} t Wy
\ \i/ \i/ \}/ \y | \I/ \ | s/ \f | \\ (am m~ \

NAAR AARAE

}

| AA\A/ay \

‘| NNN yr

AAAAA

lA
AAA

| \\ee\|/
Fe PAZ N IE A
\ | |

| ALIEN SOG SOS NN aw,
WS Sig SS Se DA Ne

KA re sty Ab OOO OY ad add lade Ne
| YW YN sx fs

WOO.

ISIS
oy ae

be
SOI YAIRI FIG YY SIS |

uge vey We cey Bae

IGEY

aon

C abs
ies
“iP my
wy
ai

‘
ate ’

ae |

>
4
fore

es in

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

WASHINGTON

VoLuME 37

¢ xeon ’ Insti,
© 3

V5 hi we
Ona viuse®

PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY
WASHINGTON, D. C.
1936

ACTUAL DATE OF PUBLICATION OF VOLUME 37

Number I—pages 1-24 inclusive... . 2: ...%..
Number 2—pages 25-52 inclusive
Number 3—pages 53-64 inclusive
Number 4—pages 65-96 a
Number 5—pages 97-116 inclusive .
Number 6—pages 117-136 inclusive
Number 7—pages 137-152 inclusive
Number 8—pages 153-172 inclusive
Number 9—pages 173-188 inclusive

PRESS OF
H. L. & J. B. McQueen, Inc.
WasuinctTon, D. C.

[ii]

. March 12, 1935
. April 11, 1935

; « May 1, 1935:
> June T2.7955.

. Fune 24, 1935

J july 15, 19395

. October 28, 1935
. January 17, 1936

. February 4, 1936

TABLE OF CONTENTS OF VOLUME 37.

BarBer, H. G.: A New Edessa from Florida (Hemiptera-Heteroptera:
Pentatomidae) é ae, Se

Brapbtey, G. H.: Notes on the ‘Soatheen Buffalo, Gilat Eusimulium
pecuarum (Riley) (Diptera : Simultidae) .

Bucuanan, L. L.: Systematic Notes on the peachodings (Golenter :

Curculionidae) . 2 ie
Cusuman, R. A.: A study of he ioe of farsa anal Habticits a halt
Davipson, Ratpx H. anp Detonc, Dwicur M.: A Review of the North

American Species of Balclutha and Agellus (Homoptera : Cicadel-

lidae)

Dozier, HERBERT iit Deceuptions i Two New Raney rad Parasites fo
Non-Diaspine Scales :

Detonc, Dwicut M. ano Dayeocon, Raeen Ee A Rewer a che North
American Species of Balclutha and Agellus (Homoptera : Cicadel-
lidae

Emmart, EmiLy Woene Seadies a ae Ghrarocone: oF An aoaeahal
(Diptera : Trypetidae) : :

Fisuer, W. S.: Two New Buprestid Restles fromm Puetto Rico }

—— —— A New Genus of Buprestidae from Utah (Coleoptera) .

Ganan, A. B.: Brachymeria carnatifrons, New Species (Hymenoptera :
Ghaledidae) 7 a

Jones, M. P.: A Peculiar Brees Simmadion Along a Seashore

Know ron, GeorceE F.: Four Lupine Aphids ‘

Komp, W. H. W.: Notes on the Validity of the Types of dhe Sadeient in athe
Subgenera Mochlostyrax and Melanoconion in the U. S. National
Museum. (Diptera, Culicidae) : :

McGregor, E. A.: The Texas Citrus Mite, A New Species :

Mc Invoo, N. E.: The Relative Attractiveness of Certain Salanaceous
Plants to the Colorado Potato Beetle, Leptinotarsa decemlineata
Say - :

Mueseseck, C. F. W.: Syhowymnical Notes on AB oahelus foerster: wie
Description of one New Species (Hym., Braconidae)

—— —— A New Species of Parasite of Typhlocyba pomaria McAtee
(Hymenoptera : Bethylidae)

—— —— On Two Little Known Genera of Braconidae delyanesioptata):

Muscrave, Paut N.: Two New Elmidae from Puerto Rico with Descrip-
tion of New Genus (Coleoptera) :

A Synopsis of the Genus Helichus Bricksonts in the Gnited

States and Canada, with Description of a New Species (Coleoptera :

Dryopidae)

178

183

iv TABLE OF CONTENTS OF VOL. 37

Perers, Harold S.: Two New Biting Lice (Mallophaga : Philopteridae)
fron Birds’or the United States =. j-4-/-s. as S02 Pee

Puirip, Cornetius B.: The Furcatus Group of Wiestath North Atnedcan
Flies of the Genus Chrysops (Diptera : Tabanidae) ;

Reep, W. D.: Notes on the Distribution of Cured Tobacco ieeccees in ache
Near East ae

Ross, Hersertr H.: Four "Sew Species OF Dolerns (Hy men. : ‘Tenthie-
UMTS) FF ye RE AERO he 8 CAEN ea hee et eee

SANDHOUSE, GRACE ADELBERT: The Identity of the Female of Ceratina
dupla Say (Hym. : Apoidea) . ae ee

SmirH, C. E.: Larra Analis Rabricnie a Parade of de Mole Cheer
Grylictalpa hexadactyla Perty . acter Ric ce

Srong, ALAN: Notes on Tabanidae (ores. Wt et eee

Townsenp, Lee H.: Key to Larvae of Certain Failte and Genera of
Nearctic Neuroptera :

Wa tron, W. R.: John Merton Aldrich, Ph. D.

Watton, W. R.: Substitutes, Arsenical or Nonarsenical

146

136

VOL. 37 JANUARY, 1935 No. 1

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF WASHINGTON

CONTENTS

KOMP, W. H. W.—NOTES ON THE VALIDITY OF THE TYPES OF THE, SPECIES
IN THE SUBGENERA MOCHLOSTYRAX AND MELANOCONION IN THE

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM. (DIPTERA, CULICIDAE)......... 1

MUESEBECK, C. F. W.—SYNONYMICAL NOTES ON ECPHYLUS FOERSTER,

WITH DESCRIPTION OF ONE NEW SPECIES (HYM., BRACONIDAE) .. 21

STONE, ALAN—NOTES ON TABANIDAE (DIPTERA) ........... Ii

PupiisHeD Montruity Excepr Jury, AuGust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

Orcanizep Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProcEEDINGs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1935.

Hlonorany President. “- Mey See eS ee 2 OR ELON NERD
President’ a 0) 2c od 8 3 SE er Be ARO ae:
BrSiVICeoPresident . ps aunl sega. 2 8 3 ee on Bas RAGE
Second. Vice-President”. = 2 0ame » «> 2. oe 2 NR eliNiie®
Recording Secretary 9. cn) 8 EAR Sa). 2 ey eee Ne OME
Conresponding Secretary-Ireasurer . , =. . «6 9 ai = 2). 2) beeGRO
Bditore evan Oe . .W. R. WALTON

Members of the Executive Committee: S. A. ROHWER, J. S. WADE, H. E.
EWING.
Representing the Society as Vice-President
of the Washington Academy of Sciences... . . . . . .H. MORRISON

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Published monthly, except July, August and September, by the Society at
Washington, D. C. Terms of subscription: Domestic, $4.00 per annum;
foreign, $4.25 per annum; recent single numbers, 50 cents, foreign postage extra.
All subscriptions are payable in advance. Remittances should be made payable
to the Entomological Society of Washington.

An author of a leading article in the Proceepincs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 225 4.50 6.75 9.00

Certain charges are made for illustrations and there are available rules and
suggestions governing the make-up of articles. Immediate publication in any
number may be obtained at the author’s expense. All manuscripts should
be sent to the editor.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL, .37 JANUARY, 1935 No. |

NOTES ON THE VALIDITY OF THE TYPES OF THE SPECIES
IN THE SUBGENERA MOCHLOSTYRAX AND MELAN-
OCONION IN THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM.
(DIPTERA, CULICIDAE.)!

By W. H. W. Komp, Sanitary Engineer, U. S. Public Health Service.

The writer approaches his present task with a certain re-
luctance, for his personal recollections of the late H. G. Dyar
are most happy, and he is indebted to him for innumerable
kindnesses. This article is prepared with no thought of depre-
ciating Dr. Dyar’s great contributions to our knowledge of the
Culicidae, which made him the authority on American mos-
quitoes. The writer merely hopes to rectify some minor details
of the architecture of the edifice reared by his late master.

The writer’s interest in the taxonomy of the Culicidae began
20 years ago, while a student under Dr. T. J. Headlee, State
Entomologist, at Rutgers University. Part of his summer work
was the identification of adult mosquitoes taken in night col-
lections in various localities in New Jersey, which were made
to evaluate the effect of control measures. In 1924 he began
visiting the American tropics, and the bulk of his mosquito
material taken there was turned over to Dr. Dyar for con-
firmation or identification. Dr. Dyar acknowledged these
contributions in 13 citations in ““The Mosquitoes of the Ameri-
cas,” in which the writer also described two new species of Culex.
Since April, 1931, the writer has been in Panama, where he has
had the opportunity of making numerous collections of mosqui-
toes, and has described several new species from this region.
He has also had the advantage of close association with Dr.
D. P. Curry, Assistant Chief Health Officer of the Panama
Canal Health Department, who is an authority on the mos-
quitoes of this region.

The single work of greatest usefulness to the writer has been
Dyar’s “The Mosquitoes of the Americas,” but he has found it
to be like some men’s wives, in that we can’t get along with it,
and can’t get along without it. Great difficulties were en-
countered in making determinations, using Dyar’s keys,
descriptions and figures. This was particularly true in the

1 From Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, Panama City, R. de Panama; H. C.
Clark, Director.

2 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 1, JAN., 1935

subgenera Mochlostyrax and Melanoconion, which have always
been accounted difficult groups. Part of the difficulty lay in
the inadequacy and inaccuracy of the descriptions of the male
terminalia, which are the final resort in specific determinations
in these groups. Having worked with Dr. Dyar on several
occasions, the writer realized that Dr. Dyar was greatly handi-
capped by not using an adequate microscope. Having seen
many slide mounts of male terminalia made by Dr. Dyar, and
observing his methods, it also became evident that great 1m-
provement was needed in the technique of preparing slide
mounts of these parts.

During the past four years the writer has been working out
an adequate technique for this purpose, the details of which
he hopes to publish shortly. By its means, he has been able
to dissect out the parts of the male terminalia after staining
them, and to mount them in a uniform manner so that they can
be satisfactorily examined. The advantages of such a technique
are evident when its results are compared with that used by
Dr. Dyar, who merely macerated the parts slightly in potash
solution, did not stain, unfortunately in too many cases over-
pressed his material under the coverglass, and in a number of
instances mounted the terminalia ventral side down, so that
the ninth tergites are almost completely obscured.

The author’s collections in Panama so far have resulted in
obtaining all the valid species listed from Panama in Dyar’s
“The Mosquitoes of the Americas,” in the subgenera Mochlos-
tyrax and Melanoconion. He has also added four species in
these groups to the records from Panama, and has described
two new species. With abundant material available, he has
been able to study in detail the terminalia of these species,
until familiar with the individual habitus of each. Equipped
with this knowledge, he has had the opportunity recently of
studying the type material in the U. S. National Museum, where
he received much gratefully acknowledged assistance from
Dr. Alan Stone, now in charge of the Culicidae. Using an
excellent compound binocular microscope, with highly corrected
objectives, and with oculars fitted with eyepiece caps giving a
stereoscopic effect, showing depth and roundness, he was able
to see a great deal more in the material than could possibly be
visible through Dr. Dyar’s antiquated instrument. Hence he
was able to draw a number of conclusions as to the validity of
some of the type material under discussion. These conclusions
are here set forth, as a preliminary communication, which he
hopes will be followed by a more complete article illustrated by
photomicrographs of the types, so that others may judge of the
correctness of his determinations.

In the subgenus MOCHLOSTYRAX, with its four sections,
Dinoporpa, Helcoporpa, Mochlostyrax and Choeroporpa, and in

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 1, JAN., 1935 3

the subgenus Me/lanoconion, in its four sections, Tinolestes,
Gnophodeomyia, Melanoconion and Anoedioporpa, Dyar lists
in “The Mosquitoes of the Americas” 94 species. The male
terminalia are unknown in 9 of these, and of the remaining 85,
10 are not represented by material in the U.S. National Museum.
The author found that, of the 75 types there, only 59 are valid,
thus sinking in the synonymy 16 species. In each case where
the validity of a species is questioned, the author sets forth his
reasons for so doing in the following notes.

Taking the species in the order given in ‘The Mosquitoes of
the Americas,” Culex (Dinoporpa) trifidus Dyar is valid.

Culex (Helcoporpa) menytes Dyar is valid. The single slide
from which the original description was made is in poor con-
dition, distorted and overpressed. The artist apparently had
great difficulty in discerning the true appearance of the various
parts. The figure and the description are misleading and in-
correct, so much so that the present writer, not having seen the
type slide, redescribed this species with Dr. D. P. Curry as
haynei (Psyche, XX XIX, 32, 1932). This should warn those
engaged in similar work never to trust completely the accuracy
of either the descriptions or the illustrations in Dr. Dyar’s last
work. These harsh words are unfortunately justified by the
author’s experience.

Culex (Mochlostyrax) caudelli D. & K. is valid. However,
multispinosus B. W.& B., which Dyar sank under the synonymy
of caudelli, may be a valid species. Dyar discusses this in
Ins. Ins. Mens. XII, p. 185, stating, ““ However, one of the speci-
mens under a/ogistus differs, and I am supposing this to be
multispinosus.’ This is a slide marked “H,” Bonne-Wepster,
Surinam 1918, and bears the name “multispinosus” on the
label in Dyar’s handwriting. The male type of this species is in
Holland, but the ‘““H”’ slide in the U. S. N. M. is distinct from
caudelli, and may possibly be distinct from the male type in
Holland. The figure of mu/tispinosus in the Bonnes’ “‘ Mosqui-
toes of Surinam” does not show correctly the form or position
of the leaf on the outer aspect of the outer lobe of the side-piece,
nor is the appearance of the 9th tergites correctly shown.

The next eight species, a/ogistus Dyar, hesitator D. & K.,
pilosus D. & K., unicornis Root, innovator Evans, egcymon
Dyar, taeniopus D. & K., and opisthopus Komp, are valid.

Culex (Mochlostyrax) mychonde Komp is a synonym of
opisthopus Komp. The single male was sent by me to Dr. Dyar,
labeled “‘opisthopus Komp.” He thought it a new species, and
himself drew up the description published in “‘The Mosquitoes
of the Americas” under my name. I have re-examined my
types of opisthopus and of mychonde, and find them identical.
I since (1934) have obtained more males of mychonde from the
type locality for comparison. The messomal plate of opisthopus

4 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 1, JAN , 1935

is described for mychonde, except that there is no “long slender
dark point (which) extends straight outward, exceeding the
plate 5”

The species automartus Root and psatharus Dyar are valid.

Culex epanastasis Dyar is taeniopus D. & K. Dyar omits in
his description in “The Mosquitoes of the Americas” one of the
most striking characteristics of the terminalia of saeniopus, the
membranous sheath with recurved point at the base of the two
filaments of the inner division of the lobe of the side-piece.
This is mentioned in Ins. Ins. Mens., XIII, 214, 1925, and is
present in the epanastasis slide. The characters on which Dyar
based his separation do not exist, as the inner plates of the
mesosome are alike in the slide material of both species, and
only appear to differ because differently orientated in the
respective mounts. It is intrinsically improbable that two
species should exist in the same territory, five miles apart, and
be exactly similar in every respect with the exception of the
form of the mesosomal plate.

Culex inadmirabilis Dyar. The single slide of this is in poor
condition. Dyar overlooked a side-piece which had been de-
tached from the rest of the parts, and had moved close to the
edge of the cover-glass, where it had become covered with
balsam which had exuded from under the edge. By clearing
off this balsam it was possible to obtain an excellent view of the
undamaged side-piece. The clasper is narrowly snout-shaped,
much as in e/evator. The inner filament of the inner lobe of the
side-piece is inserted much basad of the outer, not evenly, as
Dyar states. Apparently there is a leaf, the tip of which is
broken off, inserted on the outer aspect of the outer division of
the lobe of the side-piece, and a strong spine-like seta on the
outer aspect of the column of the outer division, somewhat
basad of the insertion of the leaf.

Culex clarki Evans is valid, but according to F. W. Edwards
is a synonym of C. nigrescens Theo.

Culex thomasi Evans. There is no material of this species in
the U. S. N. M.

Culex bequaerti D, & S. is valid, as are likewise C. anips Dyar,
erraticus D. & K., and peccator D. & K.

Culex holoneus Dyar is conspirator D. & K. The inner meso-
somal plate in the single slide is orientated so that its plane is
perpendicular to the coverglass. The peculiar striation of the
pointed upper limb of this plate is plainly visible, and the
second pointed limb is present. Dyar (Ins. Ins. Mens., IX, 50,
1921) recognized that dysmathes (a synonym of conspirator)
was close to holoneus, but was unable, because of the poor mount,
to see the actual form of the inner mesosomal plate.

Culex ybarmis Dyar is valid. Dyar does not mention the
long ventral horn present on the inner mesosomal plate.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 1, JAN., 1935 5

Culex alcocci B.-W. & B. is valid.

Culex nicceriensis B—W. & B. There is no material in the
Uxse Neve

Culex saramaccensis B.-W. & B. There is no material in the
USSEN, MG

Culex terebor Dyar. The single slide is in such poor condition
as to be indecipherable. Dyar hints that it probably is not a
good species, and it is here recommended that it be relegated
to the list of unrecognized species.

Culex distinguendus Dyar is valid. The author has new
material from Panama.

Culex conspirator D. & K. is valid. Dyar is correct in his
description of the inner mesosomal plate in Ins. Ins. Mens.,
VIII, 59, 1920, where he states “the second uncal plate (inner
mesosomal plate) has one limb shorter than the other, both
pointed,” yet in the key in ‘The Mosquitoes of the Americas,”
(dichotomy 77, p. 279) he states that both limbs of the meso-
somal plate are rounded at the tip. This does not agree with the
written description in the same work, which states that the
upper limb has “‘one erect point.” Both limbs actually are
pointed, and are directed at right angles to the body of the
plate, in the same plane.

Culex fatuator D. & S. is conspirator D. & K. Every detail
exactly agrees.

Culex inducens Root is conspirator D. & K. Dyar separated
this from conspirator solely on the position of the stemmed leaf
on the outer division of the lobe of the side-piece, which he said
was inserted basad of the filaments, in zzducens. It is in exactly
the same position as in conspirator in both terminalia of imducens,
which are mounted on the same slide (No. 44160).

Culex elevator D. & K. is valid. Dyar’s figure (No. 251) in
“The Mosquitoes of the Americas” is absolutely misleading.
The figure of dyius Root is much closer to the actual appear-
ance. The species dyius Root, which Dyar sank under the
synonymy of elevator D. & K., seems to be distinct. The shape
of the clasper is the same, but dyzus has a seta with a long
insertion on the base of the outer division of the lobe of the side-
piece. More study than the writer was able to give to this will
be required to establish the specific status of dyius.

Culex dornarum D. & S. This is elevator, as hinted by Dyar.
The type slide (No. 1849) shows an inner mesosomal plate as in
elevator.

Culex macaronensis Dyar and Nufiez-Tovar 1s conspirator.
The terminalia have been badly damaged in mounting, and
some of the filaments have broken off and lie near the outer
division of the lobe of the side-piece. The leaf also is missing,
but everything else agrees exactly.

Culex phlogistus Dyar is valid. The author obtained a number

6 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 1, JAN., 1935

of males of this species from Almirante, Panama, in 1934. It is
a good species, but Dyar’s figure (No. 254) is inaccurate and
misleading.

Culex maroniensis BW. & B. There is no material in the
U:.S_N.M.

Culex albinensis BW. & B. is valid.

Culex serratimargo Root is valid. The type slide from Brazil
is very poor, the 9th tergites being much compressed and dis-
torted. The writer has obtained much additional material from
Panama.

Culex plectoporpe Root is valid. Only one side-piece 1s
present in the type slide (No. 109-7). The author took a male at
Almirante, Panama, in 1929.

Culex tecmarsis Dyar is valid. Common on the Atlantic side
of the Canal Zone.

Culex phlabistus Dyar is valid.

Culex coppenamensis B.—W. & B. is valid.

Culex intrincatus Bréthes. The type is not in the U.S. N. M.
and the description is made from material collected by F. M.
Root, labeled “‘cenus.” If Dyar is correct in his synonymy, the
species is apparently valid.

Culex corentynensis Dyar is valid.

Culex manaosensis Evans. This is not represented in the
U.S. N. M. collection. From Miss Evans’ figure and descrip-
tion (Ann. Trop. Med. and Par., XVIII, 370, 1924) it is sus-
piciously like the common eastor Dyar, differing in lacking the
normally present long hook-tipped filament inserted below the
four short filaments and the large leaf on the outer division of
the side-piece.

Culex mutator D. & K. This presents a peculiar combination
of errors. There are six slides in the collection, three of which
are Knab’s original material from Mexico, which agree among
themselves, and are therefore true mutator. Three other slides,
Nos. 1358, 1651 and 1798, are labeled “‘alfaroi,” which Dyar
later relegated to the synonymy of mutator. These three slides
do not agree in the slightest respect with true mu¢ator, but are all
of bastagarius D, & K., a common and apparently widespread
species, to which must also be relegated three other species which
will be discussed in their proper place.

Culex inhibitator D. & K. is valid.

Culex innominatus Evans. There is no material in the
U. S. N. M. This is undoubtedly dastagarius D. & K. Miss
Evans’ description and figure (Ann. Trop. Med. and Par.,
XVIII, 363, 1924) are correct, and show the parallel insertion
of the two filaments of the inner division of the lobe of the side-
piece, the leaves on the outer division, and the very character-
istic clear, nearly hairless, slipper-like basal extensions of the
9th tergites. Apparently Dyar did not examine Miss Evans’

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 1, JAN., 1935 sp

illustrations, for these extensions of the tergites are not shown
in his figure of iznominatus.

Culex carcinophilus D. & K. is valid.

Culex evansi Root is valid.

Culex bastagarius D. & K. is valid, and is the progenitor of a
number of synonyms: a/faroi Dyar, innominatus Evans, vapulans
Dyar and xzvi/is Dyar. It is a well-marked species, the peculiar
9th tergites being strikingly characteristic, and well depicted in
Miss Evans’ figure of iznominatus, but not shown in any of
Dyar’s illustrations of the species mentioned.

Culex vapulans Dyar is bastagarius Dyar. The furcation of
the inner division of the lobe of the side-piece is an artifact.

Culex comminutor Dyar is valid. Thisis much like z#érincatus,
but unfortunately there is but one slide, very poor, mounted
with the 9th tergites down, so that they are almost entirely
obscured by the side-pieces.

Culex eastor Dyar is valid, and common on the Atlantic side
of the Canal Zone.

Culex maxinocca Dyar is valid.

Culex curryi Dyar. This is probably e/evator D. & K. The
type came from Panama, where similar material is very common.
The larvae are said to differ from those of e/evator, but the shape
of the inner plate of the mesosome is the same as in e/evator, and
all other parts agree.

Culex educator D. & K. is valid. The larvae have a huge
accessory tracheal gill system on the head.

Culex chrysothorax Peryassu. There is no material in the
Uns: N/M.

Culex chrysonotum D.®& K. is valid, and ranges from Honduras
(Komp) to Surinam.

Culex theobaldi Lutz. This is chrysonotum D. & K. The
writer has material kindly presented to him by Dr. G. Senevet,
from French Guiana, in which the length of the mesosomal
plate is the same as that of Honduranian and Panamanian
material.

Culex bibulus Dyar is educator D. & K. The single slide is
poor, but the writer can determine no specific differences, and
the characters given by Dyar in ‘The Mosquitoes of the
Americas” seem insufficient upon which to base a new species.

Culex iolambdis Dyar 1s valid.

Culex sursumptor Dyar 1s valid.

Culex andricus Root is valid.

Culex jonistes Dyar is ybarmis Dyar. The single slide is
poor, but all the parts are as in ydarmis Dyar, the published
descriptions of jonistes Dyar noting differences which are owing
to the differing orientation of the parts.

Culex xivilis Dyar is bastagarius D. & K. The slides of
xivilis and of cuclyx all agree with bastagarius.

8 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 1, JAN., 1935

Culex idottus Dyar is valid, but is represented by one slide in
poor condition.

The following species are unknown in the male: zudecorabilis
Theo., nigrescens Theo., simulator D. & K., decorator D. & K..,
gravitator D. & K., nigricorpus Theo., humilis Theo., fasciolatus
Lutz, and /ugens Peryassu.

The subgenus MELANOCONION has four sections, the first two,
Tinolestes and Gnophodeomyia, having one species apiece, the
third, Melanoconion, having 15, and the fourth, 4noedioporpa,
having six, as given by Dyar.

Culex (Tinolestes) latisquama Coq. is valid.

Culex (Gnophodeomyia) aikenii Aiken is valid. The author
has taken it as far north as Honduras.

Culex (Melanoconion) atratus Theo. is valid.

Culex (M.) zeteci Dyar is valid. Dyar’s description of the
terminalia is marred by many errors of observation, so that the
key (“The Mosq. of Amer.” dichotomy 52, p. 274) is unwork-
able. The museum material shows 3 appendages (filaments)
on the inner division of the lobe of the side-piece, instead of 2,
as stated, and as likewise the description (p. 339). The third
filament arises from the base of the inner division. Between the
outer lobe of the side-piece and the apex there is a flattened
filament which, depending on its orientation, sometimes appears
as aseta. The clasper, not mentioned in Dyar’ s description, is
slender, bulbous at the base, with peculiar enlarged tip, with
flattened terminal appendage.

Culex (M.) dunni Dyar is valid, but is incorrectly described.
There are 4 setae inserted at the tip of the column of the outer
division of the side-piece; the leaf is inserted below the tip. The
inner mesosomal plate is finely granular or spicular on its outer
(dorsal) curvature, the tip slender and pointed.

Culex (M.) commevynensis B.—-W. & B. There is no material
in the U. S. N. M. The figure in “Mosquitoes of Surinam”
(No. 37) shows terminalia suspiciously like that of dunni
Dyar, differing only in details which may be non-existent, as
all the Bonnes’ slide-mounts the writer has seen are unfor-
tunately uniformly poor.

Culex (M.) ruffinis D. & S. is dunni Dyar. A curious con-
fusion in key, descriptions and illustrations occurs in this
group in Dyar’s “The Mosquitoes of the Americas.” In the
key on p. 274, dichotomy 49 is given as

‘“‘A triangular leaf between outer division of lobe and apex 50
NVisthourt tenis sstruictute 2.5 5 eee) ee miley

Dichotomy 50 describes commevynensis and ruffinis, which by
the key should have a leaf between the outer division and the

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 1, JAN., 1935 9

apex. Yet the figure of ruffinis (297 on p. 557) does not show
this leaf, although it is noted in the description on p. 341.

Conversely, dichotomy 51 (without a leaf between outer
division and apex) leads us to 53, which separates dunni and
atratus. Yet the figure of dunni (295 on p. 557) shows the leaf
which is actually present, and which is likewise correctly noted
in the description on p. 340. These unfortunate errors render
this part of the key unworkable.

The description of ruffinis is full of errors of observation.
The type slide, No. 1928, shows a fourth filament on the inner
division of the lobe of the side-piece; four setae inserted at the
top of the column of the outer division with the leaf are not
mentioned; the setae on the ninth tergites are not short and
spicular, but rather fine and hairlike. The inner mesosomal
plate in both dunni and ruffinis is covered on its dorsal curvature
with fine granular or spicular points, only visible at high magnifi-
cation. There is no doubt that ruffinis is a synonym of dunn.

Culex (M.) spissipes Theo. There is no material in the
We SIN. M.

Culex (M.) loturus Dyar is zeteci Dyar. The single type slide
of /oturus (No. 2193) shows unmistakably three appendages
(filaments) on the inner division of the lobe of the side-piece;
all the other parts of the terminalia are exactly as in zetec?.

Culex (M.) americanus Neveu-Lemaire. Apparently valid,
but all slides poor and nearly indecipherable.

Culex (M.) antillum-magnorum Dyar is valid. The inner
plate of the mesosome, not described by Dyar, is a flat plate,
truncate at the tip, with a long backwardly-directed hook
below the middle.

Section Anoedioporpa. Culex (M.) homoeopas Dyar and
Ludlow. This is zzAibitator, much broken and distorted. It
illustrates most forcibly the author’s contention that an adequate
technique of staining and dissecting the parts is an absolute
prerequisite for the correct interpretation of the male terminalia.
The single slide of homoeopas exhibits marked distortion: the
claspers are bent inwards and nearly doubled on thenselves,
forming an angle which led the authors of the species to believe
that they were dealing with a specimen of Anoedioporpa;
although they state in the original description (Ins. Ins. Mens.,
IX, 34, 1921) that the “‘clasper (is) simple, bent at right angles
in the middle (which may be an artifact). The outer divisions
of the side-pieces have many of the filaments broken off and
lying unattached near them. There is a large, well-defined
leaf, bent forward over the outer division. The mesosome is so
badly distorted that the basal hooks are everted, so that they
assume an apical position. The second point on the inner
mesosomal plate is obscured by the upper point, which lies over
it, but by turning the slide over and viewing it from beneath

10 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 1, JAN., 1935

(fortunately the slide is thin), using the stereoscopic eyecaps,
it can easily be seen. The large ninth tergites, while distorted,
are perfectly characteristic. Culex inhibitator D. & K. is one of
the commonest small Culex to be found in the type locality,
Jackson Barracks, Mississippi. The male palpi are long, ex-
ceeding the ‘proboscis by the length of the last joint and half
the preceding one.”” (Mosq. of Amer., p. 345.) The rest of the
description of the male is identical with that of Culex inhibitator
D. & K.

Culex (M.) conservator D. & K. is valid.

Culex (M.) originator Gordon & Evans is valid.

Culex (M.) corrigani D. & K. is valid. The author has seen
new material from the Canal Zone.

Culex (M.) restrictor D. & K. is valid, but is really a Micro-
culex. The male has long palpi.

Culex (M.) luteopleurus Theo. The male is unknown.

In addition to the notes on synonymy in the species of
Mochlostyras and Melanoconion given above, one species of the
subgenus Culex has also been found to be invalid. This is
lepostenis Dyar, which is mollis D. & K. Through the kindness
of Dr. E. Chapin, Curator of Insects of the U. S. National Mus-
eum, the writer has been able to dissect and mount the termin-
alia of one of the unmounted male types, and finds them to be
those of C. (Microculex) jenningsi D. & K.

For ease of reference, a list of the synonyms mentioned above
is here given:

Culex (Mochlostyrax) mychonde Komp is C. opisthopus Komp.

Culex (Mochlostyrax) epanastasis Dyar is C. taeniopus D. & K.

Culex (Mochlostyrax) holoneus Dyar is C. conspirator D. & K.

Culex (Mochlostyrax) fatuator D. & S. is C. conspirator D. & K.

Culex (Mochlostyrax) inducens Root is C. conspirator D. & K.

Culex (Mochlostyrax) dornarum D. & S. is C. elevator D. & K.

Culex (Mochlostyrax) macaronensis Dyar & Nufiez Tovar is C. conspirator D.& K.

Culex (Mochlostyrax) innominatus Evans is C. bastagarius D. & K.

Culex (Mochlostyrax) vapulans Dyar is bastagarius D. & K.

Culex (Mochlostyrax) curryi Dyar is C. elevator D. & K.

Culex (Mochlostyrax) bibulus Dyar is C. educator D. & K.

Culex (Mochlostyrax) jonistes Dyar is C. ybarmis Dyar.

Culex (Mochlostyrax) xivilis Dyar is C. bastagarius D. & K.

Culex (Melanoconion) ruffinis D. & S.is C. dunni Dyar.

Culex (Melanoconion) loturus Dyar is C. zeteci Dyar.

Culex (Melanoconion) (Anoedioporpa) homoeopas Dyar and Ludlow is C. (Mo-
chlostryax) inhibitator D. & K.

The writer realizes that to complete his work a new key should
be prepared, omitting these synonyms, and correcting the errors
in previous keys. However, this must wait until a later date,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 1, JAN., 1935 11

as his time in Washington was too short to enable him to do
this. In those species which are represented by a unique speci-
men, it would be extremely hazardous to attempt a separation
without immediate access to the material for purpose of com-
parison, and the author is unwilling to risk adding confusion to
an already sadly confused subject.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.

To his friends and associates in the Canal Zone, Dr. D. P. Curry, Assistant
Chief Health Officer, Mr. C. G. Brown and Mr. C. L. Pierce, District Sanitary
Inspector and Supervising Sanitary Inspector respectively, for the Panama Canal
Health Department, for their unstinted aid in collecting material and giving
him the benefit of their specific knowledge of the local fauna; to Dr. Alan Stone,
in charge of the Culicidae at the U. S. National Museum, for his interest and
invaluable assistance while at the Museum; to Dr. E. A. Chapin, Curator of
Insects at the U. S. National Museum, for permission to dissect type material,
and for other kindly assistance, the author gives his hearty thanks.

NOTES ON TABANIDAE (DIPTERA).

By Aan STONE,
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, U. S. Department of Agriculture.

In the course of preparation of a revision of the nearctic species
of the genus Tabanus a number of new forms have been dis-
covered and certain nomenclatorial conflicts noted. Since it
will be some time before the revision can be completed and
published, it has been thought advisable to publish a prelimi-
nary paper dealing with these findings. The writer wishes to
express his thanks for the opportunity of studying the Hine
collection at the Ohio State Museum, and the permission to
borrow material from there for study and to retain certain
paratype material for the United States National Museum
collection.

Dicladocera sexfasciata, n. sp.

Female.—Length 15 mm. Eyes sparsely pilose, green, with a slender, diag-
onal, purple band. Front slightly over three times as high as its width at the
frontal callus, slightly narrowed above. Vertex depressed, a denuded area just
anterior to it, but no ocelligerous tubercle; frontal callus chestnut brown,
rectangular, slightly transverse; median spot slender and small, narrowly
joined to the frontal callus. Pollen of front yellowish gray. Subcallus light
gray pollinose, somewhat protuberant. First two antennal segments light
orange-brown with black hairs; third segment dark orange-brown. Shape as
in Fig. 1. Face and cheeks nearly white with white hair. Palpi pale creamy
with white hair and a few black hairs; shape as in Fig. 1.

Mesonotum brownish gray pollinose; a broad, median, nearly black stripe

12 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 1, JAN., 1935

reaching two-thirds of the way to the scutellum, faintly divided medianly by a
paler brown line; posterior to this a narrow, brown, median line reaching to the
scutellum; laterad of the median stripe a pair of black stripes, broken on the
transverse suture, narrowing behind, and nearly reaching the scutellum;
posterior portion surrounded by a brown area; antealar tubercle with heavy
black hair; pale yellow hair above wing base. Scutellum entirely dark brown.
Pleurae and coxae yellowish gray pollinose with white hair. Wings hyaline,
the costal cell and margin of vein R4+5 to the furcation brown. Cell Rs wide
open. Legs orange-brown, the apex of the fore tibiae and the tarsi darker.
Hair of legs mostly yellowish brown, the hind tibial fringe short and sparse.

Abdomen dark brown with narrow, light yellowish gray, posterior bands on
tergites 1-6; first band slightly wider than the others; second tergite with a
median triangle of the same color, narrow anteriorly and nearly reaching the
anterior margin. Venter brownish gray pollinose with median dark spots
anteriorly on sternites 3-7.

Holotype female from Largo Key, Pinellas Co., Fla., March 4,
1925, F. M. Gaige. Paratype from Gulfport, Pinellas Co.,
Fla., March 8, 1925, F. M. Gaige. Holotype in Ohio State
Museum Collection. Paratype in United States National
Museum Collection (Cat. No. 50612).

Tabanus gladiator, n. sp.

Female.—Length 22-25 mm. Eyes bare. Front about six times as high as
its width at the frontal callus, only slightly widened above, with gray pollen,
usually tinged with yellow below the vertex. No ocelligerous tubercle. Frontal
callus chestnut brown, vertical, and narrowly separated from the eyes. Median
spot a slender, denuded, raised streak of the same color, reaching to upper third
of the front. Subcallus yellow pollinose, not swollen but somewhat wrinkled.
Cheeks and face gray pollinose tinged with yellow above, near the eyes, and with
nearly white hair. Antennae dark reddish brown, the third segment darker,
the annulate portion black; first and second segments with black hair; shape as
in Fig. 6. Palpi orange-brown, with short black hair; second segment about
3 mm. long and shaped as in Fig. 6.

Thorax reddish brown above, the fine grayish pollen giving it a lavender tone;
pleurae reddish above, darker below, the venter and coxae dark gray. Wings
faintly tinged with brown, the costal cell orange-brown. Furcation of vein
R4+5 and cross-veins margined with brown. Cell Rs nearly closed. Tibiae,
except apical half of the fore pair, reddish brown, the hind tibial fringe strong,
black; rest of legs black, or nearly so.

Abdomen orange-brown, sometimes with an indication of median black spots
anteriorly and small pale triangles posteriorly on some of the tergites. Most of
the abdominal hair black, but hind margins of tergites laterally, and sternites,
with yellowish hair.

Holotype female and paratype from Charleston, S. C.,
29. VII. 1913. Two paratypes from Billy Island, Okefenokee

PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 1, JAN., 1935 hg

Swamp, Ga., 1-5 Sept., 1913. Holotype and paratypes in
United States National Museum Collection (Cat. No. 50613).

This species can be separated from turbidus Wied. by its
long palpi and black hind tibial fringe, from nefarius Hine by
its black femora, and from abdominalis Fabr. by its long,
somewhat truncate palpi and its larger size.

Tabanus coarctatus, n. sp.

Female.—Length 14-17 mm. Eyes bare. Front five and a half to six times
as high as its width at the frontal callus; width of vertex is to width at callus
as 3: 2; yellowish brown pollinose, grayer at vertex. Frontal callus a vertical
rectangle touching the eyes; median spot slender, somewhat longer than the
frontal callus. Subcallus concolorous with front. First two antennal segments
reddish brown with black hair; third entirely black; shape as in Fig 2. Face
and cheeks dirty, grayish brown with pale hair. Palpi light brownish, with
short, slightly paler hair; shape as in Fig. 2.

Mesonotum brown with paler pollinose stripes; pleurae, venter, and coxae
grayish brown. Scutellum entirely tan pollinose and pilose. Wings nearly
hyaline; costal cell yellowish brown; longitudinal veins of the fore part of the
wing weakly margined with brown and rather distinct infuscations at the furca-
tion of vein R4y+; and the base of cell Mi. Legs nearly uniformly reddish
brown.

Abdomen brown with a median row of large tan triangles arising from posterior
bands which widen laterally to almost form posterior triangles. Venter uni-
formly light brown.

Holotype female and five paratypes from Immokalee, Fla.,
on horse, 16. VI. 1933, O. C. Van Hyning. In United States
National Museum Collection (Cat. No. 50615).

Resembles gracilis Wied., but the front much narrower and
more of a spot at furcation of vein R,+,;. Differs from equalis
Hine and furbidus Wied. in shape of the antennae, smaller size,
and generally paler color.

Tabanus lacustris, n. sp.

Female.—Length 16-19 mm. Eyes bare. Front five and a half to six times
as high as its width at the callus, and slightly widened above; yellowish gray
pollinose with dark streaks to either side of the median spot, and with short
black hair. Frontal callus dark reddish brown, narrowly separated from the
eyes and distinctly vertical; median spot a slender connected line of the same
color. Subcallus flat, yellowish gray pollinose; face and cheeks gray with white
hair. Antennae black, or nearly so, with black hair; shape as in Fig. 3. Palpi
dirty yellowish white with short hair, mostly black; shape as in Fig. 3.

Mesonotum and scutellum reddish brown, the former with faint lines of
grayish pollen and pile; antealar tubercles with dense black hair; pleurae paler
with mixture of whitish and black hair. Wings hyaline with the costal cell
and stigma yellowish brown; a faint brownish tinge along the anterior longitudi-
nal veins and the cross-veins and a rather distinct spot at the furcation of vein

14 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 1, JAN., 1935

R4+5; a distinct stump vein at the furcation; cell Rs nearly closed, closed, or
sometimes slightly petiolate. Coxae gray pollinose; rest of legs black except for
white on basal half of fore tibiae and slightly more, basally, on mid and hind
tibiae.

Dorsum of abdomen nearly black with a distinct row of median white triangles
on tergites 1-6, and narrow posterior bands, widening laterally. Venter dark
reddish to black with rather wide, posterior pale bands.

Holotype female from Lakeland, Fla., G. G. Ainslie. Para-
types, four females from St. Cloud, Fla., May 30, 1933, on
horses and in car, F. C. Bishopp; one female, St. Cloud, Fla.,
April 30, 1933, on horse, F. C. Bishopp. Types in the United
States National Museum Collection (Cat. No. 50616). Other
specimens from Sebring, Fla., in building, June 14, 1933, O. C.
Van Hyning.

This species is very close to me/anocerus Wied. but the stump
and infuscation at the furcation of vein Ry; and the more
extensive black on the hind tibiae will serve to distinguish it.
These characters will also separate it from petiolatus Hine, in
which the hind tibiae are entirely yellowish and the front is
narrower.

Tabanus arborealis, n. sp.

Female.—Length 14-15 mm. Eyes bare. Front about three and a half
times as high as its width, parallel-sided, with yellowish brown pollen and
black hair; vertex flat, pollinose, with no ocelligerous tubercle. Frontal callus
rather small, distinctly separated from the eyes, slightly vertical, and narrowed
above; median spot broadly joined to the frontal callus and tapering to a point
at the upper third of the front; frontal callus orange-brown, the median spot
nearly black. Subcallus slightly swollen, yellowish brown, with concolorous
pollen. First two antennal segments dark reddish brown with black hair;
third black; shape as in Fig. 5. Face and cheeks light gray with white hair.
Palpi pale reddish brown with black hair; shape as in Fig. 5.

Thorax dark brown above with pale lines in the usual pattern, the pleurae
lighter and grayer; humeral and antealar tubercles light. Wings hyaline with
brown veins, the venation normal. Legs dark reddish brown with grayish
pollen, the fore femora, apices of tibiae, and tarsi, nearly black; hind tibial
fringe sparse, entirely black.

Abdomen dark brown above with three rows of nearly white spots, the
median triangles on tergites 2-4 not quite reaching across the tergite; lateral
spots oblique, faint on tergites 1 and 3, lacking on 4-7. Venter dark brown,
the sutures narrowly pale pollinose and pilose.

Holotype female from Rutland, Vt., Aug. 1-15, 1916, Chitten-
den. Paratype from Mt. Tom, Mass., G. Dimmock. In
United States National Museum Collection (Cat. No. 50617).
Paratype, Shawbridge, Que., 11. VII. 1927, A. F. Winn. In
Collection of the American Museum of Natural History.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 1, JAN., 1935 15

This species resembles vivax O. S., but lacks the enlarged first
antennal segment and wide front of this species. It is close to
nivosus O. S., but in nivosus the median triangles are much
smaller and the lateral triangles larger. From /ulvicallus
Phil. it can be distinguished by (1) black hairs on the base of
the apical palpal segment, (2) slightly wider front, (3) scarcely
depressed vertex, (in fu/vicallus there is a distinct depression
with a V-shaped swollen portion around it), (4) entirely black
annulate portion of the antennae, the last ‘annulus not being
yellowish, and (5) the median triangles on the third tergite not
reaching clear to the anterior margin.

Tabanus mularis, n. sp.

Female.—Length 10-12 mm. Eyes naked with a single diagonal stripe in life,
Front yellowish pollinose, about four times as high as its width at the callus,
with nearly parallel sides. Frontal callus dark brown to black, narrowly
separated from the eyes and slightly vertical; median spot small and usually
separated from the callus. Subcallus, and cheeks above level of antennae,
concolorous with front; rest of cheeks and face gray, faintly tinged with yellow.
First antennal segment reddish brown with rather dense, short, black hair;
rest of antennae orange-brown, the apical portion slightly darker; shape as in
Fig. 4. Palpi pale creamy with black hair; shape as in Fig. 4.

Dorsum of thorax olive-green, unstriped; the remainder gray, faintly tinged
with olive-green. Wings hyaline, the costal cell orange-brown. Femora black
with greenish gray pollen; tibiae yellow, the apical two-thirds of the fore pair,
and apex of the others, black; tarsi black.

Abdomen black with a median stripe of light, yellowish gray pollen and an
indication of faint lateral stripes. Venter olive green, sometimes quite dark.

Holotype female and seventeen paratypes from Baton Rouge,
La., H. Morris. (Cat. No. 50618.) The writer has determined
as this species numerous specimens from Oklahoma, Arkansas,
Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama, Georgia, Florida, South
Carolina, Virginia, and Maryland.

This is close to vécarius Walk. and has been confused with
this species, but lack of strong yellow on face, cheeks, palpi and
pleurae, and the usually blacker abdomen, will separate it.
From fuscicostatus Hine it differs in its more olive-green and
less brownish mesonotum, blacker abdomen, and darker frontal
callus; igrovittatus Macq. can be distinguished by its extensive
yellow brown on the sides of the abdomen and by its usually
weakly colored costal cell.

Tabanus nigrescens Palisot subsp. atripennis, n. subsp.

Female and male.—Length 24-26 mm. Black, structurally indistinguishable
from the typical nigrescens. In both forms the costal cell is deep brown and the
furcation of vein Rq+5 and the cross-veins are margined with brown. In the

16 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 1, JAN., 1935

typical form, however, the cells of the wing, except near the base anteriorly,
are hyaline, or nearly so; in atripennis the whole wing is deeply smoky, only
slightly paler posteriorly, if at all.

Holotype female from Stillwater, Okla., June 22, 1931, Dr.
G. W. Stiles, Jr. -Allotype male, Comanche Co., Kans., 2,089
ft., 1916, R. H. Beamer. Paratypes: One male, Trego Co.,
Kans., 2,450 ft., July 12, 1912, F. X. Williams, and four females
from Stillwater, Okla., June 20, 1931, H. Whitaker; San Antonio,
Tex., 6.4.19, on man, Parman, Bishopp, Wells, and Babcock;
Sheridan Co., Kans., 2,650 ft., F. X. Williams, and Comanche
Co., Kans., 2,089 ft., 1916. Holotype, allotype, and two para-
types in United States National Museum Collection (Cat. No.
50619); male and female paratypes in Ohio State Museum
Collection; female paratype in collection of Dr. James M.
Brennan.

The typical nigrescens occurs in the East, not having been
reported west of Illinois and Tennessee. Osten Sacken (1876,
p. 453), in his description of nigrescens, describes a specimen
from Canada that agrees with the description of atripennis,
but the writer has not seen this specimen.

Tabanus bishoppi Stone.
1933. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington. 35: 75. 9.

Shortly after the publication of the description of this species,
the writer discovered, while going through the Hine collection
of Tabanidae at the Ohio State Museum, two males and four
females that had been set aside by Dr. Hine, perhaps with the
intention of describing them. The male is herein described for
the first time.

Male.—Eyes densely pilose, the facets of the upper half only slightly larger
than those below. Palpi slender for a male Tabanus. Coloration as in the
female, the abdomen somewhat yellower laterally.

These specimens were all from Florida, as follows: Cleveland,
IV. 26. 1921, J. N. Knull; Gulfport, Pinellas Co., March 3 and
March 9, 1925, F. M. Gaige; Gulfport; Lake City, V. 9. 1902;
Dunedin, March, Blatchley.

Tabanus subniger Coquillett.
1906. Ent. News 17: 48. 9.
Four males of this species, collected with six females, at Ira,

Ohio, July 1, 1920, were found in the Hine collection. The male
is herein described for the first time.

Male.—Similar to the female in coloration. Antennae black, slender, the
first segment nearly as wide as the third and somewhat flattened above. Facets

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 1, JAN., 1935 17

of eyes distinctly differentiated into large and small facets. Mesonotum dark
brown with indications of lines. Differs from stygius Say in the eyes, which
have the large facets more extensive and following down near the outer margin
of the eye for a greater distance, making the lower, outer curve of these facets
more acute.

This species has been confused in collections with stygius,
from which the female can easily be distinguished by its broad,
gray front, in contrast to the moderately wide, orange-brown
front of styg7us.

Other locality records are: The holotype, Lake Forest, IIl.,
June 27, 1904, J. G. Needham, (the original description gives
March 27, but an examination of the label shows that it really
is 27/VI1/04 rather than 27/III/04); Turkey Foot Lake, Ohio
(10 specimens); Ithaca, N. Y., June 28, 1892, July 20, 1915,
and two others, undated; Canandaigua Lake, N. Y., July,
1927; Somerville, N. J., June, 1923.

Tabanus fulvicallus Philip.
1931. Univ. Minnesota Tech. Bull. 80 : 106.

Through the kindness of Professor Mickel of the University
of Minnesota we examined the holotype of this species. In
material borrowed from the Ohio State Museum were found six
specimens of this species, five from Isle Royale, Mich., 25-28.
VII. 1905, and one from Saranac Inn, N. Y., July 27, 1900. It
is interesting to note that these six specimens, the holotype, and
the paratype, were all collected between July 22 and July 30.
The Ohio State Museum specimens are considerably larger
than the types, being 15-16 mm. long, but they are identical in
structure and color and we have no hesitation in determining
them as fulvicallus. This species is close to arborealis, but while
the distinguishing characters are slight they seem sufficient to
make them separate species.

Tabanus sexfasciatus Hine.

1923. Canadian Entomologist 55 : 144.
Syn. Tabanus borealis of Loew and Meigen, not Fabricius.

Fabricius named and described Tabanus borealis (1781, p.
459). This species has not been recognized by recent European
workers, although Surcouf in Wytsman (1920, p. 73) and
Krober in Lindner (1925, p. 65) have considered it to be probably
the same as Tabanus lapponicus Wahlb. Loew (1858, p. 28)
redescribed Tabanus borealis Fabr. and since then Bezzi in
Kertesz (1903, p. 60) and Kréber in Lindner (1925, p. 61) have
credited the name Tabanus borealis to Loew. Surcouf in
Wytsman (1920, p. 62) and Kertesz (1908, p. 229) credit the
name to Meigen (1820, p. 28), although he redescribed Tabanus

18 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 1, JAN., 1935

borealis KFabr. The well recognized Tabanus described by Loew,
Meigen, and Kréber as Tabanus borealis is apparently different
from Tabanus borealis Fabr., but since, as is shown below, it is
identical with sexfasciatus Hine, it 1s unnecessary to propose a
new name for it.

The United States National Museum has six European females
determined as Therioplectes borealis Loew, by Kroéber, from
Thuringen, Schreiberhau, and Tinos, and a male from Taunus,
determined as Therioplectes borealis Meig. by Villeneuve.
When this series was compared with seventeen specimens from
Alaska of Tabanus sexfasciatus Hine, including nine of the type
series, it was found that the two were the same. The Alaskan
specimens average about 9/10 of the length of the European
specimens, but there is complete intergradation in size and no
structural or color differences can be found to separate them.
Kréber gives the distribution of borealis as central and western
Europe and Siberia. It is not surprising to find this species,
like Chrysops nigripes Zett., to be Holarctic. We have de-
termined two specimens from Labrador as se xfasciatus although
they are smaller and in very poor condition.

Tabanus vicarius Walker.
1848. List Dipt. British Mus. 1 : 187.
Syn. Tabanus costalis Wiedemann, not Lichtenstein.

Since Tabanus costalis Wiedemann 1s preoccupied by Lichten-
stein (1796, p. 213), it must be suppressed as a synonym of
Tabanus vicarius Walker, the next available name. Austen
(1908, p. 346) republished Lichtenstein’s rare description and
Surcouf (1921, p. 84), placed it as a possible synonym of Tabanus
striatus Fabr.

Tabanus fumipennis Wiedemann.

1828. Auss. zweifl. Ins. 1 : 119, 11.
Syn. Tabanus rufus Palisot de Beauvois, not Scopoli. Ins. rec. Afr. et Amer.
p. 100, pl. 2., fig. 1, 1809.

Osten Sacken placed Tabanus fumipennis Wied. as a synonym
of Tabanus rufus P. de B., and there 1s no reason to doubt their
identity. However, since Tabanus rufus P. de B. is preoccupied
by Tabanus rufus Scopoli (1763, p. 373) Tabanus fumipennis
Wied. becomes the valid name of the species.

Tabanus fumeus, new name.

Syn. Tabanus fumipennis van der Wulp, not Wiedemann. Diptera Sumatra
Expd. p. 18, 1890.

The name Tabanus fumipennis v. d. Wulp being preoccupied
by Tabanus fumipennis Wied. (1828), the above new name is
proposed.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 1, JAN., 1935 19

Tabanus imitans Walker.

1848. List Dipt. British Mus. 1 : 146 (not. p. 173).
Syn. Tabanus fuscopunctatus Macquart. Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4 : 34, 108, 1850.

Osten Sacken examined the types of both of these species and
established the identity of the two species (1878, p. 228), but
recognized Macquart’s name on the grounds that Walker’s
description was not recognizable. Since the types have been
studied, and still can be, there is no excuse for using the later
name. The writer has seen a specimen compared with the type
of imitans by Hine, and it is obviously the species described by
Macquart and redescribed by Osten Sacken as fuscopunctatus.

Tabanus magnicallus, new name.

Syn. Tabanus maritimus Townsend, not Scopoli. Ent. News 9 : 167, 1898.

There is little doubt but that Tabanus nanus Macquart is
identical with maritimus Townsend, but since Tabanus nanus
Macquart (1845) is preoccupied by Wiedemann (1821) and
maritimus Townsend (1898) by Scopoli (1763, p. 374), the
above new name is proposed for maritimus Towns.

LireRATuRE CIrepD.

Austen, E. E.

1908. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8)1 : 344-346.
Bezzr, M.

1903. In Kertesz. Katalog der Pal&arktischen Dipt. Band. III. Budapest.
Fasricius, J. C.

1781. Species Insectorum. Vol. II.
Kerresz, O.

1908. Catalogus Dipterorum. Mus. Nat. Hungaricum. Vol. III.
Kroser, O.

1925. In Lindner. Die. Flieg. der Palaearktischen Region. 19. Tabanidae.
LicuTensTEIn, A. A. H.

1796. Catalogus rerum naturalium rarissimarum Hamburgi. Sectio tertia

(Insecta) Hamburg.

Loew, H.

1858. Verh. zool. Bot. Ges. Wien. 8 : 473-612.
Meicen, J. W.

1820. Syst. Beschr. europaish. zweifl. Ins. Vol. 2.
Osten SackeEn, C. R.

1876. Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. Vol. 2. Part 4.

1878. Cat. Dipt. North America. 2d ed. Smithsonian Miscell. Coll. 270.
Scopott, J. A.

1763. Entomologica Carniolica.
WiepDEMANN, C.°R. W. *

1821. Diptera exotica. Kiliae.

PLATE | PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 37

[20]

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 1, JAN., 1935 at

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

Antenna, front and palpus of:
1. Dicladocera sexfasciata, n. sp.
2. Tabanus coarctatus, n. sp.

oP - lacustris, n. sp.
4. mularis, n. sp.
5. ss arborealis, n. sp.

6. “ — gladiator, n. sp.

SYNONYMICAL NOTES ON ECPHYLUS FOERSTER, WITH
DESCRIPTION OF ONE NEW SPECIES (HYM.,
BRACONIDAE).

By C. F. W. Muesseseck,

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, U. S. Department of Agriculture.

The new parasitic species described in this paper was reared
in connection with certain economic studies on wood-infesting
Coleoptera. In order to explain my allocation of this species
to the genus Ecphy/us it becomes necessary to discuss briefly
some new synonymy.

ECPHYLUS Foerster.

Ecphylus Foerster, Verh. naturh. Ver. preuss. Rheinl., vol. 19, 1862, p. 237.
Genotype, Bracon silesiacus Ratzeburg.

Sactopus Ashmead, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 23, 1900, pp. 146, 147. Geno-
type, Sactopus schwarzii Ashmead. (New synonymy.)

Sycosoter Picard and Lichtenstein, Bul. Soc. Ent. France, 1917, no. 16, p. 285.
Genotype, Sycosoter lavagnei Picard and Lichtenstein. (New synonymy.)

Sactopus schwarzii was described only as it was characterized
in Ashmead’s key to the genera of Pambolini. The apterous
male with its conspicuously thickened posterior metatarsi
induced the author to propose a new generic name for the species.
I have been unable, however, to find any basis whatever for
separating the winged female of S. schwarzii from Ecphylus
as typified by E. silesiacus (Ratz.) and I do not believe the
thickened metatarsus and the apterous condition of the male
constitute sufficient grounds for generic distinction. I have,
therefore, suppressed Sactopus. In the genus Paraecphylus
Ashmead, which differs from Ecphy/us only in having the first
cubital and first discoidal cells confluent, males of certain species
likewise have swollen posterior metatarsi exactly similar to
those of Sactopus. That this character is not correlated with
the loss of wings is evident from specimens of an unnamed
species of Paraecphylus in the National Collection, in which the
males are fully winged but still have the enlarged metatarsi.

22 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 1, JAN., 1935

In describing Sycosoter, Picard and Lichtenstein appreciated
the close similarity of the species before them, which they called
lavagnei, with typical Ecphylus, but the occurrence of winged
and wingless forms of both sexes influenced them to propose a
new generic name for the species. I have seen specimens of
S. lavagnei from southern France and in my opinion S'ycosoter
is not tenable as a distinct genus.

Eephylus schwarzii (Ashmead) (New combination).

Sactopus schwarzii Ashmead, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 23, 1900, p. 146.
Ecphylus johnsoni Rohwer, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 45, 1913, p. 549. (New
synonymy.)

In the collection of the U. S. National Museum there are two
male and two female specimens labeled “Anglesea, N. J.,
24.7, Collection Ashmead,” and bearing the name label “ Sac-
topus schwarzii Ashm.” in Ashmead’s handwriting. Undoubt-
edly these specimens comprised his type material. Ecphylus
johnsoni was described from a single female, from Pennsylvania,
which is likewise in the- National Collection. It appears to
agree exactly with the winged female of Sactopus schwarzit.

The following descriptive notes taken from Ashmead’s
specimens of schwarzii are given here to supplement the very
brief original characterization.

Male.—Length 1.4 mm. Head quadrate; eyes very small, their shortest
diameter only about half the width of temples; vertex strongly convex; frons
smooth; ocelli very minute; occiput completely, sharply margined; antennae
very slender, shorter than the body, 12-segmented; temples bulging slightly
beyond outer margins of eyes. Thorax narrower than head; notauli weak,
obliterated behind; propodeum faintly sculptured with a poorly defined carina
on basal half; all femora somewhat swollen; posterior metatarsus inflated and
fully as long as remaining tarsal segments combined; wings entirely wanting,
not even represented by short pads. Abdomen longer and slightly broader than
thorax; first tergite small, scarcely as long as broad at apex, longitudinally
striate and with two posteriorly convergent keels medially; remainder of dorsum
of abdomen polished.

Yellowish brown; apical half of antennae and posterior tibiae dark brown;
posterior metatarsus blackish.

Female.—Differs from the male as follows: Length 1.6 mm. Head sub-
quadrate; eyes small but somewhat longer than in male, distinctly narrower
than temples; ocelli larger; postocellar line less than twice diameter of an ocellus;
thorax about as wide as head; wings fully developed; stigma narrow, emitting
radius from about its middle; radius composed of two abscissae, the first
perpendicular to wing margin and longer than width of stigma, the second
weakly curved and going to extreme apex of wing; recurrent entering first
cubital cell; intercubitus very short, almost on a line with second abscissa of
cubitus, the point of union with the latter indefinite; cubitus obliterated beyond

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 1, JAN., 1935 28

intercubitus, second cubital cell therefore confluent with second discoidal;
medius and submedius curved; submedian cell very narrow and confluent with
first brachial, the nervulus absent; first discoidal cell long-petiolate; recurrent
vein entering first cubital cell; radiella and nervellus obliterated; legs more
slender than in male although femora are slightly thickened; posterior metatar-
sus not conspicuously thickened; ovipositor sheath about as long as abdomen
beyond first segment; propodeum and first abdominal tergite somewhat paler
than remainder of body; posterior tarsi uniformly yellowish brown, the meta-
tarsus not darker than remaining segments; anterior wing slightly dusky across
first abscissa of radius.

In addition to the types of schwarzii and johnsoni, the National
Collection contains a series of specimens reared at Asheville,
North Carolina, from Dendroctonus frontalis Zimmermann and
Pityophthorus sp. In addition to the wingless male and winged
female forms, this series includes wingless females. These
differ otherwise from the normal winged individuals only in the
slightly more cubical head and the smaller eyes and ocelli.

Eephylus rohweri, new name.

Ecphylus schwarzi Rohwer, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 45, 1913, p. 538, not
schwarzii (Ashmead), 1900.

The transfer of Sactopus schwarziti Ashmead to Ecphylus
makes necessary the suppresion of schwarzi Rohwer as a homo-
nym.

Eephylus arcuatus, new species.

In the virtually apterous male this species most closely
resembles schwarzii (Ashmead). It is easily distinguished from
that species, however, by its much larger size, complete and
coarsely foveolate notauli, strongly curved second abscissa of
radius, more conspicuous infuscation along the veins in the
middle part of the anterior wing, strongly aciculate frons, longer
antennae and ovipositor sheath, and the presence of distinct
wing pads in the male.

Female.—Length 3 mm. Head subquadrate, not wider than thorax; eyes
small, scarcely as long as face from antennae to base of clypeus; temples and
cheeks broader than the eyes, convex, smooth, face nearly twice as broad as long,
convex, weakly transversely sculptured; malar space longer than extreme width
of eye; anterior margin of clypeus with a fringe of long hairs; antennae very
slender, about as long as body, 20-segmented; first flagellar segment slightly
shorter than second, which is five times as long as thick; apical flagellar segments
nearly three times as long as thick; frons closely transversely aciculate; ocelli
very small, postocellar line nearly twice diameter of an ocellus but less than half
as long as ocellocular line; occipital carina strong.

24 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 1, JAN., 1935

Thorax rather stout; mesoscutum descending abruptly in front; notauli
broad, strongly impressed, and coarsely foveolate except posteriorly where they
are much narrower; middle lobe of mesoscutum somewhat angulated anteriorly
at each side, very finely punctate medially and with a median longitudinal
groove which is deepest posteriorly; area behind middle lobe and between
posterior ends of notauli rugose; lateral lobes nearly smooth; scutellar furrow
broad, finely foveolate; scutellum smooth, shallowly impressed down middle,
margined laterally by low carinae; propodeum convex, entirely rugose, most
coarsely so posteriorly; propodeal spiracles minute, circular; side of pronotum
smooth, its broad longitudinal furrow crossed by many evenly spaced raised
lines; prepectus margined; mesopleurum polished; mesopleural furrow narrow,
smooth; legs slender; posterior tibia with only one calcarium and that very
short; posterior metatarsus longer than the four remaining tarsal segments
combined; wings uniformly closely hairy; stigma narrow, emitting radius from
slightly beyond its middle; radius composed of two abscissae, the first only
slightly oblique and about as long as first intercubitus, the second strongly
curved and attaining wing margin slightly before extreme apex of wing; first
cubital cell a little longer than first discoidal; the confluent second and third
cubital cells narrowing slightly to near middle and then broadening strongly to
apex; cubitus beyond intercubitus very weak and mostly unpigmented; the
section of cubitus between’ recurrent and intercubitus nearly on a line with
intercubitus; petiole of first discoidal cell as long as recurrent vein; medius and
submedius parallel, curved; submedian cell very narrow and confluent with
first brachial, the nervulus wanting; subdiscoideus exactly interstitial with
discoideus; radiella and nervellus wanting; cubitella well developed.

Abdomen stout, fully as long as head and thorax combined, broadly sessile;
first tergite hardly as long as broad at apex, broadly elevated medially on basal
half, entirely longitudinally striate and sharply carinate laterally; remainder
of abdomen polished, the lateral margins of dorsum rounded, not at all carinate;
second suture effaced; hypopygium not nearly attaining apex of abdomen;
ovipositor sheath a little longer than abdomen.

Brownish black; face and cheeks darker than remainder of head; antennae
yellowish brown basally; legs dark brown, extreme bases of tibiae pale; wings
subhyaline; a broad brownish streak covering first abscissa of radius, also slight
infuscation along the other veins in middle of wing.

Male.—Apterous, wings represented merely by short scale-like pads that
extend slightly beyond base of propodeum; temples and cheeks bulging a little
beyond the eyes and much wider than eyes; antennae of allotype 18-segmented,
all femora somewhat swollen; posterior metatarsus conspicuously thickened and
relatively even longer than in female; otherwise essentially as in the female.

Type locality —Crater Lake, Oreg.

Type.—No. 50675, U. S. N. M.

Three females and four males reared by W. J. Buckhorn,
June 16, 1931, under Bureau of Entomology Hopkins No.
18950-d from an unknown host in Tsuga mertensiana. In the
paratypes the number of antennal segments ranges from 18 to 21.

Actual date of publication, March 12, 1935

VOL. 37 FEBRUARY, 1935 No. 2

PROCEEDINGS

;

OF THE

” /

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCLE-EY

OF WASHINGTON

CONTENTS

BARBER, H. G.—A NEW EDESSA FROM FLORIDA (HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA:
PENTATOMIDAE)

FISHER, W. S.—TrWO NEW BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM PUERTO RICO .

MC INDOO, N. E.—THE RELATIVE ATTRACTIVENESS OF CERTAIN SOLANA-
CEOUS PLANTS TO THE COLORADO POTATO BEETLE, LEPTINOTARSA
DECEMLINEATA SAY.

MUSGRAVE, PAUL N.—TWO NEW ELMIDAE FROM PUERTO RICO WITH DE-
SCRIPTION OF NEW GENUS (COLEOPTERA)

REED, W. D.—NOTES ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF CURED TOBACCO INSECTS
IN THE NEAR EAST

TOWNSEND, LEE H.—KEY TO LARVAE OF CERTAIN FAMILIES AND GENERA
OF NEARCTIC NEUROPTERA

PusiisHeD Montuiy Excerpr Jury, August AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

48
30

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under

Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October

3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProcEEDINGS and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1935.

Flonorary President 3. 30. 22 bana we eee we Le OP ROWARD
LEA ea sv aad Mock hy ON cee vero goa, HAD A SEO teen
Firsk Vice-President... 245 +s s+ ss + oe ee ee Be BMRACKER
Second Vace-bresident >... 2. - woe a eck SEND C ET sv Tio viene
IRECOTALUS ISCCLELAT Ek, as OR ky S| a, ee coe P. W. OMAN
Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer .............J. E. GRAF
JOT. Sas thn ioe 5 ee OE W. R. WALTON

EWING.
Representing the Society as Vice-President
of the Washington Academy of Sciences... ...... H. MORRISON

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the ProcEEp1ncs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 225 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOLE. 37 FEBRUARY, 1935 No. 2

KEY TO LARVAE OF CERTAIN FAMILIES AND GENERA OF
NEARCTIC NEUROPTERA.'

By Lee H. Townsenp,

[Illinois State Natural History Survey, Urbana.

Very little work has been done in North America on the 1m-
mature stages of the Neuroptera. Withycombe (6, p. 511) has
published a key to families for the larvae of the Planipennia
known to occur in Britain, and the same author (7) has a
valuable paper on the biology and morphology of this suborder
with special reference to the immature stages. This latter paper
contains no keys.

Fsben-Petersen (2, p. 95) has given a key to families for
certain of the larvae of the Planipennia which inhabit Denmark.

Smith (4, pp. 1315-17) has published a key to the larvae of
twelve species of Chrysopa reared by him. The publication in
which this key was included is the most comprehensive one on
the immature stages of any group of North American Neurop-
tera. This same author (5) gives rearing records and larval
descriptions of several Hemerobiidae and allied species. This
latter paper contains no keys.

Needham (3, p. 552) gave keys to the genera of Sisyridae for
the identification of larvae and pupae. These keys are reprinted
in the present paper. Withycombe’s (6, p. 511) and Esben-
Petersen’s (2, p. 95) keys contain nothing in addition to the
one offered here in so far as our species are concerned.

There are, scattered through various publications, many keys
to genera for the more common forms which pass their larval
stages in the water.

The keys which follow have been worked out from specimens
and descriptions and are offered in the hope that they may be
of some use. They may require modification as more informa-
tion is brought forth.

Of the thirteen families of the Neuroptera occurring in
America north of Mexico, nine are included in this key. The
following are not mentioned: Mantispidae, which have hyper-
metamorphosis and nothing is known concerning the immature

‘Contributions from the Entomological Laboratories of the University of
Illinois, number 167.

26 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 2, FEB., 1935

stages of our species; Dilaridae, which are exceedingly rare and
nothing is known concerning the immature stages; Berothidae,
concerning the immature stages of which nothing is known;
Polystoechotidae, the larvae of which have been described in
the first instar only.

The larval Neuroptera, as the adults, are readily separated
into two suborders, the Megaloptera and the Planipennia,
each of which is considered an order by some workers. The
separation of the Megaloptera from certain coleopterous larvae
is not an easy task, but it is hoped that the key here offered
will make this possible for most forms which might be confused.

Crampton (1, p. 82) says that in all of the coleopterous larvae
which he has examined, “the labial palpi, when well developed,
are made up of not more than two segments, while all of the
neuropterous larvae, which might be mistaken for coleopterous
larvae, have at least three segments in the labial palpi.” Any
character which could be used in at least a majority of the cases
for distinguishing these larvae should be given due consideration.

The characters used in the keys are apparently the best
available and are diagnostic for the groups to which they apply.
Other than the characters used in the keys no attempt has been
made to characterize the larvae of the suborders and families.

I wish to thank Dr. C. O. Mohr, Assistant Entomologist
Illinois State Natural History Survey, who made the drawings
used in this paper. Dr. J. G. Needham of Cornell University
and Mr. Marcus C. Old of Ursinus College sent specimens of
larval Sisyridae. Dr. E. O. Essig of the University of California
sent me specimens of larvae of Raphidiidae. To all of these
workers I wish to express my appreciation.

Key To Atp IN SEPARATING NEuROpPTEROUS LARVAE FROM SIMILAR ForMs.

1. Three pairs of thoracic legs. Anal prolegs may or may not be present.

If present they beara, hooked claw or’claws...... 0 2 ee 2
—. Legless, or with both thoracic legs and more than one pair of pro-
Ife ac Icons be 5 fe ent sae £5 hh al BRON eM RR Not Neuroptera
2. Thoracic legs all approximately equal in length and size 3

—. Fore legs generally heavier and shorter than the others; last abdominal
segment bears anal prolegs armed with a single hook; one tarsal

GC 7h ca dah 9 lt aly 2b oh 2 ie ig otal Rr ene Dae See 5 Trichoptera
3. Thoracic legs with one tarsal claw... Coleoptera and a single family
(Sisyridae) of Neuroptera?
—) Thoraerc lees: with two-tarsal’claws.. Ue 4
4. Mandibles not suctorial, a tooth or teeth present at base, middle or
BAUD OX eB ae nce a ac So eo ccna ae See 5

-. Mandibles, or mandibles and maxillae combined suctorial; generally
no internal teeth on mandible, if teeth are present they are as in
figs. 1 or 2, then hind tibia and tarsus are fused (fig. 8)... 6

2 Consult fig. 5, which shows the appearance of a larva of Sisyridae.

= CERCIIWANtIN Gee es bi Sock Ri iat C1 LO ee Me Oe Be 7

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 2, FEB., 1935 ny)
a, Gercispnresentsimays be sine aeetere ee eye e een eae Coleoptera

Mandibles alone suctorial; maxillary palps present...
Coleoptera (Dytiscidae and Gyrinidae)

. Mandible and maxilla of each side fit together so as to form a sucking
tube; no maxillary palps (figs. 1, 2, 3, 5). Neuroptera (Planipennia)
. Hooks on dorsum of 5th abdominal segment Coleoptera (Cicindelidae)

. No hooks on dorsum of 5th abdominal segment..........----
Neuroptera (Megaloptera)

Key To CerTAIn FAMILIES AND GENERA OF NeEArctTIC NEUROPTEROUS LARVAE.

iP)

SuBoRDERS OF NEUROPTERA.

. Larvae with chewing mouthparts; maxillary palps present (figs. 6, 10)
Suborder Megaloptera 2

. Larva with mandible and maxilla of each side fitting together so as to

form a sucking tube; no maxillary palps (figs. 1, 2, 3, 5).
Suborder Planipennia 5

SuBoRDER MEGALOPTERA.

. Lateral filaments projecting from the sides of the abdominal segments.
15g ee \.5 0 (ot epee en meee mer Sect eV ore is ne aD Sialidae 3

. No lateral filaments projecting from the sides of the abdominal seg-
Mmentsweleanvae) tenes tui alll (ip ael()) ene eee eee ce Raphidiidae

Known GENERA OF SIALIDAE.

. Tip of abdomen bearing a single long, median, laterally fringed tail-
Mea rOGesSie:- 7 ek. Lh a Bele UL By he es eA ee 8 Stalinae (Stalis)

. Tip of abdomen not as above; but forked, the two projections each
Heacing’ a. pair of hooks. 2/128 2s ese ee, noe Corydalinae 4

. Lateral filaments of abdomen with no tuft of short, hair-like tracheal
pilllgtae Dalserccs: tee. to SRN A ee LU ete Chauliodes

. Lateral filaments of abdomen with a tuft of short, hair-like tracheal
pillstaibases: £2 100.2 Inte eee ra) 2 a ee ee Corydalis

SUBORDER PLANIPENNIA.

. Tarsus with one claw, mandibles and maxillae piercing, slender, half
as long as the body; abdomen with seven pairs of ventral respiratory
filaments. Larvae living in fresh-water sponges (fig. 5). Sisyridae

eMarsus with twoiclaws.) larvae terrestrial 5s se sere een Ss eee 6

. Empodium trumpet-shaped, conspicuous (fig. 9)

Chrysopidae (and Ist instar Hemerobiidae)
p Levine ofovelinuianl farOne, (ebNany ete ey oe 7

. Mandibles and mavxillae short, covered above by labrum.
Coniopterygidae (Coniopteryginae)

, Miermchisles einelimensilleie eecilhy wise. ee 8

PiMandibles:andimaxillacknwandlycurvedsss2 = tanner sey een. 9

. Mandibles and maxillae not inwardly curved, straight, needle-like...
Coniopterygidae (Aleuropteryginae)

10.

ale

AA.

(1)

(2)
(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 2, FEB., 1935

. Distinct internal teeth (generally three) on the mandible, hind tibia and
tarsus fused to form a single joint (figs 1, 2, 8)__.__-.-----------------eeeeeneeeeee- 10
. No internal teeth on the mandible, hind tibia and tarsus not fused__.........11
Hind margin of head not markedly bilobed; lateral body appendages
absent or weakly developed (figs. 1, 4)_......-.--.---.----.----/ Myrmeleontidae
. Hind margin of head strikingly bilobed; lateral body appendages
Stronplyide veloped | (HES. esi) seme ere eee eee eee Rena Ascalaphidae
Antennae approximately same length as head, mandibles and maxillae
GING RE EEE TAIN re eae ees ee rte eae cee ee Sympherobiidae

. Antennae longer than head, mandibles and maxillae as long as or longer

Than headin tls salen eee eee eee ee __.........Hemerobiidae

GENERA OF LARVAL SISYRIDAE.

(After Needham, 1901.)

. Setae on the dorsum of the thorax pedunculate (i. e., the setigerous

tubercles elevated considerably above the level of the integument)_......
Climacia
ahoracie setae ses wiles tamer eel ee ee Sisyra

GENERA OF PUPAL SISYRIDAE.

(After Needham, 1901.)

. Tips of the fore tarsi extending posteriorly beyond the apices of the

maxillary palpi; the fifth segment of the latter less than twice the width
of the fourth. Outer covering of pupal case open regular hexagonal
TMOG kee a a eee te ie see ee EIN en eee Climacia

Fore tarsi and palpi with apices about on a level; fifth segment of the

maxillary more than twice the width of the fourth. Outer covering

Ofspupalvcaseliclosekwoy.emsste 2 eee eres et ee eee Sisyra
BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Crampton, G. C.

1921. The sclerites of the head, and the mouth-parts of certain immature
and adult insects. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. Vol. 14: 65-103. pls. 7.

Espen-PETErRSEN, P.

1929. Neuroptera og Mecoptera. Danmarks Fauna 33 : 1-34.

NeEEDHAM, J. G.

1901. Aquatic insects in the Adirondacks. Bull 47, New York State
Museum: 383-612. pls. 36.

SmitH, R. C.

1922. Biology of the Chrysopidae. Mem. 58, Cornell Univ. Agric. Expt.
Sta.: 1287-1372. pls. 4.

1923. The life histories and stages of some Hemerobiids and allied species.
Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. Vol. 16 : 129-148.

Wiruycomee, C. L.

1922. Notes on the biology of some British Neuroptera. Trans. Ent. Soc.
London: 501-594.

PLATE 2

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37

WED
0.
cee
not
Zz

{29 |

30 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 2, FEB., 1935

=
1924. Some aspects of the biology and morphology of the Neuroptera with
special reference to the immature stages and their possible phylo-
genetic significance. Trans. Ent. Soc. London: 303-411.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

. Head of larva of Myrmeleontidae. Dorsal aspect.

. Head of larva of Ascalaphidae. Dorsal aspect.

. Head of larva of Chrysopa sp. Dorsal aspect.

. Right half of abdomen of larva of Myrmeleontidae. Dorsal aspect.
. Entire larva of Sisyra sp. Dorsal aspect.

. Head of larva of Corydalis cornutus Linn. Dorsal aspect.

. Right half of abdomen of larva of Ascalaphidae. Dorsal aspect.

. Right metathoracic leg of larva of Myrmeleontidae.

. Tarsus of larva of Chrysopa sp.

. Entire larva of Raphidia sp. Dorsal aspect.

COMIN KH PWN

—

TWO NEW BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM PUERTO RICO.
By W. S. FisHER,

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine,
United States Department of Agriculture.

Among the material submitted at various times for identifica-
tion from Puerto Rico by R. G. Oakley, the following two inter-
esting new species of Buprestid beetles were found. So far
only four species of the genus Micrasta have been recorded from
the West Indies; gy/eki and pygmaeola Obenberger from Guade-
loupe, cubensis Fisher from Cuba, and fisheri Théry from
Dominica. This is the first time that any species of this genus
has been recorded from Puerto Rico.

Micrasta oakleyi, new species.

Oblong oval, equally rounded in front and behind, strongly shining, glabrous;
above uniformly brownish cupreous, with a vague greenish reflection; beneath
piceous, the tarsi slightly paler, with the tarsal lamellae whitish.

Head slightly convex, when viewed from above forming a regular arc with
the pronotum; front rectangular, with the sides parallel; surface feebly granu-
lose, and sparsely, coarsely punctate; eyes parallel, partially concealed under
pronotum; epistoma depressed, strongly constricted between antennal cavities,
broadly subtruncate in front. Antenna extending to base of pronotum, sparsely
clothed with long, erect, whitish hairs; first and second joints globose, subequal
in length; third joint distinctly narrower, feebly expanded at middle, subequal
in length to the second; the following joints rather robust, subequal in length,
slightly triangular, the last joint oval, slightly longer than the tenth, and
acutely rounded at apex.

Pronotum strongly, uniformly convex, nearly twice as wide as long, slightly
wider at base than at apex, widest at middle; sides strongly, arcuately narrowed

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 2, FEB., 1935 3]

anteriorly, feebly, obliquely narrowed posteriorly; when viewed from the side,
the marginal and submarginal carinae are slightly arcuate, widely separated for
nearly entire length, and joined together at base; anterior margin broadly,
arcuately emarginate; base transversely truncate; surface feebly, densely granu-
lose or reticulate, sparsely, irregularly, coarsely, but not deeply, punctate.
Scutellum large, longer than wide, broadly rounded at apex, the surface nearly
smooth.

Elytra as wide as pronotum at base; sides parallel from base to apical third,
then arcuately narrowed to the tips, which are conjointly broadly rounded;
humeri not prominent; disk uniformly convex, with a shallow, transverse
depression near the base of each elytron; surface densely, feebly granulose or
reticulate, sparsely, irregularly, coarsely, but not deeply punctate.

Abdomen beneath strongly convex, densely, feebly granulose or reticulate,
sparsely, coarsely punctate, except along anterior and posterior margins of
segment; suture between first and second segments entirely obliterated; last
segment broadly rounded at apex. Prosternum moderately convex, densely
granulose, coarsely, sparsely, feebly punctate; anterior margin broadly, feebly,
arcuately emarginate or subtruncate; prosternal process broad, the sides parallel,
and broadly truncate at apex. Femora moderately robust. Tibiae straight and
slender.

Length, 1.35-1.5 mm.; width, 0.65-0.70 mm.

Ty pe locality—Ponce, Puerto Rico.

Type and paratype-—Cat. No. 50799, U. S. National Museum.

Described from two specimens (one type) collected at the
type locality on Trophis racemosa, August 22, 1933, by R. G.
Oakley (San Juan No. 4487).

This species is allied to cubensis Fisher, but it differs from that
species in being much smaller, glabrous, and uniformly brownish
cupreous, and in having the marginal carina on each side of the
pronotum entire, and not obliterated anteriorly as in cubensis.

I take great pleasure in naming this species after R. G. Oakley,
Ponce, Puerto Rico, through whose careful and energetic
collecting our knowledge of the fauna of Puerto Rico has been
very greatly increased. '

Micrasta ornata, new species.

Oblong oval, equally rounded in front and behind, strongly shining; above
glabrous; head and pronotum dark greenish blue; elytra bronzy green, slightly
cupreous toward apices, each elytron ornamented with a broad, transversely
oblique, violaceous black spot in front of middle, the spot extending backward
along sutural margin to near apex; beneath piceous, with the tibiae, tarsi, palpi,
and second and third joints of antennae pale yellow.

Head slightly convex, when viewed from above not forming a regular arc
with the pronotum; front rectangular, with the sides parallel; surface feebly
granulose, sparsely, coarsely, irregularly punctate, with a vague, elongate
depression on the front; eyes prominent, parallel, not concealed under the

32 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 2, FEB., 1935

pronotum; epistoma not depressed, strongly constricted between antennal
cavities, feebly, broadly emarginate in front. Antenna extending to base of
pronotum, sparsely clothed with long, erect, whitish hairs; first and second
joints globose, subequal in length; third joint narrow, longer than second; fourth
and fifth joints subequal in length to the third, and expanded toward apices;
the following joints shorter, subequal in length, slightly triangular, the last
joint oval, equal in length to the tenth, and broadly rounded at apex.

Pronotum strongly, uniformly convex, one-third wider than long, slightly
wider at base than at apex, widest near middle; sides strongly, arcuately nar-
rowed anteriorly, subparallel at middle, obliquely narrowed posteriorly; when
viewed from the side the submarginal carina is distinct, feebly sinuate, the
marginal carina only indicated near the base; anterior margin and base trans-
versely truncate; surface rather densely, coarsely punctate. Scutellum very
small and oval.

Elytra as wide as pronotum at base; sides parallel from base to apical fourth,
then arcuately narrowed to the tips, which are separately broadly rounded;
humeri not prominent; disk moderately convex, narrowly, deeply, transversely
depressed along base; surface rather densely, coarsely, irregularly punctate,
and somewhat rugose.

Abdomen beneath strongly convex, densely granulose, sparsely, coarsely
punctate, and clothed with a few indistinct hairs; suture between the first and
second segments entirely obliterated; last segment very broadly rounded at
apex. Prosternum moderately convex, densely granulose, rather densely,
coarsely punctate; anterior margin broadly, feebly, arcuately emarginate or
subtruncate; prosternal process rather narrow, the sides parallel, and broadly
subtruncate at apex. Femora moderately robust. Tibiae straight and slender.

Length, 1.75 mm.; width, 0.72 mm.

Type locality —Guanica, Puerto Rico.

Type.—Cat. No. 50800, U. S. National Museum.

Described from a single specimen collected at the type locality
in the Bovinguen Forest Reservation, October 17, 1934, by
R. G. Oakley (San Juan No. 5856).

This species is allied to oak/eyi Fisher, but it can be easily
distinguished from that species by its color, and in having the
elytra ornamented with violaceous black spots, the marginal
carina on each side of the pronotum obliterated anteriorly,
and the elytra deeply depressed along the base.

TWO NEW ELMIDAE FROM PUERTO RICO WITH DESCRIP-
TION OF NEW GENUS (COLEOPTERA).!

By Paut N. Muscrave, Fairmont, W.Va.

In a shipment of Elmidae sent me from Puerto Rico by
Professor Stuart T. Danforth, two new species were found. The
descriptions of the two species, as well as that of a new genus,
follows:

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 2, FEB., 1935 So

Cylloepus danforthi, new species.

FEMALE—Genera/l.—Form elongate, subparallel; dull black with a dark
reddish-brown tinge (dark burnt sienna), the elytra slightly lighter than the
pronotum; femora, tibiae, abdomen and apical joints of antennae and palpi,
yellowish rufous. Length 1.8mm. Greatest width, across elytra, about 0.8 mm.
Head opaque, surface granular, inserted in the prothorax to the eyes, which
are not prominent. Antennae filiform, 11-jointed, the first two joints dull,
the last three slightly enlarged, shining, and with long, sparse pubescence.
The eleventh joint somewhat flattened with a tuft of whitish pubescence on the
pointed apex. Pronotum almost as long as wide, widest about 1/3 from base,
sides broadly rounded, basal margin sinuate, apical margin moderately extended
with acute lateral angles. Pronotum with a median longitudinal groove be-
ginning at the base but not reaching the apex, deepest about half way to apex
and limited at the base by two short carinae; also with two complete lateral
carinae, which vary in width and are more or less parallel with the crenate
lateral margins (Fig. 1-B); disk dull, almost granulate, with short, sparse
pubescence arising from minute punctures separated by about four times their
own diameters. egs.—Femora and tibiae granular, hind tibiae each with an
oblong area of long, silky pubescence. E/ytra at base a little broader than the
pronotum, almost twice as long as broad, granular, finely and sparsely pubes-
cent; intervals two, three, five and seven with granular costae, those of two and
three short, those of five and seven continuing until they meet just short of the
apex. Abdomen granulate, everywhere sparsely covered with short, silky pubes-
cence.

MALE—Slightly smaller (length 1.6 mm.) but otherwise externally similar to
female. Genitalia—Fig. 1—-A.

Type locality —Rio Canias, Las Marias, Puerto Rico.

Types.—Holotype (female), allotype (male) and four para-
types to be sent to the U. S. National Museum; ten paratypes
to Professor Stuart T. Danforth, for whom the species is named;
two paratypes each to P. J. Darlington, Jr., Milton W. Sander-
son, Howard Hinton, and the Canadian National Collection at
Ottawa. Several paratypes remain in the collection of the
writer. All types were collected either on Jan. 3, 1933, or May 9,
OS

Notes—This species is very closely ‘related to gquadrata
Darlington and ferruginea Horn, but may easily be separated
from them by the color of the pronotum, being black in dan-
forthi and ferrugineus in quadrata and ferruginea. The inner
elytral striae are very evident all the way to the apex in the
latter species while they practically disappear on the apical
third in danforthi. There are other differences but these will
suffice for the ready separation of the three species.

1 Contribution from Department of Entomology, West Virginia University,
Morgantown, West Virginia.

34 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 2, FEB., 1935

NEOELMIS, new genus.

Form elongate, slender, moderately convex. Head received deeply in the
prothorax; the eyes nude, distant, somewhat coarsely faceted; antennae
slender, almost reaching the base of the prothorax, widely distant, 11-jointed,
first two and last three slightly enlarged, the eleventh being largest of all and
carrying a tuft of pubescence on its pointed tip; maxillary palpi 4jointed, the
first minute, the inner apical angle of the fourth, truncate. Pronotum sub-
quadrate, with two entire longitudinal carinae, one located near each lateral
margin; and also with a deep transverse impression placed a little beyond the
middle, disk regularly convex within the lateral carinae. Edytra—Margins
parallel for basal 2/3, then gradually converging to apex. Legs long and slender,
front tibiae each with an area of short, silky pubescence, on the inside, at the
apex. Middle and hind femora, with short spines, similarly placed.

GENOTY PE—WNeoelmis gracilis, new species.

This genus may be separated from all other nearctic Elmidae
by the sculpture of the pronotum. All other genera having
entire lateral carinae either do not have the transverse im-
pression, or if it is present, the disk near the base is not regularly
convex, but has one or more oblique furrows. At least three
species placed in E/mis (Helmis) belong to Neoe/mis, namely,
caesa LeConte (Texas), minima Darlington (Cuba) and apicalis
Sharp (Mexico). The object in establishing this genus is to
reduce by one, the number of distinct forms found in the genus

Elmis Latr.

ry V

Fig. 1.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 2, FEB., 1935 35

Neoelmis gracilis, new species.

FEMALE—Genera/—Form elongate (Fig. 1-C), parallel, opaque, dark
reddish-brown; legs, apical joints of antennae, palpi, lighter with a yellowish
cast. Length 1.4 mm., greatest width across elytra, 0.5 mm. Head—Front dull
brownish-black with long silvery pubescence, sparsely placed; clypeus ferrugin-
eus; antennae 11-jointed (Fig. 1-D), obscurely bicolored, the middle area of
joints 1-10 and the apical 5/6 of 11, yellowish, the remaining surface ferrugineus,
eleventh joint pointed and with a tuft of long whitish pubescence at apex;
maxillary palpi 4-jointed (Fig. 1-E), the fourth truncate. Pronotum slightly
longer than broad, widest about 1/3 from base; lateral margins regularly rounded
and finely crenate, basal margin sinuate, apical margin between lateral carinae
only moderately produced, apical angles acute; disk uniformly dull, granulate,
with a deep median transverse impression and a pair of complete sublateral
carinae paralleling the lateral margins. E/ytra—Lateral margins subparallel
for the first 2/3, then converging to apex; sparsely pubescent with rows of
punctures which tend to disappear on apical third, punctures separated by about
their own diameters on basal third, striae scarcely impressed, fifth interval
carinate almost to apex. Legs moderately stout, tarsi long, slender and with
small curved claws. Ventral surface granular; prosternum with a circular
depression each side in front of coxae, prosternal process about as broad as
greatest diameter of front femora.

MALE—FExternally similar to female. Genitalia Fig. 1-F.

Type locality —Rio Cafias, Las Marias, Puerto Rico.

Types.—Holotype (female), allotype (dissected male) and
four paratypes to be sent to the U. S. National Museum, at
Washington. Thirty additional paratypes located as noted
above under the description of C. danforthi Musgrave. All
types were collected either on Jan. 3, 1933, or May 9, 1931.

Key ror Genus Neoelmis MusGRAVE.

1. Both apical and basal portions of pronotal disk shining, not granulate.......2
INO teasia boy. citen.¢ tectek eee 9 Re A oh OR etc eee 3

Testaceous; punctures of basal third of elytra inconspicuous..caesa LeConte

Fusco-ferrugineus; punctures of basal third of elytra large and deep___-
apicalis Sharp

3. Both apical and basal portions of pronotal disk dull, granulate...
gracilis Musgrave

Apical half of pronotal disk smooth, shining, basal half dull, granulate...
minima Darlington

Figure 1. A. Male genitalis of Cy/oepus danforthi Musgrave. B. Pronotum of
C. danforthi. C. Neoelmis gracilis Musgrave. D. Antenna, E. Max. palpus,
and F. Male genitalia of N. gracilis. Outline drawings for plate made by the
author.

36 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 2, FEB., 1935

THE RELATIVE ATTRACTIVENESS OF CERTAIN SOLANA-
CEOUS PLANTS TO THE COLORADO POTATO BEETLE,
LEPTINOTARSA DECEMLINEATA SAY.

By N. E. MclInvoo,
Senior Entomologist, Division of Control Investigations,
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine,
U. S. Department of Agriculture.

The experiments described in this paper were begun in the
summer of 1930 to determine whether the attractiveness of the
leaves of certain solanaceous plants was relatively the same to
both the larvae and the adults of the Colorado potato beetle.
The results indicated that one species of plant was most at-
tractive to adult females, whereas another was most attractive
to the adult males and larvae. These tests were repeated in the
summer of 1932. Further tests were conducted in the summer
of 1933 to determine whether the relative attractiveness to the
beetles of different species of leaves depended on the species of
plant on which the insects had been reared.

Materials and Methods.—¥our solanaceous plants were used
for the tests, potato (Solanum tuberosum L.), horsenettle (S.
carolinense L.), bitter nightshade (. du/camara L.), and tomato
(Lycopersicum esculentum Miull.). The potato and tomato
plants were grown in the garden of the laboratory at Takoma
Park, Md.; horsenettle and nightshade grew wild on the grounds
at the laboratory. In the spring the nightshade was the first
of these four plants to produce leaves and was the first to
attract overwintering beetles. Later in the season and through-
out the summer beetles were scarce on nightshade, but were more
numerous on horsenettle and still more abundant on potato.
They were not found on tomato.

The relative attractiveness of the foregoing plants was studied
in the laboratory. The method, as used for testing the attrac-
tiveness of various substances fed to the Mexican bean beetle
(Epilachna corrupta Muls.), has already been described by the
writer (/, p. 32-34). As the procedure followed in testing bean
beetles was slightly different from that used in the present tests,
the method is again described and illustrated.

Each of the four cages used was 834 inches square and 34 inch
deep (inside dimensions), and had a wooden bottom and a top
of wire screen and glass. (Fig. 1, A.) The cages rested side by
side on a table and were illuminated from above by diffused
artificial light only.

The tests constituting an experimental unit in these investi-
gations will be called a group. Each group, consisting of four
series, was conducted as follows: From 50 to 60 insects, either
last-instar larvae or adults less than a week old, were put in each

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 2, FEB., 1935 oY

of the four cages. From the four species of leaves, 1-inch squares
were stamped out with a die which was washed and dried
between use on different species. Four leaf squares, one of each
species of plant, were placed in each cage on pieces of card-
board, 134 inches square (lettered W, X, Y, and Z in Figure 1 A).
To compensate for the possible influence of position in the cage
on their attractiveness, the four species of leaves were arranged
in a different order in each of the four cages, the arrangement
being shown by the first horizontal rows in diagrams B, C, D,
and FE in Figure 1.

At the end of 15 minutes after the introduction of the leaf
squares into the cages, the insects in contact with each of the
leaf squares were counted. This completed the first series of
tests. The remains of the leaf squares were then removed from
the cages, and fresh squares were placed on the pieces of card-
board in orders different from those used before. The arrange-
ment of the squares for the second series of tests is shown by the
second rows in diagrams B, C, D, and E in Figure 1. Counts
were made at the end of 15 minutes as before. Two more
series of tests were then made in the same way, the arrangement
of leaf squares in the third and fourth series being shown by
the third and fourth rows in the diagrams just mentioned.
Thus in each group of tests 16 of the 24 possible permutations
in arrangement of the leaf squares were employed.

Results —The results of these counts are presented in four
tables representing the major phases of the problem studied,
Table 1 giving the results in 1930 and 1932 with larvae, Table
2, the results in 1930 and 1932 with the adults that had been
reared on potato, and Tables 3 and 4 the results in 1933 with
the adults that had been reared on nightshade and horsenettle,
respectively. In the studies of the adults, the sexes were tested
in separate groups. The sum of the 16 counts of the insects in
contact with each species of leaf is considered the measure of
the attractiveness of the plant in that group of tests. In each
of the major divisions of the problem two or more groups were
tested, either in the same year or in different years.

In each table the results of the several groups of tests are
added up for each plant, and with these totals in mind the food
preference is then expressed in a ratio based on the most at-
tractive as 1.00.

In regard to the adults and larvae reared only on potato
plants in 1930 and 1932, the results show that in both years the
females (Table 2) preferred potato leaves, and the males
(Table 2) and last-instar larvae (Table 1) preferred horsenettle.

In 1933, beetles were reared from eggs to adults on nightshade
out of doors. The results of three groups of tests with male and
female beetles (Table 3) indicate that both sexes preferred
horsenettle. The females that had been reared on nightshade

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 2, FEB., 1935

Pee. ieee Jae a oe eeiiame oee ani, i ene OVW T
ees Seamer it Beg Vg aprysiysin
Pk? © ee ae ne ee oid: 9} euUasIOFy

ites ‘_— . hoa ep se Se ee OU OL!

SC cS OC ce Eee +9 oe I

heh Ga LS $8 CEE FIT 6S oS)

00'T II? 801 COI Os OFl c9 82

OL'0 L¥l ES 06 00'| PLT $8 68

OD | LICL, cf6f OF6T OHEY| SOE cf&6L OF6L
SavN Sapvua J

ee en Se ee ee SS SS

sasonbs fva] 04 pajav.yyv sajjaag {0 SO01jvA PUD SAIQUN AT

‘ZCHL ANY OC6[ ‘SISAL AHL OL AOITd SLNVTd OLVLOd NO XTNO Gad GVH ‘SHOVLS LIAGV GNV TVAUVT HLOG
NI ‘HOIHM FILAAM OLVLOd OGVAOTOD AHL AO SLIAGV OL SLNVId AO SAIDAMS ANOA AO SAAVAT AO SSANAAILOVALLVY FALLWISY— ZT ATAVL

6S
PL
L6
99

c dnos)

ve Gy $S BO ee eer eae Bae ae aa OVW |,
cr €6 6¢ 90s alee es, CS ee apeys}ysin
LOT v9 cil! GC ee | SS os ae ea ap youasi0py
+6 Ol Sol OG meee Ges awe ae ae ae oe ene 03v10q
LT) ¢ dnosy Z nosy JT @nosty
OF6s

sasvnbs {vay 07 pazavsyqv avasvy {0 So1jvs puv SAaquUnny

1u0]

‘TCH ANV OCG ‘SUSAL AHL OL UOMd SLNVId OLVLOd NO AINO ad
AVH HOIHM FILAAIM OLVLOd OGYUOTOD IHL AO AVAAVT OL SLNVId LO SALIOAdS UNO AO SAAVAT AO SSANFTATLOVALLY FALLVTIY— | ATAVL

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 2, FEB., 1935

8e 90 C6 ie) oF ole CL LC (G3 C= |S ae ec eS o}vIUO |
88 bLY 9L1 991 GEL er ILC 66 66 Cie Real Ac Se Seeding aprysiysin
$8 9ST O9T ey! OF C8" F9E LII Of Ag eae > gaa igs 9} 9U9S IOP
00°T 8eS L6l OOT Ir 00'T OFF 9LI 601 COL Pe lac A ae Oe cee ae 03¥10d
010M joioy, \9 Eno1y | ¢ nosy | ¢ Ino1y | ouvy qoi0g, |¢ Inorty \ Zg Enowy | 7 dnosy

Sav Sajvuay

sasvnbs foa, 04 pazavajqv Sapiaag {0 S01JDA puv SLaqUNN

1U] I

“CC6IL “SISAL FHL OL YOINd ATILLANASUOH NO ATINO Gadd GVH “SADV.LS LTOGVY GNV TVAUNVT HLOP
NI ‘HOIHM ATLAIA OLVLOd OdvuoTo?) FHL AO SLTONGV OL SLNVId JO SAIOUdS UNOA AO SAAVAT AO SSANAAILOVULLV FAILVIAY—F ATVL

6 col at It LY tr 68 91 FE Ce SS ae ee. sau 0} VW J,
bh S61 19 PS 08 LS LI €T (6 Oe le ee oo eee apeysiysin
00° c9T £9 88 IIT 00°T FOC OF 69 GG Ss eerie ates oe ayaqauasioHy
cL'0 881 cf 69 Tel $60 161 9¢ 99 60. |e ea eo ak -gaeeees e 03v10q
OuDY jv10g, | 9 dno1y | ¢ dnos1y | F dnoiy | 0110Y qwiot |\¢ Enos | ¢g dnoty | 7 Eno1y

A Sayvuea 7

sasonbs fva] 01 pa1Iv4qqv $aj130q {0 SOUvL puv SAaQuin Ny

IUD]

“CCHIL ‘SLSUL AHL OL UOINd AGVHSLHDIN NO ATINO Gad GVH ‘“SADVLS LINGV GNV AVAUVT HLOP
NI ‘HOIHM ATLAAA OLVLOd OdvuoTO) AHL AO SLIAGV OL SINWId AO SAIOGdS AUNOA AO SAAVAT AO SSANAATLOVUALLV TATLV TS — if Ae

40 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 2, FEB., 1935

WA Z. W

4th |Series
Z iY xX

Ist |Series

WwW x Yi
2d_ |Series

x W Zz
3d_ | Series

Fig. 1.—Diagrams of wire screen cage (A) and the arrangement of leaf squares
(B, C, D, and E) to be tested by Colorado potato beetles. See the text for
further explanations. (The leaf squares are, of course, in the cage under-
neath the screen.)

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 2, FEB., 1935 41

were later permitted to oviposit on horsenettle. Beetles were
then reared from these eggs on horsenettle leaves in battery
jars. The results of three groups of tests with male and female
beetles from this rearing (Table 4) indicate that both sexes
preferred potato.

The outstanding result of these experiments was the showing
of a greater attractiveness to the Colorado potato beetle of a
food plant other than that on which it had been reared. Only
female beetles reared on potato preferred the same plant.
Considerable confidence can be placed in the results on the
larvae and adults reared on potato, for the tests in 1930 and
1932 gave similar results.

Trouvelot, et. al. (2 and 3) grew a large number of solanaceous
plants in France and artificially infested them with young larvae
of the Colorado potato beetle. Of the four species used by the
present writer they used only potato and bitter nightshade.
They observed the larvae and adults only out of doors and
consequently their results can not be compared with those
given in the present paper. They concluded that there is a
continuous gradation from the plants preferred by this beetle
to those rejected, and notable differences in susceptibility to
attack were seen in their data on the group of tuberiferous
species of Solanum. They also found that there was no constant
agreement between the preference of the larvae and adults for
different plants.

Summary.—Laboratory tests were conducted to determine
the relative attractiveness to larvae and adults of the Colorado
potato beetle (Leptinotarsa decemlineata Say) of leaves of four
species of solanaceous plants, 1. e., potato (Solanum tuberosum
L.), horsenettle (S. carolinense L.), bitter nightshade (S. dul
camara \..), and tomato (Lycopersicum esculentum Muill.). The
relative attractiveness of these leaves appeared to depend on
the species of plant on which the insects had fed prior to the
determination of their responses. When they had fed only on
potato, the majority of larvae and adult males tested were
attracted to horsenettle, and the adult females to potato. When
fed only on horsenettle, the majority of adults tested of both
sexes were attracted to potato, and when fed only on nightshade,
they were attracted to horsenettle. This insect was not fed on
tomato, which in all tests was the least attractive of the four
species of plants.

LirERATURE CITED.

(1) McInpoo, N. E. 1931.

Tropisms and sense organs of Coleoptera. Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 82
(18) : 1-70, 19 figs., 2 pls.

42 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 2, FEB., 1935

(2) Trovvetor, B., Lacorre, Dussy anp THENARD. 1933.
Observations sur les affinités trophiques existant entre les larves de
Leptinotarsa decemlineata et \es plantes de la famille des Solanées. Comp.
Rend. Acad. Sci. France 197 (3) : 273-275.
———— 933:
Les qualités élémentaires des plantes nourriciéres du Leptinotarsa
decemlineata et leur influence sur les comportement de l’insecte. Comp.
Rend. Acad. Sci. France 197 (4) : 355-356.

(3)

NOTES ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF CURED TOBACCO INSECTS
IN THE NEAR EAST.

By W. D. REEp,

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, U. 8. Department of Agriculture.

The first appearance in the United States of the tobacco moth
(Ephestia elutella Hbn.) as a pest of leaf tobacco was reported
during the summer of 1930.’ At this time infestations were
found in only a few isolated warehouses. However, further
scouting during 1931 and 1932 revealed other infestations of the
moth in domestic flue-cured tobacco and demonstrated that it
occurred in imported Turkish-type tobacco held in storages
generally distributed throughout the bright tobacco belt.
Approximately 38 million pounds of tobacco are imported into
this country annually, principally from Greece and Turkey,
for the purpose of blending with flue-cured tobacco in the
manufacture of domestic cigarettes, and observations made
during 1931 and 1932 showed this tobacco to be the most
important source of entry of the moth into the United States.
Observations during this period also disclosed that large numbers
of the cigarette beetle (Lasioderma serricorne Fab.) were
brought into the United States in tobacco imported from the
same countries. The desirability of developing methods of
restricting the continued introduction of these pests was further
demonstrated by fumigation and trapping experiments in
tobacco warehouses. To secure additional information on these
pests and aid tobacco companies of the United States to control
them in the storages they maintained in foreign countries the
writer was authorized to study insects attacking cured tobacco
at various handling centers in the Mediterranean region. This
survey was made during the period July 29 to October 16, 1933.
Observations made in Greece and Turkey are presented in this
paper.

1 Back, E. A., and Reed, W. D.

1930, Ephestia elutella Hiibner, A New Pest of Cured Tobacco in the United
States, Jour. Econ. Ent. 23 : 1004-1006.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 2, FEB., 1935 43

PLAN OF SURVEY.

The American importers of Turkish tobacco maintain es-
tablishments in the Mediterranean region for the manipulation
and storage of tobacco prior to its shipment to the United States.
The Greek tobacco merchants and the Tobacco Monopoly of
Turkey also operate many factories and warehouses in this
region. The warehouses of the American companies were
inspected for insect infestations, and visits were made for the
same purpose to a representative number of factories and ware-
houses of Greek merchants and the Tobacco Monopoly of
Turkey. In each storage sample bales of tobacco were examined
and the insects found therein were recorded. It was believed
that this type of survey would provide an index of the distribu-
tion of insects in each locality. However, from information
developing early in the survey, it appeared likely that infesta-
tions of the tobacco moth and of the cigarette beetle originate
principally upon the premises of the tobacco planters or in
villages where new-crop tobaccos are assembled during the
curing season, extending from August to October. Therefore,
it was decided to extend the survey to include visits to curing
yards, planters’ houses, and small storage houses in villages.

RESULTS OF EXAMINATION OF BALES OF TOBACCO.

Infestation was found more severe in tobacco warehouses
that contained stocks of old tobaccos or scrap tobacco which
accumulates from manipulation. The warehouses inspected
were divided into Group A and Group B. Those in Group A
contained practically no old-crop tobacco and no accumulations
of scrap tobacco, while the warehouses in Group B contained
large stocks of old-crop tobaccos and much scrap.

Group A.

Inspections were made in 30 warehouses, included in Group A,
and the distribution of cured tobacco insects in the various
localities is shown in Table 1.

44 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 2, FEB., 1935

TABLE 1.—REsu tts oF EXAMINATIONS OF BALES OF TOBACCO IN WAREHOUSES

INCLUDED IN “Group A’? 1n GREECE AND TurRKEY, AuGust | To SEp-
TEMBER 18, 1933.

Number Bales of \Bales containing infestation of
- Date of
Locality . : of tobacco Ses :
= inspection E . Lasioderma Ephestia
warehouses| inspected ere
Serricorne elutella
GREECE
Piraeus Aug. | 1 6 0 0
Patras Aug. 4 2 20 10 4
Astakos Aug. 6 2 9 8 4
Serres Sept. 9 3 30 0 16
Kavalla Sept. 11 3 24 0 21
Xanthia Sept. 14 3 17 0 14
Salonika Sept. 15 3 26 112) 25
Volo Sept. 18 2 12 6 12
TURKEY
Izmir Aug. 13 5 57 20 9
Istanbul Aug. 19 1 6 0 6
Samsun Aug. 29 5 28 6 28
Total 30 235 62 139
Percent of
bales infested 26.4 59.2

As shown in table 1, 235 bales of tobacco, selected from difter-
ent grades, were examined for evidence of insect infestation.
The resulting records show that the tobacco moth and the
cigarette beetle were distributed generally in 30 warehouses
located at the various manipulation points, but that tobacco
moth infestation was heavier and more widespread than that of
the cigarette beetle. It will be noted that no cigarette beetle
infestation was found in these warehouses at Piraeus, Serres,
Kavalla, Xanthia, and Istanbul, while tobacco moth infestation
was found at all localities except Piraeus.

The parasite of tobacco moth larvae Muicrobracon hebetor
(Say), was found to be generally distributed throughout
Greece and Turkey, 28.1 percent of the bales of tobacco ex-
amined containing cocoons and other evidence of the presence
of this parasite. The parasite of cigarette beetle larvae 4plasto-
morpha calendrae (How.) was found in the Salonika district in
only one bale of tobacco. No evidence of parasitization of
tobacco moth larvae by Nemeritis canescens Grav. was observed.

2The warehouses which contained practically no old-crop tobaccos and no
accumulations of scrap tobacco.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 2, FEB., 1935 45

Group B.

Examinations were made in 38 warehouses included in Group
B during the period August 5 to September 17. The record of
examinations of bales of tobacco in these warehouses is shown
in table 2.

TABLE 2.—REsuLTSs OF EXAMINATIONS OF BALES OF TOBACCO IN WAREHOUSES
INCLUDED IN “Group B”’3 1n GREECE AND TurKEY, Aucust 5 ro SEPTEM-

BER 17, 1933.

Number | Bales of \Bales containing infestation of

2 Date of
Egciality inspection |___ af boise d Lasioderma Ephestia
SG CRUSES RGU SD ECT serricorne elutella
GREECE
Agrinion Aug. 5 2 12 12 9
Serres Nepims 1 + 0 4
Drama Sept. 9 5 25 0 20
Kavalla Sepewl 6 AT] 10 27
Xanthia Sept. 14 2 10 5 8
Salonika Sept. 16 3 18 6 18
Volo4 Sept. 17 9 45 30 41
TURKEY
Istanbul Aug. 22 3 iS 4 11
Samsun Aug. 25 5 20 0) 20
Bafra Aug. 29 2 12 0 12
Total 38 188 67 170
Percent of
bales infested 35.6 90.4

The data in table 2 reveal that the warehouses included in
Group B were more heavily infested than those in Group A.
In 38 warehouses of Group B, a total of 188 bales were examined
and 90.4 percent of them found to be infested by the tobacco
moth and 35.6 percent by the cigarette beetle, whereas in
30 warehouses of Group A 59.2 percent of the 235 bales
examined were found to be infested by the moth and 26.4
percent by the beetle. This heavier infestation in Group B is
attributable to the fact that the old-crop tobacco and scrap
supported large numbers of insects which infested the entire
warehouse.

’The warehouses which contained large stocks of old-crop tobacco and
accumulations of scrap tobacco.

4Tenebroides mauritanicus L., adults and larvae found in 15 bales.

Pediculoides ventricosus Newp. found in 3 bales attached to larvae of the
cigarette beetle.

46 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 2, FEB., 1935

Heavy infestations of the parasite Microbracon hebetor were
found in Group B, 61.2 percent of the bales containing evidence
of the work of this parasite, and it was apparent that a high
percentage of tobacco moth larvae was being attacked. Thous-
ands of parasitized larvae were seen in warehouses at Salonika,
Xanthia, Volo, and Samsun; in fact, in some warehouses it was
dificult to find unparasitized larvae. The two parasites
Nemeritis canescens and Aplastomorpha calendrae were found
in 5.8 percent of the bales inspected, but in neglible numbers
only.

In one warehouse in Group B, located at Volo, the adults and
larvae of Tenebroides mauritanicus L., a predacious enemy of
cigarette beetle larvae, were seen in fifteen bales of tobacco.
During inspections in another warehouse of this group at Volo
the mite Pediculoides ventricosus Newp. was observed attached
to larvae of the cigarette beetle.

OBSERVATIONS IN VILLAGES AND HOUSES OF TOBACCO
PLANTERS.

AGrinion District.

A trip was made into the rural districts surrounding Agrinion,
Greece, on August 5, when tobacco storages in three villages
and houses of several tobacco planters were inspected. The
curing of tobacco, mainly the bottom leaves, had just been
started, and all the curing yards contained large quantities of
tobacco. One tobacco moth larva, approximately one fourth
grown, was found on a rack of freshly cured tobacco. Bales of
tobacco which had been delivered to a warehouse from this
district were examined and infestation by both the tobacco
moth and the cigarette beetle was found. It was not feasible
to visit the exact locality in which the infested tobacco was
cured, but these observations show that infestation may start
prior to the delivery of tobacco to merchants.

Izmir Disrricr.

Scouting trips were made on August I4 and 15 in the country
around Izmir, Turkey, which included the villages of Ephesus,
Phokia, Pergamus, Akhissar, Kirkagutch, and Manissa. The
curing season was well advanced and in most localities the curing
yards were filled with tobacco. No infestations of cured tobacco
insects were found, although tobacco dealers in Izmir stated
that they had on many occasions received infested tobacco from
growers in that vicinity. It was reported by tobacco buyers
that infestation is found sometimes in tobacco before it is
purchased, particularly when it has been stored for six months
or longer by the planters.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 2, FEB., 1935 47

Samsun District.

On August 25 and 26 trips were made through the tobacco-
growing region around Samsun, Turkey. Since only a small
amount of tobacco, mainly the inferior leaves, had been placed
in the curing yards, it was an unfavorable time for making
field observations. As in the Izmir district, no cured tobacco
insects were found, but tobacco dealers reported that infested
tobacco often was received from planters.

KavAL_La Distrricr

On September 12, in company with officials of the Greek
Ministry of Agriculture, a scouting trip was made to homes of
tobacco planters in districts near Kavalla. Tobacco of the
1932 crop which was stored in the living quarters of a farmer
showed considerable insect infestation; a number of bales had
been severely attacked and many well grown larvae of the
tobacco moth were collected. Adults of the moth were seen in
large numbers on walls and ceilings of rooms in which the tobacco
was stored. The 1933 crop of tobacco had been removed from
the curing yards and stored in the same room with the infested
tobacco, and moths were found resting on the freshly cured
tobacco. By the time this new-crop tobacco is delivered to
dealers, it will no doubt be infested, and in turn will infest other
tobacco stored in the same warehouse. Empty cocoons of the
parasite Microbracon hebetor (Say) were collected from these
infested bales.

SUMMARY.

A survey was made of the distribution of cured tobacco
insects in Greece and Turkey during the period July 29 to
October 16, 1933. Sixty-eight tobacco warehouses were visited
and 423 bales of Turkish tobacco examined for insect infestation.
Also the survey was extended to include tobacco-curing yards,
planters’ houses, and small storage houses in villages.

Thirty warehouses in Group A were visited, and 235 bales of
tobacco were examined. These observations showed that the
tobacco moth (Ephestia elutella) and the cigarette beetle
(Lasioderma serricorne) were widely distributed in Greece and
Turkey, and that tobacco moth infestation was heavier and
more widespread than that of the cigarette beetle. The per-
centages of the bales infested were as follows: Ephestia elutella,
59.2: Lasioderma serricorne, 26.4; Microbracon hebetor, parasite
of tobacco moth larvae, 28.1 4plastomorpha calendrae, parasitic
on cigarette beetle larvae, was found in one bale of tobacco.

Thirty-eight warehouses in Group B were visited and 188
bales of tobacco were inspected. The percentages of the bales
infested were as follows: Ephestia elutella, 90.4; Lasioderma

48 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 2, FEB., 1935

serricorne, 35.6; Microbracon hebetor, 61.2; Aplastomorpha
calendrae, 5.8; Nemeritis canescens, 5.8. This heavier infestation
in Group B is attributable to the larger stocks of old-crop
tobacco in storage and accumulations of scrap tobacco.

Observations made in planters’ houses, curing yards, and
small warehouses in villages demonstrated that infestation of
the tobacco moth and cigarette beetle may start prior to the
delivery of the tobacco to merchants.

A NEW EDESSA FROM FLORIDA (HEMIPTERA-
HETEROPTERA : PENTATOMIDAE),.

By H. G. Barer,

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, U. S. Department of Agriculture.

Edessa florida, n. sp.

Form broadly ovate, as in E. bifida Say. Color testaceous, punctate with
fuscous; hemielytra stramineous-yellow with a ferruginous streak within the
subcostal-radius vein which fades out inwardly towards the disk; apex of
scutellum margined with an anteriorly bifurcated ivory-white mark, which is
narrower than in difida. Connexivum and body beneath testaceous; venter
with a median longitudinal brownish streak; the segmental incisures and trans-
verse sulci behind the spiracles violaceous. Antennae with the terminal seg-
ment, except at base and apex, ferruginous-brown.

Head nearly one-third wider across eyes than long (2.32 : 1.44 mm.), almost
smooth, several fine punctures on the inner part of the juga near the middle
region of the tylus, three or four before the tylus, and often a longitudinal row
on the vertex. Antennae with the second and third segments equal, fifth seg-
ment a little longer than the fourth; lengths of the segments as follows: I, 0.48;
II, 0.96; III, 0.96; IV, 1.60; V, 1.84 mm. Bucculae short, rounded, higher in
front, gradually narrowed posteriorly. Pronotum about two and one-third
times as wide as long (7.20 : 3.04 mm.); lateral margins not impressed, very
gently rounded from the minute anterior spine to the bluntly, broadly rounded
humeral angles, which do not project beyond the costal margins; anterior sub-
margin depressed for a distance equal to the interocular space and furnished
with a series of fine punctures which is broken in the center and disappears
outwardly; a more closely set series of punctures along the antero-lateral
margin; elsewhere, except along lateral margins, sparsely, coarsely punctate,
although somewhat more punctate than in difida. Scutellum but little longer
than wide (5.04 : 4.64 mm.), much more closely punctate than in difida, with
the apex a little more narrowly rounded and with the smooth ivory-white mark
narrower. Hemielytra distinctly longer than scutellum, posterior margin,
inwardly, strongly rounded to apex of clavus, outwardly truncate; surface
closely but not evenly punctate. Membrane lightly embrowned, just surpassing
apex of abdomen, Propleura posteriorly, meso- and metapleura inwardly and
posteriorly much more finely and sparingly punctate than in difida. Connexi-
vum finely, irregularly, and rather closely punctate, the posterior angles of the
abdominal segments neither attenuated nor spinose. Canal from the odorifer-

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 2, FEB., 1935 49

ous orifice distinctly shorter than in difida, not reaching the middle point of the
metapleura, not attenuated outwardly but ending abruptly. The metasternal
plate with the two anterior arms rather short, not extended anteriorly to middle
of the mesosternum, anteriorly strongly declivous, apices narrowly rounded; the
sinus between these forming with the sides nearly a right angle. Venter, except
for the terminal segment posteriorly, very sparsely punctate and the genital
segment smooth, impunctate. Genital segment (hypopygium) of the male,
seen from below, with the posterior margin in the middle rather broadly but
not so deeply excavated as in bifida; the margins of sinus slightly wavy, forming
an obtuse angle; posterior margins on either side of the sinus swollen, thinning
out laterally, almost transverse, densely fringed with long hairs. The genital
claspers rather short, extending beyond the middle of the cylindrical proctiger
and broadly expanded on either side, apices narrowly rounded. In the female
the middle basal plates (valvifers of the eighth abdominal segment) broadly
rounded posteriorly, subangulated one-third the distance from point of contact,
sparsely punctate within; the eighth tergite not distinctly angulated posteriorly
asin bifida. Length 13mm. Humeral width 7 mm.

Type: Male——U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 50576, Paradise Key,
Fla., March 1, 1919 (H. S. Barber). Paratypes: 4 males, same
locality as type, Heb. 24 and March 1, 10, and 12, 19193 1
female, same locality, Feb. 22, 1919 (all collected by H. S.
Barber).

Very closely related to Edessa bifida Say, which is a fairly
common species in Florida and all of the Southern States as
far west as Texas and occasionally as far north as Maryland.
E. florida, besides being smaller and differently colored, is more
closely punctate above and nearly impunctate below on the
venter, the scutellum is relatively shorter and narrower apically,
the canal from the odoriferous orifice is shorter and not attenu-
ated outwardly, and the metasternal plate and the hypopygium
of the male are quite differently shaped.

florida

(feta sternal Plate Hypopygium Male

50 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 2, FEB., 1935

MINUTES OF THE 461ST REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, JANUARY 3, 1935.

The 461st regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
held at 8 p. m., Thursday, January 3, 1935, in room 43 of the new building of the
National Museum. Dr. B. A. Porter, president, presided. There were present
43 members and 43 visitors. The minutes of the previous meeting were read
and approved.

There was no business and no notes were presented.

The following reports were made concerning the Pittsburgh meetings of the
American Association for the Advancement of Science and associated societies:
R. E. Snodgrass discussed the program of the Entomological Society of America
and mentioned particularly some of the more interesting papers presented.
F. L. Campbell reported on the meetings of the American Association of Eco-
nomic Entomologists and told of several proposed changes in the method of
conducting the yearly meetings and in the publication of the Journal of Economic
Entomology. F. C. Bishopp reported on the Parasitologists’ meetings and
discussed the exhibits which were presented in connection with the Ento-
mological convention. N. E. McIndoo discussed the Entomological sessions
in general and certain of the exhibits in particular.

Before proceeding with the regular program the president announced that the
program committee for the year would consist of C. A. Weigel, F. L. Campbell
and E. A. Chapin. It was also announced that the yearly dues for 1935 are now
payable.

The first communication on the regular program was by Dr. Herbert Spencer,
of the Albany, Georgia, nut insects laboratory, and entitled “ Mass Rearing and
Field Experiments with Trichogramma minutum.” ‘This tiny hymenopterous
egg parasite is reared at the rate of several million yearly by Dr. Spencer and
associates at the cost of a few cents per thousand specimens. The host used in
the rearing work is the Angoumois grain moth, although the parasite is used
primarily in attempts to control three lepidopterous pests of the pecan and as
a means of reducing the injury caused by the sugar cane borer and the codling
moth. Dr. Spencer presented lantern slides showing the methods and equip-
ment used in rearing both T. minutum and its host and the method of liberating
the parasites in the field.

This paper was followed by an interesting discussion in which Howard,
Cushman, Graf, Bishopp, and Clausen participated.

Second on the regular program was the address by the retiring president,
Mr. J. S. Wade. The topic chosen for the address was “The Officers of our
Society for Fifty Years (1884-1934).” These biographical sketches will be
published at a later date.

Because of the lateness of the hour, discussion of this address was omitted.

Upon invitation from the chair, Dr. L. O. Howard greeted the Society briefly.

Meeting adjourned at 10.10 p. m.

P. W. Oman,
Recording Secretary.

PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 2, FEB., 1935 51

MINUTES OF THE 462ND REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, FEBRUARY 7, 1935.

The 462nd regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
held at 8 p. m., Thursday, February 7, 1935, in room 43 of the new building of
the National Museum. Dr. B. A. Porter, president, presided. Those in
attendance comprised 45 members and 29 visitors. The minutes of the previous
meeting were read and approved.

Under the head of business the retiring Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer,
Mr. S. A. Rohwer, presented a detailed report of the finances of the Society for
the calendar year 1934. He also outlined briefly the duties of the office and
pointed out some of the problems to be solved in connection with the work.
The Society voted to accept the report as read.

The Corresponding Secretary announced the receipt of a communication
from the Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, France, inviting representatives
of the Society to participate in their 3rd centenary celebration and festival, to
take place early in the coming summer. By vote of the Society the chair was
authorized to appoint a representative to attend the celebration, and the
Corresponding Secretary was instructed to prepare credentials and send
greetings.

First on the regular program was a paper by R. C. Shannon of the Rockefeller
Health Board, Greece, entitled “The Malarial Situation in the Balkans.”
Mr. Shannon gave an interesting and comprehensive account of the work being
carried on in Europe in the fight against malaria, mentioning particularly the
successful work done in Italy. The program being followed in Greece at
present is principally of an educational nature, as lack of funds prevents any
large scale control work. The various species and varieties of anopheline
mosquitoes responsible for the transmission of malarial parasites were also
discussed, together with the probable factors which cause these species or
varieties to be of more importance than other closely related forms.

This paper was followed by an interesting discussion in which Morrison,
McIndoo, Howard, Ewing, Fracker, Stone, and Bishopp participated. Upon
invitation, Colonel J. F. Siler, of the Army Medical Center, spoke briefly of his
experience with malaria in the American tropics.

The second communication on the regular program was by Dr. R. L. Miller,
Entomologist of the Freeport Sulphur Company, and entitled ‘Sulphur Pro-
duction and Insecticidal Uses.” Dr. Miller showed lantern slides of the
company’s mines and plant in connection with his discussion of the methods and
technique of obtaining the pure element from the natural deposits. Although
the exact nature of the toxicity of sulphur is not known, it is used in nearly
every phase of insecticide work, either as the direct killing agent or as an
essential elment in a combination to form a fumigant, contact, or stomach
poison.

Dr. Miller’s paper was followed by discussion by McIndoo, Fracker, Gahan,
Wade, Bulger, and Bishopp.

Upon invitation from the chair, Dr. R. H. LePelley of Kenya Colony, Africa,
greeted the Society and discussed briefly some of the phases of the entomo-
logical work being carried on there.

Meeting adjourned at 10:20 p. m. P. W. Oman,

Recording Secretary.

52 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 2, FEB., 1934

REVIEW OF THE HOLMYARD EDITION OF THOMPSON’S
“BIOLOGY FOR EVERY MAN.”’

“Biology for Every Man,” by Sir J. Arthur Thompson, M.A., L.L.D., Regius
Professor of Natural History, Aberdeen, 1899-1930, edited by E. J. Holm-
yard, M.A., M.Sc., D. Litt. F. I. C. 12 mo cloth, vol. 1, pp. 1-756, illus.
1-302; vol. 2, pp. 757-1561, illus. 303-492. New York, E. P. Dutton & Co.,
1935. $5.00.

While the scope and space limitations of our Proceedings would forbid in-
clusion therein of a complete review of all the subdivisions of a large work
dealing in a popular way with general biology, yet it is fitting that the attention
of the entomological fraternity here be directed to the chapters, in Thompson’s
newly issued work, containing unusually excellent discussions of the insects and
some of their near relatives. Itis more than mere dust jacket “blurb” to state
that here at last has been issued a work which contains a clear and authoritative
popular presentation of the subject of insects in their manifold relationship.
This is free from the technicalities and professional minutiae of the formal
textbook, and yet it enables the student of insects to obtain here and there most
fascinating close-ups of some unbelievable wonders and fascinations. In this
work (vol. 1, chapter XIII and XIV, pp. 243-381, illustrations 106-149) there
is given popular treatment in resume of insects and spiders, dealing with such
themes as: The first flying animals; birds and insects compared; legions of
insects; variety of haunts and habits; general characters; types of life history;
some peculiarities in reproduction; creatures of instinct; social insects; useful
and injurious insects; how insects hold their own; how insects are kept in check;
some interrelations of insects; orders of insects; some notable insects; the wonder
of insect life; Arachnids contrasted with insects; general characteristics of
spiders; webs; gossamer; courtship; prenatal care; spiders in the struggle for
existence, spiders in the web of life; and some interesting spiders. Great care
was taken in the arrangement of the work, to effect a consecutive development of
the material and all the main sections are divided into systematic subsections
for the benefit of students.

‘What a fountain of wonder there is here to enjoy. In their food getting,
and their movements, in their architecture and their industries, in their self-
preservation and their parental care, in their relation with other creztures in
war and peace, insects are wonderful beyond all telling.”

Fascinatingly written, the volumes comprising this work contain a veritable
storehouse of material for study, for thought, for wonder, and for enjoyment of
the many things of nature all about. Its reading is heartily commended.

Jo Ss WEN:

Actual date of publication, April 11, 1935

VOL. 37 MARCH, 1935 No. 3

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF WASHINGTON

CONTENTS

BRADLEY, G. H.—NOTES ON THE SOUTHERN BUFFALO GNAT, EUSIMU-

LIUM PECUARUM (RILEY) (DIPTERA:SIMULIIDAE) .

WALTON, W. R.—JOHN MERTON ALDRICH, PH. D.

PusitsHED MontHiy Excepr Jury, AuGust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under

Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October

3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizepD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProcEEDINGS and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1935.

FIGHOT ALY) Prestacut = eter. ne wo Foam tee ae Bo, HOD ETE
RV ESIGCTIE Ue sas ee mnereirmnmemtr, . °. 2. 2a, Ae SERRE ee
Parsi VicesPresidgthi ee ot. ne tt el he 6B. PRA
SECOMMAUACE=PNESIGCIIE. Ae tne en oe sa NE OMe IN DO®
IRECOraimea Screiary . = 2 2 = 2 = = = ab a ee ew OPS OW, ee
Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer . .... . cee. Ge BSCR
EMMOP Re soe en ine eee ee Ss . W. R. WALTON

EWING.
Representing the Society as Vice-President
of the Washington Academy of Sciences... . . . . . .H. MORRISON

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the Proceepines will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 225 4.50 6.75 9.00

PLATE 3 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 3¢

Joun Merron ALpricH

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL." 37 MARCH, 1935 No: 3

JOHN MERTON ALDRICH, PH. D.
By W. R. Watton.

The death of Dr. J. M. Aldrich, Associate Curator of Insects
in the United States National Museum, which occurred on the
morning of May 27, 1934, deprived entomology of a taxonomist
who had attained international recognition and who was gener-
ally regarded as a leader in this profession.

John Merton Aldrich was born January 28, 1866, the son of
Levi O. and Mary M. (Moore) Aldrich, at Saint Charles,?
Minnesota, where he spent his early life. In 1881, when he was
about 15, his parents moved to a farm in eastern South Dakota,
near the Minnesota boundary. He attended high school at
Rochester in 1884-85, afterward entering the South Dakota
Agricultural College where he was graduated with a B. S. in
1888, after having worked his way through. Situated in a
pioneer community, it was a new school that had begun on a
very small scale. He found here, however, a small, ambitious
body of students in circumstances much like his own, all eager
to learn and being aided effectively in this by a faculty of
friendly and helpful people. In this congenial atmosphere
Doctor Aldrich has said that he received in but three years of
work “‘an intellectual impetus such as is not always imparted in
the largest of universities.” * In the last term of this college
work, entomology engaged his attention for the first win
through a course in zodlogy given by I. H. Orcutt, M. D.,
member of the faculty. Aldrich then began to collect and 6

study insect life without realizing that he was finally to make
this his life work. It was not until after he returned to his
father’s farm and was at work in a wheat field that he one day
conceived the idea of trying to obtain the position of assistant
to Dr. Orcutt who, in the mean time, had become Entomologist
to the newly established State Agricultural Experiment Sta-
tion at Brookings, South Dakota. Correspondence with Dr.
Orcutt elicited a promise that if Aldrich would prepare himself

1 Although existing biographies record Rochester as the birth place of Aldrich,
according to Mrs. Aldrich this event occurred at or near Saint Charles a few
miles to the eastward of that city.

2 Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. 20, Dec. 4, 1930.

54 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 3, MAR., 1935

by a course in entomology that winter, an effort would be made
to place him at the station. Enthused with this prospect,
young Aldrich proceeded to accumulate a small sum of money
by teaching one term in a local school and in the fall made his
way to St. Anthony’s Park, Minnesota, where, after considerable
difficulty, his earnestness of purpose induced the noted ento-
mologist, Otto Lugger, then Station Entomologist, to accept
him as a special student. Lugger, a finely trained man of great
knowledge and rugged character, had been a systematist in the
Coleoptera and possessed an excellent collection in this order.
He, therefore, leaned strongly toward the beetles in his prefer-
ences, but being a born naturalist, who literally radiated
enthusiasm for entomology, the young men about him soon
became thoroughly imbued with this spirit. At the conclusion
of the winter’s course Aldrich returned to Brookings where he
was given a 3 months engagement at $45.00 per month, and
thus began his professional career in entomology. In the
autumn he became a regular member of the station staff at a
very modest salary, with the understanding that he would
devote the winter months to the study of entomology in some
college. Accordingly, in November, 1889, he proceeded to
Lansing, Michigan, and began a course at the State College,
under Prof. A. J. Cook, an able and energetic pioneer in the
teaching of entomology. It was this man who first suggested
to Aldrich that he select a single order of insects as a specialty,
and who indicated the Diptera as an extensive and interesting
order in which there was a comparative paucity of workers in
America. These suggestions were eagerly accepted and Aldrich,
then but 23, began a study of the Diptera which was to last
for the remainder of his life. He subscribed immediately to
Entomological News, then in its first volume, and began
assembling a library at a rate hardly justified by his financial
condition. Correspondence with such leaders in dipterology
as Osten Sacken, Williston, and Coquillett soon brought him
reprints of their publications and offers of friendly assistance
which were eagerly accepted. On return to South Dakota in
the spring he collected Diptera at every opportunity and
arranged by correspondence with Prof. H. A. Hagen of the
Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, at Harvard University, to
spend the following winter in a study of the Loew-Osten Sacken
collection of the Diptera deposited in that institution. On the
way to New England, in November, 1890, he stopped at Ames,
Iowa, where he first met Herbert Ostorn and C. P. Gillette, who
received him with characteristic kindness, and with whom he
proceeded to a meeting of the then newly organized American
Association of Economic Entomologists held at Champaign,
Illinois. There he met for the first time C. V. Riley, L. O.
Howard, John B. Smith and many other entomologists of note,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 3, MAR., 1935 55

and was gratified to find that the energetic Professor Cook had
already secured his election to the Association. Upon arriving
at Harvard University a few days later, however, he received a
hard blow in the news that Hagen had just suffered a stroke of
paralysis. His department at the Museum was closed and the
collections thus rendered inaccessible to all.

Harvard University at that time was endeavoring to streng-
then its graduate school, and when the registrar learned of
Aldrich’s graduation at the South Dakota college he applied to
Alexander Agassiz, Curator of Zodlogy, for permission to have
Aldrich remain at the University. Unfortunately, Agassiz
peevishly refused even to consider his plea and Aldrich was
compelled to abandon his plans for the winter’s work. After
some delay he finally proceeded to Washington, going by way
of Providence, R. I., where, at Brown University, he visited
Dr. A. S. Packard, who proved both friendly and hospitable.
This famous man not only took Aldrich home to dinner with him
but spent the evening showing the young entomologist his
library and unpublished manuscripts, thereby making a most
favorable and lasting impression on him. Upon arriving in
Washington in the chill of early morning on a day in late
November, Aldrich found himself so reduced in funds that he
was compelled to pawn his watch before breakfast could be
purchased. Having made his way to the Division of Ento-
mology he was, as we might expect, warmly welcomed and
taken in charge by L. O. Howard, who not only suggested a
lodging place but arranged some work for him on the collections
at the National Museum, which were then in charge of Martin
Linell. The greater part of the Diptera collection was found to
consist in the Syrphidae among which Williston’s collection
had been deposited. In these surroundings Aldrich spent three
profitable, and we may well believe happy, weeks, in the mean
time being in attendance at a meeting of the Entomological
Society of Washington held in a small room of a private residence.
He feelingly describes the atmosphere in this apartment as
“so full of tobacco smoke that at the conclusion of the meeting
I was compelled to seek fresh air, without sharing the social
hour which was then an outstanding feature.” Non-smokers
will readily recognize this characteristic of the Society as having
outlasted the good cheer of the social hour which was so long
an enjoyable part of these gatherings.

While in Washington at this time, Aldrich tells us that he
met Dr. C. H. T. Townsend who, even at this early day, was
specializing in the Tachinidae, and who directed his attention
to that important parasitic group of the Diptera. As a result
of this meeting, Aldrich’s collection of these flies gained a new
impetus and for some years he continued to send Doctor
Townsend muscoid material. A

56 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 3, MAR., 1935

The following year was spent in Brookings amid his own books
and collections, but in the summer of 1892 he made his first
real collecting trip by joining a party from the University of
Nebraska in the Black Hills. Here for several weeks, under the
leadership of Professor Lawrence Bruner, he collected the
Diptera of the region in company with several other students,
including A. F. Woods, since then President of the University of
Maryland, and Director of Research for the United States
Department of Agriculture.

Factional strife having involved Dr. Orcutt and Aldrich in a
college row which ended in a dismemberment of the faculty,
both became separated from the institution, in November of
1892. It did not take Aldrich long to decide that his proper
course lay in joining S. W. Williston at the University of
Kansas, and he proceeded to act on this decision, arriving in
Lawrence about the first of the year. The distinguished and
generous Williston recerved the struggling young entomologist
literally with open arms. He lent him money, pressed him to
come and live in his home and, to quote Aldrich’s own words,
“helped me in every way possible until I left in July.” This
conduct of the eminent zo6logist inspired Aldrich with a feeling
of admiration that amounted almost to veneration, as shown by
his published expressions on several occasions. In fact he has
said that in later life he had tried to model his own conduct and
work after those of Williston. In the summer of 1893, Aldrich
left Kansas University to accept an appointment as Professor
of Zodlogy at the University of Idaho, and he then parted with
Williston for a long period of years. In January, 1893, Aldrich
married Miss Ellen J. Roe of Brookings, South Dakota, but
Mrs. Aldrich died in 1897, and a son, Spencer, who resulted
from this union, passed away in infancy.

When he assumed his new position at Moscow, Idaho, Aldrich
was about 27, and judging from the many and onerous tasks
that he accomplished as Professor of Zodlogy, Entomologist to
the Experiment Station, and last, but not least, as an intense
student of the Diptera, he was at the height of his working
capacity. It was then that he became deeply interested in the
family Dolichopodidae, a hobby that endured for many years.
In addition to his taxonomic work, he also published occasional
papers on economic entomology, such as the apple insects and
the control of grasshoppers, etc. His principal task, however,
and a truly gigantic one which he undertook quite voluntarily,
was the beginning of his monumental and now indispensable
Catalogue of the North American Diptera, published in 1905,
in the ‘‘Miscellaneous Collections” series of the Smithsonian
Institution. Too high a figure can hardly be set in estimating
the value to students of American Diptera of this volume of
nearly 700 pages. This catalogue not only lists 8,300 nominal

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 3, MAR., 1935 57

species, with at least twice that number of references to their
literature, but contains innumerable data on distribution and
the host relations of the included species. It is safe to say that
no other single publication, save perhaps Williston’s Manual
of the North American Diptera, has done so much to stimulate
and facilitate the study of the order in America. The volume
has been the vade mecum of students for nearly thirty years and
doubtless will continue to serve as such for many years to come.
It is gratifying to learn that Doctor Aldrich has supplemented
this catalogue, in card form, practically to date, in the Division
of Insects at the United States National Museum in Washington.
It seems not too much to hope that means may be found to
continue this work and finally to publish the information.

When we visualize Aldrich’s situation during the period
when this catalogue was compiled, it becomes difficult indeed
to conceive of the degrees of enthusiasm and tenacity of purpose
that were required for the completion of this task. Located,
as he was, in almost the extreme northwestern corner of the
country, remote from the principal libraries, insect collections
and centers of learning, lacking clerical help, and possessed of
but slender means, he was forced personally to perform this
work, as he says, “in odd moments, evenings, holiday vacations,
Saturdays, etc., through a period of 7 years.”” What prodigious
self-sacrifice, what gruelling labors and mental drudgery, must
have been dedicated to the task by this lonely but determined
disciple of Linnaeus! The obvious merit of the catalogue, the
skill with which its inherent taxonomic difficulties had been
surmounted and the care exercised to render it of maximum
help to students both of high and low degree, gained for Aldrich
immediate international recognition as an outstanding student
of the order.

In the same year that the Catalogue appeared, or in June,
1905, Aldrich remarried, taking for his bride Miss Della Smith
of Moscow, Idaho, who survives him. Shortly thereafter, having
obtained sabbatical leave, he took up residence at Palo Alto,
California, where in 1906 the degree of Doctor of Philosophy
was conferred upon him by Leland Stanford Jr. University.
It is a further compliment to the Catalogue of the Diptera to
observe that this work was accepted by the University as his
thesis.

In addition to the Catalogue, some 50 or more writings,
many of them of more than casual importance, came from
Aldrich’s pen during his stay at Moscow. In 1911 he made an
expedition of 5,000 miles, and lasting for 62 days, through
Idaho, Utah, Nevada, and California to study the insect life
of the many salt and alkaline lakes of the region. This trip
supplied the material for several subsequent papers on the
Ephydridae and other Diptera of the region.

58 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 3, MAR., 1935

Doctor Aldrich’s separation from the University of Idaho
occurred in the spring of 1913, when he was tendered and
accepted appointment as Entomological Assistant in the Federal
Bureau of Entomology under the late F. M. Webster. West
Lafayette, Indiana, close to Purdue University, was the location
assigned to him at this time. Here he began, at Webster’s
suggestion, a revision of the North American Sarcophagidae,
which was reported in 1916, by the publication of that admirable
volume “‘Sarcophaga and Allies in North America,” and which
has received appropriate comment in previous pages of these
Proceedings.* Doctor Aldrich remained at Lafayette until the
spring of 1919, and during this period spent his leisure as usual
in the collection and classification of the Diptera. He tells us
too that he was again happy to resume his intimacy with S. W.
Williston, who was then located in nearby Chicago, and who
visited with him at Aldrich’s home in Lafayette.

As the position of Curator of the Diptera in the U. S. National
Museum had been vacated in November, 1918, the Honorary
Curator of Insects and Chief of the Federal Bureau of Ento-
mology, Dr. L. O. Howard, arranged with the Museum author-
ities to offer the position to Doctor Aldrich after raising the
rank of the office to that of Associate Curator of Insects.
Aldrich promptly accepted, came to Washington, and the
collections were placed in his competent hands about the time
the Armistice was signed in 1918. Here he remained except for
occasional journeys to the interior of the United States, Canada,
Alaska, Guatemala and Europe, for the rest of his life, busily
and happily engaged in study and curatorial work with his
beloved Diptera. The true value of this latter phase of Aldrich’s
work, which has received little or no publicity, is but faintly
realized at present but will become plainly evident to posterity.

Among the more valuable of such services has been the
reworking of D. W. Coquillett’s types and material in the
Muscoid flies and their reconciliation in so far as is possible
with the material and ideas of other taxonomists who had had
access to the collections.

After the death of Coquillett, in 1911, the arrangement of the
collections in the higher Diptera had lapsed into serious con-
fusion owing to the occasional work of several taxonomists,
some of whom had little sympathy with or true appreciation of
Coquillett’s conception of these groups. The result was that
the types and other material, particularly in the Muscoidean
flies, had become so scattered that infinite skill and patience
were required to bring order out of the existing chaos. It was
Aldrich’s task to remedy this condition and it will be found
that he did this in a thoroughly impartial and admirable manner.

3 Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. 36, pp. 180-183.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 3, MAR., 1935 59

For years he conducted a voluminous and friendly correspond-
ence with those concerned and in this way obtained material,
concessions, and acknowledgments of synonymy, identification
of species and verification of genera such as would have been
difficult indeed in the absence of Aldrich’s diplomatic and
persistent offices.

Although Doctor Aldrich was perfectly at home in descriptive
taxonomy and published many excellent papers in that field
it is abundantly apparent, from a study of his work, that he
was never so happy as when straightening some tangle in
taxonomy or elucidating some obscure point in the identity of
species. This bent led to protracted correspondence with
custodians of European collections of American Diptera and
finally to his publication of the series of papers on the “Types
of American Muscoid Diptera Deposited in European Museums.”
These papers began with the one printed in Volume XVII,
Annals of the Entomological Society of America, in 1924, and
terminated with his “Notes on Francis Walker’s Types of
North American Flies of the family Tachinidae” in the Pro-
ceedings of the U. S. National Museum in 1931. In work of
this character Aldrich had no superiors and few peers, and it
can be sincerely said of him that “‘he sought the truth.”

Beginning when he was 15, Doctor Aldrich had kept a com-
plete diary until 1893. This he resumed in 1918 and kept in
detail even down to the day of his final illness. It is in possession
of his widow and contains matter of great human interest and
scientific value.

Doctor Aldrich was a genial, kindly man who will live in the
memories of many younger students of the Diptera as one who
was ready to assist them with information and advice on all
occasions.

He was especially fond of children, and nothing pleased him
more than to fill his automobile with under-privileged youngsters
just before Christmas and, after having provided each one with
a bit of money, to haul them about Washington on a shopping
tour.

He had a fund of dry humor which was often enjoyed by
those in attendance at the monthly meetings of the Entomologi-
cal Society of Washington, and spoke rapidly and without
apparent effort in a voice of rather high pitch.

Physically Doctor Aldrich was 5 feet 734 inches in height
and in his later years inclined to rotundity. His ashes were
interred beside the remains of his first wife and their child in
the cemetery at Moscow, Idaho.

The portrait presented herewith was taken on his 50th birth-
day.

60 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 3, MAR., 1935

NOTES ON THE SOUTHERN BUFFALO GNAT, EUSIMULIUM
PECUARUM (RILEY) (DIPTERA : SIMULIIDAE).

By G. H. Braptey,

Associate Entomologist, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine,
United States Department of Agriculture.

During the Civil War and for a period thereafter extending
up until 1887, Eusimulium pecuarum (Riley) caused enormous
losses of livestock, chiefly mules, in the Lower Mississippi
Valley. Almost nothing seems to have been recorded of the
ravages of this insect between that time and 1927, in which
year about 100 farm animals were killed by an outbreak in the
vicinity of Yazoo City, Miss. In 1928 considerable numbers of
mules were killed by swarms of these insects near Charleston,
Miss. In 1931 the most serious outbreak of recent years
occurred, upwards of 1,000 mules having been reported killed
in Coahoma County, Miss., and in eastern Arkansas. And,
finally, more than 500 mules were killed in eastern Arkansas
during April of the present year (1934). Only isolated cases
of the killing of livestock by these gnats were reported in 1932
and 1933, but observations in the affected areas during these
years have shown that even in seasons when no appreciable
losses of livestock occur, the gnats may be sufficiently numerous
to cause a great deal of expense and inconvenience to farmers.
Where gnats are abundant, work animals must be kept greased
or sprayed with repellents and must often be kept out of the
field when spring work on the plantations is at its height;
cows and other stock refuse to leave the barn or the protection
of smudge fires to graze and must be fed. Animals subjected to
gnat attacks lose flesh and are generally in poor condition.
The increasing importance of this pest has led the Bureau of
Entomology to start an investigation of its biology and control,
reports on which will appear in due time.

HABITS.

In common with other buffalo gnats, the adults of E. pecuarum
normally emerge from their pupal cases beneath the surface of
the water, arise quickly to the surface and either float down
stream for a short distance before taking flight or immediately
fly to the vegetation overhanging the water. Adults of E.:
pecuarum, both males and females, are often seen clustered in
countless myriads in such places. Although it has been stated
that males of this species do not accompany the females on
their havoc-wreaking flights (Webster (4) ) and it is probable
that they do not fly so far from their breeding places as do the
females, yet active swarms of males have been seen at distances
up to 10 miles from the nearest source. Mating has been ob-

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 3, MAR., 1935 6]

served most frequently in the afternoons of bright sunshiny
days and takes place commonly over open fields. The males
form rather sparse hovering swarms that are continuous over
large areas at a height of from 5 to 8 or 10 feet above the ground.
Their black color and the peculiar manner of flying with the
legs hanging down and abdomen curled up, make them easily
distinguishable from the females while in flight. A female
entering one of these swarms is immediately pounced upon and
the pair fly to the ground or to an adjacent bush or building.
Cotton houses, which dot the open fields of plantations, are
favorite resting places. Observations indicate that mating
takes place either before or after the females have fed.

Where the preoviposition period is spent is not known, but
when ready to deposit eggs the females may be seen on favorable
evenings just before dusk over the rivers in which they develop,
flying up stream in great swarms. ‘These swarms keep to the
middle of the rivers and ordinarily are quite low over the water.
At these times the gnats are often seen dipping down and
striking the water with the abdomen, sometimes making the
surface of the water appear as if rain were falling. This dipping
and striking of the water is not peculiar to gravid females,
however, as newly emerged females and also males will act in
the same manner at any time of day when disturbed from their
resting places. Any unusual movement of the observer such
as the waving of an insect net or other movement in a boat
causes the streaming swarm to rise so that capture of individuals
is difficult unless a little care is exercised. By sitting quietly
in a boat, however, then rising quickly and sweeping through
the air with a long handled insect net, large numbers have been
obtained. Examinations of many of these specimens have
shown them to be females ready for oviposition and nearly all
show evidence also of previous blood feedings. Females, taken
in the above manner and confined in jars over water, have
usually deposited eggs during the ensuing night, the caged
specimens soon dying after the completion of oviposition. At
the season when the up-stream flights are occurring, large
numbers of dead and dying gnats often collect in drifts against
débris on the rivers, many of these gnats being females that
appear to have completed oviposition.

The bulk of eggs laid by females of FE. pecuarum in captivity
have been found loose on the bottoms of the oviposition jars.
Considerable numbers of eggs have also been found on twigs
and on the sides of the jars both above and below the water
line. In these situations the eggs were scattered about either
in small patches or singly. The eggs do not appear to be securely
stuck to these surfaces, being easily displaced, and have been
observed to drop from an undisturbed twig that was allowed
to dry. Oviposition was observed in one instance in which the

62 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 3, MAR., 1935

female rested on the water with the abdomen curled downward,
the tip extending beneath the water surface. The eggs were
extruded two or three at a time and slowly sank. After nearly
all of her eggs were deposited in this manner, the female came
in contact with a twig, proceeded to walk down it into the water
until about an inch beneath the surface and then deposited
seven eggs on the twig. After depositing these eggs she remained
submerged and was found to be dead 10 minutes later.

The writer has not observed oviposition in nature. Webster
(4) reports having done so and states: ““The eggs are placed
just above the water’s edge upon almost anything situated in
the midst of the current . . . many eggs were placed on the
sides of my dugout . . . if the flood be falling there will appear
for each day a ring or band of eggs, and these bands, at a dis-
tance of a few yards away, have the appearance of rings of
scum which has collected and dried.” Although many hours
have been spent in an effort to observe similar occurrences, no
gnat eggs have as yet been found in such locations. These
observations may not have been made in places suitable for
oviposition by these insects, but they were made in places
where the larvae occurred abundantly and where females ready
for oviposition could be taken late each afternoon in the manner
previously mentioned. The failure to observe oviposition and
to find eggs in nature led the writer to wonder whether or not
oviposition was taking place directly in the river. This might
be indicated by the manner in which large numbers of eggs had
been deposited by females in captivity and might possibly
take place when the females strike the water while engaging in
their up-stream flight at dusk. In an attempt to determine
this point several plankton net collections were made in the
rivers and gnat eggs were found in these collections. The
number of eggs occurring in these collections was, however,
always small compared to the large numbers that must have
been deposited by the females present, and these eggs might
have dropped or been washed from the places of attachment.

Concerning the hatching of the eggs, Webster (4) states:
“So far as observed, eggs hatch within a few hours, and the
young larvae make their way into the stream. Eggs have,
however, been kept several days, and yet hatched at once on
being placed in water.” Eggs that have been obtained by the
writer during the past two seasons have not been observed to
hatch at once. The manner in which these eggs were kept may
have been responsible for their failure to hatch in the manner
described above, but the fact that occasional fruitless searches
have been made for young larvae during the late spring and
summer seems to indicate that they lie dormant and do not
hatch, at least until fall.

PROC. ENT. SOC: WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 3, MAR., 1935 63

A description of the egg and a redescription of the male,
including the male hypopygium, follow:

The Egg.—Size approximately 0.3 by 0.15 mm., oval in shape with a slight
bulge on one side; color when first laid white but soon changing to bright yellow;
shell covered with reticulate markings (fig. 5).

The male.—The male of Eusimulium pecuarum was first described by Riley
(3) in 1887 from two reared specimens. Malloch (2) could not locate these or
other male specimens while working on buffalo gnats preparatory to publishing
his treatise on “American Black Flies or Buffalo Gnats” in 1914, nor had any
specimens reached the museum between that time and the publication of ‘‘The
Family Simuliidae’”’ by Dyar and Shannon (/) in 1927. Recently the writer
has collected males of this species from several localities in Mississippi and has
thus been able to check the original description against new material. Riley’s
description is rather general but appears to agree with the recently collected
material except that the length given, 1.5 to 2.2 mm., 1s much too small.

Length 3 to4 mm. General color black in contrast to the grayish color of
female. Front black; antennae short, moniliform, 1l-segmented, black with
grayish pile, in general resembling those of the female except that the third
joint is more slender and twice the length of the succeeding segment. Maxillary
palpi prominent, long. Mesonotum black with scattered, fine, yellowish hair.
Wings hyaline, veins yellowish-brown. Legs dark brown clothed with brownish-
yellow hair, this hair longer on femora and tibiae of fore and hind legs; fore
tarsi slender, cylindrical; hind basitarsus with slight projection; second joint
of hind tarsus without dorsal excision; claws with large basal tooth, fimbriate
margin on base projecting on opposite side to make claw appear trifid (plate 1,
fig. 4). Abdomen black, sparsely clothed with fine brownish hairs, longer
below; segments with grayish posterior margins dorsally and laterally. Male
hypopygium: Side pieces quadrate, longer than wide, slightly longer than
claspers; slight apical projection on inner margin, a chitinous projection on
outer margin at base. Clasper conical in caudal view with short, stout, sub-
terminal spine. Adminiculum broad, pilose; membranous arms armed with a
row of minute hooklike spines; basal styli slender, elongate. Lateral anal
plates armed with stout spines (plate 1, figs. 1, 2, 3).

LITERATURE CITED.

(1) Dyar, H. G., anp SHannon, R. C., 1927.
The North American Two-winged Flies of the Family Simultidae. Proc.
U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 69, Art. 10, No. 2636. 54 pp., illus.

(2) Matocnu, J. R., 1914.
American Black Flies or Buffalo Gnats. U.S. D. A. Bur. Ent. Tech.
Ser. No. 26, 72 pp., illus.

(3) Rirey, C. V., 1887:
Report of the Entomologist. In Report U. S. Comm. Agric. 1886,
pp. 459-592, illus.

(4) Wesster, F. M., 1889.
Buffalo Gnats. U.S. Dept. of Agric., 4th and 5th Annual Reports of
B.A.1. for the Years 1887 and 1888, pp. 456-465.

64 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 3, MAR., 1935

Details of E. pecuarum Riley.

Fig. 1. Caudal view of male hypopygium.
@,a,a, anal plates.
, clasper.
c, adminicular arm.
d, adminiculum.
e, stylus.
f, side piece.
g, 9th segment.
Fig. 2... Spines of adminicular arm.
Fig. 3. Inner view of left side piece and clasper.
Fig. 4. - Claw of male.
Bice se bee

Actual date of publication May 1, 1935.

VOL. 37 APRIL, 1935 No. 4

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

CONTENTS

CUSHMAN, R. A.—A STUDY OF THE LARVA OF LARRA ANALIS FABRICIUS .. . 82

ROSS, HERBERT H.—FOUR NEW SPECIES OF DOLERUS (HYMEN : TENTHRE-
[DVN IB YNIS) et OMe ch hecy OER cs ry Be OE ee ne meray Ramee Er, CAUhy ae Ma ye Stee te Rtas)

SANDHOUSE, GRACE ADELBERT—THE IDENTITY OF THE FEMALE OF CERA-
UN AMD AMSA (VMI APOTDE A) tie Aas enc ty ) ie ye ene AOS

SMITH, C. E.—LARRA ANALIS FABRICIUS, A PARASITE OF THE MOLE CRICKET
GRYLLOTALPA HEXADACTYLA PERTY si GW per US Wk slp Boe Ras fa el ir sity Way ini ae aes 65

PusiisHeD Montuiy Excepr Jury, AuGust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 p. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProceEpINGs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1935.

Flonorary Président 5 6 6 oe we on es ee OL HOWARD
Byecgei. Ul 0 Meee ey ek as oo Se eee
TapsPVicesPresident (sss 2 ee 2s sw RB BRACE
Second Vicesbrésident. . . . + Spies oon »» os oN, BvD
Recording Secretary . . . ee Pe Be oe eee Wee MEE
Corresponding Secretary- Dreairer Set gS 4 ae Eee
IBUDUR hon » » Wo R. WALTON

Members of the aerate Ganmipae: S a ROHWE R, J. S. WADE) Hu E-
EWING.
Representing the Society as Vice-President
of the Washington Academy of Sciences... . . . . . .H. MORRISON

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 2.25 4.50 62/5 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOE.I37 AP Rel 21935 No. 4

LARRA ANALIS FABRICIUS, A PARASITE OF THE MOLE
CRICKET GRYLLOTALPA HEXADACTYLA PERTY.

By Cuartes E. Smiru,

Associate Entomologist, Division of Truck Crop and Garden Insect Investigations,
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, United States Department
of Agriculture}.

INTRODUCTION.

Observations on the biology and habits of Larra analis Fab.
carried on at Baton Rouge, La., from 1922 to 1926, inclusive,
indicate that this wasp aids in no small degree in the control of
the mole cricket Gry/lotalpa hexadactyla Perty, which is a pest
of economic importance. Furthermore, these observations
throw light on the habits of the wasps of the genus Larra, which
have been little ead eretet enen they have been identified
with a group of digger, fossor, wasps (Larridae), which
construct nests in the soil rte then provision them with par-
alyzed insects and spiders.

The European species Larra anathema (Rossi) was observed
by Fabre (2)? in 1886 (under the name Tachytes anathema
Van der Lind), and by Ferton (4) in 1905, to enter and follow
the superficial burrows of mole crickets for fairly long distances;
and it was concluded that the mole cricket was the host of the
larva of this wasp, although the wasp’s method of utilizing it
was not definitely determined. Williams (9) in 1919 found that
the Philippine species Larra /uzonensis Rohwer utilized mole
crickets as larval hosts, but he was surprised to find that,
instead of storing the paralyzed host for larval viand in a nest in
the soil, the wasp left it “momentarily immobilized, at large.”
The paraly sis of the mole cricket lasted just long enough to
permit the wasp to place an egg on it, aa upon recovering it
re-entered the soil and made burrows until killed by the develop-
ing parasite larva.

In a later paper (/0), which appeared after this manuscript

1 This study was carried on at the Baton Rouge (La.) Laboratory of the
Bureau of Entomology, with the cooperation of the Louisiana Agricultural
Experiment Station.

2 Italic numbers in parentheses refer to Literature Cited at end of paper.

66 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 4, APR., 1935

was originally prepared, Williams gave a complete descripuion
and account of the habits of several species of Larra, but did not
include LZ. analis. The observations on the habits of L. analis
recorded in this paper do not differ materially from those made
by Williams for other species, but a more extended study has
been made, and it is believed that this record of the biological
reactions of this species will aid in the interpretation of the habits
of other members of the genus.

SYNONYMY.

The following statement on the synonymy of this species was
furnished by S. A. Rohwer:

“The female of Larra analis (Plate 6, upper) was originally
described by Fabricius in 1804 (3). The male (Plate 6, lower)
was characterized by Cresson in 1872 (/) as a new species under
the name Larrada americana. Since the name used by Cresson
had previously (1867) been used by Saussure for a South Ameri-
can species, Fox (5), in 1893, proposed the name cressoni as a
substitute for this preoccupied name, and suggested that this
might be the male of analis. The sexes were not definitely asso-
ciated, however, until 1910, when Viereck (7) synonymized
americana Cresson (not Saussure) and cressoni Fox with analis
Fabricius. The synonymy of this insect, then, is as follows:

Larra analis Fab., Syst. Piez., p. 220; 1804; Fox, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila. 1893 : 481. @.

Larrada americana Cresson (nec Saussure), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 4:
214, 1872. ov.

Larra cressoni Fox, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1893 : 482. o7.”

DISTRIBUTION.

Fabricius (3) gave the habitat of Larra analis as “Carolina,”
which during his time embraced the States of North Carolina,
South Carolina, and Tennessee, and a strip about 50 miles wide
across the northern boundary of Georgia, Alabama, and Missis-
sippi. Fox (5) stated that the species occurs from New York
to Florida and westward to Kansas. Specimens of this species
in the United States National Museum were collected in the
following States: New Jersey, Pennsylvania, the District of
Columbia, Virginia, South Carolina, Florida, Louisiana, Texas,
and Kansas. Two occurrences in Nebraska are recorded by
Mickel (6). Specimens from two localities in Mississippi were
kindly furnished for this study by R. W. Harned.

METHODS OF INVESTIGATION.

The wasp Larra analis first came to the attention of the writer
at Baton Rouge, La., in 1922, though it was not identified until

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 4, APR., 1935 67

the following spring. On September 21, 1922, a single mole
cricket, which appeared normal in every respect, was placed ina
breeding jar in the insectary. The contents of the jar were
examined November 20, at which time only fragments of the
mole cricket and a good-sized hymenopterous cocoon were
found. <A few days later (November 29) another cocoon, which
appeared to be of the same species as the one found in the
breeding jar, was found occupying a mole-cricket burrow in the
field. These cocoons were watched closely, and on April 28,
1923, a L. analis female® issued from the cocoon taken from the
field. On May 1 the reared cocoon was accidentally dropped
and broken. At that time transformation to the pupal stage
had not taken place. No specific information on the larval
habits of the species was obtained until the fall of 1924.

The habits of the wasp were studied under both field and
laboratory conditions, but the studies of the immature stages
were conducted in the laboratory only. With one exception,
the females used for egg deposition were collected as adults.
In the laboratory the wasps fed freely on a sugar solution and
under such conditions remained alive for periods up to 2 weeks,
but if kept in captivity without food, or even with a limited
supply of their natural food (the flower on which they were
collected), they rarely lived more than 2 days.

The habits of the adult were best observed when mole crickets
and female wasps were placed together in small glass containers,
wide-mouthed liter bottles containing about 1 inch of soil being
very convenient for the purpose. For the study of the immature
stages 10 by 100 mm. Petri dishes loosely filled with soil were
satisfactory, as they permitted frequent examinations.

SEASONAL HISTORY AND GENERATIONS.

The abundance of Larra analis has varied each year since it
came under observation in 1922. During 1923 only an oc-
casional female was observed searching for prey. The feeding
habits of the adult were not understood at that time. In 1924
a number of females were observed, after showers of rain about
the middle of August, searching for prey on the sides and bottom
of a dry ditch where mole crickets had made surface burrows.
The species was not seen again until October 13, when females
were found on flowering goldenrod (So/idago). They remained
plentiful as long as fresh flowers lasted, which was until after
the middle of November. In 1925 only 7 females were found
during the entire year, 2 on the 4th of September and 5 in
October. The male was first observed and recognized as such
in the fall of 1925. At that time it was about ten times as
abundant on goldenrod as was the female. However, this was

3 Determined by S. A. Rohwer.

68 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 4, APR., 1935

not thought to represent the ratio of the two sexes actually in
existence at the time, for when the observations were made
many females were probably absent from their feeding ground
searching for prey. In 1926, both sexes were more plentiful
than the year before, the male again being the more numerous,
but the ratio was reduced considerably.

The number of generations produced in one year has not been
determined definitely, but field observations indicate three or
possibly four. An adult issued in the laboratory as early as
April 28, but this might be a little early under field conditions.
Females have been observed in the field in June, and an apparent
second brood appears about the middle of August. The last
and largest brood of adults begins to appear the latter part of
September, and some of these have been seen as late as Novem-
ber. There is doubtless considerable overlapping of the broods
due to the slow oviposition habit of the females. Weather
conditions are thought to have some bearing on their longevity.

HABITS.

The feeding habits of the adult are similar to those of related
species, nectar being their principal item of diet. The adults
feed on various nectar-producing plants, having been observed
on goldenrod (Solidago), boneset (Eupatorium), partridge-pea
(Chamaecrista), cowpea (Vigna sinensis), and anise (Pim-
pinella anisum).

As was demonstrated on several occasions, the eyesight of the
adult, both male and female, is very keen. Individuals liberated
within the insectary and laboratory almost invariably flew
directly to unobstructed openings, even though these were just
large enough to permit escape. Although the sight is not
thought to be the principal sense by which mole crickets in the
burrows are detected, it undoubtedly is used to advantage in
locating openings to the burrows, and especially in capturing
those mole crickets that are routed therefrom before they can
be caught.

According to observations made on individuals in captivity,
the female spends the night in the soil, while the male seeks a
protected place on a plant above ground.

Indications are that individuals of Larra analis live together
peacefully, both in the field and in captivity, in the absence of
mole crickets, but are not at all sociable with other species.
They seem to rule supreme over all other wasps that have been
observed feeding on the same flowers. Rarely have individuals
of any other species been found occupying the same cluster of
flowers with a female of L. ava/is, although other clusters of the
same flower in the immediate vicinity might be thickly
populated. A female was observed on a cluster of goldenrod

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 4, APR., 1935 69

flowers on which a wasp of another species was feeding. Before
alighting, the Z. avalis circled over and around the top of the
flower and the other species vacated it rather hurriedly.

PARASITIZATION OF THE MOLE CRICKET.

No preliminary preparation, such as hunting for the prey
(which the Peckhams (8) state is required by the solitary wasp
Chlorion caeruleum Drury), is necessary for Larra analis before
it attacks its larval host. A large percentage of the females
used in this study attacked the mole crickets immediately when
placed with them in a small container. The only apparent
requisite is that the wasp contain mature eggs ready for ovi-
position; otherwise she pays no attention to the mole crickets.

Several mole crickets that had just been paralyzed by females
were given to other individuals of the species. In every case the
female receiving the paralyzed mole cricket applied a sting or
two, which appeared to be tests to determine whether or not the
limp body was really in a comatose state. If so, oviposition
would be effected without the usual required number of stings.

The introduction of more than one mole cricket with a female
wasp into a container having little or no soil in which they could
conceal themselves seemed to confuse or irritate the wasp.
Under such a condition one female was observed to paralyze
three additional mole crickets while ovipositing on one. This is
thought to have been due, not altogether to the interference
caused by their presence, but partially to the presence of the
stimulus, or stimuli, which causes a female to catch and sting
its prey. The moving of a mole cricket with forceps or a stick
while it was being attacked did not seem to cause any confusion
or resistance on the part of the wasp.

Apparently Larra analis has reached a rather high degree of
specialization in the selection of its larval host. Although there
has been no opportunity to determine whether any mole crickets
other than Gryl/otalpa hexadactyla are attacked, this being the
only species upon which observations have been made, all efforts
to make females attack other orthopterous insects and white
grubs were unsuccessful.

The female also manifests a high degree of selectivity in the
placement of her egg on the host. (Plate 4, 7.) Of the 200 or
more eggs deposited in the laboratory during this study, each was
similarly placed, being securely glued on either side of the body
of the mole cricket just back of a hind leg. The placement of
the egg by Larra analis seems to be the only material difference
between its habits and those of Larra luzonensis, in which case
“the egg is strongly secured crosswise to fit into the deep inter-
segmental incision of the underside of the first and second
divisions of the thorax,”’ as recorded by Williams (9). The

PLATE 4 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37

Plate 4.—Mole-cricket nymphs parasitized by Larra anaiis in different stages,
showing the relative size and position of the parasite as it develops: 4, egg;
B, first-instar larva, with head situated dorsally and shielded by part of the
eggshell; C, second-instar larva, with cast molt skin on each side, closely
adhering to the larva; D, third-instar larva, with head inserted into the body
of the host; £, fourth-instar larva, just before the host is killed.

[70]

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 4, APR., 1935 71

instinct for constructing a nest, or providing any protection
whatever for the parasitized host’s body, either before or after
oviposition, seems to be absent.

This species attacks its prey in a manner similar to that em-
ployed by Larra luzonensis. Part of an attack was observed under
natural conditions at about noon, October 17, 1923, at Baton
Rouge. When first seen, the mole cricket had been routed
from its burrow but had not yet been caught by the wasp.
The wasp was first observed running swiftly over and around
some low-growing verbena in which a large adult mole cricket
had taken refuge. When the mole cricket emerged and
blundered away at the highest rate of speed its power of loco-
motion would permit, the observer picked it up and pitched it
to within about 3 feet of the wasp, which was following the same
course as had the mole cricket. The wasp pounced upon the
mole cricket immediately and the battle followed.

Observations have indicated that Larra analis females catch
most, if not all, of their prey while the mole crickets are occupy-
ing surface burrows. Apparently, the most nearly ideal con-
ditions for this prevail soon after rains, when the mole crickets
come up near the surface to make new burrows.

Both the mole cricket and the wasp are able to detect the
presence of the other, even though sight is obstructed. When
either detects the presence of the other, usually its activity
seems stimulated, and sometimes it appears greatly excited.

In captivity female wasps entered the soil after prey through
the openings made by the mole crickets, or they dug directly
into the burrows, removing the soil largely with their mouth
parts. The mole crickets usually made their way to the surface
when disturbed by the unwelcome guest, frequently discharging
a thick, sticky slime in which the wasp often became en-
tangled. In some cases the wasp became so thoroughly en-
tangled as to be helpless for several minutes, thus giving the
mole cricket a chance to seek further protection.

When contact is made, the wasp clings to the mole cricket,
and soon subdues it with stings applied about the junction of
the abdomen and thorax. The mole cricket fights desperately
with its fore feet, rolling over and tumbling about in an effort to
dislodge the wasp, but seldom with success regardless of how
big and strong it may be. The posterior part of the mole
cricket’s body, including the hind pair of legs, becomes paralyzed
first. When this happens, locomotion ceases and the wasp
releases its hold and applies a few more stings laterally in the
suture between the head and thorax, the nervous system very
likely receiving injections of the paralyzing fluid. After
paralysis had been effected and before ovipositing, a large per-
centage of the wasps fed for about a minute at the junction of

72 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 4, APR., 1935

a fore leg and the ventral part of the body. The object of this
feeding and why this particular place is selected is not known.

After the desired degree of paralysis is effected, and the
feeding completed (when this is done), the wasp mounts the
abdominal region of the mole cricket with head facing poster-
iorly. Then for a short period, a minute or more sometimes, it
rubs the tip of its abdomen just back of the hind legs of the host,
first on one side and then on the other. It was first thought that
the wasp might be depositing the substance with which the egg
is glued to the host, but no such deposit could be seen on several
mole crickets that were subsequently examined. Incidentally,
however, this operation seems to serve another purpose which
might be rather important to the wasp. It enables the female
to determine whether or not the individual is already carrying
an immature stage of its species.

Two females were observed to remove eggs that had been
previously deposited on mole crickets before making oviposi-
tions themselves. When the wasp touched the egg, she would
turn around immediately and begin searching for it near the
posterior end of the host, following one side with manibles
wide open and making a biting movement until she reached the
area just back of the hind leg. If the egg was not found, the
maneuver was repeated. Between searches the rubbing move-
ment was usually repeated, but not always. No choice was
manifested by either wasp in selecting the side bearing the egg.
Neither did either of them change sides after one was selected
and the search started. In one case the mole cricket was lying
with the side bearing the egg against the side of the bottle,
which no doubt confused this female, as it made about a dozen
efforts before locating the egg. In the other case, however, the
egg was located and dislodged on the second trial. In one case
the egg removed had just been deposited by another female,
while in the other, the wasp removed her own egg which she had
deposited 2 days before. This wasp and its host had been kept
separated in the mean time.

The middle pair of legs is the only part of the body a mole
cricket is able to move while it is paralyzed, and they are usually
kept constantly in motion. The paralysis lasts about 5 minutes,
and before another 5 minutes is over the mole cricket has
recovered and re-entered the soil. It apparently feeds and
makes burrows in a normal manner until killed by the develop-
ing larva.

No satisfactory data on the egg deposition of individual
females have been obtained, as the majority of those used in this
study were collected as adults and very few lived more than 2
or 3 days after being placed in captivity. A total of 75 eggs
were laid by 3 females collected in August, 1926, which was the
largest of any of the collections. One of these females laid 38

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 4, APR., 1935 73

eggs over a period of 2 weeks, 7 being the largest number for
any 24-hour period. Two eggs per female per day was about
the average obtained in this study, which was made principally
in the fall. One female, when dissected, was found to contain
48 eggs, 8 in each of the 6 tubes making up the ovaries, and they
ranged in size from those just started to mature eggs.

Normally but one egg is placed on a host, but in four of the
depositions obtained in the laboratory one egg was placed on
each side. The four hosts receiving the double ovipositions
were large adult mole crickets. Two of these died before the
eggs hatched, while the other two supported the parasitic larvae
to maturity, although these were slightly smaller than the
average larva. One of these parasitizations occurred in the
presence of unparasitized mole crickets, but the conditions under
which the others occurred were not observed. Other observa-
tions indicate that Larra analis will not attack and oviposit on
mole-cricket nymphs that are less than one-third to one-half
grown, but it manifests no preference for any instar within the
range of acceptable sizes.

LENGTH OF DEVELOPMENTAL PERIOD.

The larva of Larra analis has five instars. The time required
for the development from egg to cocoon under laboratory con-
ditions ranges from about 12 days in midsummer to about 30
days late in the fall. The approximate periods occupied in
incubation of the egg and by the different instars in August,
which very likely represent the minimum, were as follows:
Incubation of egg, 4 days; first instar, 2 days; second instar, 2
days; third instar, 2 days; fourth instar, 2 days; fifth instar,
1% days about equally divided between feeding and the con-
struction of the cocoon. At lower temperatures the same
proportions prevail. Forty-seven days, 35 of which were spent
in the cocoon, were required for the complete cycle from egg to
adult of a female reared from an egg laid August 19, 1926.
Two males issued in 26 days from cocoons kept in an incubator
ate s0PuC. (86°F).

At a given temperature the time occupied by different 1n-
dividuals in the same instar varies but little, even when the
hosts vary greatly in size. There is, however, a distinct differ-
ence in the size of the larvae that develop on hosts of unequal
size, especially when some of the hosts are not large enough to
support maximum development. A mole cricket nymph two-
thirds to three-fourths grown is large enough to support a larva
to normal size. The difference in size between such larvae 1s
maintained throughout the growing period, especially after the
third molt. A larva occupying an undersized mole cricket does
not exhaust its food supply before completing its growth, as

74 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 4, APR., 1935

might be expected, but apparently accepts undernourishment
throughout the growing period. Pieces of freshly killed mole
crickets were placed accessible to several of these undernourished
larvae, and, with one exception, all refused acceptance. In this
case the larva seemed to find the fresh food accidentally and fed
on it but a short time, making no additional growth.

DEVELOPMENT OF IMMATURE STAGES.

Egg (Plate 5, 4 and B).—The egg is pearly white when laid,
but by the middle of the incubation period it has become nearly
transparent, and as the period advances further it changes to
cream color and then to pale brown, especially the posterior
one-half to two-thirds. The egg is crescent-shaped when laid
with both ends rounded, the anterior end slightly more so than
the other. It is about 1.7 mm. in length and 0.35 mm. in
diameter, varying little from end to end. As the incubation
period advances, it thickens considerably toward the anterior
end (located dorsally on the host), which becomes about 0.45
mm. in diameter, the middle being about 0.37 mm. thick, and
the posterior end becoming more acutely rounded. When the
incubation period is about three-fourths over, the respiratory
system becomes plainly visible, being chalky white in color.
Immediately following this, the young larva, with its long and
well-developed mandibles, cuts into the interior of the host’s
body and begins feeding, as is evidenced by a pumping move-
ment of the gradually darkening contents of the larva, which
are visible even before the shell is broken. The shell usually
splits longitudinally, beginning at a point about one-third the
length of the egg from the anterior end.

First-instar larva (Plate 4, B).—The eggshell is split gradually
as the larva grows, but the head and posterior end remain
shielded throughout the stadium. The larva feeds through the
aperture, reaching into the host’s body with the mandibles to
draw the material into the mouth, the head remaining outside.
Segmentation is rather indistinct in this stadium.

Second-instar larva (Plate 4, C)—When the larva molts, the
skin breaks just back of the head, splitting longitudinally back-
ward, the head remaining encased throughout the stadium. The
splitting of the skin for about two-thirds of the way back usually
takes place in 3 or 4 hours, while that for the remaining distance
is prolonged throughout the stadium, and is seldom complete
over the posterior tip. Feeding is accomplished as in the first
ee ae but the mouth parts reach slightly farther into the

ost.

Third-instar larva (Plate 4, D).—In addition to being larger,
this instar differs in two major respects from the second instar.
In the first place, during the second molt the larva inserts its

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 4, APR., 1935 75

head into the cavity of the host’s body; secondly, the molt skin
over the posterior end of the body usually splits just before the
third molt starts, while the body fits tightly in the old skins,
which remain well up on its sides and securely glued to the host,
and apparently there is a rapid contraction of the ventral
longitudinal muscles.

Fourth-instar larva (Plate 4, E).—Except for the increase in
size, this instar differs but slightly from the foregoing one. The
head and first two thoracic segments are entirely inserted in the
host, the head extending downward, so that feeding is done near
the ventral side of the host’s body. The partial insertion of the
larva’s body doubtless aids materially in holding it in place, and
also facilitates feeding.

Fifth-instar larva (Plate 5).—With the completion of feeding of
the fourth instar and just preceding the molt, the mole-cricket
host is always killed regardless of its size. This molt 1s accom-
plished by a crawling movement which was not observed in any
of the previous molts. The posterior end of the body remains
in the old cast skins until feeding is completed, but these are
shed before the cocoon is started. This instar feeds on the
muscular parts of the body, which were not touched by the
earlier instars. The segmentation is very distinct after the
fourth molt, but was rather indistinct previously. After feeding
is completed, the larva usually rests a short time before starting
the cocoon. The larva never voids the meconium until the
cocoon is finished.

Different larvae showed a distinct variation in color, some
being cream colored while others were more nearly white. The
color of an individual seemed to prevail throughout all the
instars, and the white larvae were usually larger. It was
thought that possibly this was a sex character that corresponded
somewhat with that existing in adults. Therefore, a number of
cocoons formed by the two kinds were labeled accordingly, but
no adults were obtained.

Cocoon (Plate 5).—Before starting its cocoon, the larva feels
out its surroundings with its head, apparently to find a suitable
place for its construction. Sometimes it is made in the midst
of the remains of the host, or not more than an inch or two away.
The larva is unable to construct the cocoon on a flat surface.
When thus placed, it will spin masses of silk until it becomes
exhausted and dies. It must be surrounded by something on
which to attach the scaffolding threads, and must be in reach of
soil at all times. It first supports its body by spinning a few
silken threads and attaching them to the surrounding walls,
and then makes a wet, glutinous bank of soil around its middle.
The larva adds to this band at both ends, turning itself around
within the band, and spinning additional supports as needed.
The anterior end is closed last and is more or less elevated.

76 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 4, APR., 1935

The cocoons vary in size according to the size of the larvae.
Size is affected by the size of the hosts on which they developed,
and doubtless, to a lesser degree, by the sex that is to be pro-
duced, those of the female averaging larger. A lot of 20 cocoons
ranged in length from 14 to 20 mm., with an average of about
18 mm., and in thickness from 5.6 to 8 mm., with an average
of about 7 mm.

KILLING OF HOST BY LARVA.

After it was learned that the larva always killed its host at
the same stage in its development, the question arose as to how
this was accomplished. It was first thought that some vital
organ, probably the thoracic ganglia, might be severed. In
order to determine if this were so, several mole crickets were
dissected immediately after they had been killed and before the
larvae had resumed feeding. So far as could be seen, the
entire nervous system remained intact, neither could any other
organ be found that appeared injured.

When the last specimen was cut open and the larva removed,
the host was not quite dead, and an accumulation of fluid was
observed around the larva’s mouth. In view of the possibility
that death might be caused by the injection of such a fluid into
the host’s body by the larva, several unparasitized mole crickets
and a hy podermic needle and syringe were procured in order to
try to obtain an injection of the fluid, but by the time these
materials were assembled the fluid had disappeared. It was
then decided to see if the injection of some of the body contents
of the larva would affect the mole cricket. Four mole crickets
were thus treated and two were given injections of distilled
water as checks. The mole crickets reacted to the injections
and seemed considerably weakened by the next morning. One
was dead on the second, one on the third, and one on the fifth
day after the injections had been made, but the fourth specimen
recovered and was still in good condition when the experiment
was discontinued about a month later. The checks showed no
ill effects at any time during the test.

For 20 or 30 minutes before death, the mole cricket is in
almost constant motion, crawling and backing around, and then
locomotion stops rather suddenly, and just before death there
is considerable quivering.

There are no indications that any preservative substance is
placed in the mole cricket host either by the wasp when paralyz-
ing it or by the developing larva. ‘The fact that the host
remains alive and active until the larva has nearly completed
its active stage indicates that no such substance was injected.
Nature seems to have provided protection for the larva in its
fifth instar, when the muscular remains of the host are con-

PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 4, APR., 1935 77

sumed, by giving it a ravenous appetite, thus enabling it to
complete feeding before putrefaction of the host can advance
sufficiently to be harmful.

An incident that happened during this study further demon-
strated the nonexistence of a preservative, especially previous
to the killing of the mole cricket by the larva. A parasitized
mole cricket was injured accidentally, the thoracic exoskeleton
being fractured, which caused it to die about the time the larva
molted the third time. The larva continued to feed on the
dead body, but after the stadium was completed it made little
or no growth and soon died. Putrefaction of the host’s body
was well advanced by this time and was probably responsible
for the larva’s death.

PARTHENOGENETIC REPRODUCTION.

One case of parthenogenesis was observed during the investi-
gation. A female that had issued within 24 hours laid an egg
on a mole cricket before being given an opportunity to mate
and feed, unless sustenance was obtained from the small amount
of soil in the salve box in which it was reared, although this is
improbable. The egg hatched and the larva developed normally
to the cocoon stage. No adult emerged from the cocoon, but
this was believed to be due to unfavorable conditions.

During the afternoon of the same day, the female was given
food and an opportunity to mate, both of which were accepted,
although the mating lasted but a few seconds and fertilization
may not have occurred, as males were produced from two eggs
laid 2 days later. These two eggs were laid on the same mole
cricket and proved to be nearly perfect twins throughout their
life cycle, for the eggs hatched on the same day, and molts,
construction of cocoons, and the issuing of the adults occurred
at the same time.

EFRFECE OF WEATHER ON THE SPECIES:

This species 1s affected in no small degree by adverse weather
conditions, especially by a long-continued drought, according to
observations made in 1924, when such a condition existed, and
in 1925 and 1926, when the rainfall was about normal. The
effect is probably largely indirect, and may be influenced by the
inability of the wasps to find their host readily. Apparently
the dry weather prolonged the lives of the adults, as they re-
mained in the field fully a month longer in 1924 than in either of
the two following years, possibly a provision of nature for the
preservation of the species under such adverse conditions.
The females seemed content to feed during the dry weather, and
may have been forced to spend more time than normal in feeding
owing to the scarcity of nectar. It is possible that the stimulus

78 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 4, APR., 1934

necessary to make them hunt for prey was absent, though
practically all the females collected were found to be keen to
oviposit, indicating that they had been unable to catch sufficient
prey during the prolonged drought. The scarcity of the species
in 1925, following the dry fall of 1924, bears this out.

Another condition which without a doubt works to the dis-
advantage of the wasp is the mole cricket’s habit of seeking
damp places such as partially dried lakes, ponds, etc., during a
drought. Here they are more subject to attack than on dry
soil, where they occupy only deep burrows. Any immature
Larra analis, at least any beyond the stage where the host is
killed, would perish when these places are relooded, which would
almost always occur when the last or overwintering brood is
present. A large proportion of the adults collected in the field,
especially during the dry fall of 1924, were found along ditch
banks, drainage canals, or other damp places inhabited by mole
crickets.

Under field conditions the larva of Larra analis is probably
not affected materially, if at all, by low temperatures which
occur late in the fall and early in the winter before all of the last
brood have formed cocoons, as the hosts seek low levels in the
soil for self-protection. However, about 20 larvae that were
on mole crickets confined in pint and quart fruit jars which
were sunk in the soil nearly to their tops were killed by tem-
peratures that dropped to a little below freezing during Decem-
ber, 1924. But little information has been obtained on the
depth at which cocoons are formed under natural conditions,
though the few that have been found were deep enough in the
soil to be protected against any normal temperatures of this
section.

EFFECT OF MOLTING OF HOST ON LARRA ANALIS.

About half a dozen mole cricket nymphs under study in the
laboratory freed themselves of Larra analis eggs by molting.
The eggs remained attached to the molt skins. Several of
these eggs were retained, but not one of them hatched. To
determine if the attachment of the egg to its host is necessary
for it to hatch, several in various stages of incubation were
removed still attached to a piece of the host’s skin. Some were
placed on moist soil and others on lima bean seeds. None of
these hatched, or even reached the stage of development where
the tracheal system is visible.

One mole-cricket nymph was observed to be successful in
casting off a first-instar larva on a molt skin. Another nymph
failed, but succeeded in casting the molt skin from its abdomen
back of where the larva was attached, while the old skin re-
mained over the fore part of the body; both the mole cricket and

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 4, APR., 1935 79

the attached wasp larva died prematurely. No hosts bearing
larvae in any of the advanced stadia were observed to attempt
to molt. Unless this was a mere coincidence, the most probable
explanation seems to be that the developing larva soon stops
the development of its host, although it may have been due to
the confinement of the mole crickets under unnatural conditions.

EFFECT OF PARASITIC NEMATODES OF HOST ON LARRA
ANALIS.

A large number o eggs under observation, especially in 1924
and 1926, failed to hatch. In the former year practically all
the mole crickets bearing unhatched eggs died in from a few
days to a month after being parasitized, and large numbers of a
nematode’ issued from their bodies on about the third day after
death. In 1926, however, the mortality of the host was much
lower. Nematodes’ issued from one of the mole crickets that
did die while under observation, and several nematodes* were
observed infesting an unhatched egg, and several were present
externally on other eggs that failed to hatch.

SUMMARY.

The hymenopteron Larra analis Fab. is an important parasite of the common
mole cricket Gry/lotalpa hexadactyla Perty. It inhabits the greater portion of
the United States east of the Rocky Mountains. At Baton Rouge, La., there
are at least three generations per year, with the majority of the adults occurring
in the field in June, August, and October. The wasps feed on various nectar-
producing plants. The adults have keen eyesight, which the females make use
of in capturing its larval hosts. However, the presence of concealed mole
crickets can be detected by another sense which, although not determined,
doubtless is more important in the existence of the species than that of sight.

Although Larra analis is identified with the group of digger wasps which
construct nests in the soil and provision them with paralyzed insects and spiders,
the paralysis of its host last justs long enough to permit the deposition of its egg.
The mole cricket, upon recovering, re-enters the soil, makes burrows, and acts
in a more or less normal manner until killed by the developing larva. Normally
but one egg is placed on a host, and this is securely attached to the mole cricket’s
body just back of either hind leg.

The larva of Larra analis has five instars. During the first four stadia the
larva feeds on the body juices obtained through an aperture in the body wall.
Upon the completion of feeding and just before molting, the fourth-instar larva
kills the host. During the fifth and last stadium, the larva feeds on the muscular
parts of the host’s body. The cocoon is formed in the midst of the remains of
the host, or not more than in inch or two away.

4 Stated by the late Dr. N. A. Cobb, of the Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S.
Department of Agriculture, to be a new species and new genus.

5 Identified by Dr. Cobb as Diplogaster aerivora Cobb.
6 Not identified.

PLATE 5 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37

Fig. 4.—Egg of Larra analis: A, Freshly laid; B, with incubation period well
advanced. Greatly enlarged.

Fig. 5.—Adult mole cricket parasitized by fifth-instar larva of Larra analis,
shortly after the fourth molt of the larva and the death of the host. The
molt skins remain over the posterior end of the body.

Fig. 6.—Cocoon of Larra analis. Enlarged.

[80]

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37 PLATE 6

Fig. 1.—Female of Larra analis. Greatly enlarged.

Fig. 2.—Male of Larra analis. Greatly enlarged.

[81]

82 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 4, APR., 1935

The species is affected by several important hazards. Among those observed
were severe droughts during the fall, the molting of immature hosts which will
dislodge eggs and very young larvae, and a nematode which infests the host.

LITERATURE CITED.

(1) Cresson, E. T-
1872. Hymenoptera Texana. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 4 : 153-292.

(2) Fasre, J. H.
1886. Souvenirs entomologiques, Series 3, pp. 231-233.

(3) Fasrictus, J. C.
1804. Systema Piezatorum, p. 220. Brunsvige.

(4) Ferron, Cu.
1905. Notes détachées sur l’instinct des hyménoptéres melliféres et ravis-
seurs. Ann. Soc. Ent. France 75 : 56-104, illus.

(5) Fox, W. J.
1893. The North American Larridae. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1893 :
467-551.

(6) Miexer, C. E:
1917. II—Synopsis of the Sphecoidea of Nebraska (Hymenoptera).
Nebr. Univ. Studies 17 : 412.

(7) New Jersey Strate Museum.
1910. The Insects of New Jersey, p. 683.

(8) PeckHam, G. W. anp E. G.
1900. Additional observations on the instincts and habits of the solitary
wasps. Wis. Nat. Hist. Soc. Bull. 1 (n.s.) : 85-93.

(9) WiuraMs, F. X.
1919. Philippine wasp studies. Part 2—Descriptions of new species and
life history studies. Hawaii. Sugar Planters’ Assoc. Expt. Sta. Bull. 14,
Ent. Ser., pp. 132-34.

(10) —— ——

1928. Studies on tropical wasps—their hosts and associates (with descrip-
tions of new species). Hawaii. Sugar Planters’ Assoc. Expt. Sta., Bull.
19, Ent. Ser., 179 pp., illus.

A STUDY OF THE LARVA OF LARRA ANALIS FABRICIUS.

By R. A. CusHman,

Entomologist, Division of Insect Identification, Bureau of Entomology and Plant
Quarantine, United States Department of Agriculture.

This study is based on material furnished by C. E. Smith, of
the Baton Rouge (La.) laboratory, Bureau of Entomology and
Plant Quarantine. It consisted of larvae preserved in alcohol,
some removed from the host and others iv situ on the host.
The supposed first-instar larva was found, on removal from the
host, to have already started the first molt, so that the material
for the study of that instar consisted of a somewhat tattered
exuvia, from which little could be learned.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 4, APR., 1935 83

The study of the body was made from the entire larva, while
that of the head was made from specimens cleared in boiling
caustic potash.

Inasmuch as the full-grown larva is much easier to study,
both because of its larger size and because of the clearer defini-
tion of the details of its structure, it seems better to treat the
various instars in reverse order rather than in the natural order
of development.

Fifth Instar (Plate 7, figs. 1, 2, 4-8, 12, 13).

The full-grown larva is legless. It is about 20 mm. long and 4 mm. thick
at the thickest part, which is at about the posterior third, and from this point
it tapers forward to about 2 mm. in thickness at the prothorax, while the head
is about 1.5 mm. thick at the point of its attachment to the collar (co).

The body consists of 13 segments, exclusive of the head. It is distinctly
segmented, but the sclerites are indefinitely limited and are only slightly stiffer
than the intersegmental skin.

The tergum (gm) and sternum (stm) of each segment except the tenth are
separated by a broad pleurum (p/) defined above and below by folds in the
intersegmental skin, the dorsolateral fold (df) above and the ventrolateral
fold (vf) below. On the tenth abdominal segment the tergum, pleurum, and
sternum are fused into one.

The tergum of each segment from the mesothorax to the eighth abdominal
segment, inclusive, is divided into a small prescutum (psct), separated by a
curved suture or fold which ends on each side at the anterior margin of the
segment, and a much larger area comprising the rest of the dorsal elements.
On the thoracic segments this suture is incomplete laterally.

In the latero-anterior corner of the tergum of each segment except the pro-
thorax and the ninth and tenth abdominal segments is situated a small circular
spiracle. On the mesothorax and the metathorax that portion of the tergum
in which the spiracle is situated is pushed forward so that the spiracle appears
to be in the posterior angle of the segment in front.

The pleurum of the prothorax is prolonged downward and the sternum
upward so that they lie the one behind the other rather than the one above the
other. The thoracic pleura and the prosternum protrude beyond the general
surface of the body, perhaps to assist the larva in maintaining its hold on the

host. The sterna of the ninth and tenth abdominal segments are also protuber-
ant.
The head is prognathous, nearly as long as thick, and for the most part more

heavily sclerotized than the body.

The epicranium is broad, strongly arched, and slightly constricted at its
junction with the collar. The frons (f) is fused with the epicranium with only
a faint indication of the suture. On each side a short distance outside of the
frontal suture and toward the lower margin is a very small sclerotized ring
surrounding the antenna (a), which is unsegmented and protrudes hardly at all
above the general surface. Lying obliquely just above and behind the antennae
are the long, slightly curved eyes (e). The lower margins (epistoma, pleuros-
toma, and hypostoma) of the combined epicranium and frons are strongly

84 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 4, APR., 1935

stiffened for the support and articulation of the appendages. The epistoma
(eps) extends straight across the margin of the frons, thence obliquely to the
dorsal articulations of the mandible (da). The pleurostoma (p/s) curves around
the base of the mandible from the dorsal to the ventral articulation (va). The
hypostoma (Aps) extends backward from the ventral articulation to the base
of the epicranium, where it turns inward and disappears in an invagination of
the body wall. The extremities of the hypostoma of each side form the supports
for the ends of the tentorial bridge (¢). The arms of the tentorium (fa) extend
from the bridge forward and upward to the tentorial pits (¢p) at the angles
between the frontal and epicranial portions of the epistoma. The occipital
foramen is divided by the tentorium into a larger upper opening and a smaller
lower opening.

The clypeus (c/) and the labrum (/d) are each about twice as broad as long,
and the labrum is stiffened basally by a narrow, transverse, heavily sclerotized
band.

The mandibles (7) are large, stout, and of the form depicted in figures 12
and 13.

The ventral surface of the head consists of the soft, undifferentiated mentum
(mn) and submentum (smn).

Between the mentum-submentum and the epicranium and extending forward
nearly to the apex of the labrum lie the maxillae. The cardo (c) appears as an
oblong-oval brown plate lying obliquely below the posterior end of the hy-
postoma. The stipes (st) is divided by a more or less distinct constriction into
basal and apical parts, proxistipes (pst) and dististipes (dst). It is terminated
by two very small, sclerotized finger-shaped appendages, the outer one the
palpus (mp) and the inner, shorter one probably representing the mala (/).
The palpiger is not differentiated from the dististipes. On the lower and inner
side of the stipes is a heavily sclerotized rod, broadly articulating basally with
the apex of the cardo and tapering toward its apex just at the junction of the
stipes and the hypopharynx. This may be termed the “stipital rod” (sr).
The dorsal surface of the dististipes is rather densely clothed with very short
hairs and the inner apical margin bears a fringe of longer hairs.

The buccal surface of the labrum is densely clothed with hairs, those around
the margin forming a short fringe. Medially the hairy area extends entirely
to the base. On each side of the middle is a sclerotized rod, the epipharyngeal
rod (epr), the two extending nearly parallel with each other from near the base
to near the apex.

Immediately behind the labrum, forming the roof of the buccal cavity, lies
the epipharynx (epx), bearing in the middle of its anterior edge a roughly trans-
versely triangular area of minute granulations.

The labium (/m) is in the form of a thick flap extending nearly its length
beyond the labrum. The apex is invaginated, forming a pocket-like recess in
which are located the short finger-like palpi (/p) and the two long lobes of the
ligula (/g). The buccal surface is covered with short hairs and at its base is
medially prolonged and heavily sclerotized.

The hypopharynx (Apx) forms the floor of the buccal cavity. Across each
anterior corner extends obliquely a sclerotized brace (Aér), which articulates
at its mesal end with the base of the labium. At their lateral ends these braces

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 4, APR., 1935 85

broaden somewhat and form a stiffening at the point of junction of the stipes
with the margin of the hypopharynx. Together with the stipital rods and the
base of the labium, these braces form a yoke from cardo to cardo. In the
anterior middle of the hypopharynx is a nearly circular patch of long, stiff
hairs all directed toward the center. Just behind this and on each side of the
middle is an area less densely covered with shorter hairs, all directed backward
and toward the middle. These two structures may represent the paragnathi
(pgn). Behind these is a curved transverse band of minute cilia. The posterior
margin of the hypopharynx is heavily sclerotized, forming the hypopharyngeal
bridge (A). This structure ends laterally in two points which support the buccal
lining across the base of the mandible.

At its inner end the buccal cavity narrows abruptly to the opening of the
pharynx (px), which, conversely, increases markedly in width. Across the
anterior end and extending backward along the sides of the floor of the pharynx
is a narrow sclerotized strip that prevents the collapse of the organ. Anteriorly
this articulates with the hypopharyngeal bridge. The hypopharynx passes
above the tentorium and between the tentorial arms, behind which it joins the
oesophagus (0).

Fourth and Third Instars (Plate 7, figures 9 and 3).

In body structure these two instars are much like the fifth, but the head
exhibits several striking differences. The frontal suture is practically obliterated,
entirely so in the third instar. The eyes and antennae are nearer the back of the
head, these organs showing an apparent gradual movement toward the front
in the successive instars. The frontal and epicranial margins are much less
strongly sclerotized than in the fifth instar. The mandibles are of nearly the
same form, but in the third instar the apical teeth are more rounded. The
labium and hypopharynx are relatively more protruded so that the apical
portions of the paragnathi (pgm) are visible beyond the apex of the labium. The
ligula and palpi are on the dorsal surface of the labium, not in an invaginated
apical pocket as in the fifth instar.

Second Instar (Plate 7, figure 10).

In this instar the form is much like that in the third, but the eyes are appar-
ently not developed, the suture between the clypeus and the frons is apparently
obsolete, and the mandibles are quite different, being short and stout with three
minute apical teeth.

First Instar (Plate 7, figure 11).

The only material of this instar was a much torn exuvia. From this not even
the form of the head capsule could be determined. The only structures that
could be seen at all clearly were the mandibles, the labrum, and the maxillae.
The apex and the inner surface of the labrum appear to be covered with minute
papillae or granulations. The maxillae are soft, unsegmented lobes, on which no
appendages could be distinguished. The mandibles are of entirely different
form from those of the second and subsequent instars, being acutely unidentate,
with their inner margins approximate and closely set with minute teeth.

PLATE / PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37

\Y
NAS
NN

Gi
“iy
WYN’
AWN
4 AEN TORY)
NYY

[ 86 |

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 4, APR., 1935 87

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 7.

Plate 7.—Larva of Larra analis Fabricius.

Fig. I.—Fifth instar, cephalic end. Fig. 2.—Fifth instar.

Fig. 3.—Third

instar, dorsal view of head. Fig. 4.—Fifth instar, lateral view of head. Fig. 5—
Fifth instar, ventral view of head. Fig. 6.—Fifth instar, caudal end. Fig. 7.—
Fifth instar, tentorium. Fig. 8.—Fifth instar, dorsal view of head. Fig. 9.—
Fourth instar, dorsal view of head. Fig. 10.—Second instar, dorsal view of head.

Fig. 11.—First instar, mouth parts.

Fig. 12.—Fifth instar, roof of buccal

cavity and pharynx. Fig. 13.—Fifth instar, floor of buccal cavity and pharynx.

EXPLANATION OF TERMS APPEARING ON PLATE 7.

AI-X=abdominal segments | to 10.
TI =prothorax.

TII =mesothorax.

TIII =metathorax.

a =antenna.

Gi — ans

c =cardo.

cl =clypeus

co =collar.

da =dorsal articulation of mandible.
df _=dorsolateral fold.

dst =dististipes.

e =eye

epr =epipharyngeal rod.

eps =epistoma.

epx =epipharynx.

Na =frons

fs =frontal suture. _

hb =hypopharyngeal bridge.

hby =hypopharyngeal brace.
hps =hypostoma.

hpx =hypopharynx
lb =labrum.

lg =ligula.

lm — _=labium.

lp =labial palpus.

m =mandible.

ml =mala of maxilla.
mn =mentum.

mp =maxillary palpus.
mx =maxilla.

mxa =articulation of stipes.
0 =oesophagus.

pgn =paragnathus.

pl ==pleurum.

pls =pleurostoma.
psct =prescutum.

pst =proxistipes.

px =pharynx.

scl =scutellum.

sct =scutum.

smn =submentum.

sp =spiracle.

sr =stipital rod.

Se Stipes:

stm =sternum.

t =tentorium.

ta =tentorial arms.

tgm —tergum.

tp =tentorial pits.

va =ventral articulation of mandi-
ble.

vf =ventrolateral fold.

88 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 4, APR., 1935

FOUR NEW SPECIES OF DOLERUS
(HYMEN. : TENTHREDINIDAE).

By Herserr H. Ross,
Illinois State Natural History Survey, Urbana, Illinois.

In the following paper four nearctic forms of Dolerus are
described which have been investigated since the appearance in
1931 of the author’s revision of the genus.’ Illustrations are
given for the diagnostic characters of the species herein de-
scribed, but even so the reader is requested to use this paper in
conjunction with the revision mentioned. Unless otherwise
mentioned, the types are deposited in the collection of the
Illinois State Natural History Survey.

Dolerus salmani, n. sp.

This species combines characters of the unicolor group with
others of the dicolor group. From species of the former it may
be separated by its small size and having a scopa on the sheath,
fig. 11, and from members of the latter group by the even length
of setae on the sheath and longer saw, fig. 1. Both sexes differ
from all known nearctic species of Dolerus in the shagreened
and impunctate mesepisternum, filiform antennae and the
slight emargination of the clypeus.

Female.—Entire body with conspicuous white pile. Length 6 mm. Color
black with tegulae, base of Costa, “knees” and apex of apical tergite whitish or
luteous. Wings almost hyaline, slightly smoky; venation black; stigma with
anterior half black, posterior half together with adjacent part of vein Sc.+Ri
more or less luteous.

Structure-—Head mostly dull, finely reticulate, slightly shining behind eyes
and ocelli where punctures are not confluent, seen from above narrowed behind
eyes, posterior margin with carina slightly developed behind eye. Postocellar
area twice as wide as long, defined laterad by distinct furrows converging caudad.
Clypeus, fig. 9, nearly truncate, slightly indented on meson. Antennae almost
perfectly filiform, apical four segments tapering imperceptibly. Pronotum
shagreened and finely punctate. Sclerites of mesonotum shining with a moder-
ate polish, markedly convex and at most with sparse, small punctures. Post-
tergite small, longitudinally concave, not carinate on meson, and transversely
striate-shagreened. Mesepisternum dull, not at all reticulate but with a .
somewhat striate type of shagreening; pectus polished with small sparse punc-
tures; the two areas fowing together without a distinct junction. Hind tibiae
almost cylindrical, without grooves. Tarsal claws with a very minute tooth.
Abdomen very finely and closely striate.

Sheath, figs. 10, 11, with a distinct but narrow scopa, and with setae forming
an even series on the postero-ventral margin. Cerci long, extending to apex of
sheath. Saw, figs. 1, 2, with 23 segments in lance, 21 in lancet. Lancet with
prominent lobes, each with 2-5 teeth, no spurettes, and abundant microtrichiae.

1H. H. Ross.—Sawflies of the subfamily Dolerinae of America North of
Mexico. III. Biological Monographs, vol. 12, no. 3, March, 1931, 115 pp., 73 figs.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 4, APR., 1935 89

The single paratype differs only in being smaller, measuring
5 mm.

MALE.—Length 4.5 mm. Color and general structure as in female, differing
chiefly in the longer antennae, also filiform as in the female. Hypopygium
slightly longer than wide, apex rounded.

Holotype.— 2 ; Cascadel, California, March 9, 1933, collected
in flight by K. A. Salman.

Allotype-—&; San Diego county, California, Jan. 26, 1913,
coll. E. P. Van Duzee. In the collection of the California
Academy of Sciences.

Paratype—\ ¢, collected and deposited with allotype.

Dolerus osagensis, n. sp.

A typical member of the Jcolor group, closely related to
clypealis Ross, from which it differs in the black mesal stripe on
the praescutum and in saw characters, notably the weak spurette
and stronger alar spur, figs. 4, 5. It is somewhat similar in
color to piercei Rohwer but differs in having the lateral meso-
scutal lobes with a black patch and much weaker armature
of the saw.

FEMALE.—Length 10.5 mm. Color.—Head and legs entirely black.
Thorax rufous with the following areas black: narrow mesal triangle on prae-
scutum, tapering posteriorly, and extreme posterior corner of praescutum;
anterior half of disk of scutal lobes, the areas confluent on the meson; scutellum,
lower part of mesepisternum and entire pectus. Abdomen rufous with sheath
and its narrow basal sclerites black. Wings light brown infuscate, venation and
stigma black, except extreme base of Costa which is rufous.

Structure.—Head uniformly shagreened and closely punctured, dull; seen
from above quadrate, postocular area almost flat and as long as eye, posterior
margin with a poorly defined carina. Postocellar area convex, slightly shining.
Antennae distinctly fusiform. Thorax with mesonotum and pectus shining,
with a moderate scattering of fine punctures. Sides of praescutum and posterior
half of scutellum closely but not coarsely punctured. Mesepisternum reticulate
with close, fairly large punctures; rounding off gradually into the pectus. Hind
tibiae slightly grooved on inner face, but convex on outer face. Tarsal claws
with a small inner tooth. Abdomen shining, with little apparent sculpture.

Sheath short, with a distinct scopa, figs. 12, 13; with the central postero-
ventral setae longer than the others, forming a unimodal series. Saw, figs.
4, 5, with twelve segments. Lancet with alar spur (a) well developed and
peg-like, spurette (s) also peg-like but smaller and distant from ventral margin;
both forming a regular series. Ventral lobes long and low, each with 5-9 teeth.

MALE.—Length 9.5 mm. Color.—Head black. Thorax black with pro-
notum, tegulae and obscure lateral spot on mesoscutum rufous. Abdomen with
first tergite (basal plates) black, segments 2-6 rufous and remainder black.
Legs and wings as in female.

Structure.—As in female except for antigeny.

90 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 4, APR., 1935

Holotype-— ° ; Hughes County, Oklahoma, April 28, 1931,
coll. R. D. Bird.

Allotype-— & ; same data.

Paratypes.—1 &#,1 2,same date; 1 ?, Stillwater, Oklahoma,
April 28, 1931, coll. E. Hixson; and 1 @, South Seaville, N. J.,
May 25, 1923, coll. J. C. Bradley. Deposited with the holotype
and in the collections of the University of Oklahoma, Oklahoma
A. & M. College, and Cornell University. The paratype from
South Seaville, N. J., was referred by the author in 1931 to
D. piercei by error.

Dolerus kennedyi, n. sp.

This species belongs to the sericeus group, having the hind
tibiae grooved on both inner ahd outer faces. It is readily
distinguished from described species of this group by the short
sheath with ornamentation of short, bristle-like setae, fig. 14.

FEMALE.—Length 10.5 mm. Color black with an extremely narrow whitish
margin on apex of abdominal segments. Wings slightly smoky, stigma and
veins blackish brown to black.

Structure—Head semirugose with small confluent punctures, somewhat
shining only posterior to eyes and ocelli where punctures are separate. Head
seen from above decidedly narrowed behind eyes, posterior margin with a
carina. Postocellar area wider than long, somewhat shining, bounded laterally
by deep furrows. Postocular area with a transverse raised area behind which is
an area of large punctures. Pronotum semirugose. Mesonotum slightly shining;
sutures between sclerites deep, apex of scutellum prominently raised. Lateral
face of praescutum rugose, bearing 15-20 more or less round, large punctures;
apical half (posterior face) of scutellum somewhat rugose with numerous smaller
punctures; remainder of mesonotum with separate small punctures. Mesepis-
ternum rugose with large confluent punctures; pectus dull, covered with small,
scattered punctures and shagreened between them; the two areas markedly
distinct from each other, forming a ridge where they meet. Hind tibiae
distinctly grooved on both inner and outer margins. Tarsal claws with a small
erect inner tooth. Abdomen mostly shining, its surface minutely striate and
more or less shagreened towards apex.

Sheath short, figs. 14, 15, dorsal margin straight, postero-ventral margin
almost evenly convex, lateral setae hair-like and those along posterior edge
bristle-like. Saw blade-like, fig. 6, lancet with only 15 distinct segments, lance
with 18. Lobes of lancet, fig. 7, somewhat confluent at apex of saw but becoming
separate and prominent towards base, with 5-8 distinct teeth. Spurette (s)
laterally situated at apex of saw and gradually becoming more closely associated
with the ventral lobes towards the base, until finally it appears as a tooth of
this lobe. Alar spur (a) small, present only on a few segments near middle
of saw.

_The holotype has the clypeus shallowly and angularly emar-
ginate, but the two paratypes have it deeply emarginate in the
center to form definite lateral lobes as is typical of most

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 4, APR., 1935 91

members of the genus. The two paratypes are also smaller,
measuring 8.5 and 9.5 mm.

MALE.—Unknown.

Holotype— 3; Hocking County, Ohio, May, 192-, coll.
C. H. Kennedy.

Paratypes.— 1 2, Pemberton, N. J., May 10, 1908, deposited
with the holotype, and 1 ¢, Great Falls, Va., May 12, in the
Nathan Banks Collection.

Dolerus wanda, n. sp.

Closely related to tectus MacGillivray and i/lini Ross, from
which it can be separated by the high polish of the impunctate
parts of the mesonotum, in having practically no minute
punctures on the lateral lobes of the mesonotum, and characters
of the saw and sheath. The sheath, figs. 17, 18, differs from that
of i//ini in lacking a distinct scopa, and from that of fectus, fig. 16,
in its greater length and convex dorsal outline. The male is
unknown, so specific differences for this sex can not be given.

FEMALE.—Length 9 mm. Color of body, antennae and legs a uniform
bluish black. Wings very slightly smoky, the veins and stigma blackish brown.

Structure —Head densely and sub-rugosely punctured, postocular area alone
with punctures large and well separated. Head seen from above markedly
narrowed behind eyes, posterior margin with a carina, and postocular area
slightly shorter than eye. Postocellar area convex, small, quadrate and limited
laterally by distinct grooves. Antennae slender and setaceous, apex of third
segment the widest point. Pronotum subrugose, with contiguous punctures.
Mesonotum shining, lateral declivity of praescutum and posterior half of
scutellum crowded with distinct and fairly large punctures, remainder of
surface with only occasional ones. Mesepisternum semirugose, pectus shining
with only occasional and minute punctures, the two areas merging together
without a separating ridge but set apart abruptly by difference in punctuation.
Hind tibiae with inner and outer faces slightly convex. Tarsal claws with a
minute, short inner tooth. Abdomen shining, closely and minutely striate over
entire surface.

Sheath as in figs. 17, 18; blade-like, its disto-ventral margin convex, without
any trace of a scopa. Saw with 24 or more segments, in general outline and
structure similar to other members of the uwico/or group; lancet lobes, fig. 8,
raised and more or less pointed, each with 6 to 12 small teeth. Lancet abund-
antly clothed with microtrichiae.

MALE.—Unknown.

Holotype.— 2 ; Columbus, Ohio.

Paratypes—4 9? 9, Columbus, O; 2 ? ?, Columbus, O.,
April 10, 1933; coll. C. Hs Kennedy. Deposited with, the
holotype and in the collection of Dr. Kennedy, Ohio State
University.

PLATE 8 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 30

SALMANI

OSAGENSIS

= ESSE SS

SSS

KENNEDY!

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 4, APR., 1935 93

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 8.

Fig. 1.—Saw of D. salmani, n. sp.

Fig. 2.—Apex of lancet of D. salmani, n. sp.

Fig. 3.—Saw of D. clypealis Ross.

Fig. 4.—Saw of D. osagensis, n. sp.

Fig. 5.—Apex of lancet of D. osagensis, n. sp.

Fig. 6.—Saw of D. kennedyi, n. sp.

Fig. 7.—Ventral margin of lancet of D. kennedyi, n. sp.

Fig. 8.—Ventral margin of lancet of D. wanda, n. sp.

Fig. 9—Clypeus of D. salmani, n. sp.

Figs. 10, 11.—Sheath of D. salmani, lateral and caudo-lateral views.
Figs. 12, 13.—Sheath of D. osagensis, lateral and caudo-lateral views.
Figs. 14, 15.—Sheath of D. kennedy, lateral and dorsal views.

Fig. 16.—Sheath of D. tectus MacGillivray, dorsal view.

Figs. 17, 18.—Sheath of D. wanda, dorsal and lateral views.
a=alar spur.

s=spurette.

THE IDENTITY OF THE FEMALE OF CERATINA DUPLA SAY
(HYM. : APOIDEA).

By Grace ADELBERT SANDHOUSE,
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, U. S. Department of Agriculture.

In connection with the identification of specimens of Ceratina
from the eastern part of the United States, the writer was
confronted with the necessity of differentiating the females of
Ceratina dupla Say from those of C. calcarata Robertson and
C. metallica H. S. Smith, when not definitely associated with
males. The following differences, although rather slight, were
found to be constant and are presented at this time in the event
they may be of use to other students of bees. Both sexes are
included in the key.

1. Species about 5 mm. long, olive-green, not at all bluish; tegula brown-
testaceous; a single curved row of punctures on front just below
anterior ocellus; outer surface of front tibia of female with yellow
streak on basal half, of male extending the entire length of tibia.
Female: yellow mark on clypeus nearly as long as clypeus, uni-
formly wide. Male: median projection on caudal margin of
seventh abdominal tergite as long as wide; triangular projection on
hind femur similar to that of calearata_.... metallica H. S. Smith

— Species 7 to 8 mm. long, blue or bluish green; tegula dark brown; two
curved rows of punctures on front just below anterior ocellus;
outer surface of front tibia in both sexes with basal yellow dot.
Female: Yellow mark on clypeus usually distinctly shorter than
clypeus, frequently wider apically, sometimes obsolescent or
entirely lacking. Male: Median projection on caudal margin of
seventh abdominal tergite at least twice as wide as long... 22

94 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 4, APR., 1935

2. Species usually more greenish blue. Female: Yellow mark on clypeus
always present; impunctate areas immediately above and below
antennal foramina smaller; mesoscutum with discal polished area
interrupted medially by at least four rows of punctures and
separated from parapsidal furrows by two rows; punctures of
mesoscutellum separated by less than their diameter; dorsal disk
of propodeum with irregular carinae on basal three-fourths, apex
dull and granular. Male: Hind femur expanded rather abruptly
near the base, without a ventral triangular projection near the
middle, no fringe of hair between projection and base of femur;
caudal projection of seventh abdominal tergite twice as wide as
TONG? ce 5 = eee eee ede Tee es (Sees oe Aa

— Species usually more purplish blue. Female: Yellow mark on clypeus
usually reduced or entirely lacking; impunctate areas immediately
above and below antennal foramina larger; mesoscutum with discal
polished area interrupted medially by two, frequently incomplete,
rows of punctures and separated from parapsidal furrows by a
single row of widely separated punctures; punctures of meso-
scutellum separated by more than twice their diameter; dorsal
disk of propodeum with low irregular carinae on basal half, apex
shining. Male: Hind femur with a ventral triangular projection
near the middle, a fringe of long hair between projection and base
of femur; caudal projection of seventh abdominal tergite three
GiteSva SWIG ClaAG) | ON p eee sere eee ee eee cee calcarata Robertson

Ceratina dupla Say.

Ceratina dupla Say, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, pt. 4, 1837, p. 387, female
only; Robertson, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 22, 1895, p. 126; Dalla Torre,
Cat. Hymen., vol. 10, 1896, p. 198, references, ? in part; H. S. Smith,
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 33, 1907, pp. 117, 118, in part (not pl. III).

The male of this species may be readily recognized by the
shape of the hind femur and the projection of the seventh
abdominal tergite. The female is distinguished from ca/carata
by the punctation of the mesoscutum and scutellum and by the
sculpturing of the dorsal disk of the propodeum, and from
metallica by the larger size, dark tegula, and small basal spot
of yellow on the anterior tibia.

The writer has seen material from the following States:
Colorado, District of Columbia, Iowa, Kansas, Louisiana,
Illinois, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, New Hampshire,
New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Virginia, and Wisconsin,
as well as Ontario and Quebec, Canada. It has been reared from
canes of raspberry and blackberry.

Ceratina calearata Robertson.

? Ceratina dupla variety ?, Say, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, pt. 4, 1837,
p. 387 (new synonymy); Dalla Torre, Cat. Hymen., vol. 10, 1896, p. 198, ?
in part.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 4, APR., 1935 95

Ceratina tejonensis Provancher (not Cresson), Faun. Ent. Canad. Hymen.,
1883, p. 812, male; Robertson, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 22, 1895,
p. 126, male.

Ceratina calcarata Robertson, Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, vol. 10, 1900, p. 54,
male; Rau, Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, vol. 25, 1926, p. 184, Ann. Ent.
Soc. Amer., vol. 21, 1928, p. 380 (notes on habits).

Ceratina dupla H. S. Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 33, 1907, pp. 117, 118,
in part, pl. III (figure of seventh abdominal tergite).

The male of this species may be readily recognized by the
shape of the hind femur and the projection of the seventh
abdominal tergite. The female is distinguished from dupla by
the smaller yellow mark on the clypeus, the punctation of the
mesoscutum and scutellum, and the sculpturing of the dorsal
disk of the propodeum; and from metallica by the larger size,
dark tegula, and small basal spot of yellow on the anterior tibia.

The writer has seen material from the following States:
Arkansas, Colorado, District of Columbia, Georgia, Illinois,
Indiana, Iowa, Louisiana, Kansas, Maryland, Missouri, Michi-
gan, Massachusetts, Minnesota, Nebraska, New Hampshire,
New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Virginia and Wisconsin,
as well as Ontario and Quebec, Canada. It has been reared
from canes of raspberry, blackberry, and elderberry.

Ceratina metallica H. S. Smith.

Ceratina dupla Say, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, pt. 4, 1837, p. 387, male
only (new synonymy).

Ceratina metallica H. S. Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 33, 1907, p. 121,
jals Sh

Both sexes of this species may be readily recognized by the
smaller size, the paler tegulae, and the yellow streak on the
outer surface of the anterior tibia.

The writer has seen material from the following States:
Alabama, District of Columbia, Georgia, Louisiana, New York,
New Jersey, Maryland, Pennsylvania, Texas, and Virginia.
It has been reared from canes of raspberry and stems of rose.

96 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 4, APR., 1935

MINUTES OF THE 463D REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, MARCH 7, 1935.

The 463d regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
held at 8 p. m., Thursday, March 7, 1935, in room 43 of the new building of the
National Museum. There were present 35 members and 29 visitors. The
minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.

Upon recommendation of the Executive Committee, Mr. G. F. Knowlton
of Logan, Utah, was elected to membership by unanimous vote of the Society.

Under the heading of “Notes and Exhibition of Specimens,” Dr. Floyd F.
Smith presented a note on the occurrence of an infestation, which has since been
eradicated, of the sugar cane tarsonemid mite, Tarsonemus bancrofti Michael,
on sugar cane in one of the quarantine greenhouses at Arlington Farm, Virginia.
This infestation was the first to be reported for this mite in the United States.
The mites were identified by Dr. H. E. Ewing from specimens collected by
Dr. R. D. Rands of the Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Department of Agri-
culture. Dr. Smith also reported that he had found that the mites could be
killed on the cane by immersing the cane in water for 30 minutes at 110° F.

This note was discussed by Graf, Porter and Poos.

First on the regular program was a communication by Dr. R. H. Le Pelley,
Entomologist of the Kenya Colony and Protectorate, entitled “Some East
African Insects and their Control.’”’ The insects of most economic importance
in that region at present are those injuring coffee. Of more than 100 insect
pests of coffee in Kenya, a mealybug of the genus Pseudococcus has been the
most troublesome. This mealybug is attended by several species of ants and
the damage it does appears to have a direct connection with the species of ant
in attendance. The bug sometimes causes almost complete defoliation of the
coffee trees and is best controlled by banding the trees to keep away the ants.

Two other serious pests of coffee are true bugs, a mirid of the genus Lygus
and a Pentatomid, Antesia lineaticollis. The former causes stunting of the
buds, the latter inhibits normal growth and induces adventitious growth of
shoots by feeding. Antesia is also accused of inoculating the coffee beans with
a fungus disease.

Dr. Le Pelley showed lantern slides and charts in connection with his talk,
illustrating damage done by different pests and showing the relative effectiveness
of various control measures used against them.

This communication was followed by an interesting discussion in which
McIndoo, Hyslop, Cory, Graf, Wade, Back, Poos, and Bulger participated.

Second on the regular program was a paper by Dr. R. C. Roark of the Insec-
ticide Division, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, entitled, “Patents
of Interest to Economic Entomologists.” Dr. Roark discussed patent laws in
general and particularly as applied to insecticides and mechanical devices for
the destruction of insects. He followed his discussion with interesting lantern
slides showing sketches of contrivances designed to destroy insect life, particu-
larly flies, potato bugs, and boll weevils.

This paper was followed by discussion by McIndoo, Porter, Bridwell, Camp-
bell, and Morrison.

Meeting adjourned at 10 p. M. P. W. Oman,
Recording Secretary.

Actual date of publication Fune 12, 1935.

VOL. 37 MAY, 1935 No. 5

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON.

eA WWOCHIAN je

CONTENTS

DAVIDSON, RALPH H. AND DELONG, DWIGHT M.—A REVIEW OF THE NORTH
AMERICAN SPECIES OF BALCLUTHA AND AGELLUS (HOMOPTERA:
CICADELLIDAE) ee ee ee ee ee ae weer ee Cet ttm oe Meo)

KNOWLTON, GEORGE F.—FOUR LUPINE APHIDS yt eka eee SG ae oe em

PusiisHeD Montruiy Excepr Jury, AuGusrt AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the PRocEEDINGS and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1935.

Honorary. Prestdevie si eae A 5 oo ee «ee Le OF OWARD
WReMdent fi) eee See Ge es les ee 2 BAS PORGEE
First VicesPresidéiiim@e fae be 8. se Ba RACER
Second VicesRrpstaenie - ke ee sp » Ni EO McINDOO
Recording Secretary .. . wa & RAG Ee Re Se a EWR IAS
Corresponding Secretary- Reracines éGeranuee goer) sco ee oe eGR
dior. pare . . W. R. WALTON

Members of the Rgeeiieins Ganisiice: S: at ROHWER, J; Ss WADE EBs
EWING.
Representing the Society as Vice-President
of the Washington Academy of Sciences... ... . . .H. MORRISON

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the ProceEpinGs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies Dens 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL. 37 MAY 1935 INo: 5

A REVIEW OF THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF BAL-
CLUTHA AND AGELLUS (HOMOPTERA : CICADELLIDAE).

By Ratpuw H. Davipson anp Dwicut M. DeLona,

Ohio State University.

The genus Grathodus was erected by Fieber in 1866 and
Fassus punctatus Fall. was designated as the type. In 1900
Kirkaldy proposed Balclutha as a new name for the genus
Gnathodus which was preoccupied and designated punctatus
Thunb. as the type species. Baker in 1903 separated Balclutha
into two genera. He named the new genus Eugnathodus and
designated FE. abdominalis V. D. as the type. From the original
description of the genus it is apparent that Baker had in hand
specimens of E. abdominalis but an examination of the type
specimens revealed that they were specimens of Balclutha, and
that the type was apparently designated in error. According
to opinions 14+ and 65 of the International Code of Zoological
Nomenclature, EF. abdominalis must remain the type of the
genus Eugnathodus. Asa result Eugnathodus Baker becomes a
synonym of Balclutha Kirkaldy and Agellus was proposed by
the authors as a new name for this genus and 4. neglectus
DeL. & Dav. has been designated as the type species.

Dr. Herbert Osborn is of the opinion that A4ge//us is syn-
onymous with Nesosteles Kirkaldy which was erected in 1905.
But since the description given by Kirkaldy is very inadequate
and since neither Dr. Osborn nor the authors have been able
to examine any type or authentically identified material there
is some doubt regarding the generic validity of Nesosteles. As
a result the name /ge//us is used for this genus.

In 1896 Baker made a study of the species of these genera and
attempted to separate them on the basis of external characters
which are inadequate for the separation of most of the species
of these two groups. No further work upon these species has
apparently been attempted since, until the present treatment
by the authors. During this study the chitinous structures of
the male genital chamber, often known as the internal genitalia,
have been used as a primary consideration in the designation of
species. However, two species which differ markedly in external
structures may have the same type of internal genital pieces

98 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, 5, MAY, 1935

and such external characters have been used where they are
distinctive and constant. In series of specimens where color
characters and structures are quite variable, these various
forms which have been described as different species are placed
together under the same name.

Without the use of structural characters which have been
illustrated in the present treatment it is practically impossible
to separate the species of these genera. As a consequence
several have been redescribed, some repeatedly, under several
names. A few of the types are not available for examination
and repeated efforts to obtain them for study have failed.
When these can be studied further synonymy may be necessary.

The material examined in making this study was from the
U.S. National Museum, Osborn Collection, DeLong Collection,
Ball Collection, and small numbers of specimens sent in by
various workers in entomology, especially the types from Iowa
State College at Ames, Iowa; and the Colorado Agricultural
College, Fort Collins, Colorado.

Types of the following species have been available for study:

Balclutha manitou G. & B. Agellus guajanae DeL.
Balaiha impicta Van D. “ calearus DeL. & Dav.
impicta var. flava Bak. “ floridanus DeL. & Dav.
% impicta var. maculata, n. # sandersi n. sp.
var. “——— knulli nz sp.
MS livingstoni Bak. “ bisinuatus DeL.
es occidentalis Bak. yi bifurcatus DeL. & Dav.
% abdominalis Van. D. “—— abbreviatus DeL. & Dav.
‘ arizona Nn. sp. = minutus Osb.
me californica n. sp. “ rosaceous Osb.
- confusa G. & B. “— marquesanus Osb.
<< viridus Osb. “pallidus Osb.
*§ osborni Van. D. “— areolatus Osb.
hyalina Osb. “ tutuilanus Osb.
us neglectus DeL. & Dav. “ lineatus Osb.
; var. pallidus DeL. “— flavidus Osb.
and Dav. “virescens Osb.

The writers have not been able to examine the Baker types.
Mr. P. W. Oman states that these are not in the Baker collec-
tion, in the U. S. National Museum, and Dr. A. M. Boyce has
very kindly examined the collection at Pomona College and has
been unable to find the types there.

Key to GENERA.

1. Vertex narrower than pronotum, usually strongly produced and
bluntly rahi gl elt: sesso ee a hr oe pt ol ee Balclutha.

Vertex as wide as or wider than pronotum, usually almost parallel,

margin less strongly produced and usually broadly rounded in
front ee Be OP a eect eer eo KANT,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 5, MAY, 1935 99

Genus BALCLUTHA Kirk.

First pair of wings with two apical cells, head narrower than pronotum,
vertex bluntly angularly produced. Oedagus of male usually enlarged at base
but not forming a dorsally directed process at anterior end.

Type of the genus Balclutha punctata, Thunberg.

Key ro Species or BALCLUTHA.

1. Vertex broadly rounded, oedagus of male short, apex curved caudally

and dorsally but not anteriorly _— _........abdominalis.
Vertex bluntly angled, male oedagus longer, directed anteriorly at

apex and sometimes extending into preceding segment... 2.
(1) Male oedagus abruptly narrowed near base to a long and slender

portion extending to posterior margin of preceding segment...
Male oedagus shorter, basal portion more gradually narrowed to

apical portion, which extends anteriorly only about half way to

to
ios)

posterior margin of preceding segment. -......----2--2--o2c ecco c eee eee e reece een 6.

3. (2) Size smaller, less than 4 mm. in length, apex of male oedagus pro-
duced decidedly beyond posterior margin of preceding segment... 4,

Size larger, 5 mm. in length, apex of male oedagus produced anteriorly
just to posterior margin of preceding segment... arizona.
4. (3) Color yellowish, sometimes washed with pale green impicta.
Color dark green or if pale marked with black or brown. S
5. (4) Color.dark green, veins conspicuously dark or rugose... var. osborni.
Color yellowish or greenish mottled with dark brownor black, var. maculata.

6. (2) Size smaller, not exceeding 4 mm. in length, coloration variable,
yellowish or greenish in color, sometimes heavily marked with
Bregman con dle Kien = coe ere ae Yh 2D a oe ene ela te gs ee punctata.

Size larzenemore; than 4 oommsih eng the a: se ee ee eee Se eee vis

7. (6) Vertex bluntly angled, not greatly longer on middle than next

CNEL CVeS--4s thie we Mee ek ewe eal Re a ae eg manitou.
Vertex narrower and more strongly angled, about one half longer on
middletthanvlensitihkmexteyeseseis sees asm een anon ie ae neue californica.

Balclutha abdominalis V. D
Gnathodus abdominalis V. D. Can Ent. 24 : 113, 1892.

Vertex bluntly rounded a little more than twice as wide as median length,
produced more than one-half its length before anterior margins of the eyes.
Pronotum with lateral angles prominent.

Color: Pale dirty yellow, ocelli dark.

Genitalia: Female last ventral segment truncate. Male oedagus in lateral
view with a basal enlargement extending dorsally. Apical portion gradually
tapering to a dorsally directed tip. Styles with thick blunt apical processes.
Connective thick at base with rather a narrow incision. Apex enlarged and

slightly indented at middle.

The holotype male from Jamesburg, N. J., has been examined
and the above measurements and description prepared from
that specimen. Although for several years this species was
confused with 4. neglectus DeL. and Dav., abdominalis is a

100 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 5, MAY, 1935

blunt headed Balclutha and the smallest of the group. Speci-
mens of this species have formerly been identified very com-
monly as B. impicta, which is a different form with distinct
genitalia. The name abdominalis has long been misapplied to
the species now known as Agellus neglectus.

The holotype and cotype of this species are from New Jersey
and are in the collection of Iowa State College, Ames, Lowa.
In addition to the type locality, the species has been taken from
Iowa, Mississippi, Pennsylvania, Connecticut, Virginia, Mary-
land, District of Columbia, Wisconsin, Ohio, Tennessee, Illinois,
Alabama, Louisiana, New York, Puerto Rico, Haiti, Guatemala,
and Trinidad.

Balclutha arizona, n. sp.

Resembling manitou in form and general appearance but larger and with
different male genitalia. Length 5 mm.

Vertex rounded in front, almost parallel margined, slightly produced at
middle and more than three times as wide between eyes as length at middle.

Color: pale green marked with yellow, especially on vertex, anterior portion
of pronotum and scutellum. Apex of elytra smoky.

Genitalia: Female last ventral segment truncate. Male oedagus in lateral
view with basal portion enlarged and with a slight dorsal finger process.

Body of oedagus suddenly narrowed and curved dorsally, then anteriorly to
the wall of preceding segment. Connectives at base in ventral view with inner
margins definitely horse-shoe shaped.

Described from a series of eight specimens collected at
Tucson, Arizona, during August and September, 1928, and
1929, by Dr. E. D. Ball. Holotype male and allotype female in
collection of E. D. Ball. Paratypes in collections of E. D. Ball
and D. M. DeLong.

Baleclutha impicta V. D.

Gnathodus impictus V. D. Can. Ent. 24 : 113, 1892.
Gnathodus impictus var. fava Bak. Can. Ent. 28, p. 38, 1896.
Gnathodus impictus var. medius Bak. Can. Ent. 28, p. 38, 1896.

Vertex bluntly angled, conspicuously narrower than pronotum, more than
three times as wide as median length, produced two thirds of its length before
anterior margins of the eyes.

Color: Yellow tinged with green.

Genitalia: Female last ventral segment truncate. Male oedagus in lateral
view enlarged at base, apical portion long and narrow, extending dorsally, then
directed anteriorly along dorsal wall into preceding abdominal segment. Styles
deeply notched at apex, forming long, curved inner finger process. Connective
widely and deeply notched at base, forming a pair of widely separated curved
processes. Apex deeply notched so as to form two rounded divergent tips.
The male lectotype and the male and female cotype from New Brunswick,
N. J., have been examined and used in this study. These are located at Iowa
State College, Ames, Iowa.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 5, MAY, 1935 10]

This species is very common, and in addition to the type
locality, material has been examined from the following local-
ities: New York, Illinois, Connecticut, Virginia, Pennsylvania,
Ohio, Maryland, Wisconsin, District of Columbia, Michigan,
Tennessee, Massachusetts, Indiana, New Hampshire, Vermont,
New Mexico, Colorado, California, and Ontario, Canada.

Balelutha impicta var. osborni V. D.

Balclutha osborni V. D. check list Hemip. p. 75, 1916.
Gnathodus viridus Osb. 20th Rept. N. Y. St. Ent., p. 541, 1905.

Size and form of impicta and with genital characters the same. Color yellow-
ish tinged with green. Venation conspicuous, dark green, rugose.

The holotype of this species from New York has been ex-
amined and differs from impicta only in coloration as listed
above. The type is in the collection of Prof. Osborn.

This variety has been taken from the following localities:
Ohio, New York, Pennsylvania, Illinois, Connecticut, Cali-
fornia, and Ontario, Canada.

Balclutha impicta var. maculata n. var.

Size and form of impicta and with genitalia of the impicta type. Coloration
as in well-marked specimens of punctata. Markings frequently very heavy with
vertex, pronotum, and entire wings heavily mottled with brown. Often bright
green with heavy markings on posterior portion of pronotum. Elytra with
scattered spots on clavus, a large one at apex and three or four conspicuous
spots on the central portion, brown. The degree of spotting varies considerably.

‘Described from a large series of specimens from Wisconsin,
Tennessee, Connecticut, Pennsylvania and Washington, D. C.
Holotype male from Bayfield, Wisconsin, collected September
10, 1916, and allotype female from Rock House, Ohio, collected
April 25, 1915, by D. M. DeLong. Male and female paratypes
from the above localities in the DeLong collection. Male and
female paratypes from Iowa, Wisconsin, and New York in the
collection of E. D. Ball, and from New York, Colorado, Mary-
land, and Virginia, in the collection of the U. S. National
Museum.

Balclutha punctata (Thunb.).

Cicada punctata Thunb. Acta Upsala 4: 21, 1782.
Gnathodus confusus G. & B. Hemip. Colo. p. 104, 1895.
Gnathodus occidentalis Bak. Can. Ent. 28 : 41, 1896.
Gnathodus livingstoni Bak. Can. Ent. 28 : 42, 1896.

Vertex bluntly angled, almost parallel margined, almost four times as wide
between eyes as median length. Produced almost its entire length before
anterior margins of the eyes. Pronotum with rather sharp lateral angles.

Color: Variable from gray or pale yellow to green and with markings variable
or absent. In well-marked specimens with more or less broken transverse band

102 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 5, MAY, 1935

across vertex, mottlings on anterior portion and median longitudinal line of
pronotum, and basal angles and median line on scutellum reddish or brown,
Wings frequently with veins ferruginous or brown. Inner portion of clavus
and a broken oblique band extending almost to costa, tip of clavus, spot on
disc, posterior portions of anteapical cells, portions of outer and inner apical
cells, brown. In many specimens the markings are faint or entirely wanting
and the wings are gray or whitish unmarked.

Genitalia: Female last ventral segment truncate. Male oedagus in lateral
view gradually tapering from a broad elongated basal portion to a slender
apical portion which is pointed and curves dorsally, then anteriorly, the apex
reaching the middle of the segment or a little anteriorly. Styles deeply notched
at apex with divergent inner finger-like structures. Connectives deeply
broadly notched at base, forming widely separated curved processes. Apex
deeply broadly notched, forming two rather narrow divergent processes.

This is the common European species and is widely distributed
in North America. 8B. impicta var. maculata is marked exactly
like punctata and has been confused with it in the past. These
two forms, however, can easily be distinguished by means of the
male genital characters. The type has not been examined but
authentically identified material sent to us by W. E. China of
the British Museum has been used in this study.

The distribution of this species includes the following areas:
Iowa, New York, Mississippi, Colorado, Nevada, Idaho,
Pennsylvania, Wisconsin, Utah, Illinois, Minnesota, Washing-
ton, Michigan, Arizona, Alabama, District of Columbia,
Massachusetts, West Virginia, Montana, California, Ohio,
Oregon, North Dakota, Kansas, Virginia, Wyoming, Mary-
land, Maine, Louisiana, Vancouver, Alaska, British Columbia,
and Ontario.

Balelutha manitou (G. & B.).
Gnathodus manitou G. & B. Hemip. Colo. p. 105, 1895.

Vertex bluntly angled, more than three times as wide as median length.
Pronotum strongly convexly rounded in front, vertex produced with almost
entire length before anterior margins of the eyes.

Color: Yellow tinged with green, or greenish unmarked. Veins frequently
strong, rugose.

Genitalia: Female last ventral segment slightly convexly rounded, almost
truncate. Male genitalia the same as punctata.

This species can be separated only by its larger size and more
angled vertex. The type of manitou has been examined. Type
in collection of Colorado Agricultural College, Dept. of Ento-
mology, at Fort Collins, Colorado.

This species has been taken from Alaska, British Columbia,
Montana, Colorado, Washington and Arizona.

Balclutha california, n. sp.

Resembling manitou but with vertex narrower and more sharply angled
and produced. Length 4.7 mm.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 5, MAY, 1935 103

Vertex strongly angled and produced at middle beyond anterior margins
of the eyes. Length at middle about one half greater than length at eyes,
more than three times as wide as median length. Pronotum strongly produced
anteriorly.

Color: Pale green washed with yellow to dark green.

Genitalia: Female last ventral segment slightly sinuately produced. Male
structures not different from those of punctata.

Described from a series of five specimens collected at
Pasadena, Calif., during June, 1908 and 1909, by Dr. E. D. Ball,
and two specimens collected at Ontario, Calif., by Prof. Herbert
Osborn.

Holotype male in collection of Dr. E. D. Ball. Female
allotype in Prof. Osborn’s collection. Paratypes in Ball,
Osborn and DeLong collections.

Type localities are Pasadena and Ontario, California.

Genus AGELLUS, DeL. and Dav.

Although closely related to Balelutha, the genus Agellus differs in the
following respects: Vertex more broadly rounded and scarcely produced before
the anterior margins of the eyes, anterior and posterior margins almost parallel;
head slightly broader than pronotum, lateral posterior angles of pronotum not
wider than vertex. General venation as in Balc/utha with inner sector of
elytra not forked, two anteapical cells being produced. Oedagus of internal
genitalia with dorsal, basal protruding processes. In Balclutha the basal
portion is enlarged and may extend dorsally but without finger processes.

Type of genus, 4gellus neglectus Del. and Dav.

Because of the great similarity in size, appearance, and
coloration of the species of this genus the genital characters
offer the only certain means of separating and identifying them.
As a consequence the species are based upon genital characters.
The locality in which a species is found, however, may assist 1n
its identification by limiting it to one or two possible species in
the light of our present knowledge of distribution.

Key ro Species OF AGELLUS.
1. Color tawny, heavily marked with red (known only from female
specimens) an be Eee EN Pee es Sa ee pT OSACEOUS.
Color some shade of green or yellow, qikhone red markings, male of
SpEeGles Known -.<e-e to see ke ee ee i 2.
2. (1) Female segment slightly poreeed either side of muda: , appearing
deeply notched, forming a broad sunken tooth. Pygofer of male
in ventral view notched at caudal extremity so as to appear bi-
furcate a bisinualus.
Female segment if perched without Caney Eaoeh, pygofers of male

not notched at apex. —- : :
3. (2) Apical portion of male oedagus fone “extending into Sree ceding
segment : ee floridanus.
Apical portion of oedagus ior cer. not Sesaseegine posterior margin
of preceding segment 4h

104 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 5, MAY, 1935

4. (3) Male oedagus in lateral view broad at base, gradually narrowing
to apical portion, without dorsally directed anterior process or
without basal end curving dorsally... sandersi.
Male oedagus in lateral view with basal portion more narrowed and
either strongly curving dorsally or with process curving dorsally
neat Dasalienc = sees eee os ee ree.)
(4) Male pygofer with a long spine eerendine pereraliee at caudal
margin, oedagus with short terminal portion, the anterior portion
with a dorsally produced structure, the apex of which is inflated
and curved anteriorly ~ Seat MRR tS. ye oS yn a _....calearus.
Male pygofer without a lng. spine (a ibe one in case of Phenas.
The anterior dorsally produced portion of oedagus without
anteriorly directed or curved terminal process... = OF
6. (5) Male oedagus long, rather uniformly wide throughout to near
apex, where it becomes narrowed and bifurcate at apex... lineatus.
Male oedagus gradually tapered to pointed apex, which is not bifurcate..7.
(6) Basal portion of oedagus curved strongly and produced dorsally,
the apex of which is enlarged and has a small process which pro-
trudes posteriorly; a heavy chitinous rod-like structure in the
PY ROLE lena. eee eee, Cee ee ae eee knulh.
Basal portion of the oedagus with a Ranga ultey process which
tapers to the apex and is not enlarged; no chitinous rod-like
Structure inithespy cote ss len. te ee See ee Oe 8.
8. (7) Basal dorsally produced process of pedeene narrow, terminal
portion long, extending to dorsal portion of segment. Styles with
sharp: pounted! apicess is hee ton le A oe ee virescens.
Basal dorsally produced process we the oedagus broader, terminal
portion shorter, not extending to dorsal wall of segment. Apices
Ofestyl esate nb lune) yap trite cle ees ee ne teen enn eee Ee 9.
9. (8) Female segment strongly roundingly produced, slightly notched
at middle, forming two lobate portions... guajanae.
Female segment truncate or slightly produced_.... 105
10. (9) Female segment short at sides, gradually produced and notched
either side of a median broad pointed tooth... minutus.
Female segment longer at sides, posterior margin truncate or slightly
produced, margin often embrowned..._. neglectus and var. pallidus.

Agellus neglectus (DeL. & Dav.).
Eugnathodus neglectus DeL. & Dav. Ohio Jour. Sci. 33: 55, 1933.

Usually pale or dark brownish in color with blunt head and distinct genitalia.
Length 3.5 mm.

Vertex almost four times as wide as long, broadly rounded, almost parallel
margined. Pronotum three times as long as vertex. Color pale to dark brown,
often with rather conspicuous markings on vertex, pronotum, and scutellum.
Elytra smoky to white.

Genitalia: Female last ventral segment almost truncate, posterior margin
slightly emarginate either side of a central slightly produced median tooth,
which is inconspicuous. Posterior margin narrowly embrowned. Male valve

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 5, MAY, 1935 105

rounded posteriorly, plates triangular, about half as wide at base as long
Pygofers exceeding plates. Oedagus in lateral view rather heavy at base,
anterior process extending dorsally, arising not far from the point of union with
the connective. Body of oedagus extending caudally, tapered and extending
dorsally and slightly posteriorly. Terminal portion about twice the length of
the anterior process.

This species is very common and widely distributed and occurs
in many areas.

Male holotype from Mt. Manitou, Colorado. Kemale
allotype from the same locality, and male and female paratypes
in the DeLong Collection. Paratypes in collection of U. S.
National Museum and personal collections of Herbert Osborn
and: BD. Ball.

This species has been taken from Tennessee, New York,
South Carolina, Kansas, lowa, Florida, California, Montana,
Idaho, Colorado, Louisiana, North Dakota, Puerto Rico,
Guatemala, South Dakota, Nevada, Nebraska, Texas, New
Mexico, Virginia, Georgia, Utah, Washington, Ohio, Arizona,
Kentucky, Illinois, Canal Zone, Pennsylvania, Mississippi,
District of Columbia, and New Hampshire.

Agellus neglectus variety pallidus (DeL. & Dav.).
Eugnathodus neglectus var. pallidus DeL. & Dav. Ohio Jour. Sci. 33 : 56, 1933.

Form and general appearance of neg/ectus with structural and genital char-
acters the same, but with pale green, pale yellow or white coloration. Dorsal
portion of abdomen black or dark brown. Elytra whitish subhyaline unmarked.

Although appearing different this form can not be distin-
guished from neg/ectus by structural characters.

Male holotype and female allotype from Clarksville, Ten-
nessee. Paratypes from the same locality. All are in the
DeLong Collection.

This variety has been taken from Iowa, North Dakota,
South Dakota, Kansas, New York, Tennessee, South Carolina,
New Mexico, Arizona, Colorado, California, and Florida.

Agellus guajanae (DeL.).
Eugnathodus guajanae Del. Jour Dept. Agr. Porto Rico. 7 : 267, 1923.

A round headed species, dark in color and with distinct genitalia. Length
3.5-4 mm.

Vertex broadly rounded, produced more than half its length before anterior
margins of eyes. More than three times as wide as long.

Color: Brown, often tinged with pink and marked with brownish longitudinal
vittae. Elytra yellowish or white, subhyaline, often tinged with brown.

Genitalia: Female last ventral segment rather deeply and narrowly notched
at middle, forming two broadly rounding lobes.. Male genital pieces as in
neglectus.

106 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 5, MAY, 1935

Although the male characters of meglectus, guajanae, and
minutus are exactly alike, the females are quite different in
structure as well as in color and size.

This species was described from and named for arrows of
sugar cane or “ guajanas.”’

Collections examined revealed the fact that this species is
present in Cuba, Haiti, Puerto Rico, Florida, Texas, Georgia,
Nevada, South Carolina, Guatemala, Virginia and California.

Agellus minutus (Osb.).
Eugnathodus minutus Osb. Jour. Dept. Agr. Porto Rico 13 : 101, 1929.

Resembling neglectus in form and appearance, but smaller with pale coloration,
Genitalia as in neglectus. Length 2.5 to 2.7 mm.

Vertex parallel margined, more than three times as wide between eyes as
length at middle. Pronotum twice as wide as median length.

Color: Pale yellow or gray, elytra white.

Genitalia: Female last ventral segment notched either side of a broad sharp
pointed median produced tooth. Male genital pieces the same as neglectus.

This species can be distinguished from neglectus by its small
size, coloration and female genital segment.

Holotype, allotype, and paratypes in the Osborn collection.
These specimens were collected at Aguirre, Puerto Rico, by

Herbert Osborn.

Agellus rosaceous (Osb.).
Eugnathodus rosaceous Osb. Jour. Dept. Agr. Porto Rico. 13 : 102, 1929.

Resembling guajanae in size and form but tinged with brightred. Length
3.5 mm.

Vertex almost parallel margined, slightly produced at middle.

Color tawny, marked with bright red. Pronotum, dorsum of abdomen and
basal portion of elytra especially heavily marked.

Genitalia: Female last ventral segment broadly roundedly produced. Only
female specimens are known and the male character can not be examined or
verified. This species is therefore separated on the color of the female.

Kemale holotype and paratypes from Aguirre, Puerto Rico,
are in the Osborn collection.

Agellus bisinuatus Del.

Eugnathodus bisinuatus DeL. Jour. Dept. Agr. Porto Rico. 7 : 266, 1923.

Eugnathodus pallidus Osb. Anns. Ent. Soc. Amer. 19 : 352, 1926.

Balelutha hyalina Osb. Anns. Ent. Soc. Amer. 19 : 352, 1926.

Eugnathodus bifurcatus Del. and Dav. Ohio Jour. Sci. 33 : 58, 1933.

Nesosteles areolata Osb. Bernice P. Bishop. Mus. Bull. 114 p. 266, 1934.

Nesosteles tutuilana Osb. Ins. Samoa. Pt. I]. Hemiptera, p. 188, Br. Mus.
Nat. Hist. 1934.

PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 5, MAY, 1935 107

In general appearance resembling neglectus, but with distinct male genitalia
and a bifurcate spine on the pygofer. Length 3.5 mm.

Vertex three and one-half times as wide as long, less than one third as long as
pronotum.

Color: Gray to dull green tinged with yellow without definite color markings.
Eyes usually dark.

Genitalia: Female last ventral segment with posterior margin almost trun-
cate, slightly indented either side of middle, forming a broad blunt sunken tooth.
A dark brown color marking on middle of posterior portion causes the segment
to appear deeply notched either side of a median broad rounded tooth. The
male genital pieces are unique. Style concave inwardly at base, constricted
about middle then enlarged to form a pair of finger like processes by being
deeply notched on outer margin. The basal one is heavy and short, the apical
one is long and strongly curving outward. Oedagus in lateral view rather
thick on basal half, without anterior process, terminal half curved and directed
anteriorly from erect position of basal portion. Pygofer witha heavily chitinized
spine extending into the genital chamber. A short chitinized spur also extends
downward from the lower end of the large spine.

The bifurcate spine of the male and the dark margined female segment easily
distinguish this species which has been described under several names.

Male paratypes of pallidus, hyalina, bifurcatus tutuilana and
areolata have been boiled in potassium hydroxide and have
proven to be this species.

This species has been taken from the following localities:
Florida, Puerto Rico, Cuba, Marquesa Island and Bolivia.

Holotype male from Rio Piedras, Puerto Rico, is in the DeLong
collection.

Agellus floridanus (DeL. & Dav.).

Eugnathodus floridanus DeL. & Dav. Ohio Jour. Sci. 33 : 56, 1933.
Nesosteles marquesana Osb. Bernice P. Bishop. Mus. Bull. 114, p. 265, 1934.

Resembling neglectus in general appearance, pale green in color and with
distinct genitalia. Length 3 mm.

Vertex three times as wide as long and one third as long as pronotum. Elytra
produced one third their length beyond apex of abdomen.

Color: Pale green marked with yellow. Elytra whitish subhyaline, veins
white, claval area yellowish.

Genitalia: Female last ventral segment long, posterior margin roundedly
produced, appearing notched at middle. Male genital pieces with styles in
ventral view broad at base, strongly narrowed to finger-like pointed apices,
which are divergent. Outer margin of style heavily chitinized on central
portion and curved downward. Connective of oedagus more deeply notched at
base than in other species. Oedagus in lateral view thick at base with anterior
portion extended slightly forward, upward and then directed posteriorly.
Body of oedagus extending dorsally and curving anteriorly into preceding

segment.

Holotype male, allotype female and female paratypes from
La Belle, Florida, and in the DeLong collection.

108 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 5, MAY, 1935

This species has been taken from the following localities:
Florida, Texas, Haiti, Cuba, Guatemala, Mexico, Canal Zone,
and Marquesa Islands.

Agellus sandersi, n. sp.

In size and general appearance resembling 4. floridanus but with head more
strongly produced and with distinct genitalia. Length 3 mm.

Vertex at middle produced almost its entire length before anterior margins
of the eyes. Almost four times as wide as median length. Pronotum strongly
convexly produced anteriorly.

Color: Smoky brown, vertex and anterior portion of pronotum with ver-
miculate brown markings. Abdomen dark brown.

Genitalia: Male oedagus strongly inflated at base, in lateral view, rapidly
narrowed to a long slender apical portion which extends dorsally and anteriorly.
In ventral view the oedagus appears long and slightly enlarged at apex.

Described from a single male specimen collected at Gamboa,
Canal Zone, January 31, 1921, by J. G. Sanders. Holotype
male in DeLong collection.

Agellus calearus (DeL. & Dav.).
Eugnathodus calcarus DeL. and Day. Ohio Jour. Sci. 33 : 57, 1933.

Resembling neglectus in form, size and appearance, but distinguished by the
male genital characters and a large spine on each pygofer. Length 3.5 mm.

Vertex broadly rounded, three and one half times as wide as long, produced
about one half its length before anterior margins of eyes.

Color: White to dull gray; vertex, anterior portion of pronotum, and basal
angles of scutellum, ferruginous to yellow. Elytra white, venation white.

Genitalia: Female last ventral segment sinuate with rather prominent lateral
angles and with underlying plates showing at side portions. Posterior margin
appearing notched at middle because of small triangular hyaline portion.

Male styles broad at base, concave inwardly on basal margin, tapered toward
apex. Conspicuously, abruptly notched toward base of outer margin forming
a'thick finger-like apical process which curves outwardly from inner margin.
Connective broad at base, and broadly, shallowly notched. Oedagus in lateral
view thick at base with anterior basal process directed dorsally and anteriorly.
Posterior portion extending into a long whip-like process which is gradually
narrowed and directed dorsally and anteriorly at apex. Pygofers of male with
a heavily chitinized spur arising at the ventral caudal portion and curving
upwardly and inwardly into the genital chamber.

This species can be easily distinguished from all others of the
genus by the heavy spur on each pygofer.

This species has been taken from Florida, Puerto Rico, and
the Marquesa Islands.

Holotype male and paratype male, collected at Miami,
Florida, and deposited in the DeLong collection.

Agellus lineatus (Osb.).

Eugnathodus lineatus Osb. Anns. Carnegie Mus. 15 : 449, 1924.
Eugnathodus flavidus Osb. Anns. Ent. Soc. Amer. 19 ; 351, 1926.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 5, MAY, 1935 109

Resembling guajanae but with distinct genitalia and a dark color marking on
the second apical cell. Length 3 mm.

Vertex produced more than one half its length before anterior margins of the
eyes, parallel margined.

Color: Dirty yellow with median orange or brown line on vertex and scutel-
lum. Elytra yellowish, costal half of second apical cell marked with a heavy
brown stripe half the width of the cell.

Genitalia: Female last ventral segment sinuate, a black semicircular spot at
middle. Male oedagus in lateral view with an anterior dorsally produced
portion, posterior portion longer, curved dorsally then tip narrowed, curved
anteriorly and bifid. In ventral view the oedagus appears rather long and shows
the outwardly curved portions with a median notch between them at caudal
extremity.

An examination of the type specimens of /imeatus and flavidus
Osborn show them to be exactly alike in genital structures,
coloration and markings. The brown stripe on apical cell is
conspicuous and characteristic of both.

Female holotype and male allotype in Osborn collection. The
holotype is from Bolivia and the allotype from Cuba.

As far as known this species occurs in Cuba, Canal Zone,
and Bolivia.

Agellus knulli, n. sp.

In general appearance resembling floridanus but slightly larger and with
distinct genitalia. Length 3-3.5 mm.

Vertex rather strongly produced, more than one half its length before anterior
margins of the eyes, more than three times as wide as long. Pronotum more
than twice as wide as long.

Color: Pale green tinged with white.

Genitalia: Female last ventral segment with a rather broad shallow emargina-
tion. Brown color of the segment causing it to appear twice notched either side
of a broad sunken median tooth. Male pygofers with a heavy chitinous bar
extending from caudal ventral portion dorsally and somewhat anteriorly along
the wall. Styles with heavy spine-like posterior portions which are divergent.
Oedagus in lateral view with anterior portion extending dorsally and enlarged
at anterior dorsal end. Posterior portion curved dorsally and anteriorly over
anterior portion.

Described from a series of fourteen specimens collected by
Prof. J. N. Knull at Brownsville, Texas, May DS and June iy
1934. We take pleasure in naming this unique species in honor
of Professor Knull.

Holotype male and allotype female from Brownsville, Texas.
Paratypes from Brownsville, Texas, all in the DeLong collec-
tion. One paratype male from Cuba in the Osborn collection.

Agellus virescens (Osb.).

Eugnathodus virescens Osb. Anns. Ent. Soc. Amer. 19 : 351, 1926.
Eugnathodus abbreviatus DeL. and Dav. Ohio Jour. Sci. 33 : 57, 1933.

PLATE 9 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH, VOL, 37

B.ABDOMINALIS -—

.
‘

o ;
~~~ Jj
A

ive

ARIZONA

B ABDOMINALIS B. IMPICTA

IMPICTA

B. ABDOMINALIS

B. CALIFORNICA

B. PUNGTATA

B. IMPICTA

f°) A. KNULLI

A. LINEATUS

A. MINUTUS A. CALCARUS A. BISINUATUS A. NEGLECTUS A. GUAJANAE

[110]

PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 37 PLATE LO

& FLORIDANUS

A. CALCARUS

A BISINUATUS

A VIRESCENS

A. SANDERS!

A NEGLECTUS

A BISINUATUS

A. VIRESCENS

A VIRESCENS

A FLORIDANUS

= Z
| ) &. FLORIDANUS
A. LINEATUS VY
A. SANDERS!
A. LINEATUS

A. SANDERSI

A. CALCARUS

A, LINEATUS A NEGLECTUS

A. LINEATUS A. LINEATUS

(alia

{hile PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 5, MAY, 1935

Short and robust, pale yellow in color and with distinct genitalia. Length
2.5 mm.

Vertex broadly rounded, more than three times as wide as long. Produced
two-thirds its length before anterior margins of the eyes. Pronotum three
times as long as vertex.

Color: Pale yellow or white washed with bright yellow. Eyes usually dark
brown. Elytra whitish subhyaline, claval area washed with yellow.

Genitalia: Female last ventral segment slightly produced and sinuate either
side of a slightly produced median tooth-like portion. Male valve short and
rather broad. Plates about one and one half times as long as broad, apices
blunt. Styles in ventral view rather long, wide at base, triangular, rather
abruptly narrowed to divergent finger-like tips. Oedagus in lateral view with
a long thick finger-like portion at base extending dorsally. Body of oedagus
long and curved, extending dorsally and with apex directed anteriorly.

Male allotype, and female paratypes from Cuba and in the
Herbert Osborn collection. This species has been coiljected in
the following localities: Florida, Cuba, Puerto Rico, and Peru.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 9.

Ventral and lateral views of the male genitalia showing styles and oedagus
in normal position in the genital chamber. Also drawings of the styles in
ventral view, the oedagi in side view, and the last ventral segment of the abdo-
men of several females.

ExpLANATION OF PLATE 10.

Ventral and lateral views of male genitalia, showing styles and oedagus in
normal position in the genital chamber.

FOUR LUPINE APHIDS.'!
By Georce F. Know tron.

This report deals with two described and two apparently
undescribed aphids which infest Lupinus in western United
States.

Aphis species on Lupinus.
Antennal III with 3 to 6 sensoria in alate. /upini
Antennal III with 12 to 18 sensoria in alate... lupine-hansoni, n. sp.

Aphis lupini Gillette and Palmer.
Gillette and Palmer, dunn. Ent. Soc. Amer., 22 : 18-20, 1929.
This species has been collected in Utah upon Lupinus at
Grouse Creek, Raft River Mountains (Tanner, Knowlton), and

Wellsville, Utah. Wherever found by the writer, the large
green, wingless females have been present in abundance.

‘Contribution from the Department of Entomology, Utah Agricultural
Experiment Station.
Authorized for publication by Director, April 12, 1935.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 5, MAY, 1935 ARS

Figure A, 7-10, drawn from metatypes, loaned by Professor

M. A. Palmer.

Alate vivipara.—Antennal III, 0.35 to 0.39 mm. long with 3 to 6 sensoria;
IV, 0.25 to 0.31; V, 0.23 to 0.27; VI, 0.14-++0.21 to 0.25 mm.; rostral IV+-V,
0.18; cornicles dusky, 0.19 to 0.23 mm. long.

Apterous vivipara.—Antennal III, 0.35 to 0.4 mm.; without sensoria; IV,
0.26 to 0.33; V, 0.24 to 0.27; VI, 0.14 + 0.25 to 0.29 mm.; rostrum slenderly
obtuse, reaching third coxae; cornicles 0.25 to 0.3 mm.

Fig. A.—Aphis lupine-hansoni, n. sp. Alate, 1, 3, 6; apterous, 2, 4, 5.
A. lupini G. and P. Alate, 8, 10; apterous, 7, 9.

Aphis lupine-hansoni, n. sp.

This apparently undescribed aphid (Fig. A, 1-6) was col-
lected upon Lupinus at Puyallup, Washington, June 23, 1933,
by A. J. Hanson, Entomologist of the Western Washington
Experiment Station. The writer is indebted to Professor
M. A. Palmer of the Colorado Agricultural Experiment Station
for examining material of this species.

Alate vivipara.—Size 1.7 to 2.36 mm. long and 0.81 to 1.22 wide; antennae
1.42 to 1.66 mm. long and dusky to blackish; antennal III, 0.36 to 0.44 mm.
long with 12 to 18 sensoria; IV, 0.24 to 0.33 with 0 to 2 sensoria; V, 0.23 to 0.26;
VI, 0.11-++-0.31 to 0.14++-0.37 mm.; rostrum reaching second coxae; rostral IV
+V obtuse, 0.13 mm. long; wing venation typical; hind tibiae 1.09 to 1.25 mm.
long; hind tarsi 0.13; cornicles blackish, 0.21 to 0.26 mm. long; cauda blackish,
0.11 mm. long through middle of sclerotized portion; tubercles on prothorax
and | and 7 abdominal pees prominently developed.

Apterous vivipara.—Size 2.2 to 2.35 mm. long and 1.5 to 1 G2 wide; much of
cuticula weakly retieularede to somewhat rugulose; antennae 1.4 to 1.58 mm.
long; antennal ITI, 0.36 to 0.43, without sensoria; IV, 0.26 to 0.29; V, 0.22 to
0.25; VI, 0.12 to 0.13--0.31 to 0.36 mm.; cornicles 0.32 to 0.34 mm., blackish,
evindcical to somewhat wider toward been: cauda_ blackish; ahdomen with

114 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 5, MAY, 1935

dusky irregular areas near cornicles and elongate dorsal areas on abdominal
segments 6 to 8.

Aphis lupine-hansoni differs from A. lupini G. and P. in having 12 to 18
sensoria upon antennal III of alates and frequently possessing | or 2 upon
antennal IV, whereas /wpini has 3 to 6 upon III and none upon IV.

Type in the co ae of the writer. Paratypes in the col-
lections of the U. S. National Museum ‘and A. J. Hanson.

MacrosipHum Species ON Lupinus

Antennal III with 20 to 40 sensoria albifrons
Antennal III with fewer than 30 sensoria in alate and 10
in aptera

Macrosiphum albifrons, Essig.
Essig, Pomona Fr. Hnt., 3: 543-546, 1911.

Dr. E. O. Essig generously supplied the writer with cotype
material of this lupine-infesting species (Hig. B, 57) for com-
parison with Utah material of M. zionensis.

Alate vivipara—Antennal II], 1.1 to 1.25 mm. with 30 to 45 sensoria; IV,
0.95 to 1.03; V, 0.75 to 0.8; VI, 0.19+1.3 to 1.45 mm.; rostral IV+V, 0.18
mm. long; hand tibiae 3 mm. inne hind tarsi 0.21; ate clee 0.8 to 0.88 mm.
long, green, with distal third dusky, and apical 0.15 mm. reticulated.

Apterous vivipara.—Antennal II], 1.13 to 1.25 mm. with 25 to 45 sensoria;
[V, 0.83 to 0.95; V, 0.65 to 0.85; VI, 0.15 to 0.18-+-0.99 to 1.4 mm.

) aXe) ) Fee lee) TS
P22 PP AD Deep
Pele kere re

Y
BD a ipaeeee

Fig. B.—Macrosiphum zionensis, n. sp. Alate, 2; apterous 1, 3, 4,
M, albifrons Essig. Alate, 6; apterous 5 7

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 5, MAY, 1935 115

Macrosiphum zionensis, n. sp.

Winged and apterous specimens (Fig. B, 1-3) were collected
upon Lupinus at Panguitch, Utah, July 14, 1925, while the
writer was returning from a trip to Zion National Park.

Alate vivipara.—Color green; antennal tubercles well developed; antennae
long and black, except proximal ends of III and distal tips of III, IV, and V,
which are pale; antennal III, 1.15 mm. long, with 25 to 27 sensoria; IV, 1.22;
V, 1.03; VI, 0.19-++-0.80-+ (broken); rostrum reaching second coxae, tip narrowly
obtuse; rostral IV+-V, 0.16 mm.; wing venation typical; hind tibiae 3.4 mm.;
hind tarsi 0.26; cornicles black, 0.88 mm. long with about 0.13 mm. at distal
end reticulated; cauda large, pale, 0.49 mm. long on mid-line and 0.62 total.

Apterous vivipara.—Size large, 4.06 mm. long (exclusive of cauda) and 1.66
wide; antennae dusky with distal third of V and proximal fourth of VI blacker;
antennal III, 1.24 mm. long, with 2 to 3 sensoria; IV, 1.22; V, 1.14; VI, 0.23
+1.5 mm.; hind tibiae 3.7 mm. long; hind tarsi, 0.26; cornicles black, 0.98 mm.
long; cauda pale, about 0.6 mm. long through median sclerotized portion and
0.78 greatest length.

Macrosiphum zionensis runs to M. rudbeckiae in Gillette and
Palmer’s key (4un. Ent. Soc. Amer., 27 : 169-170, 1934), from
which it differs markedly in color, much longer antennal seg-
ments, cauda, cornicles, etc. It more nearly resembled M.
albifrons Essig, from which it differs in having cornicles black
throughout and only about one-tenth as many sensoria on
antennal III of aptera.

Type in the collection of the writer.

MINUTES OF THE 464TH REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, APRIL 4, 1935.

The 464th regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
held at 8 p. M., Thursday, April 4, 1935, in room 43 of the new building of the
National Museum. B. A. Porter, president, presided. Those in attendance
numbered 37 members and 19 visitors. The minutes of the previous meeting
were read and approved.

Under the heading of business, the Recording Secretary read a report of a
meeting of the Executive Committee, held to decide upon the disposition of old
publication files of the Society, and reported the decisions reached by the com-
mittee.

Upon recommendation of the Executive Committee, Dr. J. W. Folsom, of
Tallulah, La., and Mr. C. E. Smith, of Baton Rouge, La., both of the Bureau of
Entomology and Plant Quarantine, were elected to membership by unanimous
vote of the Society.

Under the heading of “Notes and Exhibition of Specimens”? Mr. Austin
H. Clark exhibited a typical male of Enodia creola (Skinner) taken in Michigan
by Bruce, a female from Palos Park, IIl., dated July 9, 1911, and another female

116 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 5, MAY, 1935

without data, all from the Edward T. Owen collection, now in the National
Museum. This species is rare in collections, and was previously known only
from Texas (Strecker, 1878); Opelousas, La. (the type locality; Skinner, 1897);
and southeast of Athens, Ga. (Richards, 1931; U. S. National Museum).
(Author’s abstract.)

Dr. Titus Ulke presented a note on the occurrence of Tricrania sanguinipennis
Say in the burrows of Colletes inaequalis Say in the District of Columbia.
Dr. Ulke obtained eight specimens each, including both sexes, of the interesting
solitary ground bees and the meloid beetle which in its larval stages is parasitic
on the bees, by digging out a sandy bank in Rock Creek Park at the foot of
Blagden Avenue. The Colletes here recorded is of a different species than that
named by Parker and Boéving as the host of Tricrania sanguinipennis in their
1924 paper on that blister beetle. The specimens of Colletes inaequalis were
determined by Miss Grace Sandhouse, of the Bureau of Entomology and Plant
Quarantine.

The above appears to be a new record of Tricrania in the District of Columbia,
although the species has been recorded from brood cells of the same species of
bee at Poughkeepsie, New York, in 1921. Both living and preserved specimens
of the beetle and bee discussed were exhibited to the Society. (Author’s
abstract.)

Dr. E. A. Back exhibited a large gourd, which he stated was used as a con-
tainer for crickets which were used as bait by fishermen at Thomasville, Georgia.

The president announced the receipt of a communication from the authorities
of the Civic Museum of Natural History at Genova, Italy, inviting the Society
to send felicitations to Dr. Raffaello Gestro of that museum, on the occasion of
his 90th birthday anniversary. Dr. L. O. Howard spoke briefly of his acquain-
tance with Dr. Gestro.

First on the regular program was a communication by Dr. F. W. Poos,
entitled, ‘Vectors of bacterial wilt of corn.” The results of this work on the
insect vectors of bacterial wilt of corn, carried on at Arlington Farm, Virginia,
will be published in the near future; consequently no abstract was submitted
for inclusion in the proceedings.

This paper was discussed by Rohwer, McIndoo, and Ewing.

The second communication on the regular program was by Dr. Wm. Schaus,
entitled, ““What is the objective of mimicry?” Dr. Schaus read a paper dealing
with the fallacies of mimicry, based on the results of many years study on the
similarity of coloration of the Lepidoptera in Neotropical America. He was
soon convinced that so-called mimicry was simply a result of development along
parallel lines under similar conditions; he also found there was no reason to
believe in protection of coloration, the protection depending entirely on the
ability of the searcher. (Author’s abstract.)

This communication was discussed by Clark, Busck, and Howard.

Upon invitation from the chair, Dr. C. L. Marlatt addressed the society
briefly.

Meeting adjourned at 9.50 p. mM. P. W. Oman,

Recording Secretary.

Actual date of publication Fune 24, 1935.

VOL. 37 JUNE, 1935

No. 6
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF WASHINGTON

—

Je STi] Uigy
f

eA SL
CONTENTS

EMMART, EMILY WALCOTT.—STUDIES OF THE CHROMOSOMES OF ANASTREPHA
(DIPTERA : TRYPETIDAE)

119

FISHER, W. S.—A NEW GENUS OF BUPRESTIDAE FROM UTAH (COLEOPTERA) . 117
WALTON, W. R.—SUBSTITUTES, ARSENICAL OR NONARSENICAL 136

PusiisHeD MontHiy Except Jury, AuGust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918,

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 p. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the PRocEEDINGS and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1935.

Etonorary President 2 3 oe 8 ee es ee ee OO
resident. ht ik ban sls Bb4-d tees) oe ee ee ee Cee aA
Birst Vice-President... Ae 3) as > Aue ce 2 ro eG habe
Wesond Vice-President ew. fw es er wth a NE. Meee
Recording. SCChelary eo we Ss eee re EE ee
Gorresponding Secretary ireasurerm a. se be) ee ee) oe
Wdttor, ae. 42 wie, eos We Res WALTON

Members of the Executive Committee: S. A. ROHWER, J. S. WADE, H. E.
EWING.
Representing the Society as Vice-President
of the Washington Academy of Sciences... .. .. . .H. MORRISON

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the ProceepinGs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.

50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies pO 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL. 37 JUNE, 31935 No. 6

A NEW GENUS OF BUPRESTIDAE FROM UTAH (COLEOPTERA).

By W. S. FIsHEr,
Associate Entomologist, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine,
United States Department of Agriculture.

This interesting Buprestid beetle was received from George F.
Knowlton, Associate Entomologist, Utah State Agricultural
College, Logan, Utah, for identification. Previously only two
genera in which the antennae are flabellate have been described
in the Buprestidae and these were both described from unique
males. Horn in 1866 (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., pp. 384-385),
described Xenorhipis from Illinois, and Fall in 1930 (Pan-
Pacific Entomol., vol. 7, No. 2, pp. 74-76), described Hesperor-
hipis from California.

KNOWLTONIA, new genus.

Head vertical; front wider at bottom than at top, narrowed by insertion of
antennae; mentum corneous at base, membranous at apex; antennal cavities
small, round, situated a considerable distance from the eyes. Antenna 11-
jointed; first joint elongate, expanded toward apex; second joint short, globose;
third joint produced at apex; the following joints, including the eleventh,
strongly biramose. Eyes large, elongate, inner margins obliquely converging
toward top. Pronotum wider than long; anterior margin nearly truncate;
base bisinuate, median lobe strongly produced. Scutellum small, triangular.
Elytra strongly angulated at base, slightly expanded behind the middle. Sternal
cavities formed by mesosternum and metasternum; mesosternum divided;
metasternum truncate in front, the side pieces narrow. Prosternum nearly
flat; anterior margin truncate; prosternal process strongly constricted by coxal
cavities, acutely expanded behind coxae, acutely angulated at apex. Posterior
coxa strongly expanded internally; anterior margin straight; posterior margin
oblique. Legs robust; femora expanded at middle, anterior pair more robust,
armed on inner margin with a large, acute tooth; anterior and middle tibiae
slightly arcuate; posterior tibiae straight; tarsi compressed, first joint of poster-
ior pair elongate, third joint truncate at apex; tarsal claws simple. Body
oblong, moderately convex.

Genotype.—Knowltonia biramosa, new species.

This genus belongs to the tribe Chrysobothrini and is closely
related to Chrysobothris Eschscholtz, but it differs from all

118 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 6, JUNE, 1935

the known genera of Buprestidae in having strongly biramose
antennae. The type seems to be a male, and probably the
female will have simple antennae, similar to those of the females
in Xenorhipis.

Knowltonia biramosa, new species.

Broadly elongate, moderately convex, feebly shining; above brownish
cupreous, with a more or less greenish tinge, the elytra ornamented with irregu-
lar, violaceous black spots; beneath brownish cupreous, with distinct greenish
and aeneous reflections.

Head with the front slightly convex, the sides obliquely narrowed from bottom
to vertex; surface densely, coarsely, irregularly punctate, feebly granulose,
sparsely clothed anteriorly with short, erect, inconspicuous hairs; epistoma
broadly, arcuately emarginate in front. Eyes narrow, moderately convex;
equally rounded above and beneath, separated from each other on the top by
the width between the antennal cavities. Antenna extending to basal third of
pronotum, densely granulose, basal joints coarsely punctate, rami densely
clothed with short, erect hairs or setae, the outer ramus on each joint slightly
shorter than the inner one.

Pronotum twice as wide as long, subequal in width at base and apex, widest
just behind the middle; sides arcuately rounded, the posterior angles broadly
rounded; base nearly truncate on each side, with the median lobe strongly
produced and broadly rounded; disk uniformly convex; surface feebly granu-
lose, rather densely, coarsely, irregularly punctate, slightly, transversely rugose
along base.

Elytra at base as wide as pronotum near middle, widest at apical third;
sides feebly, obliquely narrowed from base to apical third, then arcuately
narrowed to the tips, which are conjointly broadly rounded, the margins feebly
serrate posteriorly; disk slightly uneven, with deep, round, basal depressions;
surface finely, densely granulose, more or less rugose, coarsely, densely punc-
tate, each elytron ornamented with violaceous black markings as follows:

A large, irregular, elongate spot covering the median part, but interrupted
at middle and apical third by brownish cupreous spots.

Body beneath coarsely, irregularly punctate, sparsely clothed with short,
erect, inconspicuous hairs; abdominal segments impunctate along anterior and
posterior margins, the last segment broadly, arcuately emarginate at apex.

Length, 10 mm; width, 4 mm.

Type locality —Skull Valley, Utah.

Type—Cat. No. 50965, U. S. National Museum.

Described from a single specimen, probably a male, collected
at the type locality, July 6, 1934, by C. F. Smith. Skull Valley
is in Tooele County, and is about 50 miles long, averages 15
miles in width, and extends south from a point 8 miles southwest
of the Great Salt Lake. By automobile, Skull Valley begins
54 miles west of Salt Lake City.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 6, JUNE, 1935 119

STUDIES OF THE CHROMOSOMES OF ANASTREPHA
(DIPTERA: TRYPETIDAE).

I. THe CHromosomMes or THE FRuttr-FLy, Anastrepha ludens Loew.
By Emity Watcorr Emmart, Pxu.D., The Yohns Hopkins University.
INTRODUCTION.

The wide variation of external appearance of individuals of
the same species of the fruit flies of the genus Anastrepha and
the frequest close resemblance of individuals of related forms in
different localities has led to the question of the validity of the
characters used to distinguish the species in a number of cases.
The present study of the chromosome number and pattern of
the species of Anastrepha common in Mexico was begun in an
effort to give cytological evidence for the identification of
species.’ Since Anastrepha ludens Loew is by far the dominant
form in Mexico, this species was selected for the initial study of
the chromosomes of the genus. The present paper confines
itself entirely to the spermatogonial and meiotic figures during
spermatogenesis of the species 4nastrepha ludens, a form which
can readily be obtained in Mexico City at all seasons of the
year although the available supply fluctuates with the seasonal
fruit crop.

Although diverse species of Anastrepha may be found in the
West Indies, as well as in South America and Central America,
the species Auastrepha ludens seems to be confined to the
continent (Kisliuk ’29; Kisltuk and Cooley ’33). It has been
collected in Brazil, Panama, Guatemala, Mexico, and the
United States. One species now placed in the genus 4nastrepha,
A. pallens Coq., is native to Texas and the region along the
Mexican border, having been first recorded from Brownsville,
Texas. Recently other species of the genus, especially 4. /udens,
A. serpentina Wied., and A. acidusa Walk., have been collected
within the United States, and intensive efforts through the
work of the Federal and State agencies are being made to
eradicate them. That these latter forms have not been recorded
previously leads to one of two conclusions, either that the recent
interest in these pests has been accompanied with a more
vigorous search for the fly or that species of the genus Anastrepha
are actually migrating northward. The arid condition of most of
northern Mexico and the consequent lack of extensive orchards
constitute a natural barrier to the fly, whose flight migrations
are confined to short distances (Crawford ’27). Once estab-
lished, however, the fly is difficult to exterminate since it breeds

!This work was begun while the author was stationed at the laboratory of the
Bureau of Entomology in Mexico City and continued at the Johns Hopkins
University.

120 PROC.“ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 6, JUNE, 1935

in a wide variety of fruits. The species dvastrepha ludens has
been reported as infesting the avocado, grapefruit, guava, lime,
mamey, orange, peach, plum, pomegranate, sapote, yucca pods,
and especially the mango, which is its preferred host near
Mexico City.

The wide distribution and the dominance of Anastrepha
/udens in Mexico, especially in the fertile valley of Morelos and
the fruit-growing areas of Vera Cruz, indicate that this form
has long been present in Mexico. Probably the earliest pictorial
record of a fruit fly is to be found in the Sahagun manuscripts
written during the first half of the 16th century in the neighbor-
hood of Mexico City. Friar Bernardino de Sahagun, in his
“Historia de las Cosas de Nueva Espafia,” has given us an
account of some of the fruit trees common in Mexico. On
plate 99 of book eleven, there is depicted a tree bearing yellow-
skinned fruit. Below the tree is a large yellow bodied dipterid
flying toward the fruit. It was customary in these early manu-
scripts to carry over the Aztec idea of symbolic association of
closely related things. The Aztec water symbol, for example,
was drawn beside a fruit tree which grew beside a river. Hum-
mingbirds were frequently shown beside plants with nectaries.
In similar association we have here depicted a yellow-skinned
fruit which was always infested with certain yellow bodied,
black barred flies. The fact that the fruit fly was associated
with the fruit tree, as a means of identifying the tree, seems to
indicate that the fruit orchards of those early times were as
much infested as they are to-day. Under favorable growth
conditions to-day some 50 to 60 per cent of the total fruit crops
are destroyed in the same regions (Crawford ’27).

Seventy-two years ago, the Austrian entomologist Loew
described for the first time the Mexican fruit fly, giving it the
name Trypeta ludens. It was discovered in the State of Morelos
and was referred to as the “Morelos orange worm.” Of the
possible 45 known species of Anastrepha only 4 Anastrepha
striata Schiner, 4. serpentina Wied., 4. acidusa Walk., and
A. ludens Loew, are of economic importance in Mexico, the
last being most abundant and causing by far the most serious
damage to fruit crops. The species dvastrepha acidusa, prior
to the recent publication of Greene (34), was referred to as
A. fraterculus WWied., a form which is still so closely related to
A. acidusa that one is easily mistaken for the other.

A number of different characters have been used to identify
the various species. For a large number of forms the external
morphological characters have been successfully used to sep-
arate the species. (For bibliographical references see Greene
°34.) The structures of the mouth parts of the larvae as well
as the arrangement and structure of the spiracular plate of the
pupae have been used as means for separating the species closely

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 6, JUNE, 1935 121

related in appearance (Greene ’29). The genitalia have been
studied in an effort to show a correlation between their form
and the species to which they belong (Dampf ’33). The egg
structure of the four species common in Mexico has been
studied and has been shown to be an additional means of
identifying the four dominant species in that country (Emmart
°33). Further studies will be needed before this latter method
can be considered a criterion for all species. The great variation
in size, wing pattern, and body color of a number of specimens
of the same species reared under different conditions has led to
the question as to whether a more exact and permanent differ-
ence may be found in the chromosomes. It is hoped that the
chromosomes of Anastrepha ludens may be used as a basis for
comparison with those of the other species.

MaArerIALS AND MeEruops.

The material for these investigations was obtained from
infested mangoes from Cuernavaca, and from mangoes and
sour oranges from Colima, Mexico. The larvae were removed
from the fruit, washed, and placed on soil to pupate. After
pupation the pupae were placed on moist filter paper in petri
dishes and then placed in constant-temperature incubators.
Thus flies of a known date of pupation were reared in the labora-
tory and at a constant temperature so that the onset of emer-
gence of any group of pupae could be predicted within a few
hours. Of the hundreds of pupae reared in the laboratory, all,
upon emergence, were found to be of the expected species.

Preparations were made from larvae a day before hatching
and from flies within a few hours after hatching to a day after
hatching. Good preparations showing the desired prophase
and metaphase stages of meiosis were obtained from young of
both ages. Younger than a day before hatching, the testes are
dificult to find. However, upon emergence of the fly they
appear as orange-colored oval bodies and of a size which can be
detected with the eye. With care they can be dissected from
the abdomen without injury. Immediately upon removal they
were plunged into Bouin’s solution, slightly warmed to hasten
penetration. They were then washed, dehydrated, imbedded
in paraffin, sectioned at either 6 or 8 microns and stained with
Delafield’s haematoxylin.

GENERAL STRUCTURE OF THE TESTIS.

Unlike the testis of Drosophila melanogaster Meig. (Huettner,
30 and Sciara coprophila (Du Bois, ’32), the testis of Anas-
trepha ludens L. 1s not a coiled tubular structure but an oval
structure in the pupal stage which becomes somewhat elongate
in the mature fly. In longitudinal section it shows a compact

122 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 6, JUNE, 1935

arrangement of successively maturing follicles from the primi-
tive germ cells in the distal or apical end to the mature sperm
at the proximal end. Shortly before hatching the proximal end
of the testis begins to enlarge, and the inner surface of the
testicular wall becomes lined with large epitheloid cells which
form the sperm receptacle and are continuous with the cells of
the sperm duct although somewhat larger in size (Plate 11,
Fig. 1). Within a day after hatching the receptacle is fully
developed and filled with mature sperm. In the testis the sperm
tend to arrange themselves in packets but these break up as
the sperm enter the sperm duct.

CELLS oF SERTOLI.

The cellular content of the testis of 4. /udens differs from that
of many other Diptera in the presence of numerous cells of
Sertoli or nurse cells which are scattered about between the
follicles of developing sperm cells and the packets of fully
developed sperm. These cells are large ovoid cells which tend
to be somewhat irregular in shape. They are considerably
larger than the primary spermatogonia and differ markedly in
staining reaction to haematoxylin (Plate 11, Fig. 2, Plate 13,
Fig. 1). The cytoplasm remains clear except for irregular-sized
granules which together with the nucleus stain heavily. In
general the cells are paler than the developing sperm cells and
can readily be distinguished from the latter by their size,
color, and isolated positions. Both types of cells are believed
to have the same origin (Metz, ’32).

SPERMATOGENESIS.
a. The spermatogonia.

As in the fly 4silus notatus Wied (Metz and Nonidez ’23), the
follicles of the spermatogonia and spermatocytes represent
successive stages of development from the distal end filled with
spermatogonia to the proximal end opening into the sperm duct
(Plate 11, Fig. 1). In Anastrepha this arrangement 1s visible
both in the pupa and in the young fly. In the extreme distal
end the follicular arrangement is not distinctly marked but
this becomes apparent in the region of the final spermatogonial
telophase and continues on through developing spermatocytes
and spermatides until the fully formed sperm appear.

The cytoplasm of the cells of the spermatogonial divisions
stain more heavily, making the study of the diploid chromo-
somes difficult but tending to differentiate the spermatogonial
divisions from growth stages of the primary spermatocyte.
In the earlier stages of the spermatogonial cells at the extreme
apical end of the testis the nucleus appears in a typical resting
stage, the nucleolus small and compact, and the cytoplasm

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 6, JUNE, 1935 123

differing somewhat from the later phase in that it is pale and
homogeneous. The nucleolus soon pairs as the prophase
progresses and is usually seen as a bilobed structure (Plate 14,
Figs. 3 and 4). Both the cytoplasm and the nucleus of the
early spermatogonial phases stain heavily with haematoxylin
so that it was impossible to observe the formation of the
chromosomes in the developing prophase. As they diffuse out
into double threads the whole nucleus stains heavily, obscuring
the details. At the late prophase, however, the diploid number
of chromosomes make their appearance (Plate 14, Fig. 5).

This is the only stage of the spermatogonial division at which
the chromatic units are distinct. At this stage ten distinct
chromosomes can be readily distinguished. As has been pre-
viously described in Drosophila (Stevens ’08, Metz ’23, and
Huettner 30) the chromosomes arrange themselves in pairs
before splitting. The stages following the splitting of the five
pairs of chromosomes are brief and the details of specific
chromosomes are impossible to follow. In the anaphase, pairs
of chromosomes become compact, thickened, and shortened
so that, 1f looked at in polar view, they frequently appear as an
irregular ringlike mass (Plate 14, Fig. 6). As the telophase
develops the chromatin forms a heavily staining compact mass
surrounded by a clear hyaline area. In a follicle in which all
the cells are in the final spermatogonial telophase the black
staining spherical masses of chromatin stand out in sharp
contrast to all other cells in the testis. Neither of the telophases
of the first or second spermatocyte stain so darkly.

THE Primary SPERMATOCYTE.
a. Growth Stage.

Immediately following the final spermatogonial telophase the
cells begin to enlarge (Plate 13, fig. 3). At first the cytoplasm
is not markedly different from the prophase of the sperma-
togonial stages but with increase in size of the developing
prophase the cytoplasm becomes more homogeneous and stains
less darkly. In the early growth phases the nucleolus is a small
mass acentrally placed. Although indistinct at first there is in
the earliest stage some indication of a bilobed structure. As
growth proceeds a vesicular area makes its appearance around
the nucleolar mass and at the same time its bilobed state
becomes obvious (Plate 14, figs. 8 to 12). These two chromatin
masses appear to be continuous with the first pair of chro-
mosomes which diffuse out from the spireme.

In Drosophila melanogaster, a large spherical, pale staining
nucleolus is present before the appearance of any of the paired
chromosomes (Huettner ’30). Since this body stains lightly
with Feulgen stain Huettner believes that it is not of true
chromatin material and that ‘The large nucleolus present in

124 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 6, JUNE, 1935

the primary spermatocyte and other nuclear inclusions which
stain black with hematoxylin have nothing to do with the
chromosomes.” Accepting the specific action of Feulgen stain
upon chromatin as a criterion for the presence of the latter he
adds that the ‘“‘chromatin disappears in the early growth period
of the primary spermatocyte by diffusing into the karyoplasm”’
and that it remains in this condition until the appearance of
the leptotene threads. In his discussion of the chromosome
behavior in Diptera, Metz (Cowdry’s Special Cytology 32)
states that the nucleolus is at first uniformly dense, but that
later it becomes differentiated into two portions, one dark
staining chromatic part and another pale staining part which 1s
presumably made up of “true” nucleolar or “plasmosome”
material. He adds that, “In this case, as in many others, it 1s
dificult to make a clear distinction between the basophilic
(chromatic) and oxyphilic (plasmosome) materials in the
nucleolus,” and, in so far as he is aware, “no consistent difter-
entiation based on staining reaction is possible. In some cases
the same body will take the acid plasma stains at one stage and
the basic chromatin stains at another stage in the same cell.”
In the preparation of the material for the present paper only
haematoxylin has been used in staining. Differentiation be-
tween plasmosomic and basophilic material would, therefore,
not be expected since both would stain with haematoxylin.
However, in Anastrepha ludens no spherical homogeneous body
which persists through successive growth stages, as in Asi/us
notatus (Metz and Nonidez ’23), has been observed. Whether
or not it is of true nucleolar or plasmosomic material, the
darkly staining body which appears in the early prophase
immediately differentiates as a bilobed structure and enlarges
as such (Plate 14, figs. 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12). In Asilus notatus
the deeply staining part of the nucleus with the attached thread
“is to be considered as representing the sex chromosomes (a
feature shown clearly by other species of Diptera)”’ (Metz
’°32Cowdry’s Cytology, p. 1745). From the present studies
on Anastrepha ludens \t would seem that the bilobed darkly
staining mass which appears to differentiate from the nucleolus
and the attached spireme is the primordia of the sex chromo-
somes. If these represent the x and y chromosomes, then the
sex chromosomes of Anastrepha ludens do not appear to be
conspicuously dimorphic. Since dimorphism of the x and y
chromosomes is the accepted criterion for identification, the
only other possible determination is by identifying the pair of
chromosomes attached to the nucleolus. It is hoped that
further studies may be carried out with the use of Feulgen stain
which will aid in differentiating nucleolar and chromatic parts

of this body.

i)
‘nn

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 6, JUNE, 1935 1

b. Late Prophase.

At the end of the growth period five diplotene threads
differentiate, and these shorten and thicken. In none of the
preparations of 4. /udens are chromomeres distinct, as has been
observed in Anastrepha serpentina (unpublished material).
These threads condense into distinct ented structures which
appear to conjugate (Plate 15, figs. 7, 8 and 9). This synapsis
does not occur in all pairs at the same time. As in Drosophila
(Metz ’32) synapsis often begins at one end in some of the
chromosomes. In the largest pair of chromosomes in Anastrepha
ludens the union appears to occur first in the middle of the
chromosomes (Plate 15, fig. 5). In follicles of cells in which the
chromosomes appear to be in complete synapsis the chromo-
somes are large with smooth contours, each pair tending to be
separated from the other by a vesicle (Plate 15, fig. 8). The
cytoplasm stains more heavily at this stage than in the previous
prophases (Plate 12, fig. 1, b). The number of the chromosomes
can be most readily determined at this pachytene stage since
all chromosomes have undergone complete synapsis. As is
shown in Plate 15, fig. 9, during this stage they appear as five
single chromosomes. They consist of one large twisted pair,
which is nearly twice as long as any of the other pairs, and four
smaller pairs of slightly varying sizes. Two of these latter pairs
have more pronounced curves, the other smaller ones are only
slightly curved.

Metaphase.

With the onset of the reduction division the chromosomes
begin to divide before they are arranged in typical metaphase
across the equatorial plate. During the early metaphase the
largest pair of chromosomes appear to be attached in the middle
to spindle fiber, thus forming a V-shaped structure. The others
are attached not far from one end where there is a curvature in
the chromosome. As they separate no typical tetrad condition
appears visible, the two members passing to opposite poles as
solid structures.

d. Anaphase.

In the anaphase the chromosomes straighten out in rodlike
structures (Plate 16, figs. 4 and 5). This stage affords an excel-
lent opportunity for quantitative measurements of chromosomes
of different species of the genus. In the late anaphase or early
telophase they shorten and become slightly curved, closely
resembling the pachytene stage (Plate 15, fig. 8).

126 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 6, JUNE, 1935

e. Telophase.

The telophase is brief; the customary stage showing the
condensation of the chromatin surrounded by a hyaline area
is often difficult to find. The size of telophase stages of the
first spermatocyte are nearly twice the size of those of the
second spermatocyte (Plate 12, fig. I, d and f; Plate 16, figs.
6 and 10).

THE SECONDARY SPERMATOCYTE.

The reductional division is followed by the rapid equational
division of the second spermatocyte. Here the cells are small
and the staining quality poor so that it is impossible to follow
chromatic details accurately. The prophase is extremely brief
and the condensation of the leptotene thread can be seen only
as a hazy condensed mass which becomes grouped into five
areas. The metaphase stains very faintly but in the late ana-
phase the chromosomes, although small and compact, can be
distinguished. The formation is identical with that of the
primary spermatocyte (Plate 16, figs. 4 and 9). The telophase
is followed immediately by the metamorphoses of the spermatid.
These latter stages have not been followed, since the purpose
of this paper has been to set forth those stages at which the
characteristic number, structure, and form of the chromosomes
might be followed.

ConcLusION — SUMMARY.

Summarizing briefly the spermatogenic activity of the
developing sperm cells of Anastrepha ludens, it may be said that
in general the main features do not differ markedly from those
of other Diptera previously described. The follicular arrange-
ment of germ cells in successive stages of development, and the
small number of chromosomes and their large size, make this
fly an excellent one for studies of chromosome aggregates.

1. The chromatic figures of the spermatogonial metaphase

show that the diploid number of chromosomes is ten and

that these tend to associate in pairs.

The chromatic figures of the late prophase of the primary

spermatocyte show complete synapsis of pairs of chro-

mosomes.

3. The reductional division occurs in the primary sperma-
tocyte, reducing the diploid number to five.

4. At the reductional division typical tetrad formation has not
been observed.

5. Asin the robber fly 4s7/us notatus, the nucleolus is a bilobed
structure attached to a pair of chromosomes.

6. The first preliminary description of the chromosomes of a
species of the genus 4nastrepha has been given.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 6, JUNE, 1935

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

127

All figures were traced with the camera lucida and drawn

with Kk

20 X ocular and X 90 oil-immersion objective.

Since

cells from different flies vary in size, the outline drawings in
plate 13 are included to show the relative size at different phases
of spermatogenesis. Drawings are reproduced without reduc-
tion in size.

Figure 1.

Figure 2.

Figure 1.

Figure 2

Acie lille

Longitudinal section through testis of mature fly:

a. Spermatogonial region.

4. Growth stages of the primary spermatocyte.

c. Telophase, secondary spermatocyte.

d. Packets of sperm.

e. Cell of Sertoli.

jf. Sperm receptacle.

Enlarged section of testis showing chromatic figures:

a. Prophase of primary spermatocyte.

4. Late prophase, showing five bivalent chromosomes
synapsis. (Pl. 15, figure 9.)

c. Cell of Sertoli.

d. Metamorphosing sperm.

Pimaan D2:

Enlarged section of testis:

a. Cell of Sertoli.

4. Prophase of primary spermatocyte.

c. Late prophase of primary spermatocyte.
d. Telophase of primary spermatocyte.

e. Prophase of secondary spermatocyte.

f. Wate anaphase of secondary spermatocyte.
Detail (high-power) of chromosomes:

during

a. Late prophase showing five chromosomes, primary spermatocyte.

4. Early anaphase, chromosomes passing to opposite poles.

c. Early telophase, showing long pair of chromosomes distinctly.

Prams oS:

Camera lucida tracings of successive stages of spermatogenesis,
showing growth of cell during the development of primary
spermatocyte. (Ocular K 20 X, objective oil-imm. X 90.)
All tracings are made from the same slide.

Figures

1 and 2. Spermatogonial prophase.

Figures 3 to 9. Developing prophase of primary spermatocyte.
Figure 10. Telophase of primary spermatocyte.

Figure 11.

Early prophase of secondary spermatocyte.

128

Figure
Figure
Figure

Figure

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 6, JUNE, 1935

U2.
3k
14.

Early telophase of secondary spermatocyte.
Late telophase of secondary spermatocyte.
Metamorphosing sperm.

PiateE 14.

Cell of Sertoli.

Primary spermatogonia.

Primary spermatogonia with enlarging nucleolus.

Primary spermatogonia, bilobed nucleolus.

Spermatogonial metaphase, showing diploid chromosomes.

Spermatogonial telophase.

Late spermatogonial telophase.

Early primary spermatocyte.

Primary spermatocyte, showing bilobed nucleolus.

Primary spermatocyte, showing first pair of chromosomes differen-
tiating from bilobed nucleolus.

Primary spermatocyte, showing further development of first pair
of chromosomes.

Late prophase, same as figure 11.

Late prophase, bivalent threads arising, clumping into 5 groups.

PLaTeE 15.

Diplotene threads separating into aggregates.
Bivalent chromosomes.

Bivalent chromosomes condensing.
Chromatic aggregates.

Early metaphase.

Late prophase.

Same as figure 6.

Same as figure 6, showing chromatic vesicles.
Compound chromosomes, prior to reduction.
First pair of chromosomes beginning to divide.
Further division of chromosomes.

Piece Ge

Late prophase, splitting of chromosomes of primary spermatocyte.
Metaphase of primary spermatocyte, reductional division.

Same as figure 2.

Late anaphase of primary spermatocyte.

Same as figure 4, but later in development.

Late telophase of primary spermatocyte.

Possible metaphase of secondary spermatocyte.

Anaphase of secondary spermatocyte.

Late anaphase of secondary spermatocyte.

Late telophase of secondary spermatocyte.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37 PLATE 11

PLATE 12 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37

‘| 130 }

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37 PLATE 13

[alee ale

PLATE 14 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 3¢

PLATE |

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 3¢

[133]

PLATE 16 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37

[ 134]

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 6, JUNE, 1935 135

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Crawrorpb, D. F.
1927. Investigation of the Mexican Fruit Fly (Anastrepha ludens Loew)
in Mexico, Calif., Mo. Bul. State Dept. Agr. 16 (422) — 445,

Damper, A.
1933. “Estudio Sobre el Oviscapto de las Moscas de la Fruta (Anastrepha
spp.) de Mexico.” Irrigacion en Mexico, 6 (3) : 263, 265 illus.

Du Bots, A. M.
1932. “A Contribution to the Embryology of Sciara (Diptera).”” Jour.
of Morphology, Vol. 54, no. 1, Dec.

Emmart, E. W.
1933. “The Eggs of Four Species of Fruit Flies of the Genus Anastrepha.”’
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. 35, no. 8, Nov.

GREENE, C. T.
1929. “Characters of the Larvae and Pupae of Certain Fruit Flies.”
Jour. of Agric. Research, Vol. 38, no. 9, Wash. D. C., May 1.

1934. A Revision of the Genus Anastrepha based on a study of the wings
and on the length of the ovipositor sheath (Diptera : Trypetidae). Pro-
ceedings of Ent. Soc. of Washington, Vol. 36, no. 6, June.

Hvetrner, A. F.
1930. ““The Spermatogenesis of Drosophila melanogaster.” Zeit. fiir
Zellforschung und mikroskopische Anatomie. Band 11, March.

Kisirux, M.
1929. A Brief Summary of Fruit Fly Surveys in Argentina, Spain and the
Canary Islands. Journal of Econ. Ent. Vol. 22, no. 3, June.

KistiuK AND Coo.ey.
1933. Reprint from Service and Regulatory Announcements, no. 116,
July—Sept. Bureau of Plant Quarantine, U. S. Dept. of Agric.

Loew, H.
1873. Monographs of the Diptera of North America, Part 3—Smithsn.
Misc. Collect.

Metz, C. W., anp Nonipez, J. F.
1923. Spermatogenesis in Asilus notatus Wied. (Diptera), Archiv. fiir
Zellforschung, XVII, Band 4 Heft.

Metz, C. W.
1932. ““The Male Germ Cells” Sec. XLIII, Cowdry’s Special Cytology
Pub. Paul B. Hoeber, Inc., N. Y.

SaHAGUN, Fr. BERNARDINO DE,
1590. ‘Historia de las Cosas de Nueva Espafia.” Publicase con fondos
de la Secretarié de instrucién publica y bellas artes de Mexico, por Fran-
cisco del Paso y Troncoso. Publ. Madrid Fototipia de Hauser y Menet
1905-07. Fascims. (See Lib. of Congress, D. C.)

Stevens, N. M.
1908. “A study of the Germ Cells of Certain Diptera with Reference to
the Hetero-chromosomes and the Phenomena of Synapsis.”” Jour. Exp.

Zool. Vol. 5.

136 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 6, JUNE, 1935

SUBSTITUTES, ARSENICAL OR NONARSENICAL?

”

Are ‘‘arsenical substitutes” arsenical, or nonarsenical? That
is the question.

Time was, when the adjective “‘arsenical”’ was used exclus-
ively to indicate, imply or allege the presence of arsenic. Came
the advent of the ‘“‘arsenical residue” with its dire threat to the
deciduous fruit and vegetable industries, and the resultant cry
of “out, out damned spot,” “save the apple a day that keeps
the doctor away”’ (if he happens to have eaten a green one!),
and “‘to the rescue of ‘100 million Guinea Pigs!’ ”

In the mad scramble that ensued (and which, incidentally,
that still prevails) in search of a likely substitute for the homely
but efficient arsenic, and while both the entomologists and the
chemists were wallowing amongst the unexplored quagmires of
organic insecticides, some well-meaning but misguided mind
conceived the term “‘arsenical substitutes” for a whole galaxy
of substances not one of which contains a single milligram of
arsenic. This unfortunate misnomer has been accorded general
recognition in the literature of economic entomology, and a
striking illustration of this fact is exhibited in the pages of the
June issue of the authoritative and indispensable Journal of
Economic Entomology (Vol. 28, pp. 602 et al) where no less
than 6 titles embrace this undesirable and inaccurate term.
Substances that contain no arsenic should not be labelled
““arsenical”” even if these be substitutes.

Is it not time that we ceased calling these things substitutes
and designated them by their proper title, viz: nonarsenical
. insecticides?—W. R. WALrTon.

Actual date of publication July 15, 1935.

VOL. 37 OCTOBER, 1935 No. 7

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

eas |

OF WASHINGTON ——_—

<ys0

\\
GC1 29 1935
4
S “Y, as eh 7
WZonar muse
CONTENTS
JONES, M. P.—A PECULIAR INSECT SITUATION ALONG A SEASHORE . . . 150

MUSGRAVE, PAUL N.—A SYNOPSIS OF THE GENUS HELICHUS ERICHSON IN
THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA, WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW
SPECIESA (COLBOPTERAS DRYOPIDAB) a yee Se yyeh iced a1) eee 7

~ PETERS, HAROLD S.—TWO NEW BITING LICE (MALLOPHAGA : PHILOPTER-
IDAE)! BROM “BIRDS OF THE UNITED STATES = 92). © 2 = 4 3) acme 46

PusiisHeD Montuiy Excerpr Jury, AuGust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProcEEDINGs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1935.

LG ROV Ory IP TOSIGeAE ) NN 5524.1 nals eee or ee L. O. HOWARD
IPresiaents Gate Beg). 8 ey te Se ee ee eee B. A. PORTER
RarstsVicesPresident ose), Se. ree eee ee ae S. B. FRACKER
SECON 1CE=PreSAeHy 1) i eee! Te Gee orn eee N. E. McINDOO
RECOV dinGeSeChelaiy we 2) rie Lae ON ee ee ee P. W. OMAN
Gomesponding Sccrctary=11easuyer arn a nae ae tee) eee J. EGRAE
AMOR VE A ae ke PO a ee W. R. WALTON

Members of the Executive Committee: S. A. ROHWER, J. S. WADE, H. E.
EWING.
Representing the Society as Vice-President
of the Washington Academy of Sciences... ...... H. MORRISON

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the Procrepines will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 2.25 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL. 37 OCTOBER, 1935 No t7

A SYNOPSIS OF THE GENUS HELICHUS ERICHSON IN THE
UNITED STATES AND CANADA, WITH DESCRIPTION
OF A NEW SPECIES (COLEOPTERA :
DRYOPIDAE).!

By Paut N. Muscrave, Fairmont, W. Va.

More than sixty years have passed since the last attempt
was made to bring together all species belonging to this genus.
Horn (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. III, 1870, p. 31) in his “Synopsis
of the Parnidae of the United States,” published the last in-
clusive key to the genus. Papers describing new species have
appeared in recent years; but no effort has been made to provide
a key for all the species of the genus. It is the aim of the
‘present synopsis to furnish a workable key, outline drawings
of the male genitalia, and brief descriptions of the several species.

The genus was established by Erichson (Naturg. Ins.
Deutschl. III, 1847, p. 510) in a general description in a foot-
note. The only pertinent statement in the description is
contained in the sentence: “‘ Die Fuhler wie bei Parnus gebildet,
* * * der ohrférmige Fortsatz daher nur kurz, dreieckig.”
Helichus being very close to Dryops Olivier (Parnus Fabricius)
was confused with the latter genus for more than a hundred
years; and Erichson in his key to the Dryopini, which accom-
panied his original description, made the mistake of separating
the two genera on approximate or distant hind coxae. The hind
coxae are distant in both genera. This error was noted by
Sharp (Biol. Centr. Amer. I, Pt. 2, 1882, p. 120) who placed
species in the genus Dryops Leach, making He/ichus a synonym.
Much of the confusion was caused by the fact that both Olivier
(Encycl. méthod. VI, 1791, p. 297) and Leach (Zool. Misc. III,
1817, p. 88) described genera, applying the name Dryops.
Dryops Oliv. (Parnus F.) is the correct name and is the true
Dryops. The Dryops of Leach is the Helichus of Erichson and
can not be used because the name was previously used by
Olivier. This fact validates Helichus Erichson, although the
name did not appear until 1847. Parnus Fabricius (Ent. syst.
I, 1, 1792, p. 245) is a synonym of Dryops Oliv.; and, therefore,

1Contribution from the Department of Entomology of West Virginia Uni-
versity, Morgantown, W. Va.

vowels

138 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 7, OCT., 1935

species placed in Parnus belong to Dryops Oliv. Only one
species of Dryops Oliv. is known from the territory covered by
this paper (Dryops arizonensis Schaeffer, Bull. Brooklyn Inst.
I, 1905, p. 126). Mulsant et Rey (Hist. nat. Coleop. Fr.—
Diversicornes, 1872, p. 8) and Ganglbauer (Kaf. Mitteleuropa
IV, 1904, p. 107) give in detail the history of these different
generic names and any one interested will do well to consult
their very excellent works.

Helichus Er. can be readily separated from all our present
genera of Dryopidae, except Dryops Oliv., by the shape and
size of the second joint of the antennae. Most of the genera
have the first and second joints enlarged, more or less; but in
Helichus Er. (A, Plate 17) and Dryops Oliv. (B, Plate 17) the
second joint is very greatly produced into an ear-like process.
Separation of Dryops and Helichus can be made as follows:

a. Antennae approximate; thorax with a deep-cut, sharp-edged,
longitudinal line on each side (C, Plate 17)... Dryops Oliv.
aa. Antennae widely separated; thorax not as above (D, Plate 17)

Helichus Er.
Helichus Erichson.

Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. III, 1847, p. 510. Leconte, Proc. Acad. N. Sci. Phila.
VI, 1852, p.43. Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. III, 1870, p. 31. Ganglbauer,
Kaf. Mitteleur. IV, 1, 1904, p. 107. Blatchley, Coleop. Indiana, 1910, p.
678 (Dryops). Zaitzev, Coleop. Catalogus (Junk, Berlin) Pars. 17, Dryo-
pidacwetc. LOO male

General characteristics —Form oblong, compact, usually covered with short
pubescence. Head retractile; prosternum greatly produced, completely cover-
ing mouth parts when head is retracted. Antennae short, 11-jointed; first
joint conical toward apex; second, very large, ear-shaped, completely covering
and protecting the club when head is retracted (E, Plate 17); third joint small;
the last six to eight joints forming a lamellate club. Eyes usually naked but
never covered with long erect hairs. Maxillary palpi 4-jointed; the fourth, as
long as the first three; the second, larger than the first or third. Labial palpi
short, the last joint as long as the two preceding. Mandibles strong, bidentate
at apex. Thorax convex, transverse with prominent apical angles. Elytra
fitting very tightly to the sternites, the last sternite possessing a groove into
which the elytral tips fit. Prosternum long, with a broad process separating
the front coxae and matching a groove in the mesosternum. Hind coxae
somewhat dilated on the inner side, grooved to partly receive the femora.
Legs strong. Tarsi 5-jointed, the last almost as long as the four preceding
taken together, and with two large claws. Genotype—Helichus lithophilus
Germar.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 7, OCT., 1935 139

Key tro Known SPECIES.

1. Abdominal sternites uniformly densely pubescent........-.---------22.-- ee 2
— Pubescence of last abdominal sternite not matching that of preceding
Steniniteshes tease ee LURE reeE Te Ue) eae se SE) 3

2. Length (average) 6.5 mm., thorax approximately as long as wide...

confluentus Hinton
Length (average) 7.5 mm., thorax broader than long productus LeConte

3. Body uniformly covered with fine pubescence... lithophilus Germar

— Body not uniformly covered with fine, silky pubescence 4

4. Thorax suddenly depressed behind the middle, a space in front of the
Sscutellam) clabroussom practicallivs conse. see mene enn 5

— Thorax gradually depressed, no glabrous space in front of scutellum —_._.6

5. Glabrous space of thorax shining, first stria of elytra almost impunc-
tate, or at most withsmall punctures not reaching base___.basalis LeConte

— Glabrous space of thorax alutaceous, punctures of first stria larger
and frequently reaching to base of elytra, male with a dentiform
process each side in front of and between hind coxae___fastigiatus Say

Gra thorax. foveate each¢side: behind middle... 98 "= ee See 7

= alhoraxawithoutindentatlon sso. =e. = ee eel ee ee ek 8

7. Alternate interspaces of elytra more convex.................-.-...- striatus LeConte

— Interspaces uniformly convex... 22-2 var. foveatus LeConte

8. Elytra uniformly granularly pubescent. triangularis, n. sp.
Elytra with a sutural stripe less pubescent... suturalis LeConte

The above key, based on externals, is supplemented by male genitalia as
shown in Plate 17.

SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES.
H. confluentus Hinton.
Pan-Pacific Entomologist XI, #2, 1935, p. 71.
Male genitalia.—Plate 17.

Type locality —Cave Creek, Chiricahua Mountains, Arizona.
Additional localities: Rabun Bald, Georgia (Fox); Jeff Davis
Co., Tex. (Benedict); Brewster Co., Tex. (Green); Baboquivari
Mts., Ariz. (Beamer); Silver City, N. M. (Wallis).

Type—No. 3976, Museum California Acad. Sci., San Fran-
CISCO. ;

It seems strange that this insect is found in Georgia, but after
careful examination of external characters as well as male
genitalia the writer can only conclude that this species occurs in
these widely separated localities. Comparison was made with
a male from Jeff Davis Co., Texas, determined by Mr. Hinton
in 1934. This insect has been called /ongu/us (manuscript name)
by the writer in early correspondence. The species greatly
resembles productus Lec. but is smaller with the thorax more
elongate. In confluentus the lateral margins are sinuate in
front of the acute basal angles. Disk of thorax, moderately
pubescent with both minute and moderately large punctures;

140 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 7, OCT., 1935

sides and apical angles densely covered with recumbent,
testaceous pubescence, interspersed with piceous granules.
First two elytral striae, moderately impressed with shallow
punctures separated by approximately four times their di-
ameters; remaining striae scarcely visible through the dense
recumbent pubescence similar to that of the sides of the thorax.
Abdominal sternites, uniformly covered with short matted
silky pubescence, the apical one being less granulate. Although
externally close to productus, when males are available the
species can be separated beyond any shadow of doubt.

H. productus LeConte.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. VI, 1852, p. 43.
Male genitalia—Plate 17.

Type locality. —San Diego, Calif. Very common in California
and Arizona.

Type.—LeConte Collection, Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge,
Mass.

This species is so well known that it scarcely needs description.
Except in size and form the above description of confluentus
applies to productus. In productus the thorax is broadest at the
middle, much narrower at apex, the sculpture more or less
uniform except for apical angles.

H. lithophilus Germar.

Ins. Spec. nov., 1824, p. 88. Blatchley (Dryops), Coleop. Indiana, 1910, p. 678.
Male genitalia —Plate 17. ‘

Type Locality — ? United States. Widely distributed, oc-
curring from Canada to Florida and from Massachusetts to
Towa.

Since Erichson referred to this species in his original descrip-
tion of the genus it is considered the genotype.

This is our only species which is practically uniformly pubes-
cent all over the body. In old specimens an elytral sutural
space may be more or less bare; but in newly emerged examples
a densely matted, short, silky pubescence, interspersed with
longer testaceous hairs and piceous granules, will be evident.
The slightly impressed elytral striae of small, shallow, widely
separated punctures can be seen through the pubescence, the
first four being more distinct.

H. basalis LeConte.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. VI, 1852, p. 43.
Male genitalia.—Plate 17. Differs from fastigiatus Say as follows: In fas-
tigiatus the basal piece is stouter, and the lateral lobes are blunt at their apices;

while in dasalis the basal piece is slightly constricted, and the lateral lobes are
sharply pointed.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 7, OCT., 1935 141

Type Jlocality—Pennslyvania (Dr. Melsheimer). Widely
distributed, Mass. to Ala., and Ga. to Kans.

Type.—In LeConte Collection, Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge,
Mass.

Thorax suddenly depressed just behind the middle with a
basal glabrous area, just before the scutellum, which is prac-
tically impunctate and at most slightly alutaceous. Elytra
parallel for two-thirds their length, then convergent to a point
at apices. Sides of elytra tomentose, a sutural space, beginning
almost as wide as base, then narrowing to the second striae
at the first third, then widening to almost the original width
before it converges to a point, just short of the apices of the
elytra, sparsely pubescent and shining. Striae, impressed but
practically impunctate at base, small shallow punctures
beginning at the basal fourth and continuing until the striae
disappear in the felt-like pubescence of the apex. Abdomen,
covered with the same felt-like pubescence as the elytra, except
that it is a thinner layer.

This species has long been confused with /fastigiatus Say.
Horn (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. III, 1870, p. 33) made the two
synonymous and they have been so considered for sixty-five
years. Study of male genitalia gave the first hint of a solution;
and then Mr. H. C. Fall called attention to the dentiform
processes in front of the hind coxae of the male /fastigiatus.
The writer considered éasalis a new species for some months
and used the name fa//i in correspondence; but Mr. Fall kindly
compared specimens with the LeConte type and they are
basalis without question.

Helichus fastigiatus Say, new description.

Long’s Second Exped., 1824, p. 275. Say’s types are appar-
ently lost; and since éasa/is LeConte fits the original description
of fastigiatus with little difficulty, it is felt advisable to redescribe
the latter species and establish new types to show the present
interpretation of the two species. Say’s most pertinent state-
ment in describing fastigiatus is, ““Elytra with striae of rather
large punctures”; and this is of value only when a specimen of
basalis is at hand. The original type locality was Pennsylvania
and it is unfortunate that a good series from that State is not
available; but since the species has such a wide distribution the
localities of the neotypes are not so important.

Male.—Length 5.5 mm. Blackish-brown with a bronze cast to the pubes-
cence. Head, granular-pubescent. Thorax, suddenly depressed behind the
middle, a shallow median depression in front of the scutellum, and obsolete
furrows on each side of base near margins. Lateral margins of thorax, covered
with recumbent pubescence, area narrow basally, widening toward apex;

142 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 7, OCT., 1935

surface of disk alutaceous, uniformly punctate, punctures separated by one to
two times their diameters, sparsely pubescent, the punctuation and pubescence
reaching basal margin. Elytra, more or less parallel the first half, widest just
beyond middle and narrowing to a point at apex; lateral margins tomentose,
a sutural space, beginning almost as wide as the base, narrowing to the third
striae at the first fourth, then widening to the original width just beyond the
middle, before it narrows to a point just short of the apices of the elytra, sparsely
pubescent and alutaceous. Last ventral sternite less densely pubescent than
the preceding ones. A small dentiform process is just behind and between each
of the hind coxae. Genitalia, Plate 17.

Female.—Externally similar to male except for the dentiform processes
mentioned above, which are missing in the female.

Locality and distribution of neotypes—Neoholotype collected
by author in Breakneck Run, Ridge, W. Va., July 25, 1933,
placed in the U. S. Nat. Museum with the following ten neo-
paratypes; a male and female from each locality: Hog Town
Creek, Gainsville, Fla., June 29, 1931 (Musgrave); Rock Creek,
Blue Ridge, Ga., June 27 (Fattig); Flat Creek, Lynchburg, Va.,
July 12, 1931 (Musgrave); Md. (Otto Lugger Collection);
Douglas Co., Kans., 10-2, 1932 (Sanderson). Other neopara-
types from Englewood, N. J., July 18 (Quirsfeld); French Creek,
W. Va., July 19 (Musgrave); Paint Branch, Anacostia River,
Washington, D. C., Aug. 25 (Musgrave); Rocky Bottom,
Clemson College, S. C., July 9, 1931 (Musgrave); Yellow Creek,
Wayne Co., Miss., July 12 (Dietrich); Penn. (Otto Lugger Coll.);
Sawyer’s Run, Clifton Forge, Va., July 13 (Musgrave); Lowell,
Mass., July 23 (Fall); and several stations near the above lo-
cations. Besides those remaining in the collection of the author,
reference neoparatypes have been deposited in the collections of
the following institutions and individuals: University of Kansas,
Lawrence, Kans.; Horn Collection, Academy Nat. Sci. Phila.,
Philadelphia, Pa.; Cornell University Coll., Ithaca, N. Y.;
Canadian Nat. Coll., Ottawa, Ont.; Carnegie Museum, Pitts-
burg, Pa.; Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, Mass.; Milton W.
Sanderson, Lawrence, Kans.; H. C. Fall, Tyngsboro, Mass.;
Howard Hinton, Berkeley, Calif.; and P. W. Fattig, Emory
University, Ga.

H. striatus LeConte.

Proc. Acad. N. Sci. Phila. VI, 1852, p. 43; variety foveatus LeConte, loc. cit.;
synonym columbianus Brown, Can. Ent. LXIII, 1931, p. 118.

Male genitalia. —Plate 17.

Type locality —Vermont (C. B. Adams). Additional locali-
ties—Rutland, Vt., July 8 (Sanderson); Toronto, Ont.,
July 5 (Crew); Knowlton, Que., June 19 (Brown); Rumsey,
N. H., Aug. 12 (Darlington); Red Wing, Minn., Sept. 22

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 7, OCT., 1935 143

(Hoffman); Douglas Co., Kans., Aug. 13 (Sanderson);
Heber, Utah, July 2 (Sanderson); Northgate, Colo., Aug. 20
(Sanderson); Torrance Co., N. M. (Martin); Bozeman, Mont.,
Aug. 13 (Sanderson); Pincher Creek, Alta., Aug. 6 (Carr);
Kamloops, B. C., Sept. 5 (Leech); Summerland, B. C., Nov. 10
(Gartrell); Berkeley, Calif., Dec. 19 (Dietrich).

Type.—In LeConte Collection, Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge,
Mass.

Superficially resembles fastigiatus Say, but is more slender;
the thorax is not so sharply depressed behind, being regularly
rounded. Two foveae, which vary greatly as to shape, diame-
eter, and depth from specimen to specimen, are located behind
the middle of the thorax, one placed about one-fourth from each
side. Elytral striae, strongly impressed, with deep punctures,
closely placed; alternate interspaces more convex.

This is a very variable species, not only in size but in sculpture
as well. A male from Colo. is 4.5 mm. in length; while a second
male from Alberta is 5.7 mm. This variation applies to the
thoracic foveae and the elytral interspaces. Horn (Trans.
Amer. Ent. Soc. III, 1870, p. 33) made foveatus LeConte a
synonym; but since the type has the alternate intervals more
convex, and foveatus does not, it should be called a variety.
The writer has been unable to find any other character to
separate these forms, the male genitalia giving no aid. In the
variety foveatus the lateral lobes may be a little less blunt than
in striatus but the variation is negligible. Through the courtesy
of Mr. W. J. Brown a specimen of co/umbianus has been available
for study; and it seems to be identical with the variety foveatus.

Helichus triangularis, new species.

Male.—Length 6 mm. General color, slate gray with a purplish cast, the
clear area of the thorax piceous. Head, piceous, granularly pubescent; antennal
club of eight joints, and mouth parts testaceous. Thorax, broader than long,
lateral margins sinuate in front of the acute basal angles and then regularly
curved, granularly pubescent on sides, a triangularly-shaped area on disk
sparsely pubescent, the hairs arising from large punctures separated by less
than their diameters. Old “rubbed” paratypes show only the matted recum-
bent pubescence on the sides. Legs, castaneous. E/ytra, completely granularly-
pubescent, some “rubbed” specimens showing a black sutural area where
the pubescence has been removed. 4bdomen shows the same sort of pubescence
as the elytra, except that the granules carrying the hairs are fewer and more
widely separated, the last sternite differing from the preceding ones in being
castaneous in color and less densely pubescent. Genitalia, Plate 17.

Female.—Externally similar to male.

Type locality—Pimery Canyon, Chiricahua Mts., Arizona,
June 6, 1932 (Duncan). Several paratypes from the above
locality and also from Frijole, Tex., July 14 (Benedict); Chisos

144 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 7, OCT., 1935

Mts., Tex., July 22 (Green); Huachuca Mts., Ariz., July 8
(Beamer); Reef Cochise Co., Ariz., Nov. 16 (Biederman).

Type.—Holotype (male), allotype (dissected female) and
four paratypes are in the U. S. Nat. Museum. Paratypes are
distributed as indicated above under the redescription of
fastigiatus Say.

This species resembles puncticollis Sharp but may be readily
separated from that species by the pubescence of the elytra.
In puncticollis there is a sutural area reaching to the third
striae and continuing almost to the apex, which is practically
bare of pubescence; while the elytra of triangularis are uniformly
pubescent. The male genitalia are quite different.

It is through the kindness of Mr. Howard Hinton that I
have been able to study and figure the male genitalia of punc-
ticollis Sharp. Mr. Hinton, who.is now studying in the British
Museum, writes that the specimens there from Arizona are
triangularis and not puncticollis, therefore Sharp’s citation
(Sup. Biol. Centr. Amer. V-1, pt. 2, 1887, p. 774) is probably
incorrect.

H. suturalis LeConte.

Proc. Acad. N. Sci. Phila. VI, 1852, p. 43. (H. gilensis LeConte, loc. cit.
H. aequalis LeConte, Proc. N. S. Phila, VII, 1854, p. 81.)

Type locality —San Diego, Calif.

Type.—Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.

The writer is of the opinion that there are at least two species
in the material now listed as suturalis Lec., in spite of Horn’s
statement (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. III, 1870, p. 33) that
gilensis, aequalis and suturalis all fit into one series. Extensive
collecting in the Southwest, followed by comparison of
material collected with the types at Cambridge, all being im-
possible for the writer at present, would no doubt clear up the
matter.

Typical suturalis is 5 mm. in length and has the sutural area
less densely pubescent, thus showing a definite vitta bounded
laterally by the first striae of each elytron.

Plate 17.—Outline drawings were made by the author. The
genitalia are drawn to scale as are C (Dryops arizonensis
Schaeffer) and D (Helichus lithophilus Germar) although the
genitalia are more highly magnified. The apices of the genitalia
of certain species (the productus group) are slightly twisted
toward the left when viewed dorsally. Bases of genitalia of
propinquus and puncticollis were not visible in the specimens
examined. The three Mexican species were included for
reference, paratypes of propinguus Hinton and musgraver Hinton
being at hand. In E the diagram shows how tightly the head
fits into the thorax when it is retracted, only the eyes and first
two joints of the antennae being visible.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37 PLATE 17

\f oa
confluentus A
propinquus . | ||
B

musgravei

puncticollis
lithophilus
striatus ) suturalis YI
t mn
fastigiatus basalis

[145]

146 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 7, OCT., 1935

TWO NEW BITING LICE (MALLOPHAGA : PHILOPTERIDAE)
FROM BIRDS OF THE UNITED STATES.

By Harotp S. Perers.!
Philopterus migratorii, n. sp.

A new species easily recognized as distinct from PAi/opterus
subflavescens, commonly found on many passerine birds, by the
elongate and narrow forehead with the distinct clypeal sig-
nature, and by the male genitalia. Found on the eastern robin,
Turdus migratorius migratorius L., from the eastern part of the
United States.

Mate.—Head rather elongate, with distinct clypeal signature, as shown in
figure 1. Front of head slightly concave, colorless, with a short seta at each
side. Trabeculae colorless, acute, and slightly longer than the first antennal
segment. Eye clear, protruding, witha short dorsal spine. Temples rounding,
with a long seta and 3 bristles between this seta and the eye. Posterior edge
of head almost straight, with no setae. Antennae reaching, if extended back-
wards, almost to the long seta on the temple. Second segment longest, first
and fifth about equal in length, third and fourth equal but slightly shorter
than first or fifth.

Thorax.—Prothorax rectangular, a long seta near each latero-posterior
rounded angle. Pterothorax nearly three-fourths as wide as head, sides sharply
diverging posteriorly. A series of about 18 setae arranged along the posterior
border, which is angulated on the abdomen. Legs of moderate size.

Abdomen of 9 segments, rather elongate oval in shape, widest at fourth seg-
ment, which is slightly wider than the head. Segments | to 6 with a row of
6 rather long setae across the center of the posterior border of each segment.
Segment 3 with one long seta and segments 4, 5 and 6 with one long and one
short seta on each side of the posterior border almost below the spiracle. Seg-
ments 3 to 7 with several setae in latero-posterior angles. Ninth segment with
a series of 12 medium-length setae near the rounded posterior margin. Genitalia
very distinctive, as in figure 2, and occupying parts of segments 6 to9. Spiracles
on segments 2 to 7. Pleurites of segments 2 to 6 extending forward into the
preceding segment. Coloration: Light golden brown with darker brown borders
and markings.

Fema.e.—Similar to the male but somewhat larger. Antennae the same in
the two sexes. Abdomen more elongate than in the male, with ninth segment
slightly bilobed and bare of setae. Posterior border of eighth segment with 4
long and 4 short setae dorsally.

AVERAGE MEASUREMENTS IN MM.

Male Female
Length Width Length Width
lead eee ano ae: SoS 0.48 0.45 0.51 0.49
Si o tas: 22 eee 26 41 30 44
(Aba oneness AS .64 99 .68
sliotall=\..2 es 2 =... aos 1.49 1.80

1Contribution from the Division of Insects Affecting Man and Animals,
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, United States Department of
Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 7, OCT., 1935 147

Fig. 1. PAilopterus migratorii, head of male, dorsal aspect X 100
Fig. 2. Same, male genitalia, dorsal aspect X 200.

Type host.—Eastern robin, Turdus migratorius migratorius L.

Type locality —Pass-a-Grille, Florida.

Type slide —Cat. No. 50985, U. S. National Museum.

The holotype male and allotype female on the type slide
were collected from the type host at the type locality on March
15, 1935, by W. G. Fargo (Bishopp number 22804). The para-
types are in the collections of the Bureau of Entomology and
Plant Quarantine, British Museum of Natural History, and
my personal collection.

Described from 71 specimens, all collected from the eastern
robin, Turdus migratorius migratorius 1.., as follows: 4 females,
Groveport, Ohio, March 3, 1928, by H. S. Peters (my personal
collection); 2 females, Fort du Pont, Delaware, April 13, 1933,
by H. S. Peters (Bishopp no. 20847); 1 male and 3 females,
Groton, Massachusetts, June 26, 1934, by W. P. Wharton
(Bishopp no. 22676); 5 males, 22 females, and 14 immature
specimens, Pass-a-Grille, Florida, March 15, 1935, by W. G.
Fargo (Bishopp no. 22804); 1 female and 3 immature specimens,
Pisgah Forest, North Carolina, March 15, 1935, by E. E. Ripper
(Bishopp no. 22823); and 2 males, 7 females, and 7 immature
individuals, Rosslyn, Virginia, March 20, 1935, by H. S. Peters
(Bishopp no. 22825).

All of the immature specimens observed, the smallest probably
in the second instar, show the distinctive head shape and clypeal

148 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 7, OCT., 1935

signature. Specimens at hand from southern robin, Turdus
migratorius achrusterus (Batchelder), western robin, T. m.
propinquus Ridgway, and northwestern robin, T. m. caurinus
(Grinnell), seem to be P. subflavescens, so possibly this new
species is found only on the eastern robin.

Degeeriella anhingae, n. sp.

Mate.—Head as shown in figure 3, about two-thirds as broad as long. A
distinct clypeal signature, somewhat hexagonal, but longer than wide. Trabecu-
lae small, colorless, and about half as long as first antennal segment. Eye clear,
slightly protruding, with a short dorsal seta. Temples rather straight but
rounded toward posterior part of head, bearing 1 long seta and 5 bristles on
each side. Antennae reaching, if extended backwards, between second and third
bristle behind the eye. Second segment longest, fifth almost as long as first,
third and fourth equal in length and each slightly longer than the first segment.
Posterior edge of head slightly concave and bare of setae.

Thorax. Prothorax twice as wide as long, sides slightly diverging, a long seta
and a bristle near each latero-posterior angle. A slight lateral indication of a
suture between the mesothorax and the metathorax. Pterothorax trapezoidal
in shape, sides slightly diverging. One long seta and a bristle in each posterior
angle and a group of 5 long setae on each side of the posterior margin near the
lateral margin. Posterior margin very slightly concave. Legs long, first pair
shortest, third pair longest and reaching, if extended backwards, to center of
fifth abdominal segment.

Abdomen of 9 segments, although the suture between the eighth and ninth
segments is very indistinct, elongated, slightly wider at fourth segment than
the head. First segment with no setae, second segment with | seta, third and
fourth segments with 3, and segments 5, 6, and 7 with 4 setae in latero-posterior
angle. Dorsal setae: 1 pair of long setae in center of posterior margin of seg-
ments | to 6; segment 5 with 2 long setae and segment 6 with | long seta on the
posterior margin under the spiracles on each side; segment 8, which is somewhat
spade-shaped, with 1 long seta on each side near latero-posterior margin.
Ventral setae: 4 long setae on posterior edge of segments | to 7; eighth segment
with 2 pairs of 2 long setae on each side, | pair posterior to the other pair; ninth
segment with a patch of about 20 bristles near center of anterior part of segment.
Genitalia distinctive, as shown in figure 4, occupying parts of segments 5 to 9.
Pleurites projecting slightly into preceding segment. A peculiar reversed
comma-like marking anterior to each spiracle on segments 2 to 7. Coloration:
Light golden brown with darker brown borders and markings.

FremaLe.—Very similar to male but slightly larger. Antennae the same in
the two sexes. Ninth abdominal segment slightly bilobed, with 2 short setae
near tip of each lobe. Ventrally the seventh segment has an irregular double
row of medium-length setae extending across the center of the segment; then
a curving irregular double row of similar setae extends from each end of the
center rows of the seventh segment to the latero-posterior margin of segment 8.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 7, OCT., 1935 149

AVERAGE MEASUREMENTS IN MM.

Male Female
é Length Width Length Width
lea eA ae A ieee 0.49 0.37 0.51 0.41
fMihonaxes Abt tee wr een, a7 432) .28 38
Abdomenseseset eel ees 1.04 38 1.14 255
Total 1.80 1.93

Fig. 3. Degeeriella anhingae, head of male, dorsal aspect, X 100.
Fig. 4. Same, male genitalia, dorsal aspect, X 200.

Type host—Anhinga or water-turkey, Anhinga anhinga (L.).

Type locality —Juno, Texas.

Type slide —Cat. No. 50986, U. S. National Museum.

The holotype male and allotype female on the type slide
together with 10 males, 11 females, and 4 immature specimens,
were collected from the type host at the type locality on Sep-
tember 24, 1923, by O. G. Babcock (Bishopp number 11208).
The paratypes are in the collections of the Bureau of Ento-
mology and Plant Quarantine and the British Museum of
Natural History.

This new species is easily recognized by the head characters,
slender abdomen with the peculiar marks anterior to the
spiracles, and the male genitalia.

150 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 7, OCT., 1935

A PECULIAR INSECT SITUATION ALONG A SEASHORE.

By M. P. Jones.

At about five o’clock on the evening of October 18, 1932,
Mr. L. W. Brannon and Dr. Harry Walker made it possible for
me to see Virginia Beach, Virginia, for the first time. As we
approached the beach we noticed an unusual black line, about
a foot wide, extending each way along the shore for as far as
we could see. Upon closer examination we found that this line
was composed primarily of insects, nearly all of which were
winged forms of the one species of ants listed below. We
picked up such other insects as we noticed and found that the
5 orders, 20 families, 38 genera, and 38 species which are listed
below were represented. We did not attempt to make a quanta-
tive count but spent the short time available in collecting as
many different species as we could find.

The beach was examined for an 8-mile stretch and we found
that the insects extended this entire length, but we do not know
how much farther. Most of the ants were still living, and as the
water would recede from the line they would crawl back toward
the water and the next wave would carry them back into line.

The cause for this situation is not definitely known but we
assume that an off-shore storm had carried these insects to sea
and that the surf breeze was bringing them back and depositing
them in this line.

ORTHOPTERA.

Acrididae:
Orphulella pelidna (Burm.). A grasshopper. Det. A. N. Caudell.

HeEMIPTERA.

Reduviidae:
Rhiginia cruciata (Say). An assassin bug. Det. H. G. Barber.
Sinea spinipes (H. S.). An assassin bug. Det. H. G. Barber.
Lygaeidae:
Cnemodus mavortius (Say). A lygaeid. Det. H. G. Barber.
Lygaeus kalmii Stal. A boxelder bud. Det. H. G. Barber.
Nysius ericae (Schill.). A false chinch bug. Det. L. D. Anderson.
Pentatomidae:
Brochymena arborea (Say). A stink bug. Det. H. G. Barber.
Murgantia histrionica (Hahn). Harlequin bug. Det. L. D. Anderson.
Solubea pugnax (Fab.). A stink bug. Det. H. G. Barber.
Cydnidae:
Amnestus spinifrons (Say). A burrower bug. Det. H. G. Barber.
Scutelleridae:

Camirus porosus (Germ.). A shield-backed bug. Det. H. G. Barber.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 7, OCT., 1935 St

COLEOPTERA.

Carabidae:
Anisodactylus nigerrimus Dej. A ground beetle. Det. L. L. Buchanan.
Amara muscula (Say). A ground beetle. Det. L. L. Buchanan.

Staphylinidae:

Osorius latipes (Grav.). Det. E. A. Chapin.
Histeridae:

Hister sp. Det. H. S. Barber.
Cantharidae:

Chauliognathus pennsylvanicus De.G. Pennsylvania soldier beetle. Det.
L. D. Anderson.

Elateridae:

Monocrepidius sp. auritus (Hbst.) ? A click beetle. Det. W. S. Fisher.
Coccinellidae:

Epilachna corrupta Muls. Mexican bean beetle. Det. L. D. Anderson.
Scarabaeidae:

Euetheola rugiceps (Lec.). Sugarcane beetle.
Chrysomelidae:

Calligrapha sp. A leaf beetle. Det. L. D. Anderson.

Cerotoma trifurcata (Forst.) Bean leaf beetle. Det. L. D. Anderson.

Diabrotica duodecimpunctata (Fab.). Spotted cucumber beetle. Det.

L. D. Anderson.

Disonycha glabrata (Fab.). A flea beetle. L. D. Anderson.

Donacia cincticornis Newm. Aquatic leaf beetle. Det. L. D. Anderson.

Myochrous denticollis (Say). Southern corn leaf beetle. Det. H. S. Barber.

Oedionychis miniata (Fab.). A flea beetle. Det. L. D. Anderson.

Systena taeniata (Say). Pale-striped flea beetle. Det. L. D. Anderson,
Curculionidae:

Anthonomus grandis Boh. Boll weevil. Det. L. D. Anderson.

Calendra zeae (Walsh). Corn billbug. Det. L. L. Buchanan.

Hylobius pales Boh. Pales weevil. Det. L. L. Buchanan.

Listronotus (? rotundicollis Lec.). A weevil. Det. L. L. Buchanan.

Sitona hispidula (Fab.) Clover root curculio. Det. L. L. Buchanan.

DIPTERA.
Stratiomyiidae:

Hermetia illucens (L.). Stratiomyiid. Det. L. D. Anderson.

HyMENOPTERA.
Ichneumonidae:

Cryptohelcostizus dichrous Vier. Anichneumonid fly. Det. R. A. Cushman.

Meniscus bethunei Cress. An ichneumonid fly. Det. R. A. Cushman.
Psammocharidae:

Psammochares luctuosus (Cress.). A wasp. Det. G. A. Sandhouse.
Formicidae:

Lasius niger americanus Emery. Cornfield ant. Det. L. D. Anderson.
Andrenidae:

Triepeolus pectoralis Rob. A parasitic bee. Det. G. A. Sandhouse.

152 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 7, OCT., 1935

MINUTES OF THE 465TH REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, MAY 2, 1935.

The 465th regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
held at 8 p. m., Thursday, May 2, 1935, in room 43 of the new building of the
National Museum. B. A. Porter, President, presided. There were present
22 members and 11 visitors. The minutes of the previous meeting were read
and approved. There was no business. On behalf of Mr. W. S. Abbot of the
Insecticide Testing Laboratory, Beltsville, Md., F. L. Campbell announced that
the Society was invited to hold its June meeting in the form of a picnic meeting
at the Beltsville farm. After a short discussion it was voted to accept the
invitation and hold the meeting in conjunction with the insecticide group which
had planned to meet at that time. Under ‘Notes and Exhibition of Specimens”
M. P. Jones reported the occurrence, on October 18, 1932, of unusual numbers
of ants and other insects washed up on the beach at Virginia Beach,
Virginia. The first communication on the regular program was by Dr. J. L.
King of the Japanese Beetle Laboratory, Moorestown, N. J., and entitled
“The Present Status of Imported Parasites of the Japanese Beetle.’’ Although
some sixteen parasites of the beetle have been liberated in the work, Dr. King
confined his remarks particularly to the five species which have become estab-
lished. These are two Hymenoptera and three Diptera. Life histories, methods
of attack, and factors limiting distribution of the various parasites were dis-
cussed, and slides and graphs shown to illustrate these points. Methods of
rearing the parasites were also presented. Second on the regular program was a
paper by J. C. Bridwell and R. A. Cushman, entitled “Following Xye/a and its
parasites through the year.’’ Mr. Bridwell reported further progress in the
study of Xye/a, including the discovery of the overwintering pupal stage which
is very active and capable of walking somewhat clumsily. Mr. Cushman’s
remarks were supplementary to those of the June, 1934, meeting. The informa-
tion gathered since that time was obtained by the examination of the contents of
many hundreds of Xye/a cocoons collected from the soil under pine trees at
intervals throughout the summer and autumn of 1934. The two eggs of internal
parasites had proved to be those of Porizonini, although to which of the four
species known to attack Xye/a they belong was not determined. All four of the
species of Porizonini were found in the cocoons, all becoming adult before the
advent of winter and hibernating within the cocoons in a state of partially
suspended animation. The Lysiognatha was found to hibernate as the almost
fully colored pupa. At least two species were identifiable in the pupal stage by
difference in the length of the ovipositor.

The species of Microbracon previously recorded was reared from larvae found
feeding on Xyela larvae in the staminate cones. Another parasite, which
probably attacks the Xye/a larva after formation of the cocoon and which had
not previously been noted, is a Serphoid, probably of the genus Calliceras.
This is a gregarious parasite, as many as 24 maturing ona single host larva. The
peculiar structure found beneath the skin of the Xye/a larva was found to
contain an egg which hatched into a spherical body conically prolonged on one
side. Elongate larvae later found free in the body of the host possessed heads
like the object in the subcutaneous structure, and still later full-grown larvae
with the same sort of mouthparts were found. The latter appeared to be dip-
terous. In other cocoons were found pupae of a very small bombyliid fly. The
speaker was of the opinion that the peculiar body found in the Xye/a larva is
caused by this bombyliid, though admitting that this had not been proved.
The speaker illustrated his talk with blackboard sketches. He also pointed out
that improved technique is necessary definitely to connect the adult insects
found with the eggs and other immature stages found within the Xyela larvae. |
(Author’s abstract.) The paper was discussed by Dr. J. L. King. Meeting
adjourned at 10 p. M. P. W. Oman,

Recording Secretary.

Actual date of publication October 28, 1935.

VOL. 37 NOVEMBER, 1935 No. 8

PROCEEDINGS —

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF WASHINGTON

CONTENTS

wee

GAHAN, A. B.—BRACHYMERIA CARNATIFRONS, NEW SPECIES (HYMEN-
OPTERA: CHALCIDIDAE)

MC GREGOR, E. A._-THE TEXAS CITRUS MITE, A NEW SPECIES

MUESEBECK, C. F. W.—A NEW SPECIES OF PARASITE OF TYPHLOCYBA POMARIA
MC ATEE (HYMENOPTERA : BETHYLIDAE)

PHILIP, CORNELIUS B.—THE FURCATUS GROUP OF WESTERN NORTH AMERI-
CAN FLIES OF THE GENUS CHRYSOPS (DIPTERA : TABANIDAE) ©

PusiisHED Montuiy Excepr Jury, August AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under

Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October

3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. mM.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProcEEDINGs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1935.

Elonorany President” eS Roo. tee gee L. O. HOWARD
President.) (5 cette ta Me BES accel ok: a ae eet ee BA B. A. PORTER
EUG STSVACESPLESIGENED a ig 4 qn Lae ee ee S. B. FRACKER
SELOMD MINCE DL CMIRCI ee Gr So ee oe ene N. E. McINDOO
URECOMAISIRMOECLEIOTY, ont, Pi, eee te ee P. W. OMAN
Gornespondinwsecrelary —Uicasurcrs a eee ne J. E. GRAF
EAM OE BEN, copies os gai ee Sala: 3) ton a NE W. R. WALTON

Members of the Executive Committee: S. A. ROHWER, J. S. WADE, H. E.
EWING. :
Representing the Society as Vice-President
of the Washington Academy of Sciences. ........ H. MORRISON

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the ProceEpiNGs will be given 10 copies of -
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies PONS) 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

WOL.. 37 NOVEMBER, 1935 No. 8

THE FURCATUS GROUP OF WESTERN NORTH AMERICAN
FLIES OF THE GENUS CHRYSOPS (DIPTERA :
TABANIDAE).!

By Corne.ius B. Puirtp.

For a number of years the writer has been dissatisfied with the
available treatments for identification of certain western species
of yellowish bodied Chrysops resembling superficially C. furcatus
Walk., namely, C. /upus Whit., C. coloradensis Big., C. pro-
clivis, O. S., and C. surdus O. S. Specimens heretofore deter-
mined as C. /upus represent one of the more abundant western
Montana species of deerflies, and experimental use of this
form demands exact knowledge of the taxonomic status of
related species.

In his 1904 analysis of these species, the late Professor Hine
considered the above species as distinct, but subsequent accumu-
lation of materials has allowed further analysis with the indica-
tion of needed changes. Of interest, also, are additional records
of distribution, many of which are not included in Krdéber’s
(1926) monograph of the genus in North America. Parentheti-
cally, it may be mentioned that a number of discrepancies in
distributional data have been found in his article, e. g., pzkez in
Montana, vittatus in Washington and voctifer in North Carolina
(p. 349); that work, as a source of new records, should therefore
be carefully checked.

The “group” is admittedly a heterogeneous one, having
superficial resemblance in the pattern seen on the abdomen,
wing, or eyes in life, together with infuscation of cheeks and
parts of the face in all but coloradensis and in an undescribed
species here included. From a tinctorial point of view, C.
facialis Town. shows closer resemblance to these species than
to those having enlarged antennal joints like it. There are
several species in the East showing head characters and eye
patterns similar to those of this group.

Chrysops fureatus, Walk.
1848, List 1, 199, from Hudson Bay and Albany River. Osten Sacken, 1875,

1Contribution from the Rocky Mountain Laboratory, United States Public
Health Service, Hamilton, Montana.

154 proc. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 8, NOV., 1935

Prodrome 1, 391 (questions synonymy with C. striatus O. S.). Ricardo,
1901, Am. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 7, VIII, 302 (separates from striatus).
Hine, 1904, Ohio Nat. 5: 223-224 (further characterizes and adds Mon-
treal, Canada). Hine, 1904, Ohio Nat. 5 : 224 (adds Alberta). Kréber, 1926,
Stett. Ent. Zeit. 87: 211, 296-298 (Suggests affinities with montanus on
basis of an apparently misidentified specimen and adds Massachusetts).
Knowlton and Thatcher, 1933, Utah Horseflies, Unnumbered Cir.

Syn. C. lupus Whit. 1904, Can. Ent. 36: 205, from Colorado. Cole and
Lovett, 1921, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 11 : 232 (adds Oregon; probably mis-
determined, as specimens seen by the writer with same listed data and
this label are C. proclivis without lateral spots on second abdominal seg-
ment). Hine, 1923, Can. Ent. 55 : 145. (adds Alaska). Philip, 1931, Minn.
Bull. No. 80 (further characterizes, includes male and adds Minnesota,
Wyoming and Montana).

Specimens examined: 2 o’,29 9, Montana (June 30 to July 29), 24 2 Colo-
rado (June 24 to Sept. 3), 4 9 So. Dak., 1 9 Wyoming, 4 2 Minnesota, 2 9
Alberta, 1 Q Saskatchewan, 3 9 Quebec, 7 2 Ontario.

The late Professor Hine studied the type of furcatus
at the British Museum and indicated the synonymy of C.
lupus in manuscript notes together with comparison of speci-
mens in his collection. The species is characterized by the black
of the cheeks usually reaching the facial sutures, the abdomen
with a geminate spot on the second segment, 4 black spots on
the third and fourth segments, and the “‘cross-band” of the
wing picture not reaching the posterior margin but extended
across the base of cell Cui, while the infuscation in cell R is
interrupted by hyaline in the outer third to half. The fore
coxae are almost always yellow, but in 2 dark specimens,
shading to dark brown above and below.

Allotype o’, 9% mm. Except for the usual sexual differences, essentially
like the 9. Thoracic pile longer and deeper fulvous, and integument darker
on the disc. Median abdominal spots geminate but not divided on the third to
fifth segments, those on the first and second continuous, the latter subquadrate,
only slightly indented with yellow behind. Lateral spots on the third and
fourth segments present only as small, faint dashes, but large and connected
with the median maculations on the fifth. The following segments black,
narrowly emarginate with yellow. Apical spot of wings larger than in most
females, the hyaline triangle not crossing vein R2+3. Hamilton, Mont., in
town. July 27, 1933, C. B. Philip.

Another <, Missoula, Mont., July 21, 1931, C. B. Philip. A little darker
but essentially as above. Black of the face stops abruptly at the facial sutures
in both specimens.

The eye pattern of the female has the occipital border
contiguous with the margin, while the spots are separated from
it. The shaft of the arrowhead is usually prolonged above, but

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 8, NOV., 1935 i335

not joined to the border, although the latter is sometimes
continuous with the upper spot. The arrowhead is joined to
the median spot in about half of the specimens studied, including
the 2 males.

The writer has specimens in which single characters approach
proclivis, and similar specimens might explain the Saskatchewan
records of the latter so far east of its usual Pacific Coast
habitat. In 3 specimens, small spots are present on one or both
sides of the second abdominal segment and in another rather
dark insect (as well as the Quebec specimens seen in the Ameri-
can Museum), the facial infuscation has crossed the sutures
broadly but irregularly and the lateral yellow triangles on
segments 3 and 4 of the abdomen have been enclosed by the
merging of the black to form isolated central spots; the wing
picture is typical of furcatus in these variations. In another
specimen, on the other hand, the black on the cheeks reaches
only to the yellow pollinose stripes (the unusual character
presented by Walker’s type), and even less extensive in a
specimen seen in the Museum of Comparative Zoology from
California. Four specimens also seen in series at the latter
Institution were atypical aestuans but the species should not be
confused if the wing patterns are checked in doubtful instances.

Chrysops proclivis, O. S.

1877, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. 3: 222 from California. Williston, 1886, Trans.
Kans. Acad. Sci. 10 : 134 (adds Washington and Oregon). Ricardo, 1901,
Am. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 7, VIII: 306. Hine, 1904, Can. Ent. 36: 89
(adds British Columbia). Hine, 1905, Ohio Nat. 5 : 225 (further charac-
terizes, includes male, and omits Colorado and Oregon which were listed in
his 1904 catalogue and also British Columbia cited above), Cole and
Lovett, 1921, Calif. Acad. Sci. 11 : 233. Cameron, 1926, Bull. Ent. Res.
17: 24-25 (characterizes both sexes and immature stages, and adds
Saskatchewan; the remarks and locality seem more likely for furcatus).

Syn. C. atricornis Bigot, 1892, Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. 5 : 603 (I have a specimen
compared with the type through the kindness of Major E. E. Austen).

Syn. C. pachycera Will. 1886 (male only), see Adams, 1904, Kans. Univ. Bull
Le

var. surdus, O. S., 1877, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. 3 : 223, from California. Willis-

1Since submission of this manuscript for publication, the writer has been
permitted to study this male through the kindness of Dr. Beamer in charge of
the University of Kansas collections, and disagrees with Adams in its assign-
ment to C. proclivis. The specimen has yellow rather than black palpi, cell R
of the wing is not completely infuscated but has a hyaline apical spot, the cross-
band does not reach the posterior margin of the wing, the apical spot is too
broad, the cheeks are yellow and fore coxae are brown, not black, and melani-
zation on the second abdominal segment laterally occurs from the anterior
(as in the following segments) and not the posterior margin. It is not C.
pachycera but is unknown to the writer at present.

156 ~=PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 8, NOV., 1935

ton, 1886, Trans. Kans. Acad. 10 : 134 (cites variations and adds Washing-
ton). Hine, 1905, Ohio Nat. 5: 226.
n. var. imfurcatus, n. var. piceus, described below.

Specimens examined: 4 Q British Columbia (Aug. 10), 13 9 Washington
(May 27 to Aug. 7), 17 Q Oregon (June 12 to July 23), 21 9 California (June
1 to July 17).

For separation from the preceding species, the completely
black fore coxae and the characteristic wing pictures are the
only reliable characters since they are least subject to variation,
while the infuscation on the face and abdomen varies considera-
ably in extent. The infuscated cell R is not crossed by hya-
line, although the hind margin along vein M may be clear
especially apically, the cross-band reaches the posterior margin
in cell M; but does not cross cell Cu:, and the apical spot is
somewhat narrower than in furcatus. In typical proclivis the
infuscation on the cheeks is limited by the facial sutures, but
may cross it in varying degrees, until the ferruginous interval is
narrow and acuminate downward, the black coalescing below,
in the varieties surdus and piceus. Typically also, the species
has an isolated spot on either side the median maculation on
the second abdominal segment, but these spots not only vary
in size but may be completely absent as discussed below; the
median spot may be geminate, enclosing an acuminate or
even a truncated yellow triangle or it may be subquadrate,
narrowing posteriorly and without indentation in extremely dark
specimens. The maculations on the third and fourth abdominal
segments are usually (not always) completely divided by median
yellow intervals, the lateral quadrate spots being slightly
indented posteriorly, but not divided as in most C. /upus. The
same remarks concerning the eye pattern of C. furcatus may
be applied to this species. Size variable, 7 to 9.5 mm.

Besides the 4 female types for each of proclivis and surdus,
intergrades from British Columbia and Washington were seen
in the Museum of Comparative Zoology collections.

The writer agrees with those who feel that consideration of
varieties of species of the Tabanidae is generally not advisable
except where such procedure clarifies, rather than confuses,
recognition of a widely variable species. C. proc/ivis is unfortu-
nately such a species, the variations involving characters which
are not so mutable in other species and which have been used
by other workers for key purposes. Constant differences to
separate into species the forms of proc/ivis are not at present
available, and intergrades prevent continued specific retention
of surdus, a doubt concerning which was also expressed by
Kroéber. For purposes of keying and recognition, however, it
seems advisable not only to keep the name in a varietal capacity

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 8, NOV., 1935 157

but to record 2 other varieties which show unusual or confusing
variation.

A few specimens have been studied, including those labeled
C. lupus from Oregon listed by Cole and Lovett (1921), in
which the second abdominal segment resembles C. furcatus
in the lack of lateral spots, and the following variety is described
to call attention to this possible confusion:

Chrysops proclivis var. imfurcatus, n. var.

Face yellow between the sutures, antennae black, reddish on the inner side
of the first segment. Thorax with disc black, covered sparsely with golden
yellow hairs, pleural pile of the same color. Wing picture characteristic, except
that the apical spot, starting about half the width of cell Ri, widens rapidly to
continue to the apex of the wing somewhat wider than that cell, and the cross-
band, while abruptly limited by vein Cuy, fades just before reaching the posterior
margin of the wing in cell M3. No trace of the lateral spots on the second
abdominal segment, the median maculation emarginate behind with a yellow
triangle about half the width of the segment. Third segment mostly black, with
narrow dashes mesally and laterally which do not reach the anterior border;
the following segments black with yellow incisures. Because of its large size,
the lack of spots on the sides of the second tergite and the rather wide apical
spot of the wing, it bears a remarkable superficial resemblance to furcatus but
differs little in other respects from typical proclivis. Upper eye spot separated
from both the margin and occipital border, median spot also isolated.

Type female, length 9 mm. Sumner, Washington (May 27,
1930), Randall Latta. Paratype, Coburg, OrepAug. “5; 1917
(Richter). Six other females from Wash. agree in size, wing
and head characters but have very small spots on the second
segment laterally. In the collection of the writer.

The writer also has a very small specimen representing such
an extreme of melanization, as to have suggested it as new on
first study:

Chrysops proclivis var. piceus, n. var.

Wings with characteristic pattern of proc/ivis, the apical spot narrow and not
widened distally to reach vein Ro+3 except where it crosses that vein near the
margin. The midfacial yellow, integumental stripe is reduced to a very narrow,
yellow line reaching about two-thirds the distance to the margin of the mouth.
Antennae yellowish basally but darker than in most proc/ivis. Disc of thorax
black, unstriped, pleurae with the yellowish stripes much reduced and without
the usual pronounced orange tint to the pleural pile. Abdomen black, the
second tergite only showing faint indications of mesal emargination. Small
yellow spots occupy the upper half of that segment laterally and project on to
the posterior margin of the first segment, barely continuing beneath as yellow
notches in the edges of the second sternite. Incisures of the second to fifth

158 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 8, NOV., 1935

tergites, and third to fifth sternites narrowly yellow pollinose, widest on the
fourth. Venter otherwise black except for faint brownish shades on the second
sternite. Legs black, the middle pair and the middle and hind tarsi basally
with dark brownish shades. Eye pattern heavy, but not otherwise unusual
for proclivis.

Type female, length 7 mm. Huntington Lake, California
(July, 1917), I. McCracken. In the collection of the writer,
through the kindness of Professor G. F. Ferris of Stanford
University.

A large specimen from Requa, California, 9.5 mm. in length
represents another extreme of variation, in which the apical
spot widens (even greater than in var. imfurcatus) from a stem
half the width of cell R, at the junction with the cross-band,
to infuscate somewhat more than the distal half of vein Ra, the
cross-band fades perceptibly before reaching the hind margin,
and a brown streak occupies the full length of the hind margin
of cell 2nd M occupying about one-fourth its width (neverthe-
less, cells R and Cu, are characteristic); the middorsal macula-
tion on the first and second tergites is solid and continuous,
narrowest behind. A few other specimens show completely
yellowish first antennal segments or hind femora and the
inferior margin of cell M; along vein Cu, may be hyaline. In
only one specimen (from Tidewater, Oregon) is there a sugges-
tion of a hyline spot completely crossing the apex of cell R.

Chrysops coloradensis Bigot (in part) 1892.

Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. 5 : 605, from Colorado. Ricardo, 1901, Am. Mag. Nat
Hist. Ser. 7, VIII, 397. Hine, 1905, Ohio Nat. 5 : 220 (adds Washington and
California). Cole and Lovett, 1921, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 11 : 232 (add
Oregon).

Specimens examined: 3 o, 6 @, California (July); 1 o, 2 9, Oregon (July
3 and July 23). :

This species has a general resemblance to furcatus, but with
the infuscation of the body and wings usually very much reduced
or faded. In outline, the wing picture is almost identical, with
more hyaline apically in cell R and the cross-band perhaps
more widely separated from the posterior margin. The face
and cheeks are yellow with black in the apodemal pits on either
side, the frontal callosity of the female is yellow with a brown
upper margin, and the abdominal pattern usually has all
maculations divided, including the geminate spot of the second
abdominal segment which is here divided anteriorly to form
paired dashes. The lateral rows of spots may be so reduced as
to be hardly discernible.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 8, NOV., 1935 159

The eye pattern in 2 specimens studied is comparatively
heavy. The occipital border and upper and lower spots are
contiguous with the margin, and the arrowhead is joined to the
border above and to the median spot in front.

Two pairs seen in the Hine collection from Topaz, California,
and a male in the Oregon State College collection, although
having the same build and wing pattern, differ in having paler
yellow abdomens (the faded appearance of disca/lis) with coales-
cent spots, and narrow, black callosities in the females; they
probably represent a different but closely related species, but
additional material is needed to determine their status.

Chrysops luteopennis, n. sp.

Female, length 8 mm. Frontal callosity yellow with dark upper margin,
resembling that of C. coloradensis. Abdomen yellow with middorsal row of
geminate spots on the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th segments enclosing small yellow tri-
angles; a row of elongate black spots on either side, starting at the middle of
the 2nd segment, the yellow intervals giving these lateral spots the appearance
of lines. Whole wing picture luteous, without the usual sharp contrast,
although the cross-band and apical spot are darkest, while the hyaline triangle
is pale smoky, almost hyaline; apical spot at base is a little wider than cell Ry
and gradually tapers to the tip of the wing, somewhat the appearance of that
in C. sackent.

Head with facial callosities yellow, bare in the middle but a slight downward
evagination, mesally, of the pollinose area between the antennae, not seen in
females of related species. Palpi and first antennal joints yellow, second joints
of latter and base of third smoky, remainder black. Disc of thorax and
scutellum black margined before and laterally above the antealar tubercles
and bases of the wings with plumbeus and with sparse golden and grayish short
hair. Pleurae plumbeus with a smoky stripe across the disc of the antealar
calli. Legs yellow, the joints of the first and last pairs, the fore tibiae distally
and the hind femora proximally, and all the tarsi (except base of last 2 pairs)
infuscated. /Vings with cell R luteofuscous (of same density as cross-band)
and cell 2nd M pale luteous their full length, fading to a subhyaline
area in either cell just before the fork ef vein M. The cross-band plainly
reaches the posterior margin in cell Ms, is less dense in cell Cui, but darkens
again along the posterior margin of that cell. Halteres black. dédomen with
a black subquadrate spot on Ist segment merging with the semi-parallel sided,
geminate spot on the 2nd segment enclosing a small equilateral triangle on the
posterior margin. This margin and those following yellow, increasing in width
caudally. Fifth and following segments black except for yellow margins,
venter yellow, darkening toward the tip, with a median row of black triangles
and two lateral black lines on the 2nd to 5th segments, inclusive.

Occipital border of eye pattern contiguous with margin but separating above,
where it joins the shaft of the arrowhead and the upper spot, and below where
a spur reaches forward and upward beyond the junction with the point of the
arrowhead. Median and lower spots isolated from margin and arrowhead
alike, the former smaller than usual.

160 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 8, NOV., 1935

Type, Moore’s Lake, Anoka County, Minnesota, July 14,
1925, C. B. Philip. In the collection of the University of
Minnesota.

Paratype, Sandusky, Ohio, June 22, 1899. In the collection
of Ohio State Museum. Agrees in detail with the type except
that the thoracic plumbeus stripes are more apparent, reaching
almost the full length of the disc, and the dilute luteous shades
of the usually hyaline areas of the wings are less dense.

Head characters relate this species to the more robust co/orad-
ensis and to sackeni, in both of which, however, cell R lacks
complete infuscation and the luteous suffusion. It is more
slender than most furcatus, lacking head characters of the
latter and the abdominal pattern is darker. The lateral spots
on the 2nd abdominal segment are more pronounced and
elongate cephalad than in proc/ivis in addition to other obvious
differences. I have seen no specimens of other species of the
group in which the arrowhead of the eye pattern was connected
both above and below to the occipital border as in this species.

Chrysops facialis, Towns.

1897, Psyche 8: 251, female from “Gila River.’’ Hine, 1904, Ohio Nat. 5:
(further characterizes and adds male). Kréber, 1926, Stett, Ent. Zeit. 87 :
261-262 (adds New Mexico).

Specimens examined: 5 9, Arizona (April 4, June 25, and July), 1 9, Sierra
Madre, Mexico.

This bears a striking superficial resemblance to furcatus
but is nevertheless usually not associated with it on account of
the moderately swollen basal antennal segments. The laterally
narrowed black frontal callosity of the female has the shape of
that in fulvaster; the extent of yellow on the disc varies in
different specimens. The Mexican specimen in Hine’s collec-
tion is unusually dark with the lateral abdominal spots extend-
ing forward on segment 3 and cell Cu; of the wing almost
completely filled.

The purple maculations of the eye pattern are very heavy.
The occipital border is completely divided at the mesal notch,
but joined above to the upper spot. The upper and lower spots
are separated from the eye margin and the shaft of the arrow-
head does not reach the border above, while the median spot is
continuous with the arrowhead.

ANALYTICAL Key To WESTERN Species or Furcatus Group.

1. First antennal joint moderately enlarged; face with a narrow median
stripe of yellow pollen, widest below ___............,facialis, Towns.
First antennal joint normal in size; middle of face without pollinose
SEDI DES: SIMU eon cach coos cn az oncd etek ae ee ee 2

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 8, NOV., 1935 161

2. Cheeks and face yellow, frontal callosity of female yellow with a

Ramon huscouspup perl bordet sree eg eee Bae at 3
Cheeks and face black, yellow in the middle, frontal callosity of
lrg fel ots] 01: (al Ca ieee Re go Pee oe es Oa, CNET ON See Te ee 4
3. Wing picture and hyaline areas contrasting, cell R with one-fourth
Ommonre at therapexy hyaline esses ee ey coloradensis Bigot
Wings with luteofuscous pictures and luteous or subhyaline intervals,
cell Rointuseateck tothe) apex. 225. Ft luteopennis n. sp.

4. Fore coxae yellow, rarely with dark brownish streaks; cell R crossed
by hyaline apically, the cross-band crosses Cell Cui but does not
NEQCHL WOGEEIIOR Liicit CIT aan 188 ae See eh A furcatus Walk.
Fore coxae entirely jet black; cell R infuscated its entire length, cross-
band extends down cell M3 to margin but does not cross vein
(COE Se See ee, es ee ee ee ee proclivis O. S. (5)
5. Face narrowly yellow in the middle; a black spot present in the yellow
on either side of the second abdominal segment; usually less

Face broadly yellow over practically the whole intersutural space;
second abdominal segment without lateral spots; over 8 mm. in
IkSsaor(e Vee OR ees SP USO cee See ee A ee ee imfurcatus n, var.

6. Abdomen black, lateral dark spots on the second segment merged
with the median spot, leaving only a small yellow notch in front,
black on following segments not indented behind although poster-
JOfMaALe INS ake waLLOwiliysvell yess ee ee ee ee piceus n. var.

Abdomen with lateral spots on the second segment isolated, black on
the third segment indented or divided in the middle....var. surdus O. S.

The writer is indebted to the following persons for the opportunity of studying
specimens included in this paper: Messrs. Eric Hearle, J. Wilcox, R. Latta,
E. E. Wehr; Professors G. A. Mail, H. A. Scullen, G. F. Ferris, L. P. Wherle,
G. F. Knowlton, G. M. List, C. E. Mickel, and Dr. Alan Stone; also Mr. Nathan
Banks of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Dr. C. H. Curran of the Ameri-
can Museum of Natural History, and Mr. E. S. Thomas of Ohio State Museum.
Major E. E. Austen, of the British Museum, kindly compared C. atricornis Big.

THE TEXAS CITRUS MITE, A NEW SPECIES.

By E. A. McGrecor,

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, United States Department of
Agriculture.

During recent months the writer has received several con-
signments of a pytophagous mite from citrus in Texas. Critical
study of the material has convinced the writer that it represents
a new species, and it is therefore described below.

162 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 8, NOV., 1935

Anychus clarki, new species.

Female.—Color, in nicely preserved specimens, lemon amber; the deeper
coloration, due to confluent blotches, a deep chocolate brown, occurs around the
margin of the body, but is lacking anteriorly and medially. Eyes in preserved
material translucent. The dorsal epidermal appendages are 26 in number; of
these, the marginal appendages (16) are rod-like, non-tapering, and arise from
inconspicuous tubercles; the strictly dorsal appendages (10) are short and
spatulate and do not appear to arise from tubercles. The appendages are
distributed as follows: One overlying each outer margin of the palpi anteriorly,
one laterad of each eye, one on each lateral margin of cephalothorax just ahead of
abdomino-thoracic suture, two marginally on each side of abdomen, four along
hind margin of abdomen, and a submarginal pair associated with the latter
(these all rodlike); one mediad of each eye, one three-fourths distance from each
eye to abdominal suture, a median pair at hind margin of cephalothorax, a
submedian pair a short distance behind the latter, and a median pair midway
between cephalothorax and hind end of abdomen (these all spatulate). All
dorsal appendages are clothed with minute hairs. Body of female ovate,
widest across hind portion of cephalothorax, mature individuals distinctly
obese; cephalothorax anteriorly with a slightly concave margin (overlying palpi);
male much smaller than female, inversely pyriform, legs proportionately much
longer. Measurements of a series of individuals of this sex from citrus, Weslaco,
Texas, averaged as follows: Length, 0.376 mm.; width, 0.300. Mandibular
plate notched anteriorly, but emargination obscured by a protuberance which
overlies it. “Thumb” of palpus subconical in profile, being much thicker at
base than at tip, which bears a long narrow “finger” fully three times as long
as thick; on dorsal surface of ‘“‘thumb,”’ distad of its mid-point, arise two fleshy
nail-like appendages, in length equalling or exceeding that of terminal “finger”;
also on the dorsal surface of the “thumb,” one-fourth of its length from the
base, arises a blunt dorsal sensilla with papilliform surface; between the latter
and the base of the “thumb” arise another fleshy nail-like appendage and a
slender bristle; near the center of the outer surface of the “thumb” arises a
spindle-shaped hispidulous appendage. Collar trachea extending inward as a
long, narrow tube, ending in a subrectangular chamber of enlarged calibre.
Forelegs of female in length equalling that of body to tip of mandibular plate.
Femur three and a half times as long as thick, less than half again as long as
tarsus. Tibia barely exceeding the patella, which is about one and a half times
the length of the trochanter. Relative length of joints of leg as follows: Coxa,
24; trochanter, 13; femur, 36; patella, 20; tibia, 21; tarsus, 26. Onychium of
tarsus devoid of claws or central vestigial protuberance, its distal extremity
merely produced into a rounded gibba; usual four capitate (tenent) hairs
arising in pairs from sides of onychium. Egg somewhat flattened, and without
an apical stalk.!

Male.—Color pale, fully one-fourth again as long as wide. Length, 0.254 mm.;
width, 0.205 mm. Compared with the female, the pyriform body is much
smaller, and the legs much longer. The tubercled spur on the dorsal surface of
the palpus, so characteristic of red spider males, is lacking in this species. The

‘According to S. W. Clark, Station Entomologist at Weslaco, Texas.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 8, NOV., 1935 163

inner portion of the penis is difficult to observe, but the inner lobe appears to be
slender and rodlike, and seems to expand abruptly to form the acutish basilar
lobe; the main shaft arises as a stout structure nearly twice the thickness of the
inner lobe, but distally is abruptly narrowed and bent upward and forward to
terminate in an acuminate point; the terminal arm of the hook forms an angle
of 130° with the main axis of the shaft.

Type slide —Cat. No. 1143, U. S. N. M.

The type material from Weslaco, Texas, January 4, 1935, on
citrus. Collected by S. W. Clark. Intermediate between
A. banksi McG. and A. rusti McG., from which two species it
may bé distinguished as follows:

A. banksi: Body widest across middle of cephalothorax; 18 spatulate-serrate
hairs comprising the dorsal series of epidermal appendages; transverse suture,
separating cephalothorax from abdomen (in female), lying between fourth and
fifth dorsal setae—counting from anterior end; palpal “thumb” with a single
terminal “finger” on its very narrow apical end; a hair-like appendage arising
below center of outer surface of “thumb”; mandibular plate distinctly emar-
ginate; tarsal onychium developed terminally into a rather sharp, hooked
point, the capitate hairs arising from a vestigial protuberance.

A. rusti: Body widest across anterior region of abdomen; 26 rod-like slightly
serrate hairs comprising the dorsal series of epidermal appendages; transverse
suture, separating cephalothorax from abdomen (in female), lying between
third and fourth dorsal setae—counting from anterior end; palpal “thumb”
with three subterminal “fingers” on its not greatly narrowed apical end; a
hair-like appendage arising below center of outer surface of “thumb”; mandi-
bular plate not clearly emarginate; tarsal onychium developed terminally into
a rounded protuberance which in profile appears oblongish, but without central
vestigial protuberance.

A. clarki: Body widest across posterior region of cephalothorax; 16 rod-like
and 10 short spatulate setae comprising dorsal series of epidermal appendages;
transverse suture, separating cephalothorax from abdomen (in female), situated
much as in 4. banksi; palpal “thumb” with a single terminal “finger” on its
narrow apical end; a spindle-shaped hispidulous seta arising below center of
outer surface of “thumb”; anterior emargination of mandibular plate obscured
by overlying protuberance; tarsal onychium developed terminally into a rounded
protuberance which in profile appears semicircular, without central vestigial
protuberance (see description of collar trachea and penis, and distribution of
dorsal setae).

Notes.—Mr. S. W. Clark, Entomologist at the Texas Experi-
ment Station at Weslaco, writes that —

“This mite . . . occurs all over the Lower Rio Grande
Valley citrus area, . . . and we have had difficulty with
it . . . for over seven years. I believe I would be safe in

PLATE 18 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 8, NOV., 1935 165

saying that (this species) is the mite of most economic import-
ance in this section. The color ranges from tan to greenish-
brown in some specimens. Newly hatched mites are lemon
yellow. When disturbed they travel over the surface of the
leaf quite fast. I have noticed practically no webbing. (It)
feeds chiefly, if not altogether, on the upper side of the leaves

and causes them to turn yellowish and drop. The
resulting damage is serious . . . and one or two treatments
are generally applied for control. Usually sulfur dust is used,
and it does the job well. Normally this mite is most abundant
in the fall . . . .(appearing) first about September,
although in case we have no protracted cold periods it will carry
up into the spring.”

Mr. Clark states that the California citrus mite (Paratet-
ranychus citri McG.) occurs sparingly in Texas.

Mr. A. F. Swain called the writer’s attention to this mite.
He said that it had been going under the name of the California
citrus red spider (Paratetranychus citri McG.), but that his
familiarity with the California mite caused him, during a visit
to Texas groves, to believe that the mite common on citrus in
Texas was a distinct species. Mr. Swain advised Mr. Clark
to send specimens of the Texas mite to the present writer, which
he did, and a careful study of the material has convinced the
writer that it represents a new and undescribed species.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.
Anychus clarkt.

Fig. 1. Tip of tarsus showing appendages (viewed laterally).
2. Mandibular plate and anterior margin of cephalothorax.

3. Distal portion of palpus with “thumb” and its appendages (viewed

laterally).
. Collar trachea.
. The penes of two individuals (viewed laterally).
. One of the marginal setae of the body, with basal tubercle.
. Foreleg (viewed from above).
. Dorsal view of female.

CONT DN

BRACHYMERIA CARINATIFRONS, NEW SPECIES (HYMEN-
OPTERA: CHALCIDIDAE).

By A. B. Gauan,

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, United States Department of
Agriculture.

This form is extremely close to Brachymeria compsilurae
(Crawford) and may be merely a geographical or climatic race
of that species. The specimens at hand may be distinguished
from compsilurae, however, by the fact that the middle tibiae

166 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 8, NOV., 1935

have a complete broad black median band and the front tibiae
have a large black spot on the outer or posterior surface. In all
of the specimens of compsilurae seen the front and middle tibiae
are nearly uniformly yellowish testaceous, though frequently
having a more or less distinct fuscous or dark brown blotch on
the posterior surface of each. Definite structural characters
for distinguishing the new species from compsilurae appear
to be lacking but compsilurae seems to have the apical half of the
scutellum weakly depressed medially and a small area between
the lateral ocellus and the eye margin is granularly punctate,
while in the new species the scutellum shows no median depres-
sion and the ocellocular area is occupied by the same coarse
punctures found elsewhere on the vertex.

Female.—Length 4.2 mm. Black, the tegulae, apices of all femora, bases
and apices of all tibiae, and all tarsi pale yellow, the front tibiae usually with
the anterior surface entirely yellow but with a broad black band or spot on the
posterior face; the yellow spot at apex of hind femur smaller than in compsilurae;
wings hyaline, the venation dark brown. Head and thorax coarsely and densely
punctate; malar carina with the postorbital branch present and complete to the
occipital margin, also with a distinct preorbital branch extending parallel to the
inner orbit nearly to the upper extremity of scrobes; scrobicular cavity wider
than the space between it and the eye margin, distinctly carinately margined
laterally and below, open above; face and cheeks below the postorbital carina
less strongly sculptured than the vertex; antennae wholly black, rather short,
the funicle joints, except the first, a little broader than long, the first distinctly
a little longer than broad; scutellum convexly rounded, with the apical ledge
emarginate; propodeum without lateral projections, unusually distinctly
areolated, with a distinct oval median area flanked on each side by three well
defined areas the two anterior of which are small and more or less rounded
while the other four are irregularly five-sided; outside or laterad of these areas
are several other areas more or less obscured by rather dense long hairs; abdomen
ovate, subacute at apex; first tergite impunctate and bare except for a very few
hairs near the latero-posterior angles, second weakly punctate and hairy later-
ally, bare above, third, fourth and fifth like the second but with a marginal
row of hairs above, the sixth coarsely punctate and sparsely hairy all over,
with about four or five punctures in each irregular longitudinal row; hind femora
with about nine or ten teeth on the ventral margin, weakly punctate, more or
less shining and hairy on the outer face, the inner face also weakly punctate
and without a tubercle; hind coxae without a tubercle. Hairs on head and
thorax moderately dense and pale.

Male.—Length 3.5 mm. Similar in every respect to the female except that
the propodeum is less densely hairy laterally, and the hypopygium is shorter
with only about three large punctures in a longitudinal row.

Type locality —Cuernavaca, Morellos, Mexico.
Type.—No. 51199, U. S. National Museum.
Described from thirteen females and two males submitted

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 8, NOV., 1935 167

for identification by the Division of Truck Crop and Garden
Insect Investigations of the Bureau of Entomology and Plant
Quarantine. The female holotype and four paratype females
were reared from puparia of Paradexodes epilachnae Aldrich
parasitizing Epilachna varivestis Mulsant, the host material
having been taken at Cuernavaca, Mexico, in August, 1930,
by B. B. Landis and C. C. Plummer. The allotype male and
one female paratype were reared from puparia of the same
tachinid parasitizing Fpilachna defecta Mulsant in. the same
locality and taken by the same collectors in July, 1930. Eight
paratypes are said to have been reared from puparia of the
tachinid collected in Mexico in 1922.

A NEW SPECIES OF PARASITE OF TYPHLOCYBA POMARIA
MC ATEE (HYMENOPTERA : BETHYLIDAE).

By C. F. W. Mueseseck,

Of the Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine,
United States Department of Agriculture.

The parasitic species described below belongs to the tribe
Alophini, in the group which is more commonly known as the
Dryinidae, but which has been treated by Kieffer’ and Fenton?
as the subfamily Anteoninae of the family Bethylidae.

=
ee
LE ee typhlocybae, new species.

In Fenton’s key this species runs to microleucus Perkins,
from which it may be promptly distinguished by the presence
of distinct parapsidal grooves, by the smoother scutellum, by
the paler legs, and by the presence of a small yellowish-brown
or yellowish spot between the antennal foramen and the eye.

Female.—Length, about 2mm. Head wider than thorax, delicately coriaceous
and rather dull, the vertex subshining; anterior margin of clypeus truncate;
antennal foramen separated from eye by slightly less than the diameter of the
foramen; frons convex, with a delicate median carina which becomes obsolescent
above; ocellocular line less than twice diameter of an ocellus, much shorter than
postocellar line and hardly as long as distance between median ocellus and a
lateral ocellus; shortest distance from eye to carinate posterior margin of head
a little shorter than ocellocular line; scape barely longer, but somewhat thicker,
than pedicel; first segment of flagellum slightly longer than pedicel, faintly
shorter than second, third, and fourth flagellar segments, which are subequal;
fifth, sixth, and seventh successively shorter and slightly broader; eighth, or
apical, segment the longest. Mesoscutum delicately coriaceous like head;

1Kieffer, J. J. Das Tierreich, Lief 41, 1914, pp. 7-222.
2Fenton, F. A., Ohio Jour. Sci., vol. 18, 1918, pp. 177-212, 243-278, 285-296.

168 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 8, NOV., 1935

parapsidal grooves present, obsolescent caudad; lateral grooves present; scutel-
lum, and metanotum medially, smooth or only faintly coriaceous, subpolished;
propodeum rugulose reticulate, the posterior declivity with a large poorly
defined median area which is weakly sculptured; mesopleurum very weakly
alutaceous, shining; stigma large; radius not distinctly as long as stigma and
originating from much beyond its middle. Abdomen narrow, compressed,
smooth, a little shorter than thorax.

Black; mandibles and clypeus white; a spot between antenna and eye yellow-
ish; antennae brown; wings hyaline, stigma brown; anterior and middle legs
entirely yellowish white; hind coxae and trochanters yellowish white, the former
piceous at extreme base above; posterior femora yellow at base and beneath,
piceous above on apical half or more; posterior tibiae and tarsi brownish.

Male.—Like the female except as follows: Third segment of antennal flagel-
lum 4 little longer than second, the fourth a little longer than third; fifth and
sixth subequal, slightly longer than fourth and not broader; seventh and eighth
indistinctly more slender than the preceding, fully twice as long as broad;
abdomen not so strongly compressed.

Type.—U. S. N. M. No.

Ty pe-locality —Poughkeepsie, N. Y.

Host.—Ty phlocyba pomaria McAtee.

Described from 13 females and 12 males reared by H. M.
Steiner, May 22, 1934, and 25 specimens of each sex reared by
the same investigator June 1, 1935. All from the type locality.
The National Collection contains 5 additional specimens of
this species, which are not included in the type series, however;
four of these are from College Park, Md., taken in August, 1932,
by D. H. Brannon; the other 1s labeled as having been collected
at Champlain Valley, N. Y., by O. H. Hammer in 1933.

REVIEW OF THIRD EDITION OF LUTZ’S FIELD BOOK OF
INSECTS.

“Field Book of Insects of the United States and Canada, aiming to answer
common questions,” by Frank E. Lutz, Ph. D., Curator, Department of
Insect Life, American Museum of Natural History. Third edition, small
12 mo. cloth, 510 pp., 800 illustrations including 24 colored plates. New
York, G. P. Putnam’s Sons, 1935. $3.50.

It has been sixteen years since the original publication of the first edition of
this book by our good friend Dr. Lutz. It has been necessary, therefore, in
order to bring this edition down to date to add, here and there, very materially
to the amount of information included. To keep the volume within pocket
size and to keep the price within moderation, much of the technical matter of
previous editions had to be rewritten and very severely condensed—quite a
task when one considers all the factors to be considered in keeping the book
within bounds. Concerning this, the genial author says characteristically:
“Tt reminds me of a telegraphic night letter with space left for ‘love’ which in

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 8, NOV., 1935 169

this case means ‘I hope that you will find the book helpful.’ ”’ The contents of
the volume comprise such topic subdivisions as: collecting and preserving
insects; keys for identification; and data on control of various injurious species,
while the revised treatment of the orders of insects includes quite full and satis-
factory discussion, 450 pages in all, of each of the principal forms. A comparison,
page by page, of this with the previous editions will reveal amazingly large
additions in recent years to the information already available regarding the
highly diverse forms of insects, their synonymy, habits, distribution, life his-
tories and control, all presented with the charm, the whimsical humor and the
sympathetic insight which gives distinction to all of Dr. Lutz’s nature writings.
To amateur naturalists, young or old, this book in its revised form will be an
exceedingly helpful guide; to technical workers it will supply much down-to-
date fundamental knowledge conveniently and compactly presented; while to
the general reader, having possibly only a mild interest in the subject, it will
prove a veritable revelation of the great magnitude of the insect world, and of
the close relationship between the activities of insects and human welfare.

—J. S. WapeE.

MINUTES OF THE 467th REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, OCTOBER 3, 1935.

The 467th regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
held at 8 p. m., Thursday, October 3, 1935, in room 43 of the Natural History
building of the National Museum. B. A. Porter, president, presided. There
were present 29 members and 15 visitors. The minutes of the 465th regular
meeting were read and approved. There was no business. Notes and Exhibition —
of Specimens: Mr. Austin H. Clark reported the capture by Mr. W. Herbert
Wagner of the following previously unrecorded butterflies in the District of |
Columbia and vicinity during the season: Cercyonis alope pegala (the dwarf ‘
form occurring in New Jersey), Rock Creek Park, July 6; Strymon liparops
form strigosa, Hyattsville, June 20; Eurema jucunda, Soldiers Home grounds,
July 24; Thanaos terentius, Soldiers Home grounds, July 12; Lerodea eufala,
Washington reservoir, September 7; he himself took Hesperia metea at Difficult
Run, Fairfax Co., Va.,on May 2 and 19. Thorybe& confusis, inadvertently |
omitted from the list of District butterflies, was rather common at Difficult Run /
from June 16 to July 7. (Author’s abstract.)

Mr. C. T. Greene reported that specimens of the fly, Cuterebra fontinella
Clark, a parasite of the white footed mouse (Peromyscus leucopis noveboracensis)
were collected at Demarest, N. J., July 16-24, 1934, by W. M. Bowdish. These
pupated Aug. 16, 1934, and five adults emerged Aug. 27-28, 1934. The material
was sent to Dr. J. E. Shillinger, U. S. Biological Survey, who submitted it to
Mr. Greene for determination. The specimens were retained for the National
Collection.

C. fontinella is the smallest species of the genus.

This is the second rearing record. The first record was by the late C. W.
Johnson, Psyche, 1930, September, p. 283, and the specimen found was taken
from the thigh of the mouse. It was reared at Boston, Mass., July 15, 1930.
(Author’s abstract.)

170 ~=— PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 8, NOV., 1935

Dr. F. W. Poos reported that the potato leafhopper, Empoasca fabae (Harris),
has been reared from more than 50 hostplants under field conditions at Arlington
Experiment Farm. New hostplants of this leafhopper were observed during
1934 which are probably quite significant. Nymphs of E. fabae were observed
on the tender growth of oak and hickory from Charleston, S. Car., to Schenec-
tady, N. Y. At Arlington Experiment Farm, nymphs of this species were
collected on tender growth of oak and hickory at intervals of two weeks during
June to September. These observations indicate that these hostplants are
important in furnishing a constant supply of adults of E. fabae for the re-
infestation of such crops as alfalfa, beans, and potatoes which are harvested or
mature at varying intervals during the growing season each year.

A large brood of adults of Empoasca fabae were observed maturing on oak and
hickory in the vicinity of Arlington Experiment Farm at the time the first
large collections of this species were taken in trap lights in June. It is indicated
that these plants are probably important in furnishing hosts to feed and breed
on in the migration of this species northward each spring. It seems doubtful
that E. fabae overwinters in the egg stage on these hostplants because its de-
velopment on the older leaves and twigs has not been observed, and previous
observations indicate that it does not overwinter on apple nursery stock and
other preferred hostplants at Arlington Experiment Farm. (Author’s abstract.)

The first communication on the regular program was by A. C. Davis of the
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, and entitled “ Mushroom Insects.”
In connection with his diseussion of the various mushroom pests, Mr. Davis
gave a comprehensive account of the methods and equipment used in mushroom
growing and illustrated his talk with numerous lantern slides.

This paper was discussed by McIndoo.

Second on the regular program was a paper by P. W. Oman, entitled ‘“‘Col-
lecting Hemiptera in the West.” A brief account of field work performed
during June and July, 1935, was given with illustrations of the route followed
and the more interesting habitats visited, as well as accounts of some of the
more interesting species collected. Small samples of the material taken and
equipment used in collecting were also shown.

This communication was discussed by Poos and Davis.

Meeting adjourned at 9.50 p. M.

P. W. Oman,
Recording Secretary.

MINUTES OF THE 468th REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, NOVEMBER 7, 1935.

The 468th regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
held at 8 p. m., Thursday, November 7, 1935, in room 43 of the Natural History
building of the National Museum. B. A. Porter, president, presided. Those in
attendance numbered 37 members and 22 visitors. The minutes of the previous
meeting were read and approved as corrected.

Upon recommendation of the Executive Committee, Mr. D. G. Hall, Bureau
of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, Mr. Irving Fox, U. S. National Museum,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 8, NOV., 1935 171

and Mr. Howard E. Hinton, University of Cambridge, Cambridge, England
were elected to membership by unanimous vote of the Society.

Under the heading of business the Recording Secretary read a report of a
meeting of the Executive Committee of the Society, held Nov. 7, 1935, at which
it was voted that the Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer be empowered to offer
to members excess numbers of older volumes of the Proceedings of the Society
at a reduction of from 50% to 75% of their current sale price.

There were no notes presented nor specimens exhibited.

Following a request from the chair, Mr. C. P. Clausen reported on the Sixth
International Congress of Entomologists, held beginning September 10, 1935,
at Madrid, Spain.

The first communication on the regular program was by Dr. Alan Stone of the
Division of Insect Identification, and entitled “Observations on the Tabanidae.”
Doctor Stone gave a general discussion of the family with reference to its
position in the order, its importance to man and domestic animals, and the
biology of the group, followed by a more detailed treatment of the taxonomy of
the various categories within the family. Of approximately 2500 species belong-
ing in the family, about 275 occur in the Nearctic region, and of these nearly
200 are referred to the genus Tabanus. Proposed changes in the classification
of the family were indicated, along with reasons why the present system is not
acceptable.

MclIndoo, Cory, Franklin, and Ewing participated in the discussion following
this paper.

Second on the program was a paper by Dr. D. L. Collins of the Geneva, N. Y.,
laboratory of the Division of Fruit Insect Investigations entitled “Insect
Phototropism and its Association with Structural and Functional Peculiarities
of the Compound Eye.”’ Doctor Collins presented some of the results of work
done in an effort to explain the reactions of certain insects to lights of various
colors and intensities. In connection with the problem he discussed the basic
structural types of compound eyes of insects, and the significance of the move-
ment of pigment in the eyes of certain Lepidoptera. An entirely satisfactory
explanation of the physiological reactions preceding the pigment movement has
not as yet been given. Lantern slides illustrating structures of the compound
eye and equipment used in the work were shown.

Campbell and Seigler discussed this paper.

Meeting adjourned at 10.25 p. M.

P. W. Oman,
Recording Secretary.

72. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 8, NOV., 1935

A REVIEW OF SNYDER’S “OUR ENEMY THE TERMITE.”’

“Our Enemy the Termite,” by Thomas E. Snyder, octavo, cloth, 196 pages,
55 figures. Ithaca, New York, Comstock Pub. Co., 1935. $3.00.

It is a pleasure to accede to requests from my good friend the author and
from his publishers to present for the readers of our Proceedings a brief notice
of this newly issued book. It has a background of twenty-six years’ practical
experience on the part of its author in dealing with termites and has been based
on extensive field and laboratory research under widely varying conditions of
latitude, altitude, temperature and climate. Since it has been conservatively
estimated that various species of termites cause $40,000,000 damage annually,
it is obvious that any authoritative and carefully prepared book on the subject
is of far more than mere academic interest to the many unfortunates who have
experienced losses of varying magnitude from the ravages of these pests. In
addition to a brief resumé of the history of the possible origin and development
of termites, the subject-matter includes discussions of their classification and
distribution; metamorphosis and description of termite castes; the colonizing
flight; nests; food; guests or inquilines found in termite nests; the disturbance
of the balance of nature by man, and other similar topics. However, to the
average reader, the sections of greatest interest are those bearing on practical
control. These include discussion of parasites and predators; artificial contro]
in subterranean chambers and in dry wood; impregnation preservative treat-
ments; combinations of the impregnation and superficial preservative treat-
ments; protection of stored material; and, prevention and remedy of injury to
living vegetation. There is also included an appendix which contains, for ready
reference, data on such topics as specifications for remedying termite damage to
buildings; provisions for city building codes for insuring protection against
termites and decay; a list of the termites of the world; classified list of the
termites of the United States, and classification of termite guests or inquilines.
A carefully selected glossary of technical terms used therein (pages 179 to 187)
also adds considerably to the usefulness of the book. —j. Ss. W.

Actual date of publication, January 17, 1936

VOL. 37 DECEMBER, 1935 No. 9

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

CONTENTS

BUCHANAN, L. L.—SYSTEMATIC NOTES ON THE TRACHODINAE (COLEOPTERA:
GURCUETONIDAE)L het 57 kA el SMA Sy ey YS

DOZIER, HERBERT L.—DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW ENCYRTID PARASITES
OHSNON-DIASPINIE; CATES 5 5 gc ww bw a ae. cw « wee Ana. vo lOO

MUESEBECK, C. F. W.—ON TWO LITTLE KNOWN GENERA OF BRACONIDAE
CE URI 28 ee ee a a

PusuisHeED MontHiy Except Jury, Aucust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProceEpINcs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1935.

Flonorany President». er Write hic ee ae L. O. HOWARD
Presidents <i) Boece eee ae ee B. A. PORTER
Birst Vice=E ress acit maar ene Set Cy Re eee S. B. FRACKER
SEGOMANV1CE-PreStderi ta sale 3) 0 See N. E. McINDOO
Recording: Secnenarg 2 io hy FOE SA Ces ae bee P. W. OMAN
Corresponding Sectetary-Treasurer © or. wee os es 8s, J. E.- GRAF
PGW OF <b Sma a cng CHI AS * eRe Roe W. R. WALTON

Members of the Executive Committee: S. A. ROHWER, J. S. WADE, H. E.
EWING.
Representing the Society as Vice-President
of the Washington Academy of Sciences. ........ H. MORRISON

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the ProcEEp1NGs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 225 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL. 37 DECEMBER, 1935 No.9

ON TWO LITTLE KNOWN GENERA OF BRACONIDAE
(HYMENOPTERA).

By C. F. W. Mueseseck,

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine,
United States Department of Agriculture.

The Foersterian genera Dirrhope and Acrisis, both apparently
rare, have been imperfectly known. Neither was previously
recorded as occurring in North America. Durrhope, however,
is represented in the United States by the new species described
in this paper and crisis by two species which were described
in other genera. It is the purpose of this paper to redefine
the two genera, to describe one new species, and to transfer to
Acrisis the two Nearctic species which belong there.

DIRRHOPE Foerster.

Dirrhope Foerster, Verh. naturh. Ver. preuss. Rheinl., vol. 8, 1851, p. 39.
Genotype, Dirrhope rufa Foerster.

Up to the present this genus has been known only from the
unique male specimen of the genotypic species which was
taken at Frankfurt a. Main, Germany, and which is now in the
collection of the Zoological Museum at Berlin. I have seen
this specimen. It properly belongs in the Microgasterinae
where Foerster placed it in his classification of the Braconidae,’
although it will not go there in his key to the subfamilies, for the
eyes are bare, while Foerster characterizes the “ Microgaster-
oidae”’ as having hairy eyes and separates the group by means
of this character from the “ Agathidoidae” and “‘ Eumicrodoidae.”

Recently I have found, among parasite material reared in
connection with certain biological studies conducted in the
Bureau of Entomology some years ago, four specimens of an
apparently new species of Dirrhope, including both sexes.
These specimens, incidentally, supply the first information
concerning the host association of a member of this genus.

Dirrhope Foerster may be defined as follows: Head transverse;
occiput immargined, eyes bare; clypeus large, its apical margin
broadly rounded; mandibles fitting against clypeus; maxillary

1Foerster, A., Verh. naturh. Ver. preuss. Rheinl., vol. 19, 1862, pp. 225-288.

174 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 9, DEC., 1935

palpi 6-segmented; labial palpi 4-segmented; number of antennal
segments ranging from 21 to 23 in the known specimens; scape
at least twice as long as thick; pedicel as long as, or longer than,
thick; notauli incomplete; propodeum areolated; prepectus
carinately margined; anterior wing with two cubital cells,
second intercubitus wanting; radius incomplete, radial cell
open; cubitus incomplete; first cubital and first discoidal cells
separated; recurrent vein entering first cubital cell; nervulus
postfurcal; submediellan cell at least half as long as mediellan;
abdomen not longer than thorax, more or less depressed, weakly
sclerotized and mostly smooth; broad membranous margins
along the narrow first tergite; ovipositor subexserted.

Fic. 1. Dirrhope americana, new species. Male.
(Drawn by Eleanor A. Carlin.)

Dirrhope americana, new species.
Fig. 1.

Very similar to the genotype, but apparently distinguishable by the shorter
malar space, by the oblique grooves of the second tergite being incomplete and
more strongly divergent, by the longer calcaria of posterior tibiae, and by the
pale yellow abdomen.

Female.—Length, 2.3 mm. Head transverse, twice as broad as long, slightly
broader than thorax; eyes large; malar space definitely shorter than basal width
of mandible; temples bulging somewhat, but not broad; face a little wider than
long to base of clypeus, very weakly indefinitely sculptured; frons weakly
impressed and with a delicate median longitudinal carina, each side of middle
finely obliquely aciculate; vertex irregularly transversely rugulose; postocellar
line about equal to diameter of an ocellus and about half as long as ocellocular
line; antennae a little shorter than the body, 23-segmented; scape more than
twice as long as its greatest width; pedicel slightly longer than broad; first

PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 9, DEC., 1935 7S,

flagellar segment twice as long as broad, the following, up to the apical third of
antenna, gradually shorter and broader, and from this point becoming narrower
again; shortest flagellar segments a little broader than long. Thorax stout,
somewhat broader than high; mesoscutum transverse, finely irregularly rugu-
lose, its posterior margin carinate; notauli very short, impressed only on anterior
declivity of mesoscutum; impression at base of scutellum broad, divided by a
median longitudinal ridge; scutellum flat, finely rugulose; propodeum areolated,
with four basal areas and three apical areas, the separating carinae prominent;
the middle apical area, constituting the confluent areola and petiolar area, the
largest, and pentagonal in outline; on each side of this area, at the lateral angle,
a very small subquadrate area; spiracles small; mesopleura smooth and shining;
metapleura finely granular and more or less dull; posterior coxae shorter, the
posterior femora a little longer, than propodeum; inner calcarium of posterior
tibia distinctly more than half as long as metatarsus. Abdomen narrower than
thorax, depressed; first tergite narrow, parallel-sided, more than twice as long
as broad, the spiracles beyond the middle; second tergite large, with two in-
complete, oblique, impressed lines beginning at base opposite lateral margins of
first tergite and diverging strongly caudad; ovipositor sheath extending barely
beyond apex of abdomen. -

Head and thorax ferruginous, the thorax darker than the head; antennae
yellow, the apical fourth dusky; legs testaceous; wings hyaline, with a slightly
dusky spot beneath stigma.

Male.—Essentially like the female except that antennae are more slender.

Type.—U. S. N. M. No. 50798.

Type locality —Falls Church, Virginia.

Host.—Ectoedemia phloeophaga Busck.

Described from two specimens of each sex reared September
17-22, 1913, by Carl Heinrich under Bureau of Entomology
Hopkins No. 11127F. The male paratype has the antennae
21-segmented.

ACRISIS Foerster.

Acrisis Foerster, Verh. naturh. Ver. preuss. Rheinl., vol. 19, 1862, p. 266.
Genotype, crisis gracilicornis Foerster.

Euchasmus Marshall, in Andre, Hym. Eur. Alg., vol. 4, 1888, p. 210. Genotype,
Euchasmus exiguus Marshall. New synonymy.

Episigalphus Ashmead, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 23, 1900, p. 125. Genotype,
Episigalphus minutessimus Ashmead [sic]. New synonymy.

I have had the privilege of studying the types of all three
genotypic species. That of 4crisis gracilicornis is in the Zoologi-
cal Museum at Berlin; that of Euchasmus exiguus is in the
British Museum, and that of Episigalphus minutissimus is in
the collection of the United States National Museum. All are
definitely congeneric in my opinion. Euchasmus and Episigal-
phus, therefore, must be suppressed as synonyms of crisis.
Both Acrisis and Euchasmus were included in the Pambolinae

176 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO, 9, DEC., 1935

in Ashmead’s classification of the Braconidae,” while they were
placed in the Hecabolinae in Szepligeti’s arrangement of the
genera of this family.’ A critical and sound study of the whole
cyclostomine group of Braconidae, particularly the complex now
unsatisfactorily classified under Doryctinae, Rogadinae, Pam-
bolinae, Hecabolinae, Rhyssalinae and Hormiinae, will un-
questionably produce an alignment of genera markedly different
from any arrangement proposed up to this time. I am not
altogether satished that crisis is more closely related to
Pambolus than to Hecabolus but for the present I prefer to
follow Ashmead and hold the genus in the Pambolinae.

Fic. 2. Acrisis minutissimus (Ashmead). Female.
(Drawn by Eleanor A. Carlin.)

The following combination of characters will distinguish 4crisis: Head trans-
verse, although not strongly so; clypeus emarginate and together with the
mandibles enclosing a circuliform opening; occiput completely margined; eyes
bare; antennae slender and long although with few segments (11- to 14-seg-

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 23, 1900, p. 147. _
3Gen. Insectorum, fasc, 22, 1904, p. 55.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 9, DEC., 1935 if

mented in the known specimens); notauli indicated only anteriorly; mesoscutum
with a delicate median longitudinal impressed line; propodeum areolated;
prepectus sharply margined; mesopleurum with a longitudinal impressed line
below; two cubital cells; radius arising from near middle of stigma, obsolescent
apically; first cubital and first discoidal cells separated; first discoidal cell
petiolate; recurrent vein entering second cubital cell at extreme base, or inter-
stitial; nervulus unusually short, punctiform, a little postfurcal; submedian
cell strongly narrowed at apex; first brachial cell open behind as well as at apex;
subdiscoideus not interstitial; posterior wing very narrow; radiella wanting;
cubitella indistinct; abdomen short, sessile, depressed; second and third tergites
fused; spiracles of second and third segments above the lateral margins of the
tergites; following tergites short, more or less retracted; ovipositor sheath very
short, subexserted. The posterior tibiae of the male are conspicuously thickened.
None of the specimens I have seen measures more than 1.5 mm. in length.

Two described North American species belong here. Neither
of them, however, has previously been referred to Acrisis.
They are very similar and may ultimately prove to be identical,
but since I have seen very little material, and intergrading
specimens are lacking, it seems advisable to hold the two forms
distinct. They appear to be separable as shown in the following
dichotomy.

Second abdominal tergite closely longitudinally aciculated; basal declivity
of first tergite not distinctly margined above; second segment of
antennal flagellum distinctly longer than scape and pedicel combined
and nearly as long as the first; abdomen yellow_..americana (Ashmead).
Second abdominal tergite punctato-granulose; basal declivity of first
tergite margined above; second segment of antennal flagellum not
longer than scape and pedicel united and decidedly shorter than
thew S tsetse Mie oper ag Nene Os eT hut minutissima (Ashmead),

Acrisis americana (Ashmead), new combination.

Pygostolus americanus Ashmead, Journ. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 17, 1894
p. 47.
Known only from the female holotype which is from Indiana and is in the
collection of the National Museum.

’

Fig. 2, .
Acrisis minutissima (Ashmead), new combination,

Episigalphus minutessimus Ashmead [sic], Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 23, 1900,
pe l25:

This species is represented in the National Collection only
by the three female specimens from Illinois which comprised
Ashmead’s type series, and another female taken at Tallulah,
Louisiana.

178 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 9, DEC., 1935

SYSTEMATIC NOTES ON THE TRACHODINAE (COLEOPTERA:
CURCULIONIDAE).

By L. L. Bucnanan,

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine,
United States Department of Agriculture.

The following changes and additions affecting the North
American members of this group are published in order that
names may be available for certain specimens recently submitted
for identification.

Sthereus Mots. replaces Trachodes Germar for quadritubercu-
latus Mots., multituberculatus, new species, and ptinoides Germar.

Lobosoma, new genus for (4paropion) horridum Mann.

Gastrotaphrus barberi, new genus and species.

The type of Trachodes Germar 1824 (Insect. Sp. Novae,

p. 325) was designated as hispidus Linn., a European species,
be Schoenherr 1826 (Curc. Dispositio Methodica, p. 260)%
as thus limited, Trachodes does not occur in North America.

Motschulsky 1845 (Bull. Mosc. IV, p. 373) erected Sthereus,
new genus, for fasciculatus and borealis, new species from
Kamtschatka (p. 374), and quadrituberculatus, new species
from Sitka (p. 375). Motschulsky’s generic heading reads
“Sthereus m. nov. gen. Tab. VII, figs. 44°”; the figures
depict quadrituberculatus, and this species is hereby designated
genotype of Sthereus.

Key To AMERICAN SPECIES OF STHEREUS
(Trachodes of American lists, not Germar.)

1. Length 4-5 mm; anterior margin of prothorax broadly and distinctly
emarginate on sternum, then subvertical upwardly (sometimes
faintly lobed opposite eye); pronotum with setigerous granules,

a median longitudinal carina, and a transverse groove at base.
Alaska to British Columbia. (Type locality, Unalaska)
ptinoides Germar
Length, 2-2.3 mm.; anterior margin of prothorax in side view sub-
evenly oblique from middle of sternum to top; pronotum punctate,
HOt Cahinaveno te: ROO, cleme ae eee eee ee ee ede Bee)

2. Pronotum without 4 clusters of erect setae; anterior or posterior
(usually the latter) tubercle on third elytral interval largest of
elytral prominences, the fifth and seventh intervals without dis-
tinct tubercles; apical margin of fifth sternite of o not bisinuate.
Northern California to Prince William Sound, Alaska. (Type
localityaiSitka) 2. 5 be quadrituberculatus Mots.

Pronotum with 4 clusters of erect setae; alternate elytral intervals
tuberculate, the posterior tubercle on fifth interval usually the
largest of elytral prominences; apical margin of fifth sternite of @
lightly bisinuate. Oregon and Alaska_..mu/tituberculatus, new species.

PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 9, DEC., 1935 179

Sthereus multituberculatus, new species.

Length, 2.9-3.3 mm.; width, 1.3-1.7 mm. A little larger and stouter than
quadrituberculatus; clothed with pale yellowish to brown setae and small scales
which do not conceal the derm, scales on some of the tubercles fuscous to
black; derm reddish, piceous black in a broad, vague elytral bar beginning on
posterior tubercle of third interval and extending obliquely forward toward
sides, usually much broader near side margins; anterior tubercle on third
interval, and a short stripe behind it, also blackish; pronotum with 4 clusters
of setae in a transverse ante-median row, and usually with narrow median and
broader lateral vittae of pale scales.

Rostrum moderately arcuate, about 4 times as long as wide, upper surface
not quite continuous with front in profile, 5-carinate in basal half, finely punc-
tate and rugose or strigose in the glabrous apical half, basal half not densely
clothed with subprostrate, yellowish setae which are broader on sides and around
and above eyes; antennal socket at about apical third, upper edge of scrobe
straight and directed toward lower third of eye, scape nearly reaching eye,
swollen and bent apically, first funicular segment considerably stouter and
longer than second, second longer than third, third to seventh shorter and
transverse, the seventh strongly transverse, club ovate; eyes separated above by
a little less than width of beak; head densely punctate, closely clothed with
minute, slender, prostrate scales. Prothorax nearly as long as broad, sides
feebly rounded and divergent from base to widest point about middle, then
converging to the broad subapical constriction which extends across the dorsum;
pronotum finely and densely punctate, basal margin slightly elevated; setae
(or slender scales) subprostrate in general but suberect apically (especially at
sides) and in the clusters. Scutellum invisible. Elytra at humeri much broader
than prothorax, clothed with small, mostly prostrate setae and slender scales
which are usually paler on declivity, the erect vestiture on disk most evident on
the tubercles, on declivity forming a crowded row on sutural, and a sparse row
on third, fifth, and ninth intervals, the setae black or fuscous on posterior (and
sometimes anterior also) tubercle of third interval; serial punctures closely
placed, each with a minute, yellowish seta; third interval with 3 tubercles, the
posterior one (at top of declivity) largest and subconical, a feebler, elongate one
near base and a still smaller one between, the latter sometimes obsolescent;
fifth interval with 3 or 4 tubercles, the posterior one largest and placed a little
below top of declivity, the submedian tubercle usually elongate and often parti-
ally divided into 2, the subbasal one elongate, the discal tubercles tending to
merge into a broad costa; seventh interval with 3 tubercles, the basal one forming
a short humeral costa which tends to merge with the subbasal tubercle, the
third tubercle small and locatedopposite the posterior tubercle of the third
interval; seventh and eighth striae coalescent at about basal fifth. Abdomen and
middle of metasternum with sparse, fine setae (much finer than on dorsum),
remainder of under surface with minute, slender, dirty white scales which form a
stripe on metepisternum; sternites 1 and 2 shiny, finely, strongly, and closely
punctate, fifth more finely, very shallowly punctate and somewhat alutaceous,
third and fourth shiny, very sparsely punctulate; base of abdomen of & shal-
lowly concave; apical margin of fifth sternite of & slightly emarginate each
side, forming at middle a very short, broadly rounded lobe, the surface for a

180 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 9, DEC., 1935

short distance behind the lobe flat or faintly concave and set with erect pubes-
cence; beyond the fifth sternite of o projects the shiny, punctulate, broadly
deflexed apical margin of the anal tergite; intercoxal piece subtruncate and as
wide as a hind coxa; suture between first and second sternites nearly fused
medially, the second sternite at this point apparently a little shorter than third
plus fourth. Legs not densely scaly, the scales practically absent from a narrow
band at apex of tibiae; tarsi short, third segment bilobed.

Type locality —Astoria, Oregon, 24.5 (May 24) Hubbard and
Schwarz collection. 1 male.

Other localities —Virgin’s Bay, Alaska, June 26, 99, Harriman
expedition ’99, T. Kincaid, 1 «; Metlakatla, British Columbia,
Keen, 1 <7, 1 ¢, Casey collection.

Type, #.—Cat. No. 50660, U. S. N. M.

In the ¢ the fifth sternite is slightly longer, not perceptibly
emarginate laterally, and without patch of erect pubescence
apically; and the anal tergite does not project beyond the apex
of the abdomen.

The species described by Mannerheim as Trachodes horridus
(Bull. Moscow, 1852, No. 2, p. 354), and later transferred to
Aparopion by Heyden (Deutsch. Ent. Zeit., vol. 23, 1879, p. 167)
can not be retained in either genus and is here made the geno-
type of

LOBOSOMA, new genus.

(Aparopion of American lists, not Hampe.)

Lobosoma horridum, Mann, new combination.

(Aparopion horridum of American lists.)

This roughly sculptured, scaly-setose species ranges in length
from 4—5.5 mm. The femora are minutely dentate, but the tooth
is concealed by the dense scales. The pronotum has a more or
less distinct median carina, each side of which is usually a low,
arcuate costa. The eye is broad and feebly convex. Specimens
have been examined from Puyallup, Electron, Buckley, Graham,
Montesano, and White Swan, Washington (W. W. Baker and
J. Wilcox); Astoria, Oregon; Victoria and Nainamo, Vancouver
Island, British Columbia. The type locality is Sitka.

Mr. Baker states, in litt., that he has seen a specimen labeled
Moscow Mt., Idaho; also, that most of his specimens were
taken ‘“‘by sifting debris from the forest floor or close to the
edges of timber.”

GASTROTAPHRUS, new genus.

Body rather densely clothed with short, prostrate to erect, blunt setae.
Rostrum subcylindrical, about 4 times as long as wide, rather feebly arcuate,
somewhat shorter than prothorax; mandibles tridentate, the basal tooth rounded

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 9, DEC., 1935 181

and sometimes indistinct; scrobe sublinear, apex very narrowly visible from
above, upper edge directed toward lower part of eye, as in Lobosoma; antennal
socket at apical third in 9, slightly nearer apex in o’; scape failing to reach eye
by about length of second funicular segment, slender and glabrous in basal
two-thirds, clubbed and sparsely setose apically; funicle 7 segmented, club
stout, distinctly less than twice as long as wide in both sexes, basal segment
comprising one-half to three-fifths the total mass, the first suture usually in-
distinct for part of its circumference; eyes rather narrow, short diameter five-
eighths or less that of long diameter, feebly convex, separated above by basal
width of beak. Prothorax slightly longer than broad, with a broad apical con-
striction that extends across dorsum, anterior margin in side view slightly
produced forward at top, very feebly lobed opposite eye, abruptly and deeply
emarginate on sternum; prosternum broadly and faintly sulcate, coxae contigu-
ous and a little closer to hind margin; pronotum tuberculate, hind margin
subtruncate. Scutellum invisible. Elytra at base slightly wider than base of
prothorax, basal margin emarginate, usually produced forward a little at
humeri to embrace hind angles of prothorax, the sides at humeri oblique, then
feebly converging to apical third, apex conjointly rounded; serial punctures
foveate, alternate (odd) intervals coarsely tuberculate, tenth stria obliterated
except near base and apex, ninth stria subcontiguous to margin at middle.
Beneath densely clothed with short, coarse, prostrate to suberect setae which
are sparser and finer toward apex of abdomen, and absent from the coxae except
for a patch on inner face of fore and middle pair. Mid coxae narrowly separated,
side pieces of mesosternum indistinct. Metasternum short, with two median
excavations, side pieces indistinct, hind coxae subglobular and equal to or
slightly broader than the subogival intercoxal piece. Second, third, and fourth
abdominal sutures wide and deep, the first finer, first and second sternites with
large excavations; third and fourth sternites subequal, together a little longer
than second and a trifle shorter than fifth, the latter shorter than the first.
Legs moderately stout; femora not toothed, the hind pair not quite reaching
the middle of the fifth sternite; tibiae uncinate, faintly sinuate on ventral edge;
tarsi stout, the third segment dilated but with the sinus scarcely reaching middle
of segment, pubescence beneath sparser than in Lobosoma. Fifth sternite of o
slightly longer and more broadly rounded at apex than in @.

The ventral excavations and the arrangement of the coxal
vestiture distinguish this genus.
Monobasic genotype.—Gastrotaphrus barberi, new species.

Gastrotaphrus barberi, new species.

Length, 3.6-4.4 mm.; width, 1.5-1.8 mm. Derm blackish in general, more or
less rufopiceous on beak, antennae, legs, and abdomen; vestiture fuscous to
tawny, darker and sparser on elytra than elsewhere, often more or less matted
together with a dirty crust, but in places (when clean) with a dull golden tinge.

Upper surface of rostrum broadly and shallowly discontinuous with front in
profile, densely punctate and 5 carinate in about basal half (9) or somewhat
more (0), the carinae low and often somewhat sinuous, the lateral carinae
feebler and obscured by the vestiture, the surface toward apex with fine, elongate

182 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 9, DEC., 1935

~~
punctures that are sparser or wanting medially; basal half moderately to densely
clothed with setae which are prostrate or nearly so except in a patch of suberect
ones above eye; head densely clothed with minute, prostrate setae; interocular
puncture absent or feeble; first funicular segment stouter and a little longer than
second, the latter about one-third longer than wide, third to seventh progres-
sively wider and ranging from slightly (third) to strongly (seventh) transverse.
Prothorax widest about middle, sides from here to base feebly converging and
nearly straight or with a broad, faint, ante-basal sinuation, vestiture on flanks
very dense; pronotum with an abbreviated median carina that does not reach
apex and rarely reaches base, surface irregular, with coarse punctures that tend
to coalesce and form pits or coarse sinuous grooves and with 4 elevations
arranged in an antemedian, transverse row, the 2 on disk somewhat more
prominent, the surface behind these elevations often with feeble swellings;
pronotal vestiture composed of minute, subprostrate setae and longer, erect
ones, the latter more abundant on the 4 tubercles and in a band along apical
margin, the band usually interrupted at middle. Elytra declivous toward base,
basal margin more or less prominent, especially at base of third interval, serial
punctures fovea-like in general, crowded, very irregular in size, each with a
minute seta, the intervals (except where swollen) largely reduced to low, narrow,
irregularly sinuous or zig-zag costae; third interval with 1 tubercle at basal
quarter (the interval from here to base sometimes costate), 1 about middle,
and 1 about apical third (most prominent one on elytra), the last 2 closer to-
gether and sometimes joined by a low costa; fifth interval with 4 subequidistant
tubercles, 1 at basal fifth, 1 at about apical fourth, the other 2 between; seventh
interval with 4 smaller tubercles each slightly anterior to the corresponding
tubercle on the fifth interval, the subbasal one farther down on flanks than in
Lobosoma and with only 2 rows of punctures between it and elytral margin
(4 rows in Lobosoma), the seventh and eighth striae ending just posterior to this
tubercle, ninth interval broadly costate toward apex; elytral vestiture composed
of sparse, minute setae on the depressed areas, and longer, coarser, erect setae
found chiefly on the tubercles, but present also in a row on sutural and scattered
ones on alternate intervals, more crowded near apex, the setae on the large
posterior tubercle of third interval yellowish brown, the setae on the other
tubercles usually darker brown to fuscous. Beneath and legs densely clothed
with minute, prostrate, and longer, inclined setae, the anterior face of tibiae
near apex abruptly subglabrous; first sternite with a rounded excavation occu-
pying most of intercoxal piece, laterad of which is a broad sulcus near and
paralleling the curved coxal line and reaching side margin, the sulcus usually
divided into 2 to 4 cells by narrow cross ridges; second sternite with a pair of
large, transversely oval excavations separated at middle of abdomen by a
narrow cross ridge, the excavations occupying two-thirds the length and together
the middle half or more of the width of the sternite, sometimes connected at
sides with the widened and deepened lateral portion of the first suture; there is
also a rather large rounded excavation at the middle of the metasternum
anteriorly, a narrower one posteriorly, the two narrowly separated, and a
smaller, sometimes indistinct, one at side of metasternum near elytral margin.
Part or all of the excavations are often closed over by a dirt-colored crust.
Abdominal surface microscopically shagreened, moderately shiny, the punctures

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 9, DEC., 1935 183

sparse, shallow and indistinct, the punctures at apex of fifth sternite stronger;
fifth sternite usually with a broad, shallow, submedian impression.

Type locality—Eureka, California, 2-6, 3-6, and 4-6,
H. S. Barber, collector. Six specimens (# and 9) which Mr.
Barber informs me were collected June 2, 3, and 4, 1906, prob-
ably by sifting in redwood forests.

Type.— &, Cat. No. 50658, U. S. N. M.

In addition to the above, there is at hand 1 spec men each
from Montesano and Westport, Washington (W. W. Baker)
and Metlakatla, British Columbia (Keen), (Casey collection).
These do not agree in all respects with one another or with the
California specimens, and are not included in the type series.

In the @ specimens seen, the abdomen is unnaturally dis-
tended, but the appearance suggesting that, even on contracted
specimens, the apex of the anal tergite will be visible beyond the
tip of the fifth sternite.

DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW ENCYRTID PARASITES OF
NON-DIASPINE SCALES.

By Herperr L. Dozier.

This paper contains the descriptions of two new and inter-
esting encyrtid parasites, both reared from non-diaspine
Coccidae or soft scales. The species, Coccidoctonus ceroplastae,
n. sp., is a primary parasite of the Florida Wax Scale, Cero-
plastes floridensis Comstock, and appears to be the principal
controlling factor of that insect in Haiti.

The type slides of the new species described are deposited in
the U. S. National Museum.

Aenasioidea trimblei, new species.

Differentiated at once from the other described members
of the genus by having the antennae entirely fuscous except
the white distal tip of the pedicel.

Female —Length 1.50 mm.; expanse 2.94 mm.; greatest width of forewing
0.52 mm. General color brownish, the thorax variegated with yellowish-white
on the disk. Antennae fuscous, except the white distal tip of the pedicel.
Legs pale, prominently marked with fuscous; femora slightly shaded on posterior
portion; front legs with the entire tarsus light brown, the tibia with the proximal
and distal ends infuscated and two annulated bands across the middle; the
hind legs with only the terminal joint of the tarsus dark, the tibia twice-banded
across the middle with fuscous and with the proximal tip infuscated. The head,
prescutum, parapsides and scutellum reticulated.

184 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 9, DEC., 1935

Head slightly wider than the thorax. Antennae long but stout, distinctly
flattened, covered with numerous short setae and abundant short, linear
sensoria; pedicel very small and narrow in comparison with the other joints,
shorter than the first funicle; funicle joints subequal in width, the first slightly
shorter than the others, the third the longest but only slightly so; club subequal
or only slightly wider than the preceding joint, tapering to a blunt point.
Wings hyaline, the venation pale brownish, uniformly ciliated beyond the
oblique hairless streak. Abdomen longer than the thorax, broad, the fifth
ventral sclerite reaching to the anus and enclosing the ovipositor.

Male.—Similar to the female in both structural and colorational characters
except that the antennae are more primitive, with fewer linear sensoria, and
the club is solid; the last funicle joint is the shortest.

Described from four females and a male reared from Lecanium
quercifex on white oak, Quercus alba, at Caledonia, Pa., June 29,
1921, by F. M. Trimble, for whom the species is named. The
type slide containing three females is deposited in the U. S.
National Museum, Number 51314.

Coccidoctonus ceroplastae, new species.

Differs decidedly from the only described species of the genus,
C. trinidadensis Crawford, by its yellowish-orange color.

Female.—Length, including ovipositor, 1.43-1.62 mm.; expanse 2.23 mm.;
greatest width of forewing 0.34 mm. General color yellowish-orange, the
anterior margins of the pronotum and prescutum noticeably infuscated. Anten-
nal club conspicuously black. Eyes dark. Wings hyaline, the venation slightly
darker.

Head transverse, se twice as wide as long, wider than the thorax. Anten-
nae rather hairy, the scape strongly flattened, and distinctly expanded below,
its greatest width equalling about a third its length; a characteristic row of
conspicuous setae along the inner margin of expanded portion can be seen
under high magnification; pedicel longer than the first two funicle joints com-
bined; funicle one short and globose, the following funicle joints widening
gradually; the club distinctly wider than the six funicle joints, subequal to
length of the last three combined. Eyes prominent, hairless. Prescutum,
parapsides, and scutellum, under high magnification, coarsely and faintly
reticulated; the prescutum rather uniformly covered with scattered pale,
inconspicuous setae, and a row of approximately sixteen prominent, dark,
strong setae is arranged close to the anterior margin; scutellum with minute,
pale, scattered setae and a pair of more prominent ones medianly situated just
anterior to the tip. Forewings rather broad, about two and a half times as
long as greatest width, uniformly ciliated beyond the oblique hairless streak;
the submarginal vein with about eighteen bristle-like setae. Abdomen, ex-
clusive of ovipositor, about equal in length to the thorax, broad at its base where
itis slightly narrower than the thorax, then gradually narrowed to the ovipositor,
which is prominently exserted.

Male—Unknown.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 9, DEC., 1935 185

Described from a series of six females reared by the writer
from the Florida Wax Scale, Ceroplastes floridensis Comstock,
on imported Ficus spp. at Damien, Haiti, March 1-12, 1931,
a female reared from Ceroplastes cirripediformis Comstock, on
an ornamental at Damien, Haiti, March 16, 1931, and a single
large female reared from Ceroplastes giganteus Dozier, on
Ficus rubricosta at Source Cazeau, Haiti, April 18, 1930. The
type female and two paratypes, mounted on individual slides,
are deposited in the U. S. National Museum, Number 51313.

MINUTES OF THE 469TH REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, DECEMBER 5, 1935.

The 469th regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
held at 8 p. M., Thursday, December 5, 1935, in room 43 of the Natural History
building of the National Museum. There were present 43 members and 9
visitors. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.

Upon recommendation of the Executive Committee, E. C. Cushing of the
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine was elected to membership by
unanimous vote of the Society.

Under the heading of new business, J. C. Bridwell moved that the chairman
appoint a special committee to canvas the situation regarding nomenclature and
report at the next meeting of the Society. The motion was passed. Appoint-
ment of the committee was postponed until a later date.

In the annual election of officers the following were elected for the year 1936:

Honorary President .
President :
First Vive-President

Second Vice-President
Recording Secretary .

. L. O. Howarp

_S. B. FRACKER
.N. E. McInpoo

. H. Morrison

.H. H. Ricuarpson

Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer ... .. .J. E. Grar

Editor MIL Acted ite. 39 ba DORON Rip Wa Tony

Members of the Executive Committee . . . . . . B. A. Porrer
H. E. Ewine
J. S. Wave

Nominated to represent the Society as Vice-President
of the Washington Academy of Sciences . . .C. F. W. Mueseseck

Under ‘Notes and Exhibition of Specimens” C. P. Clausen displayed and
explained the mechanism of an automatic fly-trap from Japan. One of the
desirable features of the trap was that the trapped insects were concealed from
view.

Mr. J. C. Bridwell reported taking a single male bruchid of the genus Mega-
cerus near Vienna, Va., which is new to the District fauna. It seems to belong
to a still undescribed species closely allied to zmpiger (Horn) and has previously

186 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 9, DEC., 1935

been taken in North Carolina, Georgia, Florida, and Texas. Adding this species
and Bruchus brachialis to those listed by Ulke in 1902 and subtracting duplicate
names, 22 species of Bruchidae occur in the vicinity of Washington. The host
plants have for some time been known for all except Acanthoscelides longistilus
(Horn), 4. macrocerus (Horn), 4. atomus (Fall) (listed by Ulke as Bruchus
seminulum Horn), A. calous (Horn) and Zabrotes subnitens Horn (Z. obliteratus
Ulke not Horn is the male).

Mr. L. J. Bottimer some time ago reared 4. Jongistilus from the seeds of an
undetermined Lespedeza of the group of ZL. capitata at Haddon Heights, New
Jersey. Repeated efforts to secure this species from Lespedeza capitata in the
local area were unsuccessful, but it has been bred from seeds of the allied L. Airta.

Two erroneous records of host plants for 4. ca/vus have been published and the
true host plant has been a matter of considerable speculation. The species has
been taken at Bladensburg, Md., by E. A. Schwartz and W. V. Warner, and at
Priest’s Bridge by H. S. Barber, but does not seem to occur elsewhere near
Washington. It occurs in Canada, Vermont, in the lake states and in Massa-
chusetts; it is common in the pine barrens of New Jersey and south on the coast
to near Norfolk, Va. The peculiarities of its distribution do not coincide with
any particular legume. This led Mr. Bottimer and the writer to suspect that
its host plant was not a legume.

In recent years port inspectors of the Bureau of Entomology and Plant
Quarantine have secured Bruchidius biguttatus (Olivier) which had developed in
the pods of Cistus (Cistaceae) from Cyprus and Greece. Mr. C. A. Frost swept
A. atomus from plants of Hudsonia ericoides on Cape Cod but could not deter-
mine ifit breedsin the pods of this plant. This led to the consideration of
a possible Cistaceous host of Acanthoscelides caluus, and among the Cistaceae
Helianthemum canadense was considered as most likely to be used, since the
distribution of the plant and the size of the capsules were suitable. On July 26,
1935, this plant was found at Ocean View near Norfolk, Va., and 4. calous was
swept from it and reared from the capsules. Subsequently it was secured from
the same plant at Kitty Hawk, N. C., and near Priest’s Bridge, Md. The
individual seeds of the plant are too small to nourish a larva to maturity and
several are eaten. The full fed larva constructs a coarse fibred silk-like cocoon
and prepares for its emergence as an adult by thinning a circular part of the
capsule at the end of the cocoon which the adult cuts around with its mandibles
to form the usual circular disc which it pushes loose on emergence. Helianthe-
mum canadense produces two kinds of flowers which give two sizes of capsules.
The large petaliferous flowers are produced from May to July and the adult
bruchids emerge from the large capsules produced during July and August and
frequent the host plant until the small capsules produced by the apetalous
flowers are ready for them. The puzzling variation in size of 4. calvus would
seem to result from the different sized capsules in which they develop. At any
rate, the individuals secured had developed in the capsules of petaliferous
flowers and were all large. The eggs are laid upon the surface of the capsules or
on the inner side of the sepals and are of the usual ellipsoidal shape with scant
cement material usual to Acanthoscelides. ‘The capsules of the Helianthemum
are somewhat similar to those of Ludwigia alternifolia, the host plant of 4.
alboscutellatus, and as in that species the first stage larva seems to enter a seed

"+ -"~*-This report was discussed by J> E. Graf.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 37, NO. 9, DEC., 1935 187

and feed within it, but soon grows too large for this type of feeding. (Author’s
abstract.)

The chair read an announcement of a series of lectures to be given at The
George Washington University during December, January, and February, by
Dr. Edward Teller, Visiting Professor of Physics.

In response to a request from the chair, A. S. Hoyt reported on a trip to
Hawaii which he made in connection with certain plant quarantine work. He
discussed the work of the Bureau personnel in the Islands and mentioned also
some of the work done by the Hawaiian Sugar Planter’s Association and
Hawaiian Pineapple Grower’s Association. While there Mr. Hoyt attended a
meeting of the Hawaiian Entomological Society.

The only communication on the regular program was by Mr. M. P. Jones and
entitled “Extension Work in Entomology.” Mr. Jones showed charts to assist
in his explanation of the organization of the extension service, and discussed
particularly the types of work done and the problems to be solved in connection
with the work. He also exhibited a sample of the type of film strips that are
sent out for use in the service.

This paper was discussed by L. B. Fracker.

Meeting adjourned at 10.10 p p. M.

P. W. Oman,
Recording Secretary.

Actual date of publication, February 4, 1936

INDEX TO VOLUME 37.

Acrisis Foerster, note on, with redescription
of genus, 175; Synopsis of American
species, 177.

Aenasioidea trimblei, n. sp. 183.

Agellus, review of N. American species of,
with key, 97.

Aldrich, Jno. Merton, obituary, 53.

Anastrepha, study of chromosomes of, with 6
plates, 119.

Anychus clarki, n. sp., 161.

Aphis lupine-hansoni, n. sp., 113.

Apholopus typhlocybae, n. sp., 167.

Balcutha, review of N. American species of,
with key, 97; B. Arizona, n. sp., 100; B.
impicta var. maculata n. var., 101; B.
California n. sp., 102; agellus, 103; A.
sandersi, n. sp., 108; A. knulli, n. sp., 109,
with plates.

Barber, H. G., article by, 48.

Biology for Every Man, J. A. Thompson,
review of, 52

Brachymeria carnatifrons, n. sp., 165.

Braconidae, new species of, 173.

Braptey, G. H., article by, 60.

Bucuanan, L. L., article by, 178.

Buffalo gnat, Southern, notes on, 60.

Buprestidae, n. sp., Puerto Rican, 30; n.
genus from Utah, 117.

Ceratina dupla Say, identity of female, 93.

Chrysops, revision of furcatus group of genus,
with n. sp., etc., 153; C. proclivis var.
imfurcatus n. var., 157; C. proclivis var.
piceus n. var., 157; C. luteopennis, n. sp.,
159; synopsis of group, 161. .

Coccidae, parasites of, 183.

Coccidoctonus ceroplastae, n. sp., 184.

Culicidae, subgenera Mochlostyrax and Mel-
anoconion, types of, 1.

Cusumay, R. A., article by, 82.

Cylloepus danforthi, n. sp., 33.

Detonc, Dwicut M., joint article by, 97.

Dicladocera sexfasciata, n. sp., 11.

Dirrhope Foerster, note on, 173; D. Americana,
Mespielrsy

Dolerus, four new species of, 88; D. salmani,
n. sp., 88; D. osagensis, n. sp., 89; D.
kennedyi, n. sp., 90; D. wanda, n. sp., 91;
with plate.

Dozier, Herpert L., article by, 183.

Ecphylus Foerster, synonymy with n. sp., 21;
E. schwarzii (ashmead), n. combination,
22; E. rohweri, n. name, 23; E. arcuatus,
Ny Spee oe

Edessa florida, n. sp., 48.

Elmidae, new, Puerto Rican, 32.

Emmart, Emity W., article by, 119.

Entomological Society of Washington, minutes
of 46lst meeting, 50; 462nd meeting, 51;
463rd meeting, 96; 464th, 115; 465th, 152;
466th, no minutes taken; 467th, 169;
468th, 170; 469th, 183.

Eusimulium pecuarum (Riley), redescription
of male, egg, and notes on habits, 60.

Fisuer, W. S., articles by, 30; 117.

Ganan, A. B., article by, 165.

Gastrotaphrus, n. gen., 180; G. barberi, n.
sp., 181

Helichus, synopsis of genus, with plate, 137;
H. fastigiatus Say, new description of, 141;
H. triangularis, n. sp., 143.

Jones, M. P., article by, 150.

Know tton, Geo. F., article by, 112.

Knowltonia, new genus, 117; K. biramosa, n.
sp., 118.

Komp, W. H. W.,, article by, 1.

Larra analis Fab., complete biology with
figures and bibliography, 66; L. analis,
study of the larva, figs., 82.

Leptinotarsa decemlineata Say, host plants of,
relative attractiveness, 36.

Lice, biting, new from U. S. birds, 146.

Lobosoma, n. genus, 180; L. horridum Mann,
n. combination, 180.

Lupine aphids, with n. species, 112.

Lutz’s Field Book of Insects, 3rd edition,
review of, 168.

Macrosiphum zionensis, n. sp., 115.

McGrecor, E. A., article by, 161.

MclInpoo, N. E., article by, 36.

Micante oakleyi, n. sp., 30; M. ornata, n. sp.,

Mite, new species of, 161.

Mosquitoes, types of certain species, 1.

Musi prEce: C. F. W., articles by, 21; 167;

Muserave, Paut N., articles by, 32; 137.

Neoelmus, n. genus, 34; N. gracilis, n. sp., 35.

Neuroptera, key to certain families and genera
of, with plates, 25.

Haracencec? epilachnae Aldrich, parasite of,

Pentatomidae, new, 48.

Peters, Haro .p §., article by, 146.

Puitip, CorNneELIvs, article by, 153.
Philopterus migratorii, n. sp., 146.

Reep, W. D., article by, 42.

Ross, Hersert H., article by, 88.

Situ, Cuas. E., article by, 66.

Snyder’s Our Enemy the Termite, review of,

Sthereus multituberculatus, n. sp., 179.

Stone, Aan, article by, 11

Substitutes, arsenical or nonarsenical?, 136

Tabanidae, notes on, with new species, 11.

Tabanus, gladiator, n. sp., 12; T. coarctatus,
Ne, Spy sss ibe Jacustriss mis aspee los
arborealis, n. sp., 14; T. mularis, n. sp.,
15; T. nigrescens palisot subsp. atripen-
nis, n. subsp., 15; T. bishoppi, Stone, 16;
T. subniger coq., 16; T. fulvicallus Philip,
17; T. sexfasciatus Hine, 17; T. vicarius
Walk., 18; T. fumipennis Wied., 18; T.
fumcus, new name, 18; T. imitans, Walk,
19; T. magnicallus, new name, 19.

Tobacco insects, of Near East, 42.

TownseEnD, Lee H., article by, 25.

Trachodinae (Coleoptera) systematic notes on,

Typhlocyba pomaria McAtee, parasite of,
new, :

Wape, J. S., Book reviews, 52; 168; 172.

Watton, W. R., articles by, 53; 136.

188

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

WASHINGTON

VoLuME 38

PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY
WASHINGTON, D. C.
1937

ACTUAL DATE OF PUBLICATION OF VOLUME 35

Number 1—pages 1-12 inclusive ........... February 12, 1936
Number 2—pages 13-32 inclusive .......... March 27, 1936
Number 3—pages 33-56 inclusive .......... April 9, 1936
Number 4—pages 57-/8 inclusive . .. . .)s ss = May 6, 1936
Number 5—pages 79-98 mclusive. . .......- « Fune 3, 1936
Number 6—pages 99-146 inclusive .........., Fuly 28, 1936
Number 7—pages 147-168 inclusive ......... October 30, 1936
Number 8—pages 169-188 inclusive ......... November 25, 1936
Number 9—pages 189-210 inclusive ......... January 6, 1937
PRESS OF

H. L. & J. B. McQueesn, Inc.
Wasurincrton, D. C.

[ii]

TABLE OF CONTENTS OF VOLUME 38

Back, E. A. and Corron, R. T.: The Furniture Carpet Beetle (Anthrenus
vorax waterhouse), a Pest of Increasing Importance in the United
GRACES) Be Grease Same ee eceonier ie ho anual Betas incase Sy ra en a AN

Baxer, F. C.: A New Species of Orthopodomyia, O. Alba, sp. n. (Diptera:
(GuliGtd ae) eet ase ee ea ee er mre cet at ha ei. Sane aa

Barser, H. S.: Some Species of Colaspis from the Brunnea Confusion
(Coleoptera? Chrysomelidaey We pce. - soe ee eee

Brake, Doris H.: Altica bimarginata Say, with Descriptions of New
Species.and Varieties, (Coleoptera)! "5 22°29 5 2s 5 2 are. oe

Bovine, Apa G.: Description of the Larva of Plectris aliena Chapin and
Explanation of New Terms Applied to the Epipharynx and Raster .

Bucuanan, L. L.: Nomenclature of Listroderes obliquus Klug (the
Vegetable Weavil) (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) .......2..

Caupe tt, A. N. and Atrarp, H. A.: An undescribed Variety of the Wing-
less Grasshopper Podisma glacialis Scudder var Amplicerca, N. Var.

Dozrer, Hersert L.: Observations on Breeding Places and Winter Activ-
ities of Mosquitoes in the Vicinity of New Orleans, Louisiana :

Ewine, H. E.: A Short Synopsis of the North American Species of dhe
MitexGenussMetmanySsusiee en ce Calor Curr s) Guns eases a

Fisner, W. S.: New Cactus Beetle from Argentine Republic (Ceramby-
CGE)! See Meee Rees chic tee ee AES gegen 8 ae Mee peeet Ue

Ganan, A. B.: Testrastichus brevistigma, New Species (Hymenoptera:
ulapidae)i ) 2. 6.25.8 Peet sake hea eon aka see Sues

GortrFriED, Ienatius, S. M.: Note on the Song of the Periodical Cicada . .

Hatt, Davin G.: Phlebotomus (Brumptomyia) diabolicus, a New Species
of Biting Gnat from Texas (Diptera: Psychodidae) ........

Hutz, Frank M.: ‘A Curious New Syrphid Fly from Peru... .. .

Howarp, L. O., and Buscx, Aucust: In Memoriam, Andrew Nelson
Carinae” \ eit o> are a = See ee Pe Oe ee ites. eae

Kine, W. V. and Batsas, F. E.: A New Species and a New Variety of
Philippine Anopheles Related to Anopheles leucosphyrus Donitz . .

Know ton, G. F. and Smirn, C. F.: The Aphid Genus Epimeibaphis
Tine LOGY < sts in eater AA AMG seers MMe ery Meee Ae 5 ee 2 cen a

Komp, W. H. W.: An Annotated List of the Mosquitoes Found in the
Vicinity of an Endemic Focus of Yellow Fever in the Republic of
(olomibi apace Mew areas fore) en, eke ee me i ae nn

Anopheles (Nyssorhynchus) Anomalophyllus, A New

Species of Anopheles from Panama and Costa Rica (Dipt.: Culici-

CLS) hela epee Rie Sh eS Bite be te ren et Se gle EO RO Sh 2. BAT pate

Anopheles (Anopheles) Chiriquiensis, A New Species of

Anopheles from Panama (Diptera: Culicidae) . .........

iv TABLE OF CONTENTS OF VOLMME 388

Komp, W. H. W.: The Male and Larva of Aedes Dominicii Rangel & Romero
Sierra, and the Male of Aedes Pseudodominicii, sp. nov., Representa-
tives of a New Subgenus (Soperia) of the Genus Aedes, from Colombia

Linpguist, ArtHUR W.: Notes on the Habits and Biology of a Sand Fly,
Phlebotomus (Brumptomyia) diabolicus Hall, in Southwestern Texas
(Diptera ubsychodidac)s cy sec 0 sacs ume Star) oo ee

Mattocu, Joun R.: A New Genus and Species of Muscidae from Puerto
| 5S (clo ee E eR ete es S Sh cd ortts Sonera brn wee reno FOO

Mueseseck, C. F. W. and Hernricu, Cari: Foster Hendrickson
Benjamin’ <.c. ¢.eeOap e eee k ee e eer en ee

Oman, P. W.: Distributional and Synonymical Notes on the Beet Leaf
Hopper; Butettex tenellustbakeri) 2s) - a, eyes ee

Rircuer, P. O., CHamBeruin, T. R. and Seaton, Lee: Additional Collec-
tion Records for Phyllophaga spreta (Horn) (Coleoptera : Scara-
baeidae)” ¢ ey sya” ee as ie i ee ists ctl eet ee

Townsenp, Lee H.: The Mature Larva and Puparium of Brachycoma
Sarcophagina (Townsend) (Diptera: Metopiidae) ........

Wape, J. S.: Herrick’s “Insect Enemies of Shade Trees” ... -,= -

The Officers of Our Societv for Fifty Years (1884-1934)

eee,

ee ee Cn eee Te re ee ee ee ee re

VOL. 38 JANUARY, 1936 No. 1

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF WASHINGTON — PAS |

CONTENTS

BAKER, F. C.—A NEW SPECIES OF ORTHOPODOMYIA, O. ALBA SP. N. (DIPTERA :
OLCLONE) RPM es ey es AR eS ee shee ete 1

FISHER, W. S.—NEW CACTUS BEETLE FROM ARGENTINE REPUBLIC (CERAM-
iS CUDDLE) y Ua eel oe Ree ene ts eee UR nN Ge Ae enema A Et Sy

MALLOCH, JOHN R.—A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF MUSCIDAE FROM
BUBREOMRICO! 2m lnc aiceereercwertis as. we) a amen oY

PusiisHeD Montuiy Excerr Jury, AuGust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ‘OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizepD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProcEEpINGs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1935.

Honorary (aresiaeni Wet. i ns i eee ee L. O. HOWARD
PRESACIE | on G8x a NRp csc te ee een ao oe re B. A. PORTER
First VicesPresident fo. «| 2 nes ee em eee S. B. FRACKER
Sviaid PapesEvesenent cf a Ss te wh a he gee, N. E. McINDOO
RIT CLATY <5 = sk GAP Flee oe apse P. W. OMAN
Corresponding Secreiary-Treasurer 5 3 2 ee ee J. E. GRAF
DE Er A eR a Ser ER RI, Mere ORT eel he W. R. WALTON

Members of the Executive Committee: S. A. ROHWER, J. S. WADE, H. E.
EWING.
Representing the Society as Vice-President
of the Washington Academy of Sciences. ......... A. H. CLARK

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the ProcEeEp1NGs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies DDS 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL. 38 JANUARY, 1936 No. 1

A NEW SPECIES OF ORTHOPODOMYIA, O. ALBA SP. N.
(DIPTERA, CULICIDAE).'

By F. C. Baker.

While making fortnightly observations on the fauna of thirty-
three water-containing treeholes during the summer of 1934,
the writer found strange culicine larvae breeding in two small
rot-holes that had southern exposures in elm and maple trees.
These larvae belong to the genus Orthopodomyia. However,
they present certain aberrations as the larval description will
show. During the summer and fall these larvae can be obtained
in mixed culture along with our common Orthopodomyia, O.
signifera Coq., and other treehole culicids. The two kinds of
Orthopodomyia larvae can be separated with the unaided eye
ata glance. No intergrading forms have been found.

For more than a year the morphology and biology of this new
form of Orthopodomyia has been carefully studied both ob-
servationally and experimentally. Finally the writer was
convinced that he was dealing with a new species.

FEMALE.

Body length 5 mm.; wing 4mm. General color (of fresh unfaded specimens)
black with whitish markings.

Head mostly black. A white line surrounds the eye. Two white lines border
the dorsal groove of the proboscis. Torus, palpus, and the basal portion of the
antenna each bear a dorsal white line. Palpus tipped with white. Occiput
and nape clothed with numerous, long, narrow, cleft, erect black scales with a
few, small, white curled scales on nape. A row of bristles overhang the eye.

Thorax black with delicate, graceful, longitudinal white lines. Pronotum
wide; crossed by upper pleural white line; two or three bristles in posteror
pronotal tuft; prothoracic lobe and proepisternum each with several bristles.
Mesonotum with six distinct white striae between which lie tiny black scales
anteriorly and bare black integument posteriorly; two submarginal lines reach
the whole length of the mesonotum with only a slight break at the transverse
ridge. The pair of subdorsal striae extend in an almost parallel course from the
anterior border of the naked antescutellar disc to the anterior edge of the
mesonotum. Two intermediate lines run from the places where the transverse
ridges fade-out, posteriorly through the antescutellar space and out over the
scutellum. The mesonotum is sparsely over-laid with erect, posteriorly curved

1From the Department of Entomology; Cornell University.

gz 9a

y PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 1, JAN., 1936

black bristles. The scutellum bears two lateral tufts and two medio-lateral
pairs of bristles. These scutellar bristles hang over the nude metanotum. The
medio-lateral pairs mingle with the white scales on the posterior ends of the
intermediate striae. Each pleurum possesses two or three irregular white
lines. Each coxa has a short, vertical white line and a parallel row of erect
setae. Bristles are found in the setal groups of the pleura. Wing gray with
white mottlings; veins of the costal region covered with somewhat translucent
black and white scales in equal proportions; those of the rest of the wing are
almost completely dark scaled, except the pure white patches along the base of
R (1st vein), the central third of R 445 (3d vein), the area about the m—cu (pos-
terior) cross-vein, and the basal half of 2d 4 (6th vein). Haltere with minute
whitish scales clustered around the pit in the knob. Legs whitish basally,
mottled distally. Trochanters and the proximal ends of the femora are silvery
scaled. The whitish scales become more and more interspersed with dark
scales as the distal ends of the femora are approached. Front tibia black,
outwardly marked by two vertical white lines; middle and hind tibiae black,
flecked with white scales and bearing a distal white band. Tarsus of the fore
leg black; first segments of the tarsi on the middle and hind legs black with
white bands at both ends; rest of middle tarsus black; second segment of hind
tarsus black with broad, white basal and apical bands; third segment with a
broad, basal white band and an apical white spot; fourth segment spotted with
white at both ends; fifth hind tarsal segment solid white dorsally, black ventrally.

Abdomen deep purplish black dorsally. The segments with white basal
bands arranged as follows: first segment has only a triangular cape of white
scales surrounded by many yellowish erect setae which originate from an other-
wise bare light-yellow cuticula; second, almost completely white scaled with
small, triangular, lateral black spots; remaining segments with distinct, narrow,
basal white bands. The sternites of the venter are diffusely marked with wide
basal bands.

Mate.

Body length 4 mm.; wing 3 mm. Palpus about as long as proboscis. Its
dorsal white line extends out to the distal segment which is white spotted basally
and white tipped. The plumose antenna has no white line on it.

(The male is similar to the female in other respects, with the exception of the
genital segments.)

Genitalia. The side-piece is longer than wide, conical; clothed with long
setae, cresentric waves of very tiny spines, a few scales outwardly, and two or
three stout spines just distad to the basal lobe on the side-piece; basal lobe
rudimentary, bearing a row of three or four large setae and a group of smaller
ones; apical lobe absent; clasper inserted terminally, unevenly tapered, slightly
incurved, sparsely setiferous, and beset distally with a frayed terminal claw.
The tenth sternite is prominent, each half terminating in a heavily sclerotized
lobe bearing three stout teeth. The mesosome is narrowly open along the
venter, closed on the dorsum, and each side of its tip bears two or three lateral
teeth. Parameres and basal plates are well developed.

(Extensive studies of this genitalia show it to be very similar to the hypo-
pygium of O. signifera.)

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 1, JAN., 1936 3

Pupa.

Pupal case is only slightly pigmented.

Respiratory trumpet (viewed laterally) (PI. I, fig. 4) has the general shape of
an isosceles triangle with the long side of the tube forming the base of the triangle.
The angles are rounded, especially the one at the apex where the dorsal open
side joins the short side of the tube. At its ventral end the tube curves grace-
fully toward its long side.

FourtH Instar Larva.
(Pl. I, figs. 1-3, 6-10.)

The mature larva is about 8 mm. long by 1.5 mm. wide (across the thorax).
The thorax is roughly 114 times as wide as the head and twice as wide as the
anterior part of the abdomen. Pinkish hypodermal pigments are entirely
wanting.

Head is light tan in color with reddish brown mouth brushes; capsule practi-
cally round, though dense anterior hair tufts give it a superficial ovate appear-
ance. The double eye is medianly located on the lateral margin. The anterior
clypeal border bears a pair of single, ventrally curved, stout clypeal spines
surrounding the palatum which bears downward projecting bristles. Ante-
antennal hair tuft fairly long (6-9 hairs); postclypeal tuft relatively short
(4-7 hairs); lower head tuft long (5-7 hairs); upper head tuft long (5-7 hairs);
sutural hair long (single); trans-sutural tuft shorter (4-6 hairs); ocular hair
long: sub-antennal tuft short (6-9 hairs). The ventral side of the head has a
pair of tufts and three pairs of minute hairs. The sub-basal tuft is large and
composed of 6-8 feathered hairs radiating in a single plane. Their tips are
often curved inward so that the tuft resembles a bamboo lawn rake. The infra-
ocular hair is often frayed, giving the appearance of a tiny tuft. The antenna
is unevenly tapered; antennal tuft (3-4 hairs) attached on the dorsal surface
before the middle in the region of the abrupt reduction in diameter, and about
half as long as the shaft; tip beset with setae and papillae. The mandible has
two chitinous teeth; one dagger-like, the other more triangular. The maxillary
palp has five sensory cones on the apex. There are fifteen to nineteen teeth
on the labial plate.

Thorax a little wider than long. Two pairs of primary tufts are on the lateral
margin of each segment (7-8 hairs each). Three pairs of single hairs and four
pairs of tufts arise along the anterior margin of the prothorax and more or less
overhang the occipital region of the head (1-8 hairs each). Six pairs of medium
length single hairs have their origins in a curved line extending across the dorsal
surface of the mesothorax. Occasionally the innermost pair is modified into
two-haired tufts. Three pairs of single hairs and a pair of tufts (2-3 hairs each)
take origin along the dorso-posterior region of the metathorax. Ventrally the
thorax is relatively nude, except a pair of very minute tufts that are near the
center of the mesothorax (2-3 hairs each); a medium length tuft (3-6 hairs)
on either side of the mid-line and about half way removed toward the sides of
the metathorax.

Abdomen has long lateral hairs on the first six segments. The first two seg-
ments bear lateral tufts (3 hairs each); single lateral hairs on the following four.

4 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 1, JAN., 1936

The dorso-lateral groups are two-haired on the first abdominal segment and
single on the remainder. The dorso-lateral hairs are especially long on the third,
fourth, fifth, and sixth segments. Anti-siphonal dorsal plates are wanting
completely.

On the ventral side the ventro-lateral tufts produce hairs about a segment in
length on the third, fourth, and fifth segments (2-3 hairs each). Two rather
conspicuous, short fan-like tufts (3-6 hairs each) are on the ventral side of the
sixth segment. The segments of the abdomen have many minor setal groups.
The comb (Fig. 10) of the eighth segment has two rows of teeth. The anterior
row has ten to twelve teeth which alternate with and extend below the posterior
row. The latter contains eight to nine longer teeth. One short tooth is located
dorsally and in a position that is intermediate between the two rows. The
siphon is a blocky dark-colored tube, slightly and evenly tapered toward its
distal end. A pair of siphonal hair tufts (3-4 hairs each) are attached at about
one-third of the distance from the base to the apex. The ninth segment is not
ringed by the dorsal plate. Dorsal brush consists of a multiple tuft (9-12 hairs)
and a long bristle on each side. A short lateral tuft is present (2 hairs); its
position variable, sometimes on the posterior edge of the dorsal plate and some-
times on the hyaline integument behind it. There are five to seven pairs of
tufts in the ventral brush (about 7 hairs in each tuft). The anal gills are bud-
like, the dorsal pair somewhat the larger.

These data and drawings (Plate I) are based upon the studies
of eight carefully mounted mature larvae, fourteen fourth stage
skins and pupal cases from which adults have been reared.

In addition to the above listed morphological differences
between the various forms of O. signifera and O. alba there also
appears to be a physiological difference.

On the first of December, 1934, fourth stage-larvae of O. alba
were seen in Cayuga Heights Elm. Shortly thereafter the
water in this habitat appeared to be frozen solid. It remained
almost continually in this state until spring. On March 25,
1935, fourth stage larvae of this new species were found in an
active condition. Although the writer has observed hundreds
of O. signifera larvae in various stages go into the winter, he
has found them all dead after the first freeze that completely
congealed the water of their habitats.

In November, 1935, two hundred cubic centimeters of tree-
hole water was secured from Coy Glenlet Maple. The liquid
was of aclear straw color. It contained a few third and fourth
stage O. signifera larvae and several second and third instar
O. alba larvae. The water with its natural fauna was frozen
solid and held for a week at —5 C in a refrigerator. Then it
was allowed to thaw slowly. Examination showed all of the
O. signifera to be dead and all of the O. alba to be still alive.

; an adults of the two species appear to be remarkably
similar.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 1, JAN., 1936 5

The type locality is Ithaca, N. Y.
Reared specimens with their slide-mounted larval skins and
pupal cases are distributed as follows:

Holotype and Allotype U.S. National Museum, #51387

Paratypes 2 Males U.S. National Museum
1 Female U.S. National Museum
1 Pair British Museum of Natural History
3 Pairs Cornell University Collection

Additional dissected specimens and immature stages in the
Cornell University collection.

Dyar (1928) mentions only one species of Orthopodomyia
from North America, north of Mexico. It is O. signifera. The
Orthopodomyias that are so common in a high percentage of our
local treeholes, conform to his description of that species in
all stages. However, the larvae of O. a/ba do not conform even
to all of the characters listed for the genus by Edwards (1932).
They have no pink or purplish pigmentation in any of the larval
stages, and the anal segment is not ringed by its dorsal plate.
The dorsal plates of the sixth, seventh, and eighth abdominal
segments are always absent, and this agrees with two other
aberrant species (O. arboricollis d’ Emm. from Mauritius and
O. flavithorax Barr. from S. India). The differentiation of all
stages of O. a/ba from its nearest relative is summarized in the
following table:

Table 1.
DIFFERENTIAL CHARACTERS SEPARATING O. signifera AND O. alba.
Character O. signifera O. alba
FourtrH Srace Larva.

Head capsule nearly black light tan
Hypodermal pigments pinkish lacking
Dorsal plates on segments 6-7-8 lacking
Anterior row of comb teeth 17+2 11+2
Siphon gracefully tapered blocky
Ventral fusion of anal plate complete incomplete
Anal gills long and tapering bud-like
General hairy appearance inconspicuous conspicuous
Transutural tuft single multiple
Sub-antennal tuft inconspicuous large and bushy
Sub-basal tuft inconspicuous large and modified

Lateral tufts on the

abdominal segments

first 2

short and multiple

long and triple

Ventral tuft on 6th segment 6-12 hairs 3-6 hairs
Siphonal tuft 5-7 hairs 3-4 hairs
Sub-siphonal tuft 5-8 hairs 3-5 hairs

PLATE | PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38

[6]

PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 1, JAN., 1936 7

Pupat Case.

General pigmentation dark light
Resp. trumpet (lateral view) angular outline rounded outline
ADULT
Cuticula of Ist abdom. tergite purplish brown yellow
Apical black band of 2d abdom.
tergite continuous broken

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

1. Antenna. Dorsal view.

2. Labial plate.

3. Sub-basal tuft.

4. Typical form of respiratory trumpets on the pupa of O. alba. Lateral view.

5. Typical form of respiratory trumpets on the pupa of O. signifera (for con-
trast). Lateral view.

6. Mature fourth stage larva. Dorsal half.

7. Mature fourth stage larva. Ventral half.

8. Comb tooth. Lateral view.

9. Comb tooth. Dorsal view.

0. Eighth and ninth abdominal segments of larva. Lateral view.
(All figures are of O. alba except figure 5.)

NEW CACTUS BEETLE FROM ARGENTINE REPUBLIC
(CERAMBYCIDAE).

By W. S. FIsHEr,

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, United States Department of
Agriculture.

In a small collection of cactus beetles received from Alan
P. Dodd, Officer in Charge of the Commonwealth Prickly Pear
Board, Queensland, Australia, the following new species of
Cerambycidae was found. Since Mr. Dodd is anxious to have
a name for this species, so that it can be used in a report on the
cactus insects, it seems advisable to describe it at the present

time.
Alcidion cereicola, new species.

Strongly robust, moderately convex, slightly flattened above, piceous, densely
clothed with brownish white pubescence, and ornamented with brownish black
markings.

Head with the front quadrate, slightly convex, abruptly depressed behind the
antennal tubercles, concave between the antennal tubercles, which are strongly
elevated and obliquely divergent, with a narrow, longitudinal groove or carina
extending from epistoma to occiput; surface densely clothed with moderately
long, recumbent, brownish white pubescence, nearly concealing the punctures,
ornamented on occiput with a transversely triangular, median, dark brown,

8 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 1, JAN., 1936

pubescent area. Eyes coarsely granulated, deeply emarginate, separated from
each other on the top by twice the width of the upper lobe. Antenna one-third
longer than the body; basal joints slightly ciliate beneath; outer joints more or
less distinctly annulated at apices with brownish pubescence.

Pronotum one-half wider than long, subequal in width at base and apex,
widest at middle; sides nearly parallel at base and apex, tumid on each side at
middle; disk transversely flattened along base and apex, with three obtusely
rounded tubercles, two in front and one behind; surface coarsely, deeply, ir-
regularly punctate on basal and apical flattened areas, densely clothed with
long, recumbent, silky, brownish white pubescence, ornamented along base
with three dark brown pubescent spots, an elongate one on each side along
lateral margin and a small, median one in front of scutellum. Scutellum
triangular, broadly rounded at apex; surface broadly concave.

Elytra three-fourths longer than wide, distinctly wider than pronotum;
humeri strongly elevated; sides feebly narrowed from base to apical fifth, then
arcuately narrowed to the tips, which are separately obliquely truncate; disk
slightly uneven, with irregular, longitudinal rows of small tubercles clothed with
tufts of black hairs, feebly, longitudinally carinate on each side, the carina not
extending to the humerus or apex, the central basal ridge on each elytron strongly
elevated, more or less divided, clothed with black hairs; surface coarsely, deeply,
irregularly punctate, more densely toward the base, densely clothed on apical
third with long, recumbent, pale brown and brownish white pubescence, sparsely
clothed on basal fourth with short, brownish black pubescence, with a row of
small, black spots along the sutural and lateral margins, ornamented at middle
with a large, irregular, brownish white pubescent spot common to both elytra
and extending to lateral carinae, the anterior margin of spot extending obliquely
backward from the sutural margins, the posterior margin extending transversely
from lateral carina to middle of each elytron, then arcuately backward to the
sutural margins. i

Beneath densely clothed with moderately long, recumbent, brownish white
pubescence, the punctures feebly visible and producing a mottled appearance;
tibia brownish, except the median part, which is brownish white; tarsi more
or less brownish.

Length, 12-13 mm.; width, 4.75—-5.5 mm.

Type locality —Guemes, Salta Province, Argentine Republic.

Type.—Cat. No. 51346, U. S. National Museum. Paratypes
returned to A. P. Dodd.

Described from three specimens. The type was reared from
Cereus sp. collected at the type locality during August, 1933,
and the two paratypes were collected at Santiago del Estero,
Argentine Republic, December 1-2, 1931.

This species is allied to dicristatum Bates, but it differs from
the description given for that species in being larger, and in
having the pubescence brownish white, the central basal ridge
on each elytron strongly elevated, and the tips of the elytra
obliquely truncate and not produced at the exterior angles.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 1, JAN., 1936 9

A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF MUSCIDAE FROM
PUERTO RICO.

By Joun R. Mattocu.

The description presented below is given at this time to
provide a name for a hitherto undescribed muscid fly that may
prove to be of some economicimportance. It belongs to a group
in which the third wing vein is setulose at the base, but unlike
most such species, it has the fourth vein straight on its apical
section, nearly all others having it distinctly curved forward.
In addition to this departure from the normal, it also has no
hairs on either the pteropleura or on the prosternum, while of
less importance is the lack of hairs on the center of the propleura
and on the hypopleura. The narrow lower squama places it
in the subfamily Phaoniinae, and as an accessory character
one may cite the two pairs of upper recurved fronto-orbital
bristles. The peculiar arista, which is long-haired on the basal
half and bare on the apical half, is very similar to that of
Pygophora Schiner, no species of which occurs in the New World,
and though the almost equally wide frons in both sexes might be
accepted also as indication of some relationship, the bristling
of the orbits is quite different. The bristling of the mid and
hind tibiae is very similar to that of such genera as Mydaea,
Limnophora, and typical Helina; the lack of the pre-alar bristle
might be accepted as indicative of some connection with
S'ptlogona, though normally the mesonotum has but three instead
of four dark vittae.

I conclude that the species has no already described close
relatives and judging from a critical examination of all its
characters, it is a rather isolated form.

The generic and specific names used hereunder are those
applied to the insect by the late Dr. J. M. Aldrich, and though
he did not write a description, the name was entered in the
Catalogue of Types in the U. S. National Museum, so that the
present course was considered proper.

Subfamily PHAONIINAE.

SCENETES, n. gen.

Generic characters: Head in profile almost twice as high as its greatest length,
distinctly narrower at vibrissae than at antennal bases, genae about as high as
width of third antennal segment and twice as high as width of parafacials at
middle; facial ridges rather closely short setulose to a little above middle of
third antennal segment, the latter from six to eight times as long as the second
antennal segment; arista plumose on basal half or more, bare apically, eyes
almost bare, frons in both sexes about one-fifth of the head-width at vertex,
widened to anterior margin; orbits narrow, each with four to six incurved anterior

10 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 1, JAN., 1936

and two recurved posterior bristles; cruciate inter-frontal bristles lacking;
ocellar and inner vertical bristles long; outer vertical bristles undeveloped.
Thorax with prosternum, center of propleura, pteropleura, and hypopleura
bare. Lower squama much larger than upper, narrowly rounded at apex.
Fourth wing vein not curved forward at apex, first frequently with a few
setulae above apically, third setulose above and below from base to about mid-
way to the inner cross-vein. Hind tibia calcar lacking.

Scenetes cardini, n. sp.

Male and female: Black, slightly shining, with quite dense gray dust especially
on head; thoracic dorsum with four black vittae, the abdomen with a dark
central line and a pair of large subtriangular black spots on each tergite, these
marks varying in form and intensity according to the angle from which the
insect is viewed. Antennae black, basal two segments and sometimes the base
of third below brownish yellow; palpi brownish yellow. Legs black, extreme
apices of femora testaceous yellow. Wings grayish hyaline, squamae white.
Halteres yellow.

Frons longer than wide, at middle fully twice as wide as long. Vibrissae
very strong.

Mesonotum with 2+ 3 dorsocentral bristles, the prescutellar acrostichal
setulae quadriseriate to almost the suture; presutural area with 2 bristles;
prealar bristle undeveloped, both intra-alars present; sternopleural bristles
1+ 2.

Abdomen narrowly ovate, the bristles at apex of apical tergite longer than
apical bristles on the others. Hypopygium sometimes, the processes of the
fifth sternite always, testaceous yellow. The latter not very prominent, in
the form of a pair of rounded lobes.

Legs rather stout, the tarsi slender and with very small claws and pulvilli;
fore tibia without a median bristle; mid-tibia with three or more short posterior
bristles; hind femur with some bristles on apical half of antero-ventral surface,
the one nearest apex the strongest; hind tibia with two antero-dorsal and one
antero-ventral bristles.

Wings rather short and broad; first cross-vein over one-third from apex of
discal cell; ultimate section of fourth vein less than twice as long as penultimate;
outer cross-vein straight.

Length, 5-6 mm.

Type.—No. 22273, U. S. National Museum, male (holotype)
and female (allotype) from Santiago de las Vegas, Cuba,
January 28, 1919, reared from oranges, by P. Cardin. Para-
types, male, Mayaguez, Puerto Rico, November 13, 1933,
reared from guava, by A. C. Harlen; two males and two females,
August 26, 1935, reared from guava, by K. N. Bartlett, all in
the U. S. National Museum.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 1, JAN., 1936 11

MINUTES OF THE 470TH REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, JANUARY 2, 1936

The 470th regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
held at 8 p. m., Thursday, January 2, 1936, in Room 43 of the Natural History
Building of the National Museum. There were present 19 members and 17
visitors. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.

On request from the chair, the acting Recording Secretary read a communica-
tion from the Corresponding Secretary to the President of the Society in which
it was stated that, due to the insufficient length of time he had been a member
of the Washington Academy of Sciences, Mr. C. F. W. Muesebeck was ineligible
to represent the Society as a Vice-President of that organization. Mr. Austin H.
Clark was nominated, by unanimous vote of the Society, to represent the
Entomological Society of Washington as Vice-President of the Washington
Academy of Sciences.

The chair appointed the followimg members to serve on the program com-
mittee for the year 1936:

F. L. Campbell

D. J. Caffrey

R. E. Snodgrass
Upon recommendation of the Executive Committee the chair appointed the
following membership committee:

U. C. Loftin

F. H. Benjamin

G. S. Langford

The chair announced the receipt of a copy of the Report of the International
Committee on Zoological Nomenclature as presented to the International
Congress of Zoologists at the Lisbon meeting, and stated that the report was
being referred to the committee on nomenclature and was later to be deposited
in the Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine library.

Following a report from the chair, F. L. Campbell gave an interesting report
of the St. Louis meetings of the American Association of Economic Entomolo-
gists and the Entomological Society of America. S. B. Fracker supplemented
this report with a brief account of the plant quarantine meetings.

First on the regular program was a communication by Dr. R. M. Melampy
of Cornell University, entitled “Nutritional physiology of the cockroach,
Blatella germanica.’”’ Dr. Melampy explained the methods followed in his
work, in which the determination of the vitamin requirements of the roaches was
an important part. By means of lantern slides he illustrated the effects of
various diets on the size of roaches of different ages, and also exhibited charts
with growth curves showing the results of certain of his experiments. Since
Dr. Melampy expects to publish his results in detail, no abstract was sub-
mitted for inclusion in the minutes.

This communication was discussed by Campbell, Bulger, Yeager, Siegler,
and Fracker.

The second communication was by Dr. William Robinson, and entitled
“On the occurrence of a healing substance called allantoin in the excretions of
blowfly maggots.”

12 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 1, JAN., 1936

Dr. Robinson stated that search is being made for the factors by means of
which the remarkable healing effects are produced by blowfly maggots in chronic
discharging wounds. In addition to the removal by maggots of chronic material
and pus from the wound, it was suspected that they secrete a substance into the
wound which stimulates healing. It has since been discovered that the purine
derivative called allantoin, CsHgN4Os, that has been isolated from the excretions,
has definite healing properties. Allantoin is also manufactured synthetically
and can be purchased in a pure condition. This has been tested on a fairly
large scale by surgeons throughout the United States and found to bring about
healing in various types of stubborn, non-healing wounds. Allantoin is soothing
and harmless, non-toxic, odorless, tasteless, and fairly inexpensive. It is now
being manufactured by 6 companies, and in the last eight months enough
has been made to treat about 5000 cases. (Author’s abstract.)

McIndoo, Back, Hall, Billings, Bulger, Smith, and Bishopp participated in
the discussion which followed this paper.

Meeting adjourned at 10 p. M.

P. W. Oman,
Recording Secretary, pro tempore.

Actual date of publication, February 28, 1936.

VOL. 38 FEBRUARY, 1936 No. 2

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

CONTENTS

BLAKE, DORIS H.—ALTICA BIMARGINATA SAY, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW
SEECKESEAND VARIETIES) (COLEOPDERA) 5. = 5 404 tea osu Gc) gulls

HALL, DAVID G.—PHLEBOTOMUS (BRUMPTOMYIA) DIABOLICUS, A NEW
SPECIES OF BITING GNAT FROM TEXAS (DIPTERA: PSYCHODIDAE) . . 27

LINDQUIST, ARTHUR W.—NOTES ON THE HABITS AND BIOLOGY OF A SAND
FLY, PHLEBOTOMUS DIABOLICUS HALL, IN SOUTHWESTERN TEXAS
(DIPTERA : PSYCHODIDAE)

MUESEBECK, C. F, W, AND HEINRICH, CARL—FOSTER HENDRICKSON BENJAMIN 25

PusiisHED MontHiy Excepr Jury, AuGUsT AND SEPTEMBER

BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProceEpINGs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1935.

Honorary (Presidenigh’ 2c) 2800. g 6 a nt eee L. O. HOWARD
PYOSident ke ne ik. vo ne pee ee B. A. PORTER
FipspiVaceserenadent Sis x 5) ORAS 2 ee S. B. FRACKER
SELONAMVACE SET ESTQCIIE® 02 2. Stu” Bee) ortaks =o) (soy Pages N. E. McINDOO
RRECOVAINE SECTCIANY 02 ge oe Nc a 3, fen ee so, ee P. W. OMAN
Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer . . 2... + see ees J. E. GRAF
EDSON! ET oan: cb Regan ee, al ak een eee eo W. R. WALTON

Members of the Executive Committee: S. A. ROHWER, J. S. WADE, H. E.
EWING.
Representing the Society as Vice-President
of the Washington Academy of Sciences. ......... A EL CARs

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

4 pp. 8 pp. 12pp. 16pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies pak 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
~ ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL. 38 FEBRUARY, 1936 Nor2

ALTICA BIMARGINATA SAY, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW
SPECIES AND VARIETIES (COLEOPTERA).

By Doris H. Brake.

This paper is the result of a study of specimens of A/tica in the
LeConte and Bowditch collections at the Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology, Cambridge, Mass., and in the National Museum
at Washington, D. C., and of specimens lent the writer by the
California Academy of Sciences, the Illinois State Natural
History Survey, and Messrs. Melville Hatch and Ralph Hopping.
The writer wishes to acknowledge her indebtedness to these
institutions and individuals for the privilege of studying this
material.

In the separation of the species that at present are included
under the name 4/tica bimarginata Say, four points are par-
ticularly significant,—the character of the elytral fold, the
sculpturing of the aedeagus, the food plant, and the locality.

The shape of the elytral fold varies considerably in the costate
species. In the Mexican and Central American species this
fold is often much wider than in the northern species, in some
distorting the elytra, or there may be several costae. A species
described from Guatemala and extending north up into Arizona
has several small elytral costae. Traces of several costae are
seen in some of the more northern species, but in these northern
species the lateral fold, which runs from the humerus often to the
suture at the apex, 1s the most pronounced, sometimes becoming
so wide and compressed as to form a ridge or shelf hiding the
margin below, or sometimes being merely a scarcely visible line,
as in some specimens of subplicata.

The shape of the aedeagus is similar in all the species studied,
but in the sculpturing, particularly of the lower side, there are
good differential characters.

In regard to food plants, so far as these have been recorded on
the specimens, the species may be divided into two groups, those
that feed on willow and those that feed on alder. From the
records examined, the food plant appears to be very definitely
either one or the other but not both for each species.

In general, the species here recognized occupy fairly distinct
ranges. There is some overlapping of species in the Rocky
Mountains and on the Pacific coast, where three species occur.

14 PROC. ENT. ‘SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 2, FEB., 1936

One of these is found east into the Great Plains, which is also
the western limit of the Central States species. This latter
species extends eastward to Michigan, Illinois, and Tennessee.
In New England occurs a subspecies of a species that is found in
the Rocky Mountains. There are scattered records of its
occurrence in the Northern States and Canada showing that
there is some continuity in its range across the continent. One
species described from Central America is also found in Arizona.

aunt

With

A. subplicata

CCT

SS
—
=

A.ambiens var latiplicata A. ambtens A.ambiens var alni

otis <
A.ambiens va. Anapensis A.caurina A. prasina

Fig. 1

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 2, FEB., 1936 15

Key To THE SPECIES.

. Black or very dark bluish green with or without faint aeneous lustre;
antebasal depression on prothorax not a groove and not deep, often
very feeble; elytral costa rather indistinct, not at all compressed.
PNDGUI atin T oO eee ee RAST Shee Se RY caurina, Nn. sp.

Blue, green or purplish; antebasal groove usually deep and well
marked; elytral fold more or less distinct and compressed. Usually

Os OLsmOrcvlOng ssw Ae meee as: Meee ees Soll SIE eS: 2

. Margin of elytra as seen from above in part hidden by wide elytral
OG | Reh er alba et Ae En Oe BE hs ik Pas Docs WAS a, CE Reh bs eal $)
Margin of elytra as seen from above not at all obscured by elytral fold. 4

. Elytra only faintly shining, dull alutaceous; elytral fold usually hiding

margin from about the middle to beyond the apical curve...
plicipennis (Mann.)

Elytra polished, shining, not alutaceous; elytral fold usually hiding
margin only at apical curve _.......... ambiens var. latiplicata n. var.

. Elytra with several more or less distinct costae, but the lateral one not
more marked than the median one. Arizona southward

guatemalensts Jac.

Elytra with a more or less pronounced lateral costa... 5
~ Elytral costa not wide and not very well marked... 6
Rivcraletoldswellsmarked <2 Poe Oe See we Re eee 8

. Elytra smoothly convex without pronounced scutellar or humeral
callosities or depressions; surface distinctly alutaceous, not polished;
aedeagus viewed from beneath smooth, not sculptured, with only a
few apical depressions. Central States20 subplicata (Lec.)

Elytra with well marked intrahumeral depression, the humeri out-
standing; surface not markedly alutaceous but shining; aedeagus
viewed from beneath sculptured. Pacific Coast, Rocky Mountains a.

. Shape elongate oblong. Groove on prothorax rather shallow; aedeagus
with deep sculpturing on under surface. Utah ambiens var.

Shape oblong oval. Groove on prothorax deep; aedeagus lightly
sculpturedibenedth: (California... -.2) se eh napensis, n. sp.

. Aedeagus viewed from the side with an abrupt notch at apical narrow-
ing. Feeding on willow pS tes a ca On ad ae prasina (Lec.)

Aedeagus viewed from the side without notching. Feeding on alder..__._9

. Elytral fold sometimes not continuous to suture. Rocky Mountains...

ambiens (Lec.)

Elytral fold usually continuous to suture and punctation usually
alittle less distinct. Northern and Northeastern States...

ambiens var. alni (Harris)

Altica bimarginata Say.

Fourn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. 3, p. 85, 1824.

Say’s description of A/tica bimarginata can be applied equally
well to all the four distinguishable species at present included

under that name. Furthermore, Say’s type locality, ““Missouri,”

16 =: PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 2, FEB., 1930

at that time embraced the greater portion of the territory be-
tween the Mississippi River and Rocky Mountains, and the
country covered by Long’s expedition, upon which the beetle
was obtained, is nearly as great. In that territory there occur
two species of A4/tica with an elytral fold that are very closely
related and are both willow feeders. The only suggestion that
I can find as to the identity of Say’s species is a statement by
LeConte in his Notes on the Coleoptera found at Ft. Simpson’ in
which he writes: “The difference between H. bimarginata
Say and Graptodera plicipennis Mann. is not obvious on com-
parison. The species is abundant in Kansas, California,
Oregon, and at Ft. Simpson.”” The specimens mentioned from
Kansas and Ft. Simpson, labeled G. bimarginata and all re-
presenting one species, are in LeConte’s collection. They are
the same species as the one labeled plicipennis Mann. from
California in his collection. It is very doubtful if LeConte
ever examined Say’s type. There may be specimens still
remaining that Say determined as his dimarginata, but in this
case one may hesitate to assume that Say would have distin-
guished between such closely related species.

Therefore, taking into consideration that Say’s type is not
extant, that there are two species occurring in the territory
from which it was described that can not be distinguished by
Say’s description, and that consequently one can not with
certainty decide which species is dimarginata, it seems necessary
to abandon Say’s name.

Altica plicipennis (Mannerheim).

Graptodera plicipennis Mannerheim, Bull. Moscou, vol. 16, p. 310, 1843.
Haltica bimarginata Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. vol. 16, pp. 219, 315, 1889, in
part.

In the LeConte collection is a specimen labeled plicipennis
Mannerheim upon which Mr. Banks has placed a type label.
He states that LeConte was in correspondence with Mannerheim
and often received specimens from him and later from Chaudoir,
who had Mannerheim’s collection. Since LeConte was keenly
interested in this group, later describing three costate species
in it, one may take it for granted that he was satisfied that he
had a correctly determined specimen of Mannerheim’s species
and that his is probably an authentic representative of the
species. It is a female having as a distinguishing character a
wide, compressed elytral fold that when viewed from above
hides the lateral margin beneath it from behind the middle of
the elytra nearly to the apex. In addition, the upper surface is
distinctly alutaceous and not polished or very shining but rather

1Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. [vol. 12], p. 317, 1860.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 2, FEB., 1936 WI

dull silken in its sheen. The head is not deeply sculptured
behind the tubercles and the prothorax does not have a deep
basal groove.

This species, perhaps the most easily recognized of the group
occurring in the United States, on account of the wide fold and
the alutaceous surface, is also the most northern in its range.
It occurs as far north as the Yukon region in Alaska and extends
southward through the Rocky Mountains to New Mexico and
east through the Great Plain region of the Dakotas, Nebraska,
Kansas and Texas. On the Pacific coast specimens have been
collected from as far south as Isabella, Kern Co., California.

Specimens have been taken on willow by L. S. Sleven in Montana and by
M. H. Hatch in Oregon. Specimens have been examined from: Alaska (Nulato,
Rampart, Ruby), British Columbia (Agassiz, Fernie, Oliver, Quesnel), Alberta
(The Gap, Lathbridge, Medicine Hat); Manitoba (Aweme), Washington
(Clarkston, Forks, Green River Gorge, King Co., North Bend, Satsop River,
Spokane, Stevenson, Stilaguamish River, Cicero, Snohomish Co.), Oregon
(Corvallis, Medford, Umatilla), California (Folsom, Hoopa Valley, Trinity
River, Humboldt Co., Isabella, Kern Co., Sacramento, Scotia, Sulphur Cr.,
Preston, Sonoma Co.), Idaho (Boise City, Lewisville), Montana (Dawson Co.,
Glasgow, Glendive, Great Falls, Huntley), Wyoming (Green River City,
National Park), Colorado (Colorado Spgs., Ft. Collins, Pike’s Peak), North
Dakota (Mandan, Heart River, Rice River), Nebraska, Kansas, Texas, New
Mexico (San Juan Valley, Taos Co.).

Altica subplicata (LeConte).

Haltica subplicata LeConte, Smithson. Contrib. Knowl., vol. 11, p. 25, 1859.
Haltica bimarginata Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 16, pp. 219, 315, 1889, in
part.

LeConte’s type specimen of subplicata, which bears a pale
green label indicating ‘“‘ Nebraska etc.” as a locality, is a female
about 6.2 mm. long, blue green in color, alutaceous, and not
very shining. Unlike plicipennis, it has the elytral fold not
wide or very marked and, from above, the lateral margin can be
seen its entire length. LeConte described this species from one
specimen taken in the Platte River valley, but in his collection
there are following the type five others, four of which are the
same species. The first has no label, the second has a pale
green label like the type, the third and fourth have yellow
labels indicating the “‘ Western States,” and the fifth, which is
not this species and was evidently added at a later date, is
labelled “Cal.”

LeConte stated that subplicata differs from the other species
having an elevated fold parallel with the outer margin of the
elytra by the fact that in the other species this fold is much more
elevated and curved posteriorly towards the suture. The

18 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 2, FEB., 1936

species lives up to its name subplicata by having the least
marked elytral costa of any of the species yet described. It is
closely related to plicipennis, being also a willow feeder and
having likewise dull alutaceous elytra and a very similar
aedeagus, which, however, is smooth and not sculptured on the
underside as in plicipennis. The beetle is also distinctive in
appearance, being the least depressed of any of the group.
The prothorax has a shallow basal groove limited at the sides;
the elytra have a short intrahumeral depression and are smoothly
convex with only a slight ripple instead of a marked elytral
fold.

This species is the only one common throughout the Central
States. On the extreme western range of subplicata in the
Great Plain region from the Dakotas to New Mexico and
Texas both plicipennis and subplicata are found, but unlike
plicipennis, subplicata extends eastward to Ohio and Tennessee.
Specimens of 4. ambiens Lec. which occur on its northern range
in Minnesota, Michigan and Canada, are distinguished by the
more shining, polished elytra and the more pronounced
elytral fold, as well as by the entirely different aedeagus.

Specimens are recorded as taken on willow at Brownsville,
Texas, by McMillan and Marsh, in Missouri, at Greenville,
Mississippi, at Alexandria, La., by Bottimer, at Hamilton,
Illinois, by Ross and Mohr, and another old specimen without
locality label has the note “‘in myriads on dwarf willow.”

Specimens have been examined from: Canada, Colorado, New Mexico (Albu-
querque, Jemez Springs), Nebraska (Westpoint), Kansas (Topeka), Oklahoma
(Cleveland Co., Marshall Co., McClain Co.), Texas (Brownsville, El Paso,
St. Tomas), Minnesota (Olmstead Co.), Iowa (Council Bluffs, Guttenberg,
Keokuk, Soltau, Spirit Lake), Missouri (Kahoka, Kirkwood, St. Clair Co.),
Arkansas (Texarkana), Louisiana (Alexandria, East Point), Wisconsin (Bay-
field), Illinois (Algonquin, Beardstown, Cedar Lake, Chester, Chicago, Danvers,
Danville, Elizabethtown, Fulton, Grand Tower, Hamilton, Harrisburg, Havana,
Meredosia, Mississippi River, Peoria, Quincy, Ravinia, Rockford, Rock Island),
Michigan (Douglas Lake, Cheboygan Co., Port Huron), Indiana (Bluffton,
Turkey Run), Ohio, Tennessee, Mississippi (Greenville).

Altica prasina (LeConte).

Haltica prasina LeConte, Ent. Rept. on Route near 47th Parallel, p. 67, 1857.
Haltica bimarginata Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 16, pp. 219, 315, 1889, in
part.

The type of prasina in the LeConte collection, from San
Francisco, Calif., is a male about 5.5 mm. long, olive aeneous
green above, alutaceous, but more shining than plicipennis or
subplicata, with the elytra a little more distinctly punctate than
the prothorax. The head is more deeply sculptured than in

PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 2, FEB., 1936 19

plictpennis; the elytral humeri are well marked with a long
intrahumeral depression; and the elytral fold is distinct and
well marked to the suture but does not at all obscure the lateral
margin when viewed from above.

This species, as defined by LeConte, is narrower than p/ici-
pennis and has a more strongly punctate thorax, and the elytra
are more feebly sulcate. As a rule the elytral fold is the most
distinctive external character, being narrow, compressed in the
apical half and extending to the suture without hiding the
margin below. Occasionally, however, there are specimens
in which the lateral fold is rather feebly marked. In a series
from Clark’s Station, Calif. (in the collection of the [linois
State Natural History Survey), are numerous specimens with
the elytral fold indistinct. The punctation and coloring too are
variable. Although typical specimens are olive green, many
are blue, blue-green, or even purplish. The punctation,
although usually more distinct than in p/icipennis, may be as
fine. The long depression within the humeri is not matched
in either plicipennis or subplicata, and in general the species
is a little smaller and more slender than either. The aedeagus
is quite different, being much sculptured beneath and when
viewed from the side shows a lateral notch near the tip. The
aedeagus resembles more that of 4. ambiens Lec., from which
it is distinguishable by its lateral notch and different sculptur-
ing. Externally prasina and ambiens are difficult to separate,
although in general prasiva is smaller and not so shining as
ambiens.

Prasina is recorded as feeding on willow by Rust in Idaho,
Forsell and Hatch in Washington, Condit and Van Duzee in
California, and Hopping in British Columbia. F. E. Blaisdell
has collected it in numbers at Fallen Leaf at an altitude of
6,800 ft. on Mountain ash (Sorbus sitchensis).

Specimens have been examined from: British Columbia (Huntington, Kaslo,
Nanaimo, Oliver, Pender Harbor, Penticton, Princeton, Victoria), Washington
(American L., L. Ballenger, Easton, Pullman, Seattle, Tenino), Oregon (Hood
River, Portland), California (Berkeley, Cambria, Carmel, Carrville, Trinity Co.,
Clark’s Station, Contra Costa Co., Fallen Leaf, Eldorado Co., Guadalupe,
Lagunitas, Meadow Valley, Plumas Co., Oakland, Redwood Canyon, Marin
Co., San Andreas L., San Francisco Co., San José, Santa Cruz, San Diego),
Idaho (Coeur d’Alene), Utah (Beaver Valley).

Altica ambiens (LeConte).

Haltica ambiens LeConte, Smithson. Contrib. Knowl., vol. 11, p. 25, 1859.
Haltica bimarginata Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 16, pp. 219, 315, 1889, in
part.

The type of ambiens, which is labeled with a deep green disc
indicating New Mexico as the locality, is a male, approximately

20 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 2, FEB., 1936

5.5 mm. long, with shining blue, distinctly punctate elytra that
are not alutaceous except when examined under a high powered
microscope. In this last point ambiens differs from plicipennts,
subplicata, and prasina. The elytral fold is also distinctive,
being most marked from the middle to the apical curve, thence
becoming somewhat indistinct to the suture. It is not wide
and does not obscure the lateral margin below, but has a
distinct sulcus within and two other shorter and less marked
sulci above it, like ripples on the side of the elytra. The
humeri are marked with a long intrahumeral depression as in
prasina.

LeConte distinguished this species from subplicata by its
smaller size and by having the more elevated submarginal costa
of the elytra curved behind. In addition, the aedeagus differs
markedly from those of subplicata and plicipennis but is similar
to that of prasina, with differences in the sculpturing of the
lower surface already mentioned under prasina.

Of all the species in the group having the elytral fold, ambzens
is the most widespread, extending from California to New
England. In consequence, there appear to be several geo-
graphic races in which the beetles differ principally in size,
punctation, and width of the elytral fold. The aedeagi in these
are indistinguishable. The food plant is practically always
recorded as alder, the only exceptions being one beetle from
Livingston, Montana, labeled ‘“‘on Populus” and another from
Ft. Collins, Colorado, labeled “‘on beets.”

Specimens exactly resembling the type have been examined from only a few
localities, namely in New Mexico (Jemez Springs and Las Vegas), Colorado
(Platte Canyon), and Utah (Wasatch and Alta). Farther north in the Rocky
Mountains the elytral fold usually becomes more marked from the apical curve
to the suture and is often wider. Specimens of this sort have been examined
from: Utah (American Fork Canyon, Lamb’s Canyon, Salt Lake), Wyoming
(National Park), Idaho (Centerville, Waha), Montana (Bear Paw Mt., Florence,
Livingston, Missoula), Washington (Chehallis, Elk, Evans Creek, King Co.,
Manchester, Olympia, Seattle), British Columbia (Canford, Chase Creek,
Keremeos, Lumby, Mable Lake, Salmon Area, Spious Creek, Sumas, Trinity
Valley, Vancouver, Voght Valley).

In northeastern Canada and in the Northern States from
Minnesota to New England occurs still another form in which
the elytral fold is not so much compressed or so wide, but is
usually clearly marked to the suture. In the specimens from
Arizona, Nevada, California and Oregon, the elytral fold be-
comes so wide as to obscure in part the elytral margin below.
The beetles from the latter States as a rule are larger than those
from the Rocky Mountains. Both the Pacific Coast and the
northeastern races are sufficiently distinct to deserve a more
detailed description.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 2, FEB., 1936 val

Altica ambiens var. alni (Harris).

Haltica alni Harris, Entomological Correspondence, p. 268, 1869.

In the correspondence of Harris published by Scudder is an
account of the food habits of the eastern form under the name
Flaltica alni Harris, followed by a short description of the
larva. According to the rules of nomenclature the name a/ni
should stand from this description. Packard? gave a full
description of the larva, pupa, beetle and food habits under the
same name witha reference to Harris’ correspondence. LeConte
in his description stated that ambiens “nearly resembles a
nondescript species from New Hampshire (H. a/ni Harris).”
On comparing the type specimen of ambiens. from Santa Fe,
N. Mexico, with specimens of a/ni from New Hampshire, both
in the same box in the LeConte collection, one can find little to
distinguish the two. As LeConte wrote, the punctation of the
western specimens may be more distinct and the elytral fold in
the eastern ones may extend more continuously to the suture,
but the aedeagi of the two are inseparable. In all the accounts
of the insect found in the east, much stress has been laid on its
damage to alder. The writer has recently observed how all
the alder bushes along the roads in the White Mountains are
attacked. Specimens in the National Museum from Idaho
have been collected by J. L. Webb on alder, others from Mis-
soula, Montana, by R. T. Young on alder. M.H. Hatch has
repeately collected it about Seattle, Washington, on alder.
In spite of the spotty occurrence, the range is essentially
continuous. The Rocky Mountain form is found from New
Mexico to British Columbia, and there are scattered collections
of the more northeastern race from Minnesota to New England.
Harris’ name for the eastern beetles, I believe, should be kept
only as a varietal name for the northeastern race. In the
Harris collection at the Boston Society of Natural History are
4 beetles, 2 males and 2 females, and a larva (mounted on a pin),
labeled N. H., which may be regarded as the types. Speci-
mens have also been examined from: Minnesota (Duluth),
Ontario (Sudbury), Michigan (Alpena, Huron Mt. on Lake
Michigan, Marquette), New York, Massachusetts (Brookline,
Chicopee), New Hampshire (Intervale, North Conway,
Twin Mountain), Maine (Cherryfield, Gardiner, Paris).

Altica ambiens var. latiplicata, n. var.

In this form the elytral fold, which is strongly compressed and continuous to
the apex, attains the width of that of plicipennis and as in plicipennis usually
obscures in part the elytral margin below, yet not so uniformly from the middle
to the apical curve but only at the apical curve. The general appearance of the

2Packard, Bull. Dept. Agr. Ent. No. 13, p. 24, 1887.

22 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 2, FEB., 1936

beetle is more elongate and more depressed than the Rocky Mountain or eastern
specimens. The beetles are very shiny and strongly punctate, thus differing
from plicipennis. The aedeagus is indistinguishable from that of typical
ambiens. The length is 5.5 to 6.2 mm.

Type male and 29 paratypes U.S. N. M. Cat. No. 51340.
Type locality: Yosemite National Park, near Happy Isles,
California, collected on alder, 18 July, 1927, by D. H. Blake.

Other localities: Arizona, Nevada (Ormsby Co.), California (Bigtrees,
Calaveras Co., Breckenridge, Castle Crag, mts. near Claremont, Del Monte,
Monterey Co., Fresno Flats, Havelah, Kern Co., Hoopa Valley, Trinity River,
Humboldt Co., Kaweah, Lake Tahoe, Los Angeles, Millwood, Palmdale,
Placerville, Santa Anna River, San Diego, San Francisco, San Gorgonio Mts.,
Santa Paula, Smith’s Springs, Summerdale, Ventura Co.), Oregon (Ashland).

It is recorded on specimens as collected on alder in California
by Snyder, Burke, Craighead and Miller.

Altica ambiens var.

What appears to be still another form of this species is rep-
resented in the National Museum collection by a series of 12
specimens from City Canyon, Utah, and 2 from Wasatch,
Utah, all collected by Hubbard and Schwarz. There are
specimens of the same sort in the California Academy from
Bryce Canyon, Utah. In all these the elytral fold is very
indistinct with little evidence of a sulcus within. In some
specimens there are traces of several elytral costae. The
intrahumeral depression is short, and the transverse groove at
the base of the prothorax is likewise feebly marked. In short,
all the prothoracic and elytral depressions are modified. It is
possible that this is a distinct species, but since the aedeagus
does not differ essentially from that of typical ambiens, it seems
more likely that this is a form analogous with some specimens
of prasina in which the fold on the elytra is poorly marked.

Altica guatemalensis Jacoby.

Altica guatemalensis Facoby, Biologia Centr. Amer. Coleopt., vol. 6, pt. 1, 1884,
p. 297.

Jacoby described under this name a cupreous species of
Altica, collected by Champion on 4/nus, with two pronounced
costae and other less marked ones on the elytra. It was
collected in the Quiché Mountains of Guatemala. In the
Supplement to this volume of the Biologia, published in 1891,
p. 266, Jacoby gives another locality “No. Sonora,” collected
by Morrison, and states that the “ No. Sonora” (that is, Arizona)
specimens differ from the Guatemala ones in being entirely
blue and having the elytral costae obsolete.

PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 2, FEB., 1936 23

There are cotypes of Jacoby’s species from the Quiché
Mountains in the Bowditch collection and specimens collected
by Morrison in Arizona in both the Bowditch and National:
Museum collections. Without doubt the Arizona and Guat-
emala specimens represent one species although the coloring is
blue or green in the more northern specimens. There is some
variation in the costation of the Arizona specimens. In a large
series from the Santa Catalina Mts., Arizona, also collected
on alder, some specimens have well marked costae, while in
others the costae are feeble.

Specimens have been examined also from Ft. Grant (Hubbard and Schwarz
collection), and Pinal Mts., Globe, Diamond Creek, White Mts., Arizona, all
collected by D. K. Duncan.

Altica napensis, n. sp.

Oblong oval, about 5 mm. long, shining, blue green, head not deeply sculp-
tured; prothorax with deep basal groove; elytra more distinctly punctate than
prothorax and with a lateral costa running from the humerus nearly to apex,
this costa not pronounced and not at all compressed into a fold.

Head shining, finely alutaceous, smoothly rounded over occiput, front not
deeply sculptured, a row of punctures along the shallow groove between the eye
and frontal tubercle and another row over the tubercles. Genae rugose from
obsolete punctures. Antennae not reaching the middle of the elytra, third joint
shorter than fourth. Prothorax more than one and one half times wider than
long, with arcuate sides and a well marked basal groove; surface shining, finely
and closely punctate with a cluster of coarser punctures on the sides anteriorly.
Elytra shining and more distinctly punctate than prothorax, smoothly convex
with little trace of basal callosities but with the humeri marked by a long
intrahumeral depression; a lateral costa which is not compressed extending from
humerus almost to suture, in 2 of the 7 specimens, one of which is a male, traces
of other less well defined costae. Body beneath shining blue green, lightly
pubescent. Length 4.8 to 5.8 mm.; width 2.5 to 2.8 mm.

Type male No. 4149 and 5 paratypes at California Academy of
Sciences, 2 paratypes in U.S. N. M. Cat. No. 51341.

Type locality: Napa Co., California, from the Van Dyke
collection.

This species, closely resembling some forms of 4. ambiens
in which the elytral fold is less marked, differs from it, as well
as from the other species here dealt with, in being less oblong
and more oval in shape. The elytral costa is not at all a com-
pressed fold but rather a not very distinct elevated lateral line,
most apparent at the apical curve. The aedeagus bears a strong
resemblance to that of 4. ambiens but is much less deeply
sculptured on the lower surface.

24 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 2, FEB., 1936

Altica caurina, n. sp.

Oblong oval, about 4 mm. long, black or sometimes very dark blue or green,
‘with or without faint aeneous lustre, not very shining, finely alutaceous, finely
punctate; antebasal depression on prothorax feeble; lateral fold on elytra not
pronounced and extending from humerus nearly to the suture at apex.

Head alutaceous with distinctly defined frontal tubercles, a deep fovea
between tubercle and eye, small punctures on front above tubercles and a long
groove from fovea to eye, genae rugose with obsolete coarse punctures. Anten-
nae black, with basal joints more shining, extending to about the middle of the
elytra, in female a little shorter; 4th and 5th joints subequal, 3d slightly shorter,
Prothorax about 11% times broader than long with sides feebly arcuate, nar-
rowed a little anteriorly; somewhat convex, sometimes with a faint median line
and a feebler transverse anterior depression interrupted in the middle, and a
more distinct antebasal one, the latter ending rather abruptly at the sides; this
antebasal depression not deep and not very marked, in some specimens in-
distinct except when the light falling upon it throws a slight shadow, not a
distinct groove as in the other species of the group; surface finely alutaceous
and finely punctate with punctures a little closer and more distinct on anterior
half at sides. Elytra smoothly convex with humeri not prominent and marked
by a short depression within; a distinct but not pronounced or compressed
costa running from humerus nearly to the suture at the apex; surface rather dull,
finely alutaceous and finely punctate; beneath black or with an aeneous lustre,
finely alutaceous and finely pubescent. Length 3.8 to 4.5 mm., width 2 to2.5 mm.

Type male and 2 paratypes, one male and one female, U.S. N.
M. Cat. No. 51342.

Type locality: Banff Springs, Alberta, Canada, from the
collection of H. G. Hubbard and E. A. Schwarz.

A specimen of this species, a male, is in the LeConte collection
at Cambridge, Mass., and bears the label W. T. (Washington
Territory). There it is placed at the end of the species of
Altica that have an elytral fold. M. H. Hatch has collected
specimens at White River Camp and Green Water River,
on Mt. Ranier, and at Index, Washington, all of which, unlike
the types or the specimen in the LeConte collection, have a
distinctly green and not black hue, but are much darker than
the usual specimens of this group. One specimen in the Cali-
fornia Academy collection taken at Longmire Springs, Mt.
Rainer, Washington, at an altitude of 2500 ft., closely resembles
those taken by Dr. Hatch.

Although having an elytral fold, this species does not properly
belong in the dimarginata group. It is of darker coloring,
smaller size, and more oval, less elongate shape, and has a less
marked antebasal depression on the prothorax. There is no
record of its food plant.

PLATE 2 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38

Foster Henprickson BENJAMIN

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 2, FEB., 1936 25

FOSTER HENDRICKSON BENJAMIN.
By C. F. W. Mugsepack anp Cart HEInrIcu.

Foster H. Benjamin was born in Brooklyn, N. Y., on the
17th of September, 1895. He died after a brief, and what was
probably his only serious, illness, in Washington, D. C., on
January 24, 1936. These forty years (all too short for the good
and valuable man he was) were devoted with unusual con-
sistency and loyalty to one purpose and in one pursuit. From
his grammar school days he was interested in entomology and
from his first acquaintance with insects was a student of the
Lepidoptera.

When he was twelve years old and still a student at Public
School No. 36 of New York City, he came to the attention of
George P. Englehardt and Jacob Doll of the Brooklyn Museum.
These kindly naturalists saw the promise in the boy and en-
couraged and directed his insect studies. To the end of his life
Benjamin cherished a warm regard for both men. We have
often heard him speak of them, and always with affection and
gratitude. He could not have had better teachers or a better
start in entomology.

Jacob Doll was not a systematist but he knew the American
Lepidoptera—particularly the Noctuidae—as it is given to
few taxonomists to know them. He knew them as museum
specimens and living creatures in Nature. He knew them as
species and as individuals. He remembered almost every moth
that passed through his hands. Benjamin had a similar memory.
Under the guidance of Doll and Englehardt and later of John
Grossbeck and John B. Smith he rapidly developed into an
expert and thoroughly grounded lepidopterist.

At the Commercial High School in Brooklyn he was a member
of the Natural History Club for the three years (1908-1911)
that he attended the school and for two years he was president
of that Club. At Cornell University, where he received his
Bachelor degree in 1920 and his Master’s in 1921, he took
practically every course offered 1n entomology. His thesis
for the M. A. degree was ““A Revision of the Noctuid Moths of
the Genus Lampra,” the first of a long series of taxonomic
papers of merit dealing with American Lepidoptera. Over
a hundred such papers and many species and genera bear his
name as author or co-author. It is interesting to note, and
characteristic of his patient interest, that upon the eve of his
final illness he was contemplating another revision of the genus
Lampra.

His one deflection from entomology occurred during his
undergraduate period and that deflection was in the services of
his country. He enlisted in the lighter-than-air aviation unit
of the Navy in April, 1917, and served till the end of the war.

26 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, ‘NO. 2, FEB., 1936

After taking his Master’s degree at Cornell he served with
the Mississippi State Plant Board as assistent entomologist.
In 1922 he went to Decatur, IIl., as Curator of the Wiliam Barnes
Museum. In this capacity he served until 1927. In those
five years with that magnificent collection his talent found full
scope and he soon established himself as an authority on
American Lepidoptera. In August, 1927, he joined the Depart-
ment of Agriculture and was associated with the Mexican fruit
fly investigations at Brownsville, Tex. In 1929 he was trans-
ferred to Florida where he took an active part in the campaign
against the Mediterranean fruit fly. During this period he
made an intensive taxonomic study of the Trypetidae and
served the Department as identification expert. At this time he
also invented a trap for collecting and sorting fruit flies from
infested fruit, which device was extensively used by the Depart-
ment in Florida and later patented by its inventor.

In 1931 Benjamin was transferred to the taxonomic staff of
the Bureau of Entomology and stationed at the National
Museum in Washington, where he worked until his death. His
chief work here was with the Noctuidae but he continued his
studies with the fruit flies and just prior to his death was
engaged upon a revision of the genus Avasirepha.

In 1920 he married Mary Anne Sheriden of Ithaca, N. Y.
His wife and two children, Richard, aged 13, and Mary Julia,
aged 6, survive him. It is a pleasure to note that his home life
was exceptionally happy. He was a devoted husband and
father, and a sincere friend, a kindly man, hospitable to all and
ready and eager to help where help was needed, ever unselfishly
devoted to his family, his friends and his science. He was a
frail, little man physical y and his vigorous spirit frequently
drove his body too hard. He worked constantly and did not
spare himself.

Though a comparatively recent member of our Society (he
joined us in 1931) he was well known to us all and we shall
miss him from our meetings.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 2, FEB., 1936 2

PHLEBOTOMUS (BRUMPTOMYIA) DIABOLICUS, A NEW
SPECIES OF BITING GNAT FROM TEXAS
(DIPTERA : PSYCHODIDAE).

By Davin G. Hatt,

Division of Insects Affecting Man and Animals, Bureau of Entomology and
Plant Quarantine, United States Department of Agriculture.

The genus Ph/ebotomus has been represented in the ento-
mological literature of the United States by a single species,
vexator Coquillett. This species occurs along the Potomac
River in Maryland, and is not known to take the blood of man.
It feeds upon amphibians and reptiles. Since most species of
Phlebotomus attack man and other warm-blooded animals,
cause annoyance, and are incriminated in the transmission of
phlebotomus fever, the various species of the genus are of some
general interest.

The species described in this paper, Phlebotomus (Brumpto-
myia) diabolicus, is the first species of this genus from the
United States that is known to attack man. The description
is based upon specimens reared or collected at Uvalde, Tex.,
by A. W. Lindquist, of the Bureau of Entomology and Plant
Quarantine, who is studying the biology and habits of this
species. In central southwest Texas it causes occasional
annoyance to man.

This species may represent an undescribed subgenus of
Phlebotomus, but until additional material of other related
forms is at hand the systematic arrangement of Dyar (Amer.
Jour. Hyg. 10 : 112-124, 1929) will be followed.

The species falls into the subgenus Brumptomyia Franca
and Parrot, the male plainly exhibiting a tuft of spines near
the base of the inside of the first joint of the upper claspers,
the most important character used for the separation of the
species of this subgenus from other species of PA/ebotomus.

A key to the males of all species of Phlebotomus now known
to occur in North and Central America is given, together with
an illustration of the male terminalia of the species herein

described.

Key To THE MALEs or THE GENUS PHLEBOTOMUS OCCURRING IN NorTH AND
CENTRAL AMERICA.

1. Basal segment of upper appendages of terminalia with a tuft of setae
or hair on inside toward base__.......... Brumptomyia Franga and Parrot 2
Basal segment of upper appendages of terminalia without such a tuft... 8
2. Terminal segment of upper appendages with one apical spine
(Gliescais)) +p Atenreees eeriviens 9 ater ta ae ias 3 ek bet ek diabolicus, n. sp.
Terminal segment with two apical spines (Maryland and Louisiana)...
vexator Coquillett

28 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 2, FEB., 1936

3. Middle Appendages armed with strong spines (Panama).......-.-.-._...-
Shannonomyia Dyar panamensis Shannon
Middle appendages unarmed... Neophlebotomus Franca and Parrott 4
4. Terminal segment of upper appendages with five spines (Guatemala
andweanarva)ss2.- 78. 4) AR ree ee Oe Be ee cruciatus Coquillett
Terminal segment with four spines (Panama) ___....-...-.-..--- shannoni Dyar

Phlebotomus (Brumptomyia) diabolicus, n. sp.

Specimens from Uvalde, Tex., were mounted in Canada
balsam for microscopic study, and others were retained on
card points for the gross description.

Male.—Head long, black behind, with long, black, flattened scales; eyes
black; clypeus prominent, rather dark brown with long, black flattened scales;
proboscis elongate; palpi with 1, 4, 5, 3, 8 formula, first segment with a series
of setae around middle, second, third, and fourth segments with well-defined
scattered setae, fifth segment with shorter and weaker setae; antennae with
first and second segments rotund, third segment four times the length of the
second, slight and elongate, each succeeding segment slightly shorter, each
segment with the usual number of setae.

Mesonotum with elongate, blackish-brown, flattened setae; pleurae lighter.
Legs elongate, as usual in this genus. Wings bluntly lanceolate, about three
and one-half times as long as wide, first branching of second vein slightly
before ending of first vein; all veins yellowish, and each with long, tawny hairs.

Fic. 2. Male terminalia of Phlebotomus diabolicus. x 150.

Hypopygium (fig. 1) with basal joint of upper claspers fully one and one-half
times length of second joint, with scattered setae and with some hair; on inner
side, medianly, with a well-defined tuft of setae or spines together with some
long hair; below, with several longer well-defined setae; apical joint with three
median and one apical setae, each approximately full length of segment; lower
claspers about as long as basal joint of upper claspers, with rather abundant
hair, near base with a tuft of hair below; penis filaments elongate, paired, each
protruding beyond lower claspers. Length of male, 2 mm.

Female.—As in male except for normal sexual differences, a different palpal

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 2, FEB., 1936 29

formula (1, 414, 5, 4, 6), and in second segment of palpi numerous setae not
arranged in rows. Length of female, 2 mm.

Holotype.—Male No. 51411, in the U. S. National Museum, on a glass slide;
collected November 14, 1934, at Uvalde, Tex., by A. W. Lindquist.

Allotype-—Female No. 51411, in the U. S. National Museum, on a glass slide;
data as above.

Paratypes.—In the U. S. National Museum, on card points; from Uvalde,
Mex.

The species may be collected from early in May until about the middle of
November, according to Mr. Lindquist.

Two specimens of Phlebotomus were recently received by the Bureau of
Entomology and Plant Quarantine, from the C C C Mosquito Survey. They
were collected on May 25, 1935, at Ansley, La. Dr. Alan Stone, of the Division
of Insect Identification, identified the specimens as Phlebotomus vexator Coq.,
a species previously known only from the type locality, Plammer’s Island, Md.

NOTES ON THE HABITS AND BIOLOGY OF A SAND FLY,
PHLEBOTOMUS DIABOLICUS HALL, IN SOUTHWESTERN
TEXAS (DIPTERA : PSYCHODIDAE).

By Artuur W. Linpautst,

Assistant Entomologist, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, United
States Department of Agriculture.

Phlebotomus diabolicus Hall, 1936 (7) is not a major pest at
Uvalde, Tex., but it frequently causes some annoyance to
people in southwestern Texas. The present paper is a report
on the only species of Phlebotomus known to attack man in the
United States. Published records of the occurrence of a
Phlebotomus at Plummers Island, Md., concern P. vexator Cogq.,
which feeds upon amphibians and reptiles. Parman (2) has
called attention to Ph/ebotomus sp. at Uvalde, Tex., and noted
some of its habits. He found these biting flies in the more
elevated parts of the city during September, October, and
November.

Recently specimens were taken at Del Rio, Tex., 76 miles
west of Uvalde on the Rio Grande, and it appears probable
that the species is present at other points in the Rio Grande
valley. During July, 1934, males and females were quite
abundant at Texas Agricultural Substation No. 14 near Sonora,
Texas (record by Mr. E. C. Cushing). The small size and quiet
habits of Phlebotomus make it difficult to obtain specimens or
reliable reports of its presence from householders. Many
people report on small biting insects, but the layman easily
confuses Phlebotomus with other small biting insects and with

1 The writer is indebted to Miss Claudelle Lewis, Uvalde, Tex., and to Mr.
and Mrs. H. G. Bossy, Del Rio, Tex., for obtaining engorged specimens of
Phlebotomus, and to Mr. D. C. Parman for his helpful suggestions.

30 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 2, FEB., 1936

leafhoppers. It is known that PA/lebotomus diabolicus is more
abundant in some dwellings than in others, and according to
reports there are many residences in which it is not found.
Both male and female specimens were captured on walls and
curtains in lighted rooms on first and second floors of dwellings.

Feepinec Hapsirs.

Phlebotomus diabolicus is nocturnal and at Uvalde, Texas, the
flies usually begin biting at about 8 p. M. and continue doing so
until midnight. It attacks without any buzzing or warning,
usually when a person is sitting quietly in a lighted room, but
quite often one is bitten while he is moving about, or in a
darkened room after he has retired for the night. On two
occasions specimens have been taken flying about a cow. It
is possible that the insect feeds on other domesticated animals
and on birds or rodents.

Phlebotomus is capable of inflicting its bites through silk
hosiery and occasionally even through sleeping garments. The
fly does not seem to prefer any particular part of the body for
attack, as bites may occur on the face, neck, ears, arms, legs
and abdomen. Quiet nights seem to be the most favorable
periods for feeding.

In biting, the proboscis is plunged deeply into the skin and
frequently a few seconds elapse before pain becomes evident.
If disturbed during feeding, the insect may inflict two or three
wounds before the meal is completed. The abdomen of the
fly becomes considerably distended with blood during engorge-
ment, which requires from 2 to 7 minutes, with an average of
about 3 minutes, for completion. Many attempts have been
made to induce a second feeding of these flies but without
success. With one exception, reared or captured specimens
were not successfully fed a blood meal. By its bites the insect
inflicts irritating wounds which result in considerable itching.
Following the bite a white, urticaria-like wheal one-fourth to
one-half inch in diameter bordered by an erythematous area
quickly arises. The white center of the wheal soon disappears
and the haemorrhagic central puncture becomes noticeable.
The swelling and itching may persist for about 2 days.

Fig. 1—Egeg of PAlebotomus diabolicus Hall.
About 300 x. Drawn by Claudelle Lewis.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 2, FEB., 1936 Sy!

Lire Hisrory.

The eggs of Phlebotomus diabolicus (Fig. 1) are elongate,
somewhat smaller at one end, and measure 0.36 mm. long and
0.08 mm. wide. They are dark brown to black in color with
longitudinal, slightly branching whitish striations. They are
deposited either singly or in clusters of 3 or 4 on the surface of
the soil, and as many as 40 eggs may be deposited by a single
female. The incubation periods at Uvalde, Texas, ranged
from 7 to 14 days. Eggs deposited on Oct. 14, 1933, and kept
in an indoor room during the winter hatched on March 29, 1934.
It appears that the species may overwinter in the egg stage,
but there are some indications that the larvae also may over-
winter.

Fig. 2.—Last-stage larva of Phlebotomus diabolicus Hall.
50 x. Drawn by Claudelle Lewis.

The larvae of P. diabolicus (Fig. 2) were reared successfully
in vials containing about an inch of moistened soil. The newly
hatched larvae were very sensitive to desiccation, but the older
larvae and pupae existed in fairly dry soil. Efforts to rear
larvae on soil containing considerable organic matter and on
chicken and rabbit faeces resulted in the death of the larvae.
They fed readily and developed on the tissue of dead flies, such
as the head and thorax of Sarcophaga, Cochliomyia, Lucilia,
and Musca domestica.

The larvae are white and on the soil they are more readily
seen than are the eggs. They move slowly in a characteristic
looping movement. The duration of the larval period at
Uvalde, Texas, ranged from 16 to 27 days with an average of
18.5 days.

The pupal period ranged in length from 5 to 9 days with an
average of 7.3 days. The developmental period from hatching
of the egg to emergence of the adult fly required from 21 to 34
days with an average of 25.8 days. In vials containing moist
soil females lived as long as 8 days.

Efforts to find the breeding places by examinations of soil for

32 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 2, FEB., 1936

immature stages and by caging soil at drains from kitchen
sinks, at animal burrows and other locations have failed.

SEASONAL OcCURRENCE.

Phlebotomus diabolicus were collected in the lower parts of the
city of Uvalde as well as the higher parts during each month
from May to November inclusive. The earliest specimens
were collected on May 3, 1934, and the latest on November 16,
1933. In Del Rio, Texas, specimens have been taken in June,
August, September, October and November.

LITERATURE CITED.
(eS EAri DG:
1936. Phlebotomus (Brumptomyia) diabolicus, a new species of biting fly
from Texas. (Diptera, Psychodidae.) Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.
2. Parman, D. C.
1919. Notes on Phlebotomus species attacking man. Jour. Econ. Ent.
LDF 2st
FicureEs.
Fig. 1. Egg of Phlebotomus diabolicus Hall, about 300 x. Drawn by Claudelle
Lewis.

Fig. 2. Last-stage larva of Phlebotomus diabolicus Hall. 50 x. Drawn by
Claudelle Lewis.

Actual date of publication, March 27, 1936.

VOL. 38 MARCH, 1936 No. 3

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF WASHINGTON maa

" APR 10 i

‘ Tio ia ac
Se ME
CONTENTS :

EWING, H. E.—-A SHORT SYNOPSIS OF THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF

PES eV ESGE NUS DERIMAN WS SUS! sie 6 «) Molla seca sce ck el eee < 47

HOWARD, L. O., AND BUSCK, AUGUST—IN MEMORIAM, ANDREW NELSON

CAAUIDIDITG "isk Sen oh ERE ace RO RN Ra Re onic ek 38

PusiisHeD Montuiy Excerpt Jury, Aucust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered a second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the Proceedings and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1936.

Eonorarye Presiden’ ak Aaa. eer ee , . .L. O. HOWARD
Pressdent aN Bn onl eee s,s . =. 55 BeRRACKEE
Farsi Vice=Prestdceppe ©2002, sob 2 eee ere N. E. McINDOO
Second Vice-President ...... ee oe ee H. MORRISON
IRECOFAITOMSECTELGTY as ek .» . . Md. H. RICHARDSGR
Gorresponding Sccnelany Ur easurcr na en _ J. E. GRAF
DEGATOT ee Wa Yor eee cea re ees ae . ... W. Ro WALIG®

Members of the Executive Committee: B. A. PORTER, H. E. EWING,
J. °S. WADE

Nominated to represent the Society as Vice-President
of the Washington Academy of Sciences . . . .C. F. W. MUESEBECK

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Published monthly, except July, August and September, by the Society at
Washington, D. C. Terms of subscription: Domestic, $4.00 per annum;
foreign, $4.25 per annum; recent single numbers, 50 cents, foreign postage
extra. All subscriptions are payable in advance. Remittances should be made
payable to the Entomological Society of Washington.

An author of a leading article in the ProceEprnes will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies D5 4.50 6.75 9.00.

Piate 3 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38

Anprew Nexson Caupe tt, 1872-1936

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL. 38 MARCH, 1936 No. 3

Jn H#emoriam
ANDREW NELSON CAUDELL

Resolved that the following be spread upon the minutes of
this meeting, March 5, 1936.

The Entomological Society of Washington has lost by death
its beloved member and former President, Andrew Nelson
Caudell.

We express our sorrow that the Society and Science has been
deprived of a valuable, leading worker—that each of us members
has lost a faithful, ever helpful friend—and we exténd our
sincerest sympathy to his bereaved widow and family.

We unanimously decree that a biography of our late friend
with a bibliography of his published works be prepared and
published in the Proceedings of the Society.

Signed: L. O. Howarp,
Chairman.
Aucust Busck.

34 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 3, MAR., 1936

ANDREW NELSON CAUDELL.

By L. O. Howarp anp Aucusr Buscx.

Andrew Nelson Caudell was born in Indianapolis, Indiana,
August 18, 1872, and died in Washington, D. C., March 1, 1936.

His parents moved to Oklahoma early in Caudell’s life and his
youth was spent in that State. As he himself has told it, his
first contact with entomology took place in an old building
where he took refuge from a heavy rain; there he found a copy
of one of the early Yearbooks of the U. S. Department of
Agriculture and became absorbed in the possibility to identify
from it some of the insects he had noticed and collected in his
boyhood. He wrote for help in this task to the Department of
Agriculture and was rewarded by an encouraging and under-
standing letter from the Chief of the Division of Insects whose
encouragement caused Andrew to become a student and later
an assistant at the Oklahoma Agricultural College, 1895-98.
After that, he was for a short time connected with the Gypsy
Moth work and with the Agriculture College in Amherst, Massa-
chusetts, and, in 1898, he obtained a position in the Division of
Insects of the U. S. Department of Agriculture. Then he chose
the study of Orthoptera as his specialty and was made custodian
of this group of insects in the U. S. National Museum, in which
capacity he remained until his death, early becoming a recog-
nized authority in his field and publishing many important
papers on the classification of these insects.

Aside from his work. with the Orthoptera, Caudell did an
enormous indexing work in Lepidoptera, none of which was
published, but all of which remain valuable reference sources
for the workers in this group of insects. The first was a very
complete card index of the foodplants of North American
Lepidoptera, the second a voluminous card index of all the
American Literature on Lepidoptera up to 1925. This latter
was made under the auspices of the late Dr. William Barnes.

Indexing was in fact one of Caudell’s most characteristic
habits. His card indices which are left with the collection of
Orthoptera in the Museum are most exacting and complete,
even the smallest item relating to Orthoptera being included.
This tendency to record found an expression also in his personal
diary from which he was able to state in detail what happened
to him every day for nearly forty years.

The methodical indexing habit was a phase of Caudell’s love
for order, his desire for having a special place for each object,
which was one of the qualities that made him such a good
systematic entomologist; he devoted much time to tabulating
the species and genera, which he studied, and he could always
put his finger on the particular pigeonhole for any specimen,
book or note, that was required in his studies. His formulation

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 3, MAR., 1936 35

of laws of nomenclature was a result of this methodical quality
and he became an authority on this subject, upon which his
associates often sought his counsel.

The Department of Agriculture sent Mr. Caudell on several
entomological expeditions mainly with the late Dr. Harrison
G. Dyar; in 1901, they spent three months in Colorado and, in
1903, several months in British Columbia. The object of these
trips was particularly the study of Lepidoptera and their early
stages and resulted in important papers on these subjects by
Dr. Dyar, but Caudell did not neglect his own order and brought
back large collections of Orthoptera for the National Museum.

Besides his interest in insects, Caudell was an enthusiastic
philatelist and was widely known among stamp collectors; he
utilized his genius for classification also in this field and published
synoptic tables of certain groups of stamps.

Caudell’s quiet native humor and genial kindness made him
friends wherever he went—he probably had no enemy. In our
Society, he was not a frequent speaker but whenever Caudell
got up with a communication everybody was smilingly attentive,
because we knew he had something worth while to say and that
he would present it in his own droll original manner, which
invariably caused friendly merriment. He was chosen Vice-
President of our Society for the years 1912-14 and served as
President during 1915. His presidential address, “An economic
consideration of the Orthoptera directly affecting man,” was a
notable contribution.

Caudell was a member of the American Association for the
Advancement of Science; American Association of Economic
Entomologists; Washington Academy of Sciences and the
Entomological Society of America, besides our own Society.

An appreciation of our friend may be summed up shortly: He
was a good son, a good man, a good husband, a good father, a
staunch friend and an excellent scientist.

In 1900, Caudell married Penelope Lee Cundiff, who with one
daughter and one granddaughter survive him.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.
By Mase. Cotcorp.

1891 Correspondence from Indian Territory. U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Ent.
Insect Life, v. 3, no 11 & 12, p. 466, Aug. 1891.
Fall web-worm parasites in Indian Territory. U.S. Dept. Agr. Div. Ent.
Insect Life, v. 4, no. 3 & 4, p. 133-134, Nov. 1891.
1892 Notes on the “blood-sucking cone-nose.” U.S. Dept. Agr. Div. Ent.
Insect Life, v. 4, no. 7 & 8, p. 274, Mar. 1892.
A rearing of Melitobea. Can. Ent. v. 24, no. 9, p. 238, Sept. 1892.
1894 The raspberry cane borer. Smith’s Fruit Farmer, v. 4, p. 80, 1894.
Strawberry insects. Smith’s Fruit Farmer, v. 4, no. 7, p. 111, 1894.
San José scale. Smith’s Fruit Farmer, v. 4, no. 8, p. 121-122, 1894.

1895

1900

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 3, MAR., 1936

Fall and winter work for the repression of insect ravages. Smith’s
Fruit Farmer, v. 4, no. 9, p. 134-135, figs. 1-3, 1894.

Striped cucumber beetle. Smith’s Fruit Farmer, v. 4, no. 10, p. 157-158,
1894,

Entomological information valuable. American Horticulturist, v. 4,
no. 11, p. 169, 1894.

The cabbage plusia. (Plusia brassicae.) American Horticulturist.
Vero, nos2aups 2 iealsos:

The imported cabbage butterfly. American Horticulturist, v. 5, no. 2,
p. 22-23, figs. 1-3, 1895.

Experiment 56. Insecticides. Okla. Agr. Expt. Station Bul. 15, p.
29-30, 1895.

A new species of Sinea [S. complexa]. Can. Ent. v. 32, no. 3, p. 67-68,
Mar. 1900

Description of the larva of Azelina peplaria Hubn. Ent. News, v. 11,
no. 9, p. 583, Nov. 1900.

Orthoptera. (Papers from the Harriman Alaska Expedition XV. Ento-
mological results (9). Wash. Acad. Sci. Proc., v. 2, p. 511-512,
Dec. 20, 1900.

1901 The genus Sinea of Amyot & Serville. Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., v. 9, No. 1,

1902

p. 1-11, pl. -II. Mar. 1901.

"On some Arizona Acridiidae. Can. Ent., v. 33, no. 4, p. 102-106,

Apr. 1901.

[Note on a bug, Plagiognathus obscurus Uhler, which bit him on the wrist.]
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 4, no. 4, p. 485, July 16, 1901.

Notes on Colorado insects. U.S. Dept. Agr. Div. Ent. Bul. 38 (new
ser.), p. 35-38, 1902. (Same, revised ed., 1904.)

Notes on Orthoptera from Oklahoma and Indian Territory, with descrip-
tions of three new species. Melanoplus inconspicuus, p. 87; Orches-
ticus nigromarginata, p. 89; Miogryllus oklahomae, p. 90. Trans.
Amer. Ent. Soc., v. 28, p. 83-91, 1902.

A greedy insect. Ent. News, v. 13, no. 2, p. 60, Feb. 1902.

Remarks on J. Portochinsky’s Observations on some new and little
known Orthoptera with biological notes (translated by Jacob Kotinsky),
in The Entomologist’s Record, v. 13, p. 210-213, 240-243, 259-261,
1901. Ent. News, v. 13, no. 3, p. 94, Mar. 1902.

The Decticinean genus Eremopedes. Can. Ent., v. 34, no. 4, p. 98-101,
Apr. 1902.

[Oecanthus fasciatus is usually the injurious species in the northern U. S.
rather than O. Niveus.] Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 5, no. 1, p. 32,
May 17, 1902.

Notes on Timema californica Scudd. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 5, no. 1,
p. 73-74, May 17, 1902.

Some insects from the summit of Pike’s Peak, found on snow. Proc.
Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 5, no. 1, p. 74-82, May 17, 1902.

A new species of Melanoplus |M. brownii] from Arizona. Can. Ent.,
v. 34, no. 7, p. 169-170, July, 1902.

1903

1904

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 3, MAR., 1936 Sy,

[Scapteriscus didactylus endemic in Cuba.] In J. R. de la Torre Bueno.
Notes on a mole cricket from Porto Rico. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,
VelONnos oe pels septs L902:

A new phasmid [Bacillus palmeri| from Mexico. Ent. News, v. 13, no. 9,
p. 274, Nov. 1902.

[Note on Eritettix simplex.] Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 5, no. 2, p. 135,
Feb. 14, 1903.

Some new or unrecorded Orthoptera from Arizona. Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash., v. 5, no. 2, p. 162-166, Feb. 14, 1903.

Notes on the nomenclature of Blattidae. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 5
no. 3, p. 232-234, Apr. 6, 1903.

Notes on the Orthoptera of Bermuda, with the description of a new species
[Gryllus bermudensis, n. sp.]._ Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 5, no. 4, p.
329-331, June 15, 1903.

Notes on Orthoptera from Colorado, New Mexico, Arizona and Texas,
with descriptions of new species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, v. 26,
p. 775-809, pl. lv, July 6, 1903. No. 1333.

The Phasmidae, or walking-sticks, of the United States. Proc. U. S.
Nat. Museum, v. 26, p. 863-885, pl. Ivi-lix, 1903. No. 1335.

On the systematic position of the orthopterous genus 4ulocara, Scudder.
Can. Ent. v. 35, no. 11, p. 302, Nov. 1903.

Note on Phasmidae. Ent. News, v. 14, no. 10, p. 314-315, Dec. 1903.

Injury by a cricket [4nurogryllus antillarum] in the South. U. S. Dept.
Agr. Div. Ent. Bul. 44, p. 88-89, 1904.

Orthoptera from Southwestern Texas collected by the Museum expedi-
tions of 1903, 1904. Bul. Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts & Sci., Science
Bul. v. 1, no. 4, p. 105-116, pl. vi-vii. 1904.

Orthoptera of the expedition. In Harriman Alaska expedition. Alaska,
v. 8, Insects, pt. 1, New York, Doubleday, Page & Company, 1904, p.
117-118. Same article is in Wash. Acad. Sci. Proc., v. 2, p. 511-512,
Dec. 20, 1900.

Two Orthoptera hitherto unrecorded from the United States. [Haploplus
evadne Westwood, p. 949-95; Heliastus sumichrasti Saussure, p. 951—
952.] Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, v. 27, p. 949-952, 1904. No. 1378.

Notes on some Orthoptera from British Columbia. Ent. News, v. 15,
no. 2, p. 62-63, Feb. 1904.

Branched hairs of Hymenoptera. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 6, no. 1,
p. 506, Jan. 1904. (Pub. Feb. 13.)

The blattid fauna of the world. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 6, no. 1, p. 8,
Jan. 1904. (Pub. Feb. 13.)

An orthopterous leaf-roller. Camptonotus carolinensis Gerst. Proc.
Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 6, no. 1, p. 46-49, Jan. 1904. (Pub. Feb. 13.)

Note on Anurogryllus antiliarum Saussure. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 6,
no. 1, p. 49, Jan. 1904. (Pub. Feb. 13.)

The genus Cyphoderris. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., v. 12, no. 1, p. 47-53,
March, 1904.

Haplopus evadne in Florida. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 6, no. 2, p. 68.
Apr. 1904. (Pub. May 21.)

,’

1905

1906

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 3, MAR., 1936

[Temnopteryx deropeltiformis and Ischnoptera uhleriana and I. intricata
in D. C.] Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 6, no. 2, p. 78-79, Apr. 1904.
(Pub. May 21.)

The synonymy of Oedipoda cincta Thomas. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.,
v. 6, no. 2, p. 125. Apr. 1904. (Pub. May 21.)

A new forficulid [4uchenomus minor n. sp.] from the Philippines. Jour.
N. Y. Ent. Soc., v. 12, no. 2, p. 108, June, 1904.

. . . The types of genera. . Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., v. 12, no. 2, p. 120-
122, June, 1904. (With H. G. Dyar.)

Some Orthoptera taken at Moosejaw, Assiniboia. Can. Ent., v. 36,
no. 8, p. 248, Aug. 1904.

On a collection of non-saltatorial Orthoptera from Paraguay. Jour.
N. Y. Ent. Soc., v. 12, no. 3, p. 179-188, Sept. 1904.

[Notes on coloration of Rhadinotatum brevipenne Thomas, from Georgia.
Also shows spines of hind tibiae to be 18-21 in number; also records
Trimerotropis pilosa from Mexico; the name here misspelled ji/osa.|
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 6, no. 4, p. 193-194. Oct. 1904. (Pub.
Nov. 12.)

[Notes on the Scudder and Morse collections.] Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.,
ve 7,no. 1, ps 12: Jan.'1905. (Pub. Feb: 9:)

[Mating of different species of Melanoplus, Schistocerca and other
Orthoptera. No species mentioned nor information given.] Proc.
Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 7, no. 1, p. 13, Jan. 1905. (Pub. Feb. 9.)

A new species of the locustid genus Amblycorypha [A. iselyi] from Kansas.
Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. v. 13, no. 1, p. 50. Mar. 1905.

Two interesting mantids from the United States. [Brunneria borealis
Scudder, p. 82-83, and Vates townsendi Rehn, p. 83.] Jour. N. Y.
Ent. soc, v.13) no. 2, pro2—c5, plea, june, L905:

Aplopus mayeri, new species. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., v. 13, no. 2, p. 83—
85, June, 1905.

On a collection of Orthoptera from southern Arizona, with descriptions of
new species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, v. 28, p. 461-477. Illus.
June 12, 1905. No. 1403.

A new roach from Porto Rico. [/schnoptera adusta, n. sp.| Can. Ent.,
v. 3/7,'no. 7; py 237, July; 1905.

Notes on some Florida Orthoptera. Ent. News, v. 16, no. 7, p. 216-219,
Sept. 1905.

‘A new Bacunculus |B. blatchleyi| from Indiana. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,

vv. 13; no, p: 212, Dee: 1905.

The Locustidae and Gryllidae (katydids and crickets) collected by
W. T. Foster in Paraguay. Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, v. 30, p. 235-
244, 1906. No. 1450.

Kirby’s catalogue of Orthoptera. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 7, no, 2, 3,
p. 84-88. Oct. 1905. (Pub. Jan. 10, 1906.)

The species of the genus Chimarocephala, and descriptions of two new
species of California Orthoptera. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 7, no. 2-3,
p. 123-126. Oct. 1905. (Pub. Jan. 10, 1906.)

1907

1908

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 3, MAR., 1936 39

The Cyrtophylli of the United States. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., v. 14, no. 1,
p. 32-45, pl. i, Mar. 1906.

A new roach [Salganea humeralis| from the Philippines. Can Ent.
v. 38, no. 4, p. 136. Apr. 1906.

A correction. [Psinidia sulcifrons should be P. fenestralis.| Can. Ent.,
v. 38, no. 6, p. 204. June, 1906.

Autolyca doylei, a new phasmid from South America. Ent. News, v. 17,
no. 6, p. 192-193, June, 1906.

[Regarding Cyrtophylli; no species mentioned nor important information
given. Some members of the Society believe the “Katydid” “can
flys | ebracs Ent. soc. Washi. -v. 8,10. 12. pel—2: eee 1906.
(Pub. July 18.)

List of Orthoptera collected in Guatemala by C. C. Deam and E. B.
Williamson. Ohio Nat., v. 7, no. 1, p. 14, Nov. 1906.

A new species of the orthopterous genus Daihinia |D. phrixocnemoides].
Ent. News, v. 18, no. 1, p. 11-13, figs. 1-la. Jan. 1907.

The Decticinae (a group of Orthoptera) of North America. Proc. U. S.
Nat. Museum, v. 32, p. 285-410, figs. 1-94, May 23, 1907. No. 1530.

On some unrecorded generic and specific names. Psyche, v. 14, no. 2,
p. 58, June, 1907.

Kirby’s catalogue of Orthoptera, Vol. II. Can. Ent. v. 39, no. 8, p. 287—
292, Aug. 1907.

[Spilacris Rehn=Scudderia and Spilacris maculatus Rehn= Scudderia
furcata.| Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 8, no. 3-4, p. 62, Sept.-Dec. 1906.
(Pub. Aug. 12, 1907.)

[Cnidocampa flavescens in Massachusetts mistaken for Gipsy moth.]
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 8, no. 3-4, p. 76, Sept.-Dec. 1906. (Pub.
Aug. 12, 1907.)

Notes on United States Orthoptera, with the description of one new
species. [Asemoplus rainierensis.| Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 8, no.
3-4, p. 133-135, Sept.—Dec., 1906. (Pub. Aug. 12, 1907.)

. . On some Forficulide of the United States and the West Indies.
Jour: Nz Y. Ent, Soc., vy. (15, no: 3) py 166-170; Sepes 1907:

An insect ventriloquist. [Cyphoderris piperi Caud.] Ent. News, v. 18,
no: 8, ps 335-3360, Oct.1907.

On some earwigs (Forficulide) collected in Guatemala by Messrs. Schwarz
and Barber. Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, v. 33, p. 169-176, 1907.
(Pub. Oct. 23, 1907.) No. 1563.

[Review of] Further researches on North American Acridiidae. Professor
A. P. Morse. Pub. No. 68 of the Carnegie Institution, Washington.
1907. Science, v. 26, new ser. no. 671, p. 635, Nov. 8, 1907.

A new Cyrtoxipha from the United States [C. columbiana, from D. C.].
Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. v. 15, no. 4, p. 237-238. Dec. 1907.

The specialist. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., v. 15, no. 4, p. 238, Dec. 1907.

Orthoptera. Family Locustidae. Subfamily Decticinae. Wytsman, P.
Genera Insectorum, Fasc. 72, 43 p., col. pl. 1-1. 1908.

An old record of observations on the habits of dnabrus. Ent. News,
v. 19, no. 1, p. 44-45, Jan. 1908.

1909

1910

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 3, MAR., 1936

Notes on some western Orthoptera; with the description of one new
species, [Marsa tuberculata.| Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, v. 34, p.
71-81, Apr. 17, 1908. No. 1599.

[Note on larva of a rare earwig, Diplatys severa Bormans.] Proc. Ent.
Soc. Wash., v. 9, no. 1-4, p. 12, Mar.—Dec. 1907. (Pub. Apr. 25, 1908.)

A new Barytettix [B. borealis, n. sp.] from Arizona. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.,
v. 9, no. 1-4, p. 69-71. Mar.—Dec. 1907. (Pub. Apr. 25, 1908.)

Note [Rhachidorus semoni omitted from General Insectorum. Platyelets
fletcheri Caud. belongs to Idionotus and= I. brevipes.| Can. Ent., v. 40,
no. 9, p. 332. Sept. 1908.

Gryllodes sigillatus Walker (=poeyi Sauss.) in Washington, D. C.,
Psyche, v. 15, no. 5, p. 96. Oct. 1908.

A cockroach new to the United States. [Steleopyga rhombifolia Stoll.
from Arizona. Ent. News, v. 19, no. 10, p. 463. Dec. 1908.

Notes on Oecanthus. [O. quadripunctus, a variety of nigricornis.] In
Houghton, C. O., Notes on Oecanthus, Can, Ent., v. 41, no. 4, p. 114,
Apr. 1909.

[Say genera without included species is nomena nudi and the first to
make them validis the author.] In Cockerell, T. D. A. Genera without
species. Science, new ser., v. 29, no. 751, p. 813-814, May 21, 1909.

Index of Orthoptera. [A notice of the making of an index and calling
upon orthopterists to send separates of papers for indexing.] Can.
Ent., v. 41, no. 5, p. 160. May, 1909. Same in Ent. News, v. 20,
no. S p- 279, June, 1909.

The copultane and feeding habits of Tio atrispinus Stal. Proc.
Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 11, no. 1, p. 40-41. Jan.—Mar. 1909.

The Decticinean Cains Rea Gand: (Orthoptera). Psyche, v. 16, no. 4,
p. 94-95. Aug. 1909.

Genera without species. Science, new ser., v. 30, no. 763, p. 210-211.
Aug. 13, 1909.

Miscellaneous notes on Orthoptera. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 11, no. 3,
p. 111-114, July—Sept., 1909. (Pub. Oct. 5.)

A new Mantis from British Guiana. [Stagmomantis hoorie described.
Moncheca nigricauda Stal., a locustid, also mentioned.] Zoologica,
New York, v. 1, no. 4, p. 123-124, fig. 40, Jan. 15, 1910.

A new Xiphidion [X. allardi| from Northern Georgia. Ent. News, v. 21,
no. 2, p. 58-59. Feb. 1910.

[Conocephalus etc.| Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 12, no. 2, p. 95-97, June
15, 1910.

An index to circulars 1 to 100 of the Bureau of Entomology. U.S. Dept.
Agr. Bur. Ent. Cir. no. 100, 1911. (With R. P. Currie.) Nov. 2, 1911.
49 p.

A synonymic catalogue of Orthoptera. By W. F. Kirby. London, 8 vo.
Vol. I (1904), (Nonsaltatorial forms), x + 501 pages; Vol. II (1906),
(Saltatorial forms), Part I., Achetidae and Phasgonuridae), viii + 562
pages; Vol. III (1910) (Saltatorial forms), Part II., Locustide or
Acridiide) vii + 674 pages. Science, new ser., v. 32, no. 827, p. 630-
631, Nov. 4, 1910. [Review.]

1911

1912

1913

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 3, MAR., 1936 41

Orthoptera. Family Locustide. Subfamily Prophalangopsine. Wytsman,
P. Genera Insectorum. Fasc. 120, 1911. 7 p. 1 pl.

[Mere note on a letter from an authority not being considered as personal.]
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 13, no. 1, p. 13-14, Jan—Mar. 1911. (Pub.
Mar. 31.)

Description of a new species of Orthoptera [Stipator mitchelli n. sp.] from
Texas. Can. Ent., v. 43, no. 4, p. 137-138, fig. 7, Apr. 1911.

Some remarks on Kirby’s Synonymic catalogue of Orthoptera, vol. III,
additional notes on vols. J and II. Ent. News, v. 22, no. 4, p. 158-167.
Apr. 1911.

Notes on some genera of Blattide. Psyche, v. 18, no. 2, p. 88-89. Apr.
1911.

Notes on Orthoptera. Can. Ent., v. 43, no. 5, p. 156. May, 1911.

A new cactus-frequenting Orthopteron [Stipator pratti, n. sp.] from Texas.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 13, no. 2, p. 79-80. Apr.—June, 1911. (Pub.
June 19.)

The entomological code. A code of nomenclature for use in entomology.
Washington D. C., Press of Judd & Detweiler, Inc., 1912. 31 p. (With
Nathan Banks.)

Orthoptera. Family Locustide. Subfamily Ephippigerine. (= Pycno-
gasterine) Nytsman, P. Genera Insectorum. Fasc. 140, 1912. 10 p.
1 pl.

Fixation of the single type (lectotypic) specimens of species of American
Orthoptera. Division II. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v. 64, p. 157—
168. 1912. (Species described by Caudell.) (With Morgan Hebard.)

The genotype of the blattid genus Ste/eopyga. Ent. Record, v. 24, no. 1,
p. 23-24, Jan. 15, 1912. (Notes in reply to Shelford.)

A new proscopiid grasshopper [Epigrypa brevicornis sp. nov.] from Peru.
Psyche, v. 19, no. 1, p. 12-13. Feb. 1912.

[Note on the rule of priority, advocating its retention intact.] Ent.
News, v. 23, no. 4, p. 181-182. Apr. 1912.

Notes on the mantid genus Gonatista Sauss. Psyche, v. 19, no. 5, p.
160-162. Oct. 1912.

Orthoptera. Family Locustide. Subfamily Meconemine, Phyllophorine,
Tympanophorine, Phasgonurine, Phasmodine, Bradyporine. Wyts-
man, P. Genera Insectorum, Fasc. 138, 25 p. 2 col. pl. 1913.

Description of two new species of Orthoptera [Plectoptera huascaray and
Cocconotus charape] from Peru. Can. Ent., v. 45, no. 1, p. 19-21.
Jan. 1913.

A new genus and species of Gry/lidae [Trigonidomus belfragei| from Texas.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 14, no. 4, p. 187-189, Oct.-Dec. 1912. (Pub.
Jani10)1913.)

[Miscellaneous notes. Insects on snowbanks, p. 186; Genera based on
secondary characters, p. 203; Hadenecus found mostly in caves, p. 203;
Cocconotus in coffee beans, p. 206; Orchelimun pulchellum ovipositing
in Hibiscus, p. 208-209.] Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 14, no. 4, p. 196,
203, 206, 208. Oct—Dec. 1912. (Pub. Jan. 10, 1913.)

1914

1915

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH,, VOL. 38, NO. 3, MAR., 1936

Results of the Yale Peruvian Expedition of 1911. Orthoptera (exclusive
of Acridiide). Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, v. 44, p. 347-357, Feb. 20,
1913. No. 1956.

Notes on the yellow crane-fly, Tipula flavicans Fabr. Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash., v. 15, no. 1, p. 45-46. Apr. 9, 1913.

[Note on the rearing of Conotrachelus geminatus Fab. from the seed heads
of Bidens at Rosslyn, Va.] Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 15, no. 1, p.
50-51. Apr. 9, 1913.

Notes on nearctic orthopterous insects. I. Nonsaltatorial forms. Proc.
U. S. Nat. Museum, v. 44, p. 595-614, figs. 1-27. Apr. 18, 1913.
No. 1970.

A new pseudophylliid [Jamaicana flava] from Jamaica. Insecutor Insc.
Menstr., v. 1, no. 5, p. 57-58, May 1913. (Pub. May 31.)

[Notes on distribution of Brunneria.] Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 15, no. 3,
p:/122:, Sepe 1913; (Pab.Oct 2)

[Stagmomantis carolina of varying abundance in D. C.] Ent. News, v. 24,
no. 9, p. 431. Nov. 1913.

Opinions rendered by the International Commission on Zoological
Nomenclature. Opinion 65—Case of a genus based upon erroneously
determined species [statements]. Smithsonian Institution, Washing-
ton, D. C. Publication 2256—Opinions rendered by the International
Commission of Zoological Nomenclature. Opinions 57 to 65, March,
1914, p. 153-154.

Orthoptera of the Yale Dominican expedition of 1913. Proc. U. S. Nat.
Museum, v. 47, p. 491-495. Oct. 24, 1914. No. 2058.

A spider swathing mice (Aran.). Ent. News, v. 25, no. 5, p. 230, May,
1914. (Article really by Guy Clagget, Caudell the transmitter.)

Some bromeliadicolous Blattide from Mexico and Central America.
Insecutor Insc. Mens., v. 2, no. 5, p. 76-80, May, 1914. (Pub. June 8.)

The egg of Pseudosermyle truncata Caudell. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.,
vs 16,.no.2; p. 96.) June 12,1914. rhe:

Additions to foodplant list [of Lepidoptera]. The Butterfly Farmer,
v. 1, no. 11, p. 173-174. July, 1914.

Caudell’s invention for moths which drop. The Butterfly Farmer, v. 1,
no. 11, p. 183. July, 1914. (Note in a letter to Miss McGlashan on
collecting at sugar.)

Regeneration of antenne. Science, new ser., v. 40, no. 1027, p. 352-353.
Sept. 4, 1914.

Orthoptera of the Yale Dominican Expedition of 1913. Proc. U. S. Nat.
Museum, v. 47, p. 491-495. 1914. (Pub. Oct. 24.) No. 2058.

Key to species of Schistocerca found in California. Essig, E. O. In-
jurious and Beneficial Insects of California, 2d ed., p. 48. 1915.
(Calif. St. Com. Hort. Sup. to Mo. Bul., v. 4, no. 4.)

Dendrotettix quercus Packard. Psyche, v. 22, no. 2, p. 52-53. Apr. 1915.

Podisma frigida Boh. in Alaska. Can. Ent., v. 47, no. 5, p. 160. May,
1915:

Rhabdoblatta brunneonigra, a new cockroach from China. Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash., v. 17, no. 2, p. 94-94, fig. 1, June 8, 1915.

1916

1917

1918

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 3, MAR., 1936 43

Notes on some United States grasshoppers of the family Acrididae.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, v. 49, p. 25-31. *(1915.) (Pub. June 12,
1915.) . No. 2093.

Circular Letter No. 12, p. 7, Secy. Internat. Commiss. Zool. Nomen-
clature, Aug. 14, 1915. (Expression of opposition to nomina conser-
vanda.) (‘The above is a stenciled letter made in many copies but
not published.’’—Caudell.)

Three interesting Orthoptera [Cryptocercus punctulatus Scudder, Melano-
plus collinus Scudder, Melanoplus punctulatus Scudder] from the
vicinity of Washington. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 17, no. 4, p. 189,
Dec. 1915. (Pub. Dec. 31, 1915.)

Orthoptera. Family Locustide. Subfamily Sagine. Wytsman, P.
Genera Insectorum, Fasc. 167, 10 p. 2 col. pl. 1916.

Orthoptera. Yamily Locustide. Subfamily Hetrodine. Wytsman, P.
Genera Insectorum, Fasc. 168, 13 p. 1 col. pl. 1916.

Orthoptera. Family Locustide. Subfamily Mecopodine. Wytsman, P.
Genera Insectorum, Fasc. 171, 32 p. 4 pl. (3 col.). 1916.

The genera of the tettiginiid insects of the subfamily Rhaphidophorinae
found in America north of Mexico. Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, v. 25)
p. 655-690, figs. 1-27 (1916) (Pub. Jan. 7, 1916). No. 2130.

Extract from a letter on saltatorial Mantidae. In Crampton, G. The
phylogenetic origin and the nature of the wings of insects according to
the paranotal theory. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., v. 24, no. 1, p. 19,
Mar. 1916.

Nomenclatorial consistency? Science, new ser., v. 43, no. 1120, p. 852-
853. June 16, 1916.

An economic consideration of Orthoptera directly affecting man. Proc.
Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 18, no. 2, p. 84-92. June, 1916. (Pub. Aug. 4.)
Reprinted in Ann. Rept. Smithsonian Inst. for 1917, p. 507-514.
1919; Pub: 2514.

[On use of Riker mounts for preserving types.] Ent. News, v. 27, no. 9,
p. 425-426. Nov. 1916.

Color dimorphism in Schistocerca danmifica Sauss. Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash., v. 18, no. 4, p. 216, Dec. 1916. (Pub. Jan. 11, 1917.)

The habitat of Doru aculeatum Scudder. Proé. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 18,
no: 4, p: 21/7.» Dec. 1916. (Pub. Jan. 11) 19173)

Some interesting Orthoptera from Mexico. Insecutor Insc. Mens., v. 5,
no. 1-3; p. 28-29, Jan—Mar. 1917. (Pub, Apr. 6.)

Homocoryphus malivolans Scudd. in Texas. Bul. Brooks. Ent. Soc.,
v. 13, no. 1, p. 21-22, Feb. 1918.

On a collection of Orthoptera (exclusive of the Locustidae) made in
central Peru by N. Iconnicoff and C. Schunke. Insecutor Insc. Mens.,
Velo, nO loupe Os plet—issjans 918. a(PubsViars 5s)

Regarding Diapheromera veliei Walsh and Manomera blatchleyi Caudell
(Orth: Phasmidae). Ent. News, v. 29, no. 7, p. 258-260. July, 1918.

First list of the Dermaptera and Orthoptera of Plummer’s Island, Mary-
land, and vicinity. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 19, no. 1-4, p. 100-122,
pl. iii. 1917. (Pub. Sept. 23, 1918.) (With W. L. McAtee.)

1919

1920

1921

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 3, MAR., 1936

Zorotypus hubbardi, a new species of the order Zoroaptera from the
United States. Can. Ent. v. 50, no. 11, p. 375-381, Nov. 1918.

Two new species of the blattid genus 4renivaga (Orth.) [A. genitalis and
A. floridensis|. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 20, no. 7, p. 154-157, Oct.
1918. (Pub. Dec. 4.)

Palmodes praestans and its prey. [Capnobotes fuliginosus Thomas.]
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 21, no. 2, p. 40, Feb. 1919. (Pub. Feb. 26.)

Frederick Knab. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 21, no. 3, p. 41-52, pl. 1,
Mar. 1919. (Pub. Mar. 18.) (With A. Busck and L. O. Howard;
Bibliography, p. 43-52, prepared by Mabel Colcord.)

What kind of characters distinguish a species from a subdivision of a
species. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., v. 9, no. 8, p. 237, Apr. 19, 1919.

A correction in the Mecopodinae (Orthopt.). Ent. News, v. 31, no. 2,
p. 55, Feb. 1920.

Orthoptera of northeastern America with special reference to the faunas
of Indiana and Florida. By W.S. Blatchley, May, 1920. Indianapolis:
The Nature Publishing Co.; 8 vo., 784 p., 246 text figures and 7 plates.
[Review.] Science, new ser., v. 52, no. 1341, p. 251, Sept. 10, 1920.

Notes on Zoraptera. (Abstract.) Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., v. 10, no. 9,
p. 279, May 4, 1920. (This is a reprint, by error, of the same note of
the preceding year.)

[On stridulation by severed legs of common house centipede.] Jour.
Wash. Acad. Sci., v. 10, no. 9, p. 281, May 4, 1920.

Zoraptera not an apterous order. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 22, no. 5,
p. 84-97, pl. 6, May, 1920. (Pub. June 14.) Zorotypus snyderi,
n. sp. (fig. 5).

Manual of the Orthoptera of New England, including Locusts, Grass-
hoppers, Crickets, and their allies. By Albert P. Morse. Apr. 1920.
Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. Vol. XXXV, p. 197-556, text-figures 1-99,
pl. X-XXIX. [Review.] Science, new ser., v. 52, no. 1341, p. 251-
252, Sept. 10, 1920.

Some new Orthoptera from Mokanshan, China. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., .
v. 23, no. 2, p. 27-35, fig. 1-2, Feb. 1921. (Pub. Mar. 11.)

[Note on stridulating legs of house centipede. Also on a trip west and
likewise on being stung in the mouth by a wasp.] Jour. Wash. Acad.
Sci., vead, p 0955 11921:

Hippiscus olancha Caudell, an apparently undescribed grasshopper from
California. (Orthop. Acrididae.) Ent. News, v. 32, no. 5, p. 149-151.
May, 1921.

On the destructive method of dismembering types for preservation in
Riker mounts. Ent. News, v. 32, no. 8, p. 243-244. Oct. 1921.

On the orthopterous group Phaneropterae (Scudderiae), with descriptions
of a new genus [Anerota Caudell, nom. nov.] and species [Inscudderia
taxodii, sp. nov.]. Reprinted from the Journal of the Washington
Academy of Sciences, v. 11, no. 20, p. 487-493, fig. 1, Dec. 4, 1921.

Cockroaches. Jn Pierce, W. D. Sanitary entomology, Chapter XXVI,
p. 374-382, figs. 71-73, Boston, Badger, 1921.

1922

1923

1924

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 3, MAR., 1936 45

Report on Orthoptera and Dermaptera collected by the Barbados-Antigua
Expedition from the University of Iowa in 1918. Univ. Iowa Studies
in Nat. Hist., v. 10, no. 1, p. 19-44, fig. 1-2, Mar. 15, 1922.

Change of authorship of certain noctuids. (Lepidoptera, Noctuidae.)
Insecutor Insc. Mens., v. 10, no. 4-6, p. 112. Apr.—June, 1922. (Pub.
Apr. 3.)

A diving wasp [A4noplius illinoiensis Robt.]. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.,
v. 24, no. 5, p. 125-126, May 26, 1922.

Zorotypus swezeyi, a new species of the order Zoraptera from Hawaii.
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., v. 48, no. 2, p. 133-135, June, 1922.

[Records Ptenodera chinensis egg masses found in Washington, D. C.;
also gives a note on Kelch’s Grundlage zur kenntniss der Orthoptera
Oberschlesiens.] Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., v. 12, no. 11, p. 273, June
4, 1922.

Inscudderia taxodii and Zorotypus from Hawaii. Jour. Wash. Acad.
Sci.5<v. 12, no. 13,.p. 320; 322. July 191922:

Exhibits a Tenodera sinensis from D. C., p. 336; Note on a number of
Orthoptera, which is 20,500, p. 338. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., v. 12,
no. 14, p: 333, 308. Aug. 19'1922.

The common name “grasshopper” and “locust.” A MSS. paper read
at meeting Ent. Soc. Wash., on Oct. 5, 1922.

Steiroxys hendersoni, a new katydid. Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, v. 62,
art. 22,2 p. 1923. No. 2468.

Ceuthophilus infesting a well. (Orth.: Locustidae or Tettigoniidae.)
Ent. News, v. 34, no. 1, p. 28. Jan. 1923. (Species not mentioned.
Well in Colorado.)

Phorticolea boliviae, a new myrmecophilous cockroach from South
America. Psyche, v. 30, no. 1, p. 28-30, Feb. 1923.

A new species of Zoraptera [Z. manni| from Bolivia. Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash., v. 25, no. 3, p. 60-62, Mar. 1923. (Pub. Mar. 31.)

Corrections. [Corrects generic assignment of Zorotypus manni to replace
Zoraptera manni.| Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 25, no. 4, p. 104. Apr.
1923. (Pub. May 5.)

Grylloblatta in California. Can. Ent., v. 55, no. 6, p. 148-150, June, 1923.

[Note on Grylloblatta campodeiformis Walker taken in California by
H. S. Barber.] Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., v. 13, no. 12, p. 261. June
19, 1923. .

A new genus and species [Galloisia nipponensis| of the notopterous
family Grylloblattidae from Japan. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 28, no. 3,
p. 53-60, pl. ili. Mar. 1924. (Pub. Mar. 19.) (With J. L. King.)

Change of a preoccupied name [Galloisiana for Galloisia.| Proc. Ent.
Soc. Wash., v. 26, no. 4, p. 92, Apr. 1924. (Pub. Apr. 21.)

Malayan and East Indian Blattide. 1.—Introduction and Subfamily
Panesthine. Philippine Jour. Sci., v. 24, no. 6, p. 641-667, pl. i.
June, 1924.

Amblycorypha brachyptera Ball. (Orthoptera.) Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.,
v. 26, no. 6, p. 180. June, 1924. (Pub. June 30.)

1925

1926

1927

1928

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 3, MAR., 1936

Some insects from the Chilibrillo bat caves of Panama. Insecutor Ins.
Mens., v. 12, no. 7-9, p. 133-136, pl. iv., fig. A, B. July—Sept. 1924.
(Pub. Aug. 21.)

[Note on Oecanthus argentinus in article by W.S. Blatchley. Notes on the
Orthoptera of the eastern U.S. p. 127-132.] Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,
Ve 32, no) 3, p: 132) “Sept. 1924:

Notes on Grylloblatta with description of a new species [G. barberi).
Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., v. 14, no. 15, p. 369-371. Sept. 19, 1924.

Note on the occurrence in Oklahoma of boll weevil and bagworms.
U. Ss D., A. Bur. Ent-ans; Pestisury. Buls ivertsno. 7, p.280. an.
Oct. 1, 1924.

Two new species of Ceuthophilus [C. carlsbadensis, n. sp. and C. longipes]
from the Carlsbad Cave in New Mexico (Orthoptera). Proc. Ent.
Soc. Wash., v. 26, no. 9, p. 217-221, Dec. 1924. (Pub. Dec. 24.)

[Arixenia jacobsoni Burr from Java.] Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., v. 15,
no. 4, p. 83. Feb. 19, 1925.

A new species [4/telura manni] of myrmecophilous Thysanura from
Bolivia. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 27, no. 3, p. 43-45, fig. 1, March
1925. (Pub. Apr. 3.)

Pycnoscelus surinamensis Linnaeus (Orthoptera) : on its nymphs and the
damage it does to rose bushes. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 27, no. 8,
p. 154-157, 2 fig. Nov. 1925. (Pub. Nov. 27.)

Melanoplus borealis in New York State (Orthop.: Acrididae). Proc.
Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 28, no. 3, p. 70. Mar. 1926. (Pub. Mar. 27.)

A new species of stone cricket [Ceuthophilus marshalli| from Arkansas
(Orthop. : Tettigonidae; Rhaphidophorinae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.,
v. 28, no. 5, p. 95-97, illus. May 1926. (Pub. June 4.)

Diestrammena occurring in wells (Orthop. : Tettigonidae). Proc. Ent.
Soc. Wash., v. 28, no. 6, p. 150, June, 1926. (Pub. June 28.)

On a collection of orthopteroid insects from Java made by Owen Bryant
and William Palmer in 1909. Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, v. 71, art. 3,
42 p. 1927. No. 2675.

Orthopteroid insects from the Maritime Province of Siberia. Proc.
U. S. Nat. Museum, v. 71, art. 7,7 p. 1927. No. 2679.

Report on the orthopteroid insects collected by the Fiji-New Zealand
Expedition from the University of Iowa. Iowa City, Iowa, 1927.
22 p. 2 fig. 23cm. (University of Iowa Studies. Studies in Natural
History, v. 12, no. 3, June 15, 1927.)

Problems in taxonomy. Proc, Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 29, no. 5, p. 129, 131-
132; pl. 7.. May, 1927. (Pub. July 11, 1927.)

Zoroty pus longicercatus, a new species of Zoraptera from Jamaica. Proc.
Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 29, no. 6, p. 144-145, 2 fig. June, 1927. (Pub.
July 26.)

Grasshoppers and their allies. Scientific Monthly, v. 26, no. 4, p. 329-
334, illus. April, 1928.

A note on Tenodera sinensis Sauss. (Orthop.: Mantidae.) Ent. News,
v. 39, no. 4, p. 127, April, 1928.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 3, MAR., 1936 47

On the systematic position of the orthopterous genera Cnemotettix
Caudell and Phoberopus Saussure & Pictet. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.,
v. 30, no. 6, p. 103-105, 3 fig. June, 1928. (Pub. July 18.)

1929 Anew variety of Inscudderia walkeri Hebd. [I. walkeri var. buscki, n. sp.|
from Virginia (Orthop : Tettigoniidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 31,
no. 1, perll—135 Jans 1929..:(Pub. Jan..28.)

Cocconotus schunkei, new name. (Orthop.: Tettigoniidae : Pseudophyl-
linae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 31, no. 3, p.64. Mar. 1929. (Pub.
Apr. 9.)

1931 Notes on Blattidae, adventive to the United States (Orthop.). Ent.
News, v. 42, no. 7, p. 204, July 1931.

1932 Insects of the order Orthoptera of the Pinchot Expedition of 1929. Proc.
U.S. Nat. Museum, v. 80, art. 21,7 p. 1932. No. 2931.

Description of the male of Paratylotropidia beutenmuelleri Morse.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 34, no. 6, p. 86-87. Illus. June, 1932.
(Pub. July 15.)

1933 Neohermes infuscatus, a new sialid from California. Pan-Pacific Ent.,
We 8), 1000); Bs jos WASPS. Vial, WSRBY

1934 Notes on some Tettigoniinae of California with descriptions of new
species. Pan-Pacific Ent., v. 10, no. 4, p. 151-158, Oct. 1934.

1935 A new species of katydid [Leiotrachela convexipennis] from China.
(Orthop. : Tettigoniidae, Phaneropterinae.) Peking Nat. Hist. Bul.
v. 9, pt. 3, p. 245-246, Mar. 1935.

A SHORT SYNOPSIS OF THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF
THE MITE GENUS DERMANYSSUS.

By H. E. Ewtne,
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, U. S. Department of Agriculture.

The genus Dermanyssus is the type genus of the subfamily
Dermanyssinae and the family Dermanyssidae. It includes
a few species which occur on a wide range of mammalian and
bird hosts, and has for its type the common chicken mite,
Dermanyssus gallinae (Degeer). This species has been known
to science since the days of Redi (1626—97) and is a serious
pest of chickens. Recently it has been found to occur on certain
wild birds, a fact which complicates certain aspects of its
control or eradication.

Since the writer has been associated with the Bureau of
Entomology and Plant Quarantine, large numbers of mites
belonging to the genus Dermanyssus and coming from wild
hosts have been sent him for identification. Among these he
has encountered in the past, four new species. Now there are
added two more, which are described as new in this paper.

The Genus DERMANYSSUS Dugés.

The genus Dermanyssus was described by Dugés in 1834. It
is here redescribed as follows:

48 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 3, MAR., 1936

Chelicerae in the female long, needlelike, each composed of two closely
adhering elements, which may represent the two chelae, and usually bearing
at the tip a few very minute teeth. In the male, chelicerae not needlelike, but
variously formed, both arms being easily identified. Dorsal shield rather large,
undivided, never occupying the entire dorsal surface of the body. Sternal
plate reduced posteriorly, frequently carrying only the first, or first and second,
pairs of sternal setae. Anal plate conspicuous, oval or shield-shaped in outline,
and with anal aperture situated toward the posterior end.

Type species.—Acarus gallinae Degeer.

Species of the genus Dermanyssus are clearly separated from
all other members of the Dermanyssidae by the structure of
the chelicerae in the female. The structure of the sternal
plate and of the anal plate, while characteristic, is rather
variable.

Key to THE NorrH AMERICAN SPECIES OF DERMANYSSUS.

1. Dorsal plate of female large, oval, covering about three-fourths of the
body of unengorged individuals; peritreme extending forward to
aspoint opposite coxa Lies oe eee D. scutatus, new species
Dorsal plate of female smaller, usually truncate or pointed behind and
never covering more than one-half of the body of unengorged
individuals 2. 2.:....Ance0e eee eter ee ee 2
2. Peritreme very long and sinuous, extending forward to a point opposite
coxa I; lateral spurlike processes of sternal plate long, sharp, and

wellisclerotized ite te ec. tee tears eee ee D. prognephilus Ewing
Peritreme shorter, never extending forward beyond coxa I]. 3
3. Peritreme somewhat sinuous, extending forward to a point opposite
coxa Ut eee ee ie ee 4
Peritreme somewhat curved but not sinuous and not reaching to a
point opposite coxa TT!) 00 a ee ee ee eee 5

4. Dorsal plate of female outwardly rounded on lateral margins above
central region of abdomen; chelicerae of female stouter than usual
and plainly dentate at their tips. Parasitic on mice...
D. evotomydis Ewing
Dorsal plate of female with lateral margins almost straight. Parisitic

on bitds:2%.2 00 is Fe fae Eee See ee D. gallinae (Degeer)
5. Peritreme extending forward for a distance greater than diameter of
Coro ect ANS ae es anne Di A ee eS a AL Bt 6
Peritreme extending forward for a distance less than one-half the
diameteriof coxa INTSS. CEP eee ee Ce D. brevis, new species
6. Sternal plate very strongly arched and bearing three pairs of setae.
Parasitic on owls. its. ee Ee ee D. oti Ewing

Sternal plate not strongly arched and bearing one or two pairs of setae;
dorsal plate of female very broad in front and coming to a point
behind. Not parasitic on owls_....._....---.----—-- D. americanus Ewing

PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 3, MAR., 1936 49

)
prognephilus

Fic. 1. Ventral view of left half of cephalothoraces of females of North
American species of Dermanyssus, all drawn to the same scale.

DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES.

Except for the species Dermanyssus gallinae (Degeer), males
are unknown among North American species of the genus
Dermanyssus.

Dermanyssus scutatus, new species.
FEMALE.

General appearance.—A stout species, with rather short legs, and shoulders
slightly developed opposite the insertion of legs II.

Dorsal plate—Very large, covering most of the body, broadest at the level
of the second pair of coxae, extending backward beyond the anus, and broadly
rounded behind.

50 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 3, MAR., 1936

Ventral cephalothoracic characters.—As shown in figure 1. The second pair
of sternal pores appears to be lacking.

Anal plate-—In general shape similar to that of the type species of the
genus; slightly longer than broad, broadest in front. Anal opening about
two-fifths as long as anal plate and broadest at posterior end. Anal covers
filling only about half of the anal opening. Paired anal setae situated on a
level with the middle of anal opening and very near the latter; unpaired anal
seta smaller than one of the paired setae and situated close to the posterior
rim of the anal opening.

Length of body, 0.67 mm.; width, 0.44 mm.

Type host—Northwestern flicker, Colaptes cafer cafer.

Type locality —Corvallis, Oregon.

Type slide —U. S. National Museum no. 1113.

Remarks.—Described from one female (holotype) mounted
on type slide, from type host and type locality, November 24,
1931, by M. F. Canova (Bishopp no. 16586), and four females
from northwestern flicker, Colaptes cafer cafer, Portland, Oregon,
September 1, 1932, by C. M. Gjullin (Bishopp no. 19119).

Dermanyssus prognephilus Ewing.

1933. Dermanyssus prognephilus Ewing, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., v. 82, art. 30,
p. 12, pl. 4, fig. 3.

FEMALE.

General appearance—A large species, without shoulders, very similar in
size and shape to D. gallinae.

Dorsal plate-—In shape similar to that of D. gallinae; broadest near the front
margin, sides almost straight, converging posteriorly; posterior margin of
truncate end passing behind posterior margin of anal plate in unengorged
specimens.

Ventral cephalothoracic characters ——These are shown in the figure. The small
round spot along the posterior margin of the sternal plate probably repre-
sents one of the sternal pores of the posterior pair.

Anal plate——Not observed to differ from that of D. gallinae.

Length of body, 0.86 mm.; width, 0.45 mm.

This species was originally described from Progne subis subis,
taken at Bell, Maryland. The types are in the U. S. National
Museum.

Remarks.—Described from material as follows:

From purple martin, Progne subis subis—Five females, type
locality, September 23, 1926, by W. L. McAtee; two females,
Fairhope, Alabama, June 1, 1930, by Mrs. W. H. Edwards
(Bishopp no. 18351); one female, Bell, Maryland, August 16,
1927, by H. P. Sheldon; one female, one protonymph, and one
deutonymph, Lake Drummond, Virginia, July 27, 1928, by
Charles East and H. E. Ewing.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 3, MAR., 1936 51

From eastern bluebird, Sialias sialis sialis—One female,
Charleston, South Carolina, September 8, 1931, by H. S. Peters
and E. B. Marshall (Bishopp no. 15994).

From eastern cowbird, Molothrus ater ater—One female,
McMillan, Michigan, July 30, 1933, by O. M. Bryens (Bishopp
no. 21507).

From red-headed woodpecker, Melanerpes erythrocephalus.—
Two females, Ontario, Canada, May 14, 1907.

From northern flicker, Colaptes auratus luteus —Two females,
Lynchburg, Virginia, September 28, 1931, by E. B. Marshall
(Bishopp no. 18721).

From northern downy woodpecker, Dryobates pubescens
medianus.—Four females, Fredericksburg, Virginia, July 30,
1931, by E. B. Marshall (Bishopp no. 15809).

Dermanyssus evotomydis Ewing.

1933. Dermanyssus evotomydis Ewing, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., v. 82, art. 30,
peellenplenivastioe
FEMALE.

General appearance.—Body broad in proportion to its length; legs rather
slender.

Dorsal plate-—Covering less than half the body, broadest above coxae III,
rapidly narrowed above anal plate and truncate posteriorly. In each postero-
lateral corner of the dorsal plate is a conspicuous oval light spot.

Ventral cephalothoractc characters—These are shown in the accompanying
figure.

Anal plate—Slightly longer than broad, broadest immediately behind front
margin. Anal opening slightly more than twice as long as wide, not widened
posteriorly, and situated about half its length from posterior margin of anal
plate. Anal covers occupying most of anal opening. Paired anal setae situated
at a level slightly in front of center of anal opening; unpaired anal seta situated
about one-third the distance from posterior rim of anal opening to posterior
end of anal plate.

Length of body, 0.85 mm.; width, 0.59 mm.

This species was originally taken from Fvotomys sp., at
Mount McIntyre, New York. Types are deposited at the
U. S. National Museum.

Remarks.—Known only from the holotype, which was taken
from the eye of the type host at the type locality, July 25,1925,
by Francis Harper. This species is nearest D. gallinae, but
has a much shorter body and a differently shaped dorsal plate.

Dermanyssus gallinae (Degeer).

1778. Acarus gallinae Degeer, Mem. Hist. Insectes, v. 7, p. 111, pl. 6, figs.
13 and 14.
FEMALE.
General appearance.—Rather large species, with a long body and long legs;
no shoulders present.

52 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 3, MAR., 1936

Dorsal plate——Covering considerably less than half of the dorsal surface of
the body, broadest above the second pair of coxae, with lateral margins con-
verging posteriorly behind widest part until truncate end is reached. Each
posterolateral corner of dorsal plate is occupied by an oval light spot.

Ventral cephalothoracic characters.—As shown in figure. The posterior pair
of sternal pores is represented by two minute circular openings on the posterior
margin of the sternal plate near the posterolateral corners.

Anal plate-—Slightly longer than broad, anterior margin slightly out-curved.
Anal opening more than twice as long as broad, with lateral margins parallel.
Anal covers very long, occupying more than half of the anal opening; behind
them in the anal opening a minute, transverse, sclerotized bar. Paired anal
setae situated at a level slightly in front of middle of anal opening and at about
one-third the distance from rim of anal opening to lateral margins of anal
plate; unpaired anal seta situated at a point about one-third the distance from
posterior rim of anal opening to posterior margin of anal plate.

Length of body, 0.87 mm.; width, 0.46 mm.

Mate.

General appearance.—Similar to that of unengorged female, but smaller.

Chelicerae-—Second segment, exclusive of its chela, of the same width as
first, sides parallel, and length about three times its width. Fixed chela with
a long, straight central part, but greatly broadened at its base, and ending in a
curved, clawlike structure; movable chela smaller and shorter than fixed one,
to which it closely adheres ventrally, ending in a sharp but uncurved tip.

Genito-sternal plate—Extending backward to the posterior margins of coxae
IV, about half enclosing rim of genital opening, with four pairs of setae and a
few dermal pores in addition to the slitlike sternal pores situated near the
anterior margin.

Ventro-anal plate-—About as long as genito-sternal plate, much the broadest
near its anterior margin, bearing two pairs of ventral setae in addition to the
three anal setae, which are situated as in female.

This species was originally described from the domestic chicken. The types
may be in the Degeer Collection, Stockholm Museum.

This common pest of chickens undoubtedly occurs in every
State of the Union; hence locality records are not here given.
The host records for the material examined are as follows:

From domestic chickens.—Fourteen lots, one from Australia,
two from Canada, and eleven from the United States.

From canaries.—Six lots, all from the United States.

From domestic pigeons.—Five lots, one from California and
four from the Atlantic Coast States.

From the house wren, Troglodytes aédon.—Three lots from
the United States.

From various other birds.—Ten lots, all from the United
States.

From mammals.—Four lots, all from the United States, and
all probably representing stragglers.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 3, MAR., 1936 53

From man.—Eight lots, all from the United States.
Not on any host.—Twenty lots, one from Canada, eighteen
from the United States, and one without locality record.

Dermanyssus oti Ewing.

1925. Dermanysus oti Ewing, Ent. News, v. 36, p. 21.

FEMALE.

General appearance.—A small, stout species, with short, stout legs.

Dorsal plate—Short and broad, broadest above the third coxae, narrowing
rapidly posteriorly to an angular point slightly in front of center of abdomen.

Ventral cephalothoracic characters—These are shown in the accompanying
figure. The second pair of sternal pores was not observed,

Anal plate—Oval in shape, the front margin broadly and strongly rounded.
Anal opening about twice as long as broad and broadest at posterior end. Anal
covers nearly filling anal opening. Paired anal setae situated considerably in
front of level of middle of anal opening and about midway between rim of anal
opening and lateral margins of anal plate. Unpaired anal seta subequal to
one of paired anal setae and situated at a distance equal to about twice the
diameter of its seta pit behind posterior rim of anal opening.

Length of body, 0.61 mm.; width, 0.43 mm.

This species was originally taken from Ofus asio asio, at
Bloomington, Indiana. The types are in the U. S. National
Museum.

Remarks.—Known only from the holotype, taken from the
type host at the type locality by R. M. Howe. The short
_ peritreme and the shape of the sternal plate identify this species.

Dermanyssus americanus Ewing.

1922. Dermanyssus americanus Ewing, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., v. 62, art. 13,
p. 24, pl. 2, fig. 19.

FEMALE,

General appearance——Typical of the genus, medium in size and body well
proportioned.

Dorsal plate —Covering less than half of body, broadest immediately behind
coxae II, lateral margins converging posteriorly, first slowly, then rapidly to
pointed tip of plate, which is above anal plate.

Ventral cephalothoracic characters —These are shown in the figure.

Anal plate—Oval in shape, the front margin being much more strongly
rounded than in D. gallinae. Anal opening about twice as long as broad and
broadest near posterior end. Anal covers about three-fourths as long as anal
opening and nearly filling it. Paired anal setae situated slightly in front of
level of middle of anal opening and about midway between rim of the anal
opening and lateral margins of the anal plate. Unpaired anal seta situated
about one-third distance from posterior rim of anal opening to tip of anal plate.

Length of body, 0.70 mm.,; width, 0.39 mm.

54 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38,/NO. 3,.MAR.,.1936

This species was originally described from Passer domesticus
domesticus, taken at Washington, District of Columbia. Types
are in the U. S. National Museum.

Remarks.—Material examined as follows:

From English sparrow, Passer domesticus domesticus.—Two
specimens (cotypes), type locality, December 19, 1913, by
R. C. Shannon; four specimens, from young birds in nest,
Takoma Park, Maryland, August 5, 1930, by H. E. Ewing;
one specimen, Northville, South Dakota, December 26, 1930,
by J. F. Breuckle; seven specimens, Lafayette, Indiana, May
14, 1920, by R. W. Wells (Bishopp no. 9682); four specimens,
Sonora, Texas, May 8, 1920, by O. G. Babcock (Bishopp no.
9704).

From ‘‘sparrow.’’—Several specimens, “off dead sparrow,”
Winona, Minnesota, July 5, 1926, by E. E. Meyers.

From ‘‘nuthatch.”—Three specimens, Ontario Province,

Canada, November 8, 1907. :

Dermanyssus brevis, new species.
FEMALE.

General appearance.—A small, short, stout species, with distinctly developed
shoulders opposite insertion of legs II.

Dorsal plate-——Large, covering almost half of body; sides converging poster-
iorly, slightly outwardly rounded; truncate posteriorly, the posterior margin
passing above anal opening. Near posterior margin of dorsal plate two pairs
of subequal, oval, light spots.

Ventral cephalothoracic characters ——As shown in figure. The fourth pair of
sternal setae appears to be absent.

Anal plate——Subcircular, slightly longer than broad. Anal opening about
two-fifths as long as anal plate, broadest posteriorly and situated at a distance
equal to about one-half its length from posterior margin of anal plate. Anal
covers slightly more than one-half as long as anal opening, and not occupying
full width of latter. Paired anal setae small, situated on a transverse line
drawn through middle of anal plate. Unpaired anal seta minute.

Length of body, 0.56 mm.; width, 0.37 mm.

Type host—Dusky horned lark, Ofocoris alpestris merrilli.

Type locality —Portland, Oregon.

Type slide-—U. S. National Museum no. 1114.

Remarks.—Described from a single, stained, female specimen
(holotype), taken from type host at type locality, January 29,
1932, by S. G. Jewett, Jr. (Bishopp no..16639). This species
differs from the other known North American species in the
shortness of its peritremes, which extend forward scarcely to
opposite the middle of coxae ITI.

PROC. ENT.,SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 3, MAR., 1936 55

MINUTES OF THE 471ST REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, FEBRUARY 6, 1936.

The 471st meeting of the society was held at 8 p. m., Thursday, February 6,
1936, in room 43 of the Natural History building of the National Museum.
There were present 33 members and 20 visitors. S. B. Fracker, president,
presided. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. Upon
recommendation of the Executive Committee, C. E. Burnside, J. B. Gahan,
A. C. Johnson, and J. Franklin Yeager, all of the Beltsville, Md., Laboratory
were elected to membership upon unanimous vote of the Society.

In connection with the death of Mr. F. H. Benjamin, of our society, the
chair appointed a committee consisting of C. F. W. Muesebeck and Carl
Heinrich to draw up resolutions.

R. E. Snodgrass presented a note in which he stated that in several recent
papers Dr. V. B. Wigglesworth of the London School of Tropical Medicine and
Hygiene has presented evidence that the small bodies known as corpora allata
situated in the back of the insect head are the source of blood substances,
probably hormones, that control moulting, metamorphosis, and egg develop-
ment in the ovaries. By experiments on the blood-sucking reduviid Rhodnius
prolixus it was found that injection of the body liquid, or blood, of specimens
in a premoulting stage into insects not yet in this stage would induce moulting
in the latter; the same applies to the moult to the adult (metamorphosis). By
decapitation it was shown that the moulting substance comes from the head.
Finally, by extripation of the corpora allata alone, Wigglesworth found that
the same effects follow as from decapitation, and he thus demonstrates that
these bodies are endocrine glands producing the moult-controlling substances
of the blood. Whether the latter comprise several hormones or different con-
centrations of a single hormone has not yet been determined. In the adult
stage the corpora allata are active in the control of egg development in the
ovaries.

Miss Mabel Colcord brought to the attention of the society a book recently
received by the library entitled “The flight of insects” by Dr. A. Magnan,
written in French. The book contains many interesting photographs.

First on the regular program was the address of the retiring president,
Dr. B. A. Porter, entitled “The codling moth program—history and recent
developments.”” This useful summary will be published in full in the Proceed-
ings. It was discussed by McIndoo, F. C. Baker, Cushman and Campbell.

Dr. E. A. Back gave an illustrated talk entitled “The cigarette beetle as a
pest of cottonseed meal in warehouses.” When cotton seed meal is stored in
100-pound jute sacks andis held in warehouses throughout the summer following
production, it may become so badly infested that 250 specimens of the insect
per square inch of sacking may be found in the outer two or three inches of the
meal and the fibers of the sacking itself may be so badly cut by the larvae
building their pupal cocoons on its under side that the sacks break when handled.
This breaking of sacks, necessitating resacking, is the source of considerable
expense but can be prevented by fumigation early in the summer. The meal
itself, on a sack basis, does not seem to be affected material as a food for cattle.

(Author’s Abstract.)

56 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 3, MAR., 1936

Snodgrass, Siegler, McIndoo, A. C. Gahan, Loftin and Campbell discussed
this paper. i”

The following visitors introduced themselves to the society: L. H. Patch,
W. A. Baker and Morris Schlosberg, from Toledo, Ohio, Kenton L. Harris
from California, L. D. Christenson from Arizona, and W. W. Wood.

Meeting adjourned at 10 p. m.
Henry H. Ricwarpson,

Recording Secretary.

Actual date of publication, April 9, 1936.

VOL. 38 APRIL, 1936 No. 4

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF WASHINGTON

Zeggestn Tis

ONAL MUSES
CONTENTS ———

GAHAN, A. B.—TESTRASTICHUS BREVISTIGMA, NEW SPECIES (HYMENOPTERA:

EULOPHIDAE) eG
KOMP, W. H. W.—AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE MOSQUITOES FOUND IN

THE VICINITY OF AN ENDEMIC FOCUS OF YELLOW FEVER IN THE REPUBLIC

OF COLOMBIA eee toy,
KOMP, W. H. W.—THE MALE AND LARVA OF AEDES DOMINICII RANGEL &

ROMERO SIERRA, AND THE MALE OF AEDES PSEUDODOMINICII SP. NOV.,

REPRESENTATIVES OF A NEW SUBGENUS (SOPERIA) OF THE GENUS AEDES,

FROM COLOMBIA 71

PusiisHeD Monruty Excepr Jury, AuGust anpD SEPTEMBER

BY THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled ‘to the Proceedings and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1936.

Honorary Président#p o.oo eee, 2 ee EOE eee
President e@Oee oc 4 es ee OS ee le
ibersiplice-President . . 1. 2 ww se wn ws we. . NN. BOM
Second’ Vice-President . . > .Geemeere > ss. « . MORREGe
Recording Secretary ...% «1. i... ++. ». /H. BD RICHARRES
Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer 2. oe eat + oo)
Halstor «ts 5 ... .W. 2. WAETOR

Members of the Executive Committee: B. A. PORTER, H. E. EWING,
i. Ss. WADE

Nominated to represent the Society as Vice-President
of the Washington Academy of Sciences. . . .... . .A. H. CLARK

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Published monthly, except July, August and September, by the Society at
Washington, D. C. Terms of subscription: Domestic, $4.00 per annum;
foreign, $4.25 per annum; recent single numbers, 50 cents, foreign postage
extra. All subscriptions are payable in advance. Remittances should be made
payable to the Entomological Society of Washington.

An author of a leading article in the ProcEeEpinGs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 2S 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL,,.38 APRIL: 1936 No. 4

AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE MOSQUITOES FOUND IN THE
VICINITY OF AN ENDEMIC FOCUS OF YELLOW FEVER
IN THE REPUBLIC OF COLOMBIA.!

By W. H. W. Komp,
Sanitary Engineer, U. S. Public Health Service.

During the summer of 1935 the writer made a mosquito
survey of the area around Restrepo, in the Intendencia
(province) of Meta, some 20 kilometers to the north of Villa-
vicencio, the capital of that Intendencia, in the Republic of
Colombia.

Yellow fever had appeared there in 1934 (1), and one case so
diagnosed on the basis of a positive liver examination occurred
in the vicinity during the writer’s stay. Comparatively little
was known of the mosquito fauna of the region, and as the
disease 1s transmitted chiefly by mosquitoes, a knowledge of
the species present was urgently required.

Restrepo is a small town lying at the base of the foothills of the
eastern slope of the Andes, at an elevation of approximately
1800 feet. The climate, in spite of the elevation, is tropical,
with abundant rainfall, apparently distributed so that there
are two wet seasons, one in the fall, and another in May and
June. However, these wet seasons are really times of more
abundant rainfall, as during the writer’s stay rain fell nearly
every day, and even during late September, before the advent
of the fall rains, there was only one period of three successive
days in which no rain fell. Temperatures were relatively high,
reaching 85° and 90° F. during the day; humidity was likewise
apparently high, but became progressively less as the summer
advanced.

The region around Restrepo is almost ideally located to
provide good collecting ground for insects of all kinds. To the
west, easily accessible from the town, lie the rather steep slopes
of the foothills of the Andes. To the east lie the great llanos or
plains, stretching out in a nearly unbroken expanse to the

1 The studies and observations on which this paper is based were conducted
with the support and under the auspices of the International Health Division
of The Rockefeller Foundation, in cooperation. with the U. S. Public Health
Service and the Departmento Nacional de Higiene of the Republic of Colombia.

58 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 4, APR., 1936

Atlantic Ocean. The slopes of the foothills are clothed with
dense rain-forest, with many rapid mountain streams; in the
forest are dense stands of large bamboo, which provide shelter
and breeding-places for many mosquito species indigenous to
this plant. Many sorts of water-bearing plants abound, in-
cluding wild banana (Heliconia spp.), Calathea, aroids, brome-
liads, and various palms, whose fallen spathes hold water, and
form excellent breeding-places for many sorts of Culicid larvae.
Besides these plants, rot-holes in the large jungle trees provide
breeding-places for several species of Haemagogus, Aedes and
Dendromyia. Along the base of the foothills, in the jungle,
there are many leafy pools which harbor 4edes larvae, and in the
open grassy pools of the roadsides and the plains species of
Psorophora, Mansonia, Culex and Anopheles are found.

An attempt was made to obtain the larvae of as many
species as possible, to associate them with their adults, to
discover any hitherto unknown larvae, and to obtain specific
data regarding their breeding-places. In this the writer was
quite successful, as in a very large percentage of the species
present he was able to associate reared adults with their larvae,
and also obtained material of a number of undescribed larval
forms.

The writer reached Restrepo on July 8, 1935, and remained
there continuously until September 23d, with the exception of
the first 13 days in August. His first collection, made with a
sweep-net on July 10th, contained the greatest number of
species and of specimens taken in any collection during his stay.
There was a gradual, progesssive diminution in numbers of all
sorts of mosquitoes, with the exception of the common species
of domestic Culex, as the summer advanced and the rains
decreased. In all, nearly 80 species were collected during the
survey. Several species, not taken by the writer, were
found and identified among material collected before his
arrival. The greater number of the species were already
known to the writer, as the mosquito fauna of the region was
surprisingly like that of Panama, where the writer has spent the
last five years. The species found are listed below in the order
in which they appear in Dyar’s ‘“‘The Mosquitoes of the
Americas, 7

Tribe SABETHINI, Genus Sabethes Robineau-Desvoidy.

1. Sabethes goeldii H. D.& K. Several fémales were found in the collections
made during the writer’s stay.

2. Sabethes schausi D. & K. One female in poor condition. Retiro, near
Restrepo, Aug. 23, 735.

3. Sabethes cyaneus Fabr. Larvae were taken on several occasions from the
dark brown water deep in the slender stumps of a species of “fish-tail”’
palm. Shannon (2) has described and figured the larva. The writer

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 4, APR., 1936 59

does not believe that the larva is predaceous, as several were taken
in one tree-hole at a time; they paid no attention to small Culex larvae
placed with them in cultures, but fed upon protozoal scum furnished
them, and came to maturity on this food. The writer was bitten once
by a female, in dense jungle. The bite was not very painful, and the
insect was easily scared off.

4. Sabethes albiprious Theobald. Several female specimens corresponding
to the description of this species were taken at various times, in deep
jungle. Because of their rarity and shyness, none of the species of this
genus are likely to be concerned in the transmission of yellow fever.

Genus Sabethoides Theobald.

5. Sabethoides serratoria Dyar and Nunez T. Two female specimens from
Retiro, near Restrepo. Other species of the genus should occur in the
region, the larvae in bamboo.

Genus Limatus Theobald.

6. Limatus durhamii Theobald. This was one of the commonest species of
the region. The larvae were found many times in the water in fallen
palm-spathes, and in other fallen leaves. The adults came to bite, but
were not aggressive.

7. Limatus asulleptus Theobald. This species was nearly as common as the
preceding, and had the same habits. Females may be distinguished from
those of durhamii by the abdominal coloration. In asulleptus the light
under side is separated from the dark dorsum in a straight line. In
durhamii the light color of the under side cuts into the dark upper side
in a series of wedge-shaped marks.

Genus Wyeomyia Theobald.

8. Wyeomyia celaenocephala D. & K. The larvae of this species were taken
several times from the water between pineapple leaves. No adults were
taken in collections.

9. Wyeomyia flavifacies Edwards. Several specimens corresponding to the
description of this species were taken in September near the Guacavia
River, about a 3-hour journey from Restrepo. They were taken attempt-
ing to bite.

10. Wyeomyia aphobema Dyar. Adults were bred from larvae commonly
found in Bromeliads, both terrestrial and arboreal. No adults were
taken in hand collections.

Genus Dendromyia Theobald.

11. Dendromyia complosa Dyar. The larvae were taken on several occasions
in the water in a small Bromeliad. Adults were taken by sweeping with
a net near the same locality, but were not aggressive biters.

12. Dendromyia aporonoma D. & K. The larvae were taken on several
occasions from the clear dark-brown water in tree-stumps. Adults
occasionally came to bite, but were not aggressive.

60 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 4, APR., 1936

13. Dendromyia melanocephala D. & K. The larvae were found in the water
at the base of the leaves of “elephant-ears,”’ Colocasia. The slow-flying
adults were sometimes seen hovering in the shade of these plants, but
never attacked.

14. Dendromyia eloisa H. D. & K. Several small adults were bred from
larvae taken from the flower-bracts of plants of the genus Calathea,
growing in dense jungle. The species is apparently rare.

Genus Goeldia Theobald.

15. Goeldia longipes Fabr. Adults were fairly common in hand-catches early
in the season (July). Larvae were taken on one occasion from water
in the leaf-bases of Colocasia, where they were feeding on other larvae.

16. Goeldia pallidiventer Theobald. The larvae were taken in the water in
cut bamboo, feeding on other larvae. da Costa Lima (3) gives a photo-
graph, but no description of the larva. No adults were taken in hand-
catches.

17. Goeldia n. sp. A single larva, probably from water in the flower of a
species of Heliconia (it was brought into the laboratory without data),
produced a female specimen. The larva is unlike any figured by Dyar.
A description of this larva will be made in a forthcoming publication.

Genus Joblotia Blanchard (Trichoprosopon Theobald).

18. Yoblotia digitata Rondani. This was the only species taken in the region.
The fat white larva was common in cut bamboo, and the adults were
fairly numerous in the jungle near their breeding-places. They are very
conspicuous with their slow, undulating flight, with out-spread white-
tipped legs. The bite was severe, but the adults were easily scared off.

Tribe CULICINI, Genus Psorophora Robineau-Desvoidy.

19. Psorophora ciliata Fabr. A single larva was taken in a road-side pool,
from which a male emerged. As noted by Shannon (2), specimens from
the tropics are usually much darker than those from temperate climates.
Dyar’s statement, “Not found in tropical lowlands,” is obviously
incorrect. The very large larva is predaceous.

20. Psorophora ferox Humboldt. This was the commonest species of the
genus found in the region. It was present throughout the whole time
of the writer’s stay, although less numerous towards the latter part. It
is an aggressive biter, and was found in open jungle far from the type of
temporary pools in which it normally breeds. It bites by day, and has
been shown capable of transmitting the virus of yellow fever. It should
be regarded with suspicion as a vector wherever it is found. In the
writer’s opinion, it is far more potentially dangerous than any species of
Haemagogus with which he is familiar, either in Panama or Colombia.
Larvae were found in ground-pools.

21. Psorophora lutzii Theobald. This species is much like the preceding,
but with yellowish scales on the sides of the thorax on each side of a
broad central longitudinal dark line. The larvae were not found, but
adults were taken several times in hand-catches.

22. Psorophora cyanescens Coq. No larvae were found, but a single female

PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 4, APR., 1936 61

specimen was found among material collected shortly before the writer’s
arrival at Restrepo.

23. Psorophora confinnis Arrib. The larva was not found, but the adult
was taken by sweeping with a net, and also in night collections using
horse-bait.

24. Psorophora cingulata Fabr. This species was also taken on horse-bait.
The larva was not found. The adult resembles Ps. confinnis somewhat,
but may be distinguished from this by having only dark scales on the
wing. Martini (4) has discussed the variability of the terminalia of
Psorophora species, and has shown that the number of setae on the
claspette is variable.

Genus Haemagogus Williston.

25. Haemagogus janthinomys Dyar. This was the only species of the genus
found during the writer’s stay in Restrepo. Soper (1) mentions H/. equinus
as the species present, but thisis a misidentification. Dyar states that the
claws of the female of janthinomys are without teeth, as in H. equinus,
but the writer bred dozens of females and males from identical larvae,
corresponding to the hairy larvae and the male types from Trinidad;
all the females had toothed claws. The type females from Trinidad
have no associated larvae, and it is probable that they are not the same
species. Dyar states that the head-hairs of the larva are double. In
the only larva of this species in the collection of the U. S. National
Museum in which head-hairs are present, these hairs are single. Other-
wise everything else agrees with Dyar’s description. Dyar’s figure of the
male terminalia of this species is unusually good; the writer’s material
corresponds, both with the figure and with the mounted terminalia of
two types in the museum. Larvae were found in many sorts of breeding-
places: cut bamboo, tree-holes, stump-holes, and the deep holes in the
rotted trunks of certain palms. Such breeding-places were found in
open fields, where the water was exposed to the sun, and in dense twilit
jungle. The adults, in the writer’s experience, were not very aggressive;
at one time no less than twelve females were hovering around him, but
not a single one bit. However, he was bitten in bright sunlight, at
2 p. M., on one occasion. The insects seem to tackle low, preferring the
ankles and lower parts of the legs. The bite was not immediately per_
ceptible, but considerable irritation occurred after the insect had with-
drawn its proboscis. The adults were most numerous early in the season,
and gradually diminished in numbers as the season advanced. Larvae
could be found at all times, however.

The latest treatment of the genus, by Dyar in ““The Mosquitoes of the
Americas,” is perfunctory, and the genus is in need of thorough revision.
Dyar sometimes associated males and females on locality alone, although
he recognizes that more than one species may occur in the same locality,
even in the same culture. As the females are specifically unrecognizable
in this genus, and differ only in presence or absence of teeth on the tarsal
claws, males are required for specific determination. If possible, these
should be bred from larvae, and females from identical larvae can then
be correctly associated. Edwards (5) has shown that Dyar’s separation

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 4, APR., 1936

of the genus into two subgenera, on the basis of palpal length in the male
and absence or presence of teeth on the claws of the female, will not hold;
he separates them on the basis of the length of the male palpi only.

Genus Aedes Meigen.

26. Aedes leucocelaenus Dyar and Shannon. Larvae of this species were taken

28.

29:

30.

Dill

So.

O32

in tree-holes. The larva has been figured, without description, by Costa
Lima (6). Shannon (2) gives reasons why this species should be referred
to Aedes, rather than to Haemagogus, which it greatly resembles. The
species represents a transition form between the two genera.

. Aedes serratus Theobald. Larvae were taken in temporary pools at Retiro,

near Restrepo. A few adults were taken in hand-catches. If numerous,
in any locality, it should be regarded with suspicion as a yellow fever
vector, because of its close relationship to other proved vectors.

Aedes hastatus Dyar. The larvae were taken twice, once in a temporary
pool in an overflowed pasture, and again in a small leafy jungle pool in
dense forest. The species is apparently rare, none being taken in hand-
catches. Edwards (5) suggests that this is the same as 4. dupreei, but
there are great differences in the claspette of the male.

Aedes angustivittatus D. & K. Dr. E. Osorno M. took larvae from tem-
porary pools near Retiro. The skin of the larva is densely pilose. Adults
reared from these larvae had the thorax suffused over with white, instead
of having the two narrow yellowish lines characteristic of the species as
found in Panama. The Colombian species thus much resembled 4.
scapularis, except that the light scales are not silvery, as in scapularis.
No adults were taken in hand-catches.

Aedes crinifer Theobald. A single female corresponding to the description
of this species was found in collections made before the writer’s
arrival. Without males, it is difficult to be sure of this species. Dyar’s
description of the claspette filament is erroneous, as it has a single
retrose spine, instead of “five retrose teeth.” edes lynchii Bréthes is a
synonym of crinifer Theobald.

Aedes scapularis Rondani. A few adults were taken in hand-catches in
open jungle early in the season. Larvae were not obtained. This
species is regarded as a dangerous vector of jungle yellow fever, having
been associated with several epidemics in which Aedes aegypti was not
found. The larva has a densely pilose skin.

Aedes terrens Walker. No adults were taken in hand-catches, but larvae
were Common in water in tree-holes. The adult females corresponded
to the description given by Shannon (2), in having a central line of
black scales on the thorax, between two silvery patches on the sides.
A. podographicus D. & K. is a synonym, according to Shannon (2) and
to Edwards (5).

Aedes dominicii Rangel & Romero Sierra. This was rather a common
species, biting freely in the jungle, early in the season. The males have
been hitherto unknown. The species, placed by Dyar in the subgenus
Howardina, really belongs to a new subgenus, lacking claspettes, but
possessing aedine characters in the mesosome. The larva and its breed-
ing-place were also unknown until at the writer’s suggestion Dr. E,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 4, APR., 1936 63

Osorno M. collected larvae from saxicolous bromeliads, from which
males and females were obtained. Because of its apparently close
relationship to dedes aegypti, and because of its biting-habits, it should
be regarded with suspicion as a potential vector of yellow fever, and
experiments undertaken to ascertain its possibilities in this respect.

34. dedes, new species. A single male of a small Aedes superficially resembling
Aedes dominicii was taken in deep jungle near Restrepo by the writer.
Subsequently a number of other males were found in hand-catches from
Retiro. The male terminalia somewhat resemble those of 4edes domini-
cit, no claspettes being present. No larvae associated with this species
were obtained.

35. Aedes septemstriatus D. & K. The adults were common in the jungle early
in the season. The hitherto unknown larvae were taken in tree-holes on
several occasions, and will be later described.

36. Aedes sexlineatus Theobald. A single female of what may be this species
was taken in a hand-catch near Retiro, nor far from Restrepo. There are
six narrow golden lines on the mesonotum, all of which reach the anterior
edge. No males are available, which is to be regretted, as this sex is
unknown.

Aedes aegypti L., the “yellow fever mosquito,” was not found anywhere
in the region. The holy-water font in the church at Villavicencio
contained Culex larvae, but no aegypti. These fonts seem to be a
favored breeding-place for aegypti, and if the mosquito is present in a
community, the larvae can usually be found in such containers. The
writer did not see an adult of this species during his stay in Restrepo.
During this time, cut bamboo sections and other water containers with
hay infusion (a favorite food of aegypti larvae) were set about the labora-
tory premises, but no larvae of aegypti were obtained.

Genus Mansonia Blanchard.

37. Mansonia titillans Walker. Several specimens corresponding to the
description of this species, but in poor condition, were taken in hand-
catches, using horse-bait. A single larva was taken from grass-roots in a
temporary pool in an overflowed pasture, near Restrepo.

38. Mansonia albicosta Peryassu. A collection of this species was made on the
llanos near Restrepo by Dr. Jorge Boshell.

39. Mansonia arribalzagae Theobald. A single specimen, mouldy and in
bad condition, was found among the material collected prior to the
writer’s arrivalin Restrepo. This may possibly be M. /ynchi Shannon (2).

Genus Lutzia Theobald.

40. Lutzia allostigma H. D. & K. A single female was captured in a house in
Restrepo, and was brought to the laboratory by the householder. Larvae
and pupae were taken twice by the writer, once in a split bamboo stem
used as a chicken watering-trough, and again in the stump of a palm
hollowed out as a larva trap. The larvae are predaceous on other
mosquito larvae, but are never numerous enough to be of much assistance
in control. They seem to prefer clean water, and were never found in
company with Haemagogus.

64 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 4, APR., 1936

Genus Culex Linnaeus.

41. Culex (Carrollella) iridescens Lutz. Warvae of this species were taken in
many collections, mostly from tree-holes, bamboo, and palm-spathes.
The adults so closely resemble those of the next species, C. secundus
B.-W. & B., that separation is impossible without males. This is like-
wise true of the larvae of the two species.

42. Culex (Carrollella) secundus B.-W. & B. Larvae were found with those
of the preceding species, also in tree-holes and bamboo. They were also
very common in the region.

43. Culex (Carrollella) metempsytus Dyar. The larvae were taken many times
in cut bamboo. Adults were not taken in hand-catches. Dyar’s descrip-
tions of the females of this species and the two preceding are identical,
word for word, although in the original description the characteristic
greenish tint of the pleurae is correctly described.

44. Culex (Carrollella) urichii Coq. The larvae were among the most common
encountered in the region. Almost every tree-hole contained them, and
they were also found in palm-spathes containing water, in bamboo, etc.
The adults were fairly numerous in the jungle early in the season. A few
came to bite, but were not aggressive. They may be easily distinguished
from the other Carrollella species by the white-marked fourth hind tarsal
segment, and their usually larger size.

45. Culex (Carrollella) infoliatus B.-W. & B. The larvae were common in
tree-holes, and many were taken from a palm-spathe on the ground,
holding water. The adults were common in the jungle, but did not bite.
C. (C.) bihaicolus Dyar & Nuiiez T. is undoubtedly a synonym of infolia-
tus. Dyar could find no characters on which to separate the larvae, and
the single slide of the male terminalia of dihaicolus in the U. S. National
Museum collection is in such poor shape that no details can be made out,

46. Culex (Mochlostyrax) pilosus D. & K. This small Culex has a very wide
range, from the Southern United States to Colombia and Brazil. The
peculiar small larvae, which lie on their backs for long periods, keeping
their mouthbrushes in constant motion, are provided with an accessory
tracheal gill system on the head. They were very numerous in grassy
temporary pools dug to obtain mud for bricks, near the Restrepo labora-
tory. Adults were taken by sweeping in the open jungle near Restrepo.

47. Culex (Mochlostyrax) taeniopus D. & K. Several females with the
characteristic white rings on the hind tarsi were taken by sweeping.
Without males it is impossible to be sure of the species, as opisthopus
Komp likewise has the same character.

48. Culex (Mochlostyrax) distinguendus Dyar. The hitherto unknown larvae

were taken twice, and will be described by the writer. They occurred in

the water held between the ridges of the trunk of large fallen trees, in
dense jungle. Adults were not taken in hand-catches or by sweeping.

The species is apparently rare, and has previously been reported only

from Panama.

Culex (Mochlostyrax) elevator D. & K. The larvae of this species were

taken in jungle-pools. Adults were obtained by sweeping. Apparently

the adults do not bite.

50. Culex (Mochlostyrax) inhibitator D. & K, This little black species has a

oye

54.

55),

56.

Bi.

59:

60.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 4, APR., 1936 65

very wide range. Larvae were taken along with C. pilosus. It appar-
ently is a very common species, but the adults were not taken biting.
Culex Mochlostyrax bastagarius D. & K. This is also a wide-ranging
tropical species. Larvae were taken in a grassy pond in an overflowed
pasture. Dyar’s figure of the male terminalia is incorrect. Miss Evans
(7) described the species under the name innominatus, and gives an
excellent figure of the terminalia. The females apparently do not bite.

. Culex (Melanoconion) dunni Dyar. This little species also has a wide

range. Larvae were found with those of bastagarius, in a grassy pond.
The pupae have very long breathing-trumpets. The adults when freshly
emerged have a distinct pattern of golden lines on the thorax, not
mentioned by Dyar, but described by Bonne-Wepster and Bonne (8)
under the species ensiformis. This pattern fades in old specimens.

. Culex (Microculex) chryselatus D. & K. A single female of this beautiful

species was reared from a pupa taken in an arboreal bromeliad.

Culex (Microculex) sp. A male and a female specimen of this subgenus
were taken by sweeping in the jungle with a net. They both possess the
large black spot in the integument at the base of the wing which is present
in two known species, automartus Root and ocellatus Theobald. The
writer has not had the opportunity to mount the male terminalia of his
single male.

Culex (Culex) nigripalpus Theobald. This species was very common and
domestic in Restrepo during August and September. Many egg-rafts
of this species, and of C. quinquefasciatus and of C. corniger, could be
found on the surface of containers with hay-infusion, left accidentally
uncovered outside of the laboratory. Adult females and males were very
numerous in sleeping-quarters, but the females apparently did not bite
freely.

Culex (Culex) chidesteri Dyar. Several males of this species were taken
by sweeping with a net in the jungle near Restrepo.

Culex (Culex) corniger Theobald. The adults were quite numerous and
domestic in Restrepo early in the season. The distinct thoracic pattern
renders it easy to distinguish from its allies. The larvae were found in
containers, and in sections of bamboo set out around the laboratory as
larva-traps. The adult females were not aggressive biters.

. Culex (Culex) mollis D. & K. This was one of the commonest Cu/ex in the

locality. It was taken almost everywhere, being found in containers,
tree-holes, bamboo, ground-pools, etc. The larva and male terminalia
are characteristic. Apparently the adults do not bite.

Culex (Culex) quinquefasciatus Say. This species constituted a pest of
the first magnitude in Restrepo during the latter part of the writer’s
stay. Males and females were common in sleeping-quarters, and necessi-
tated the use of bed-nets. Apparently there was some very large sewage-
polluted collection of water inethe neighborhood, which was producing
adults in large numbers.

Culex (Culex) coronator D. & K. This was a very common larva, found
in tree-holes and ground-pools. There is great variation in the number of
spines on the breathing-tube. In some specimens no spines are present,
or at most only one or two; in others there is a very distinct crown of

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 4, APR., 1936

spikes, which sometimes extends down the ventral aspect of the air-tube
almost to the base. Specimens from tree-holes very often have the air-
tube deeply infuscated. Apparently the adult females do not bite.

Genus Orthopodomyia D. & K.

61.

Orthopodomyia fascipes Coq. The larvae of this species were quite
common, being found in tree-holes with C. (C.) urichii. The ground-
color of the adults is quite variable, some being much lighter than others.
The rather long female palpi and the raised scales and spines on the tips
of the femora, a character not mentioned by Dyar, serve to differentiate
it from other species. There is considerable variation in the amount of
white on the segments of the hind tarsi. In many specimens the amount
is much reduced; in some the white is present only on the under side of
one of the segments, usually the third. Adults were captured flying in
the jungle. Apparently the species does not attack man.

Genus Megarhinus Robineau-Desvoidy.

62.

63.

Megarhinus bambusicola Lutz & Neiva. A single specimen was in the
collections made before the writer’s arrival, and another perfect female
was bred from bamboo by Dr. E. Osorno M., collected at Retiro, near
Restrepo.

Megarhinus trinidadensis D. & K. Several specimens of this species were
bred from bamboo. All the larvae of this genus are predaceous, but the
adult females can not bite.

Genus Uranotaenia Arribalzaga.

64.

65.

Uranotaenia geometrica Theobald. Several females were bred from larvae
taken in grassy pools near Restrepo. The genus, usually so well repre-
sented in the tropics, was poorly represented in the vicinity.
Uranotaenia sp. A single female, in poor condition, was reared from a
small larva found in a tree-hole near Rio Guacavia, during the latter
part of the writer’s stay. Larval characters are poor in this genus, so
absolute identification of the species is impossible.

Tribe ANOPHELINI, Genus Anopheles Meigen.

66.

67.

Anopheles (Chagasia) fajardoi Lutz. Four small larvae of this species
were taken from the vegetation along a rapid stream running down from
the foothills near Restrepo, from which adults were reared. The pupae
were of the fajardoi type, without a projecting flap on the respiratory
trumpet, as described by Root (9). Adults were rather numerous early
in July, being taken with horse-bait. The horses were almost invariably
attacked under the belly. Shannon (2) has recently cast doubt on the
validity of Chagasia bonneae Root. We would prefer to see his findings
confirmed before accepting them, as they are much at variance with
usual experience.

Anopheles (Nyssorhynchus) bachmanni Petrocchi. Several males were
bred from small larvae taken in the grassy edges of a pasture-pool near
Restrepo. No water-lettuce (Pistia), with which this species is generally
associated in Panama, was present in the region, so far as the writer

68.

69.

70.

Tile

74.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 38, NO. 4, APR., 1936 67

knows. Rozeboom (10) has recently shown this species to be infectible
with tertian malaria.

Anopheles (Nyssorhynchus) tarsimaculatus Goeldi. This was the com-
monest Anopheline of the region. The larvae, usually found in permanent
grassy pools, were very small, and produced correspondingly small adults.
The male terminalia were characteristic. The amount of black on the
second hind tarsal segment was slightly less than that found in Panama
specimens taken in brackish water, but more than that in the form called
aquacaelestis by Curry (11) (=oswaldoi Peryassti) which occurs in fresh
water in Panama. Although heavy breeding was occurring a short
distance from the laboratory, no adults were taken in the sleeping-
quarters, and malaria did not seem to be a great problem in the vicinity.
Anopheles (Nyssorhynchus) albitarsis Arribalzaga. Nine atypical larvae
of this species were ‘taken from a grassy pool in a pasture near
Restrepo, from which adults were bred. The late N. C. Davis (12) gives
a figure of such an aberrant larva, from which a female a/bitarsis emerged.
In those larvae taken by the writer, the head is much elongated, and
the internal clypeal hairs are very close together. The character men-
tioned by Shannon and Davis (13), the presence of a double row of
white scales on the first abdominal sternite, is an excellent one for
differentiating this species from its allies.

Anopheles (Nyssorhynchus) argyritarsis Robineau-Desvoidy. Larvae
were taken on several occasions from grassy ground-pools. The species
was not overly common in the region. It belongs among the several
species of the Nyssorhynchus group with white hand tarsi, with no black
band on the fifth segment, which include darlingi, albitarsis, parvus,
lutzii and pictipennis.

Anopheles (Stethomyia) nimbus Theobald. A single female of what is
apparently this species or thomasi Shannon was taken with a net in
dense jungle. Shannon (14) separates this species and thomasi from
kompi Edwards on the character of the setae which project between the
eyes of the female. Larvae were not found, although searched for
carefully.

Anopheles (Anopheles) gilesi Peryassi. Two females of this species were
taken by Dr. Jorge Boshell near Acacias, to the south of the town of
Villavicencio. They have the same white band on the tip of the hind
tibia as eiseni Coq., but the wings are spotted with black and white,
while those of ezseni are predominantly black-scaled. The species is rare.
Anopheles (Anopheles) eiseni Coq. This species was fairly common in
the jungle. Larvae were taken in the water in hollow trees, on several
occasions. The wings are black-scaled, except for a patch of white at
the apex, and a smaller one on the first vein. The tips of the hind tibiae
have a broad white band.

Anopheles (Anopheles) peryassui D. & K. Dr. Jorge Boshell collected
two females of this species near Acacias, south of the town of Villavicencio.
Shannon and Davis (13) relegate two species, ce/idopus D. & S., and
alagoanii Peryassti to the synonymy of peryassui D. & K. Shannon and
Davis (13) have recently described the larva and male terminalia. The
hind legs of the females from Acacias are very long, dark brown, with

Wks

78.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 4, APR., 1936

minute yellowish rings involving both ends of the segments of the tarsi.
The species is rare.

. Anopheles (Anopheles) mediopunctatus Theobald. Four second-stage

larvae were collected in a shallow, leafy jungle-pool, from which two
males and two females were reared. The pronounced yellowish color
of the legs, which are spotted with black, serve to distinguish this large
species. From the ninth tergites of the male terminalia there arise two
long, narrow, flat, black filaments, extending to about the middle of
the side-pieces. The larvae are much like those of Anopheles puncti-
macula D. & K., differing only in minor details.

. Anopheles (Anopheles) apicimacula D. & K. Several specimens were

taken in hand-catches in the evening, near Restrepo. The species was
not very common in the locality.

Anopheles (Kerteszia) boliviensis Theobald. All specimens collected
prior to the writer’s arrival in Restrepo had been labeled cruzii D. & K.
All these specimens possess abdominal scales, as described for do/iviensis,
but the hind tarsi have white bands apically, not all dark, as Theobald
describes them. Neither males nor larvae were found, although searched
for vigorously. The females were common in the jungle, biting freely
by day, and were taken in large numbers on horse-bait in the evening
catches.

Anopheles bellator D. & K. Dr. Jorge Boshell collected a number of
larvae of what is apparently this species in a hitherto unrecorded habitat,
the water in uncut bamboo stems, the only visible entrance to which
was through small worm-holes. All these larvae died. Later he collected
more larvae of the same sort, from which the writer succeeded in rearing
four females. Dr. E. Osorno M. also collected larvae, apparently the
same, from saxicolous bromeliads, near Restrepo, and the writer found
them in arboreal bromeliads in the jungle. All these larvae differ from
those found in Panama, in that the elements of the palmate hairs of
the abdomen are sharply pointed, much as in 4. albimanus, while the
larvae from Panama have these elements “‘ligulate, with straight truncate
tips.’ These Panama specimens are probably the true cruzii D. & K.,
while the larvae and the adults bred from them in Restrepo are probably
bellator D. & K. (Larvae and adults from the type locality, Trinidad,
B.W.L., are required to fix thissynonymy). These adults from Restrepo
do not possess scales on the abdomen; long fine hairs only are present,
as in cruzii D. & K. from Panama. No adults of de//ator were taken in
hand-catches.

In addition to the 78 species listed, it is probable that others
as yet unidentified will be found among the males of small
Culex, and of the male Sabethini collected by the writer. The
writer has not yet had the opportunity to determine by examina-
tion of the male terminalia all his material in these groups.

A word should be said concerning the references found most
useful in identifying the mosquito material collected. Dyar's
comprehensive work, ‘“The Mosquitoes of the Americas,”
because it brings within one cover all the American species

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 4, APR., 1936 69

known at the time of its publication (1928), was the most useful
single volume. It must be used with caution, however, as
many errata, some due to observational errors, some to in-
adequate technique, and some to somewhat hurried and careless
compilation, are found in this work. This is particularly true
in the section dealing with Anophelines, particularly in the
descriptions of Anopheline larvae. The various publications
of the late F. M. Root dealing with this group are much more
reliable (15, 16). Several publications by the late N. C. Davis
(12) and by Shannon & Davis (13), are also valuable in their
treatment of various genera. The work of R. C. Shannon on
“The Anophelines of the Amazon Valley” (14) contains useful
notes and a key to the female Anopheles of that region. It is
to be regretted that no keys are provided for the male ter-
minalia or the larvae. Attention should be called to omissions
in the key to the females, on p. 132. In dichotomy 5, the
second clause should read: “third wing vein nearly all dark.”
After dichotomy 7 there should be inserted the following:

a. Abdomen with light brassy scales on tergites 2-7, partly white on
SST Nc aS ee aE Re 7 SO Nae SE eee ees albitarsis Arrib.

b. Abdomen predominantly black on segments 2-7, the white scales

of the Sth) and! the cere! in)strone contrast.
albitarsis brasiliensis Chagas.

First sternite without scales; 8th abdominal segment not longer than broad;
only in part light-scaled . . . 8.”

Shannon’s “On the Classification of Brazilian Culicidae,
etc.” (2) contains some of the best keys to the tribes and genera
of tropical Culicidae, and to the larvae and female adults of the
Brazilian species of Psorophora, Aedes and Mansonia, which are
known to the writer. Unfortunately, the proofreading of the
table on page 142 is poor; in dichotomy 14, the numeral 14 in
the right-hand margin should read 15. There are two dichoto-
mies numbered 16; the first (“‘Mesonotal stripe creamy white
in color, etc.’’) should be numbered 15.

Edwards’ great catalogue (5) of the Culicidae is now our final
authority as to the nomenclature and synonymy of this family.
It is a storehouse and mine of precise information, and is
particulary rich in details of the structural characters of the
various tribes and genera. In treating the American forms,
Edwards followed Dyar closely, and hence perpetuated several
errors for which the latter is responsible. The present writer
has discussed the validity of some of the types of the genus
Culex described by Dyar (17).

In conclusion, the writer wishes to acknowledge his indebted-
ness to Dr. F. L. Soper, Representative of the International
Health Division of The Rockefeller Foundation for South

70 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 4, APR., 1936

America, who made possible his most interesting visit, and to
Dr. E. R. Rickard and Dr. J. H. Paul of the Rockefeller Founda-
tion, in Bogota, who arranged the details of his trip and assisted
him in many ways. He also acknowledges with thanks the
assistance rendered him during his stay in Restrepo by Dr. Luis
Patifio Camargo, Chief of the Servicio de Fievre Amarilla in
Colombia; and by Dr. E. Osorno M., Dr. Jorge Boshell, and
orety V2 Acufia, who accompanied him on many field trips.

REFERENCES,

1. Soper, F. L. Rural and Jungle Yellow Fever—A New Public Health
Problem in Colombia. Editorial Minerva, S. A. Bogoté, Colombia, 1935.

2. Shannon, R. C. On the Classification of Brazilian Culicidae with Special
Reference to those Capable of Harboring the Yellow Fever Virus. Proc.
Ent. Soc. Wash. 33, No. 6, June, 1931.

3. da Costa Lima, A. Nota sobre Sabethineos do Grupo Joblotia. Mem.
Inst. Osw. Cruz. 25, No. 1, Feb. 1931.

4. Martini, E. Los Mosquitos de Mexico. Imprenta del Departamento de
Salubridad Publica, Mexico, D. F. Boletines Tecnicos, Serie A, No. 1,
1935.

5. Edwards, F. W. Diptera, Fam. Culicidae. Genera Insectorum, Fascicle
194, 1932.

6. da Costa Lima, A. Sobre os Mosquitos que se criam em Buracos de
Arvores. Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz. No. 23, 1930.

7. Evans, A.M. Descriptions of New Mosquitoes from South America. Ann.
Trop. Med. & Par. 18, No. 3, Oct. 1924.

8. Bonne, C.,and Bonne-Wepster, J. Mosquitoes of Surinam. Royal Colonial
Inst. of Amsterdam (Holland), No. 21, Afd. Trop. Hyg. No. 13, 1925.

9. Root, F. M. Studies on Brazilian Mosquitoes. II. Chagasia fajardoi.
Am. Jl. Hyg. 7, No. 4, July, 1927.

10. Rozeboom, L. E. Infection of Anopheles bachmanni Petrocchi with Plas-
modium Vivax Grassi & Feletti, and Observations on the Bionomics of
the Mosquito. Am. Jl. Trop. Med. 15, No. 5, Sept. 1935.

11. Curry, D. P. Some Observations on the Nyssorhynchus Group of the
Anopheles (Culicidae) of Panama. Am. Jl. Hyg. 15, No. 2, March, 1932.

12. Davis, N. C. Notes on Some South American Mosquitoes. Ann. Ent.
Soc. Amer. 26, No. 2, June, 1933.

13. Shannon, R. C., and Davis, N. C. Observations on the Anophelini (Culi-
cidae) of Bahia, Brazil. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 23, No. 3, Sept. 1930,

14. Shannon, R. C. The Anophelines of the Amazon Valley. Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash. 35, No. 7, Oct. 1933.

15. Root, F. M. Studies on Brazilian Mosquitoes. I. The Anophelines of the
Nyssorhynchus Group. Am. Jl. Hyg. 6, No. 5, Sept. 1926.

16. Root, F. M. Studies on Brazilian Mosquitoes. IV. Notes on Some
Brazilian Species of Anopheles. Am. Jl. Hyg. 7, No. 5, Sept. 1927.

17. Komp, W. H. W. Notes on the Validity of the Types of the Species in the
Subgenera Mochlostyrax and Melanoconion in the U. S. National
Museum (Diptera, Culicidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 37, No. 1, Jan.
1935.

PROC. ENT. SOC., WASH. VOL. 38, NO. 4, APR., 1936 Al

THE MALE AND LARVA OF AEDES DOMINICIIT RANGEL &
ROMERO SIERRA, AND THE MALE OF AEDES PSEUDO-
DOMINICII SP. NOV., REPRESENTATIVES OF A NEW SUB-
GENUS (SOPERIA) OF THE GENUS AEDES, FROM COLOM-
BIA.!

By W. H. W. Komp,
Sanitary Engineer, U. 8. Public Health Service.

During the course of a mosquito survey made in the vicinity
of Restrepo, Meta, Colombia, the writer found adults of what
was identified as 4edes dominicii R. & R. S. rather common in
the jungle. At the writer’s suggestion, Dr. E. Osorno M. of the
Yellow Fever Laboratory in Restrepo, collected a number of
saxicolous bromeliads, from which numerous larvae, pupae and
adults of both sexes were obtained. Neither larva nor male
have hitherto been described. In the same region, several
males of what was apparently the same species were taken by
netting. The male terminalia of 4. dominicii and of the latter
species are unlike those of any known species of New World
Aedes, but resemble each other closely. Neither species has
claspettes on the side-pieces. The only other Jedes species
known to occur in the New World which do not possess claspettes
are Aedes (Stegomyia) aegypti L., Aedes (Aedimorphus) vexans
Meigen, and Aedes (Aedes) cinereus Meigen, all of which also
occur in the Old World. It was thought that the two Colombian
species might be representatives of the genus Stegomyia, as the
adults possessed the black and white scale-vestiture character-
istic of many of the species of this genus. As the writer had no
specimens of the Oriental species of Stegomyia for comparison,
slide-mounts of the terminalia were submitted to Dr. F. W.
Edwards of the British Museum, who kindly wrote as follows:
““T have examined these and do not agree with your suggestion
that they belong to the subgenus Stegomyia. The phallosome
in both is of the Fin/aya-Ochlerotatus type, and does not at all
resemble that of Stegomyia and other ““Old-World” genera, and
I would attach more importance to the structure of the phallo-
some than to the presence or absence of claspettes.””

Therefore it seems necessary to erect another subgenus in the
genus Aedes, to include these two unique forms from South
America, characterized by their black and silvery-white scale
vestiture, and the absence of claspettes, and having a meso-
some of the Finlaya-Ochlerotatus type. I shall name this
subgenus Soperia, in honor of Dr. Fred L. Soper, representative
of the International Health Division of The Rockefeller Founda-

1 The studies and observations upon which this paper is based were made with
the support and under the auspices of the International Health Division of the
Rockefeller Foundation, in cooperation with the U. S. Public Health Service
and the Departamento Nacional de Higiene of the Republic of Colombia.

72 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 4, APR., 1936

tion for South America. The type of the subgenus is designated
as Aedes (Soperia) dominicii Rangel & Romero Sierra (1907) (1).

The writer has not seen the original description of this
species, but has seen a transcription (in French) by Surcouf and
Gonzales Rincones (2). Dyar (3) gives a recognizable descrip-
tion, presumably taken from Surcouf and Gonzales R., but says:
“Legs black; a white spot on outer third of femora; tarsi white-
ringed (exact joints not mentioned).” However, in the
description given by Surcouf and Gonzales R. it is said that the
two first joints of the tarsi of the three pairs of legs are ringed
with white at the base; the last joint of the third pair is not
white.

Regarding the identity of dedes dominicii, in view of the fact
that the author found two species in Colombia apparently
identical in coloration, it is not possible to be sure without
additional material from the type locality of dominici1, in
Venezuela. It is possible that still another species exists there,
distinct from either of the two species described in this paper.
However, until the receipt of additional material from Venez-
uela, the male and larva of the commoner species found in
Colombia will be assigned to 4. dominicii, and the other species
will be described as new.

One-half of male terminalia of 4edes pseudodominicii.
Right: Three-quarter view of mesosome.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 4, APR., 1936 #S

Notes on Aedes dominicii R. & R. S.

Considering the state of the art at the time the description
was written (1907), that given by Rangel & Romero Sierra is
very precise and accurate. However, several characters of the
adult not mentioned by them should be given, to complete the
record. These characters are taken from females bred from
isolated larvae; males having the characters in the terminalia
as given below for dominicii were bred from apparently identical
larvae. In both sexes the paired median silvery-white mesonotal
lines extend posteriorly to the scutellum, where they meet. The
middle lobe of the scutellum is silvery-scaled, and with the
lateral lobes, has many long coarse bristles. The two median
lines reach the anterior edge of the mesonotum, but do not
extend over it. At the anterior prominence, between the lines,
isasilvery spot. A silvery line on each side outlines the anterior
edge of the mesonotum. On each side of the paired median
lines, are paired submedian lines, which do not extend to the
anterior edge of the mesonotum. These lines are expanded at
their anterior ends, terminating in a rounded, laterally directed
part composed of larger, broader white scales. Sides of thorax
with patches of very broad, silvery white scales; one patch
anterior to root of wing; several patches on the proepimeron and
mesepimeron unite with those on the pronotum to form a broad

wy,

One-half of male terminalia of 4edes dominicii.
Right: Somewhat lateral view of mesosome, to show curved tips.

74 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 4, APR., 1936

white lateral line. Patches of scales on the sternopleuron and
lower edge of the mesepimeron; coxae also white-scaled. Claws
of female all simple. Abdomen with the venter of last few
segments projecting. Proepimeral, postspiracular, prealar and
sternopleural setae present; spiracular setae absent.

Mate Termina.ta: Clasper (style) long, slender, tapering, slightly expanded
at tip, with long cylindrical subterminal spine about one-third the length of
clasper. Side-piece rather short, broad, conical at tip, the ventral (apparent
dorsal) surface clothed with long truncate scales. The chitinous walls are not
continuous entirely around the side-piece, but are interrupted by a narrow
membranous area extending from base to tip, so that two “flaps,” the so-called
upper and lower flaps of the side-piece (Edwards 1920) are formed. From the
upper flap (morphologically ventral in position) arises at about the middle an
oval lobe, clothed with short setae at the base, and with very long, flattened
S-shaped setae, longer towards the apex of the lobe. A large area on the lower
flap is heavily clothed with fine setae, which towards the apex of the side-
piece become long, slender, flattened filaments, recurved and widened beyond
their middles, with long, fine filamentous tips. Claspettes absent. Mesosome
(phallosome) rather long, slender, simple; laterally compressed, the tips produced
into two horns which project forward (dorsally) and laterally; basal opening
long, oval; apical opening short, V-shaped, so that the lower bridge is narrow
and the upper bridge wide. Tenth sternites rather short, with a single recurved
tooth at tip. Lobes of the ninth tergite quadrate, sclerotized, prominent, with
5 or 6 flattened, pointed setae curving laterally.

LARVA: Head globular, nearly round. Preclypeal spines long, strong,
curved. Two pairs of anterior clypeal hairs; most anterior pair in tuft of 6, the
next posterior pair inserted slightly closer together, in tuft of 10. Posterior
clypeal hairs stronger, in tufts of 6 to 8, set more widely apart than anterior
clypeals. A 10-haired tuft on the front just posterior to base of antenna.
Subantennal tuft multiple. Inner occipital tuft weak, 3-haired. Outer occipital
tuft weak, 10-haired. Antenna short, nearly smooth (a few short weak spines
are present), cylindrical, with a 2- or 3-haired tuft slightly beyond middle, less
than half the length of the antenna. Tip of antenna with 4 or 5 long spines
and a papilla. Integument of entire body rather densely long-pilose. Many
short, stout stellate hair-tufts on both upper and lower sides of thorax and
abdomen. Lateral hairs of first and second abdominal segments in threes, on
third to fifth segments double, on sixth single. Comb of 8th segment with
9 or 10 long, smooth, unfringed, pointed spines, in a single regular row. Anal
segment longer than broad, not completely ringed by the chitinous saddle,
which is diagonally truncate at sides. Posterior edge fringed with many long
spines. Lateral tuft 2-haired, very long. Ventral brush weak, the anterior
hairs single, the most posterior 2-branched. Outer caudal tuft a single long
hair. Inner caudal tuft long, five-haired. Anal siphon about 3 times as long as
wide, slightly wider at middle, tapering to tip; the base is encircled by a dark
sclerotized ring, and the whole surface is minutely long-spicular. Pecten of
about 15 spines, shorter near base, becoming longer towards tip. Each spine
long, slightly curved, with a single short tooth at about one-third distance from
base to tip. A long 2-haired tuft is inserted just beyond the pecten.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 4, APR., 1936 75

Aedes (Soperia) pseudodominicii, new species, here described.

The author has only a few male specimens, taken by netting,
and not in perfect condition. In coloration, no constant
characters which will separate these males from those of
dominicit have been found. However, the male terminalia are
abundantly distinct, sufficiently so that they may be distinguished
from those of dominicii by direct examination, before mounting
them in balsam.

Mace Terminatia: Clasper long, flattened, thicker at base, tapering towards
tip, with rather short, blunt subterminal spine. Side-piece rather short, broad,
conically tapered towards tip, the ventral (apparent dorsal) surface clothed with
long scales. The “upper and lower flaps” are separated by a membranous area,
as in dominicii. The upper flap, which is without a definite lobe, is clothed
with few short setae towards the base; these setae become progressively longer
and coarser towards the tip, where they form a conspicuous projecting tuft,
half as long as the clasper. On the lower flap is a large triangular area, densely
clothed with fine uniform setae from tubercles, slightly longer towards the base,
shorter towards the apex of this area. Claspettes absent. Mesosome rather
short, simple, oval in cross-section, the apex produced into two curving horns,
projecting dorsally at right angles in a median plane, not laterally directed as
in dominicii. The basal opening is oval, and the apical (posterior) opening is
cut down nearly to the base in a wide V; the lower bridge (apparent ventral) is
somewhat wider than the upper bridge. Tenth sternites short, with a single
slightly serrate recurved tooth at tip. Lobes of ninth tergite prominent, rect-
angular, longer than broad, bearing many long fine curved setae from small
tubercles at the tip (in dominicii there are only 5 or 6 flattened setae here).

Type locality: Restrepo, Meta, Colombia. August-Septem-
ber, 1935.

The type will be placed in the U. S. National Museum
Collection. Other paratype males have been collected at
Retiro, near Restrepo, and at other nearby localities. The
larva is unknown, but probably breeds in bromeliads with
dominici1. It is an interesting and unusual circumstance to
find two such closely related species of a new subgenus in the
same territory. The discovery of pseudodominici1 is another
instance, if such be needed, of the necessity for examining the
male terminalia for differential characters, as the species would
undoubtedly have passed for dominicii if reliance had been
placed solely on colorational characters.

The writer is indebted to Dr. E. Osorno M. for the larva of
dominicii, and to Dr. Jorge Boshell and Sr. J. V. Acuna, all of the
Restrepo Yellow Fever Laboratory, for additional material of
dominicii and pseudodominicit.

REFERENCES.
1. Rangel and Romero Sierra, These de Doct. du Dr. Romero, Caracas, Venez-
uela, 1907.
2. Surcouf and Gonzales Rincones, Ess. Dipt. Vul. Venez., p. 134, 1911,
3. Dyar, H. G. The Mosquitoes of the Americas, p. 231, 1928,

76 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 4, APR., 1936

TETRASTICHUS BREVISTIGMA, NEW SPECIES (HYMEN-
OPTERA : EULOPHIDAE).

By A. B. Ganan,

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine,
United States Department of Agriculture.

Numerous specimens of what appear to be a new species of
Tetrastichus have been received from Mr. P. A. Berry of the
Division of Forest Insect Investigations, New Haven, Conn.,
all said to have been reared from pupae of the elm leaf beetle,
Galerucella xanthomelaena (Schrank).

This species belongs to the group having only a single erect
bristle on the submarginal vein. It is distinguishable from
any species of Tetrastichus known to the writer by the unusually
short stigmal vein, this being only slightly longer than broad
and hardly one-fifth the length of the marginal vein.

Female.—Length 1 mm. General color black with a slight metallic greenish
tinge; antennae fusco-testaceous to blackish brown; all coxae concolorous with
the thorax; hind femora mostly blackish, the median and anterior femora
usually, though not always, somewhat infuscated basally; all trochanters,
tibiae, and tarsi, the greater part of anterior and median femora, and apices of
hind femora testaceous, the apical joint of tarsi brownish; wings hyaline, vena-
tion fuscous. Head and thorax rather weakly lineolately sculptured; meso-
scutum with complete parapsidal grooves and a delicate median groove; scutel-
lum with the two dorsal grooves delicate but distinct; propodeum very weakly
sculptured, without carinae or folds; abdomen short ovate, about as broad as
the thorax and about as long as the thorax, weakly sculptured, the ovipositor
not exserted. Antennae slightly clavate, the first funicle joint subequal to the
pedicel and nearly twice as long as thick, the second and third funicle joints
each very slightly shorter than the first; club distinctly a little thicker than the
funicle, a little longer than the two preceding funicle joints, 3-jointed, the
apical joint terminated by a weak spine. Fore wings broad, their breadth equal
to nearly half their length, broadly and evenly rounded at apex, the marginal
cilia short; hind wings about one-third as broad as the fore wings, subacute at
apex, the marginal cilia equal to a little less than half the width of wing blade.

Male.—Length 0.95 mm. Antennae with four subequal funicle joints, the
first very slightly shorter than pedicel and a little more than one and one-half
times as long as broad; club a little thicker than funicle and somewhat longer
than the two preceding funicle joints; funicle joints hairy but none of the hairs
over twice the length of a joint. Abdomen elliptical, a little shorter than the
thorax and not as broad as thorax. Otherwise agreeing with the female.

Type.—Cat. No. 51446, U. S. N. M.

Described from the following specimens: 15 females (one of
which is the holotype) and 12 males under Gipsy Moth Labora-
tory No. 10038, Middleboro, Mass., Aug. 15, 1935; 10 females

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 4, APR., 1936 77

under the same laboratory number, Woburn, Mass., Aug. 15,
1932; 2 females and 13 males also umder the same laboratory
number, Woburn, Mass., July 20, 1935; and 13 females under
Gipsy Moth Laboratory No. 13637, Woburn, Mass., Aug. 14,
1932,

MINUTES OF THE 472D REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, MARCH 5, 1936.

The 472d meeting of the Society was held at 8 p. m., Thursday, March 5, 1936,
in Room 43 of the Natural History. pu ging. of the National Museum. There
were present 35 members and 12 visitors. S. B. Fracker, President, presided.
The minutes of the previous meeting were a and approved.

Upon recommendation of the Executive Committee, W. J. Ingram and L. D.
Christenson of the Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine were elected to
membership by unanimous vote of the Society.

The Chairman announced the death of our fellow member A. N. Caudell.
Dr. L. O. Howard and August Busck, appointed as a committee by the chair,
drew up the following resolution which was read by the recording secretary:

In Memoriam
ANDREW NELSON CAUDELL

Resolved that the following be spread upon the minutes of this meeting,
March 5, 1936.

“The Entomological Society of Washington has lost by death its beloved
member and former President, Andrew Nelson Caudell.

“We express our sorrow, that the Society and Science has been deprived of a
valuable, leading worker—that each of us members has lost a faithful, ever-
helpful friend—and we extend our sincerest sympathy to his bereaved widow
and family.

“We unanimously decree that a biography of our late friend with a bibli-
ography of his published works be prepared and published in the Proceedings
of the Society.”

Mr. Carl Heinrich, reporting for the committee of C. F. W. Muesebeck and
himself, read the following resolution in connection with the recent death of our
fellow member F. H. Benjamin:

“The Entomological Society records with deep regret the death on January
24 of our fellow member, Foster H. Benjamin. From early boyhood Mr.
Benjamin had been a serious and enthusiastic student of the Lepidoptera. His
unusual memory, keen eye for insect characters, his tireless industry and deep
affection for his work made him an exceptionally valuable taxonomist. Though
still comparatively young he was already a recognized authority on American
Lepidoptera and his untimely death cuts short a most promising career. We
regret his loss and extend our deepest sympathy to his wife and children.”

S. A. Rohwer spoke of the custom of preparing a biography of deceased
members and a bibliography of their published works. Articles for both the
above deceased members are being prepared and will be published in the Pro-
ceedings.

Under the heading of notes, Miss Grace Sandhouse exhibited a nest of the
wasp Odyneus bidens. This is the first record of the nesting habit of this wasp.

Mr. Rohwer called attention to the meeting of the Newell Entomological
Society which was to be held in Gainesville, Florida, on February 28, 1936.
The program for the meeting indicated that ‘it was an all-day session divided

78 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 4, APR., 1936

into three parts—a morning session, an afternoon session and an evening session,
the latter to be preceded by a dinner at which there were a number of guest
speakers, and Dr. Wilmon Newell, after whom the Society was named, was to be
the honored guest. Mr. Rohwer pointed out that this was the second ento-
mological society to be established in Florida. From information available,
it is not known whether the newly established society proposes to issue a maga-
zine or a journal. Mr. Rohwer expressed the opinion that the science of ento-
mology and entomologists in general would benefit if they formed one strong
national association, somewhat on the order of the chemists or the medical
profession, making provision for branches or sections which would include local
societies like the two mentioned. He expressed the belief that such a strong
central organization would unify and strengthen entomology and would simplify
many problems as to publication, storage of numbers of publications, assure
some continuity of the publication and enable the handling of business affairs
regarding publications, etc., in a more effective manner.

The first paper on the regular program was by Francis Munger and entitled
‘Median lethal high temperature curve for the cyclamen mite.” In 1928, at
the University of Minnesota, preliminary tests showed that hot water might
be used as a control for Tarsonemas pallidus Banks. A special technique was
devised to determine the effect of high temperatures upon the mite. This
technique, based upon the negative geotropism of the mite, consisted, first, in
collecting the mites into tiny glass vials and, second, in dipping these vials in
hot water of various temperatures. The data gathered was used as a guide for
planning practical experiments with hot water on infested plants. (Author’s
abstract.)

This paper was discussed by McIndoo.

F. F. Smith gave the second talk entitled “Mite injury and certain abnormal
growth conditions on African Violet with notes on control.” This paper dis-
cussed the injury done by a tarsonemid mite to African violet and was illustrated
‘by slides. Hot water dips were found effective for control.

A third paper entitled “Photographing the genitalia of large beetles’? was
given by Mr. J. G. Pratt. The slides presented showed the many difficulties
which had to be overcome in order to photograph Phyllophaga genitalia. Mod-
ern lenses were capable of giving a depth of focus of less than 1 mm. at 20
diameters; whereas the genitalia have a thickness each way to upwards of 3 mm.
This difficulty was overcome by combining an eye-piece with a 6 inch lens which
necessitated lengthening the substage track of the microscope, and fashioning
a specimen stage 10 inches in front of the lens. This set-up gave 5 mm. depth of
focus, sharp image, and no distortion. As the specimens are so far toward the
infrared of the spectrum it was found necessary to paint the specimens with an
airbrush in order to record their delicate contours, no plates and color screens
having been so far developed which would photograph the dark reddish chitin.
As five different views of each specimen were required,—front, back, both sides
and top—and they were too small to handle except with a pair of forceps under
a binocular, a specimen holder on the principle of a universal joint was de-
veloped so that once the specimen is in place before the camera, all five views
could be taken in quick succession, changing the position required merely by
the turning of a thumbscrew. (Author’s abstract.)

This paper was discussed by McIndoo, Graf, and Hall.

In answer to the invitation by the chair, the following introduced themselves
to the society: J. W. Ingram of Hammar, La., and Mr. McGowan, who had
previously been engaged in exploring South Africa for Mediterranean Fruit
Fly parasites.

Meeting adjourned at 9.35 p. M.

Henry H. Ricuarpson,
Recording Secretary.

Actual date of publication, May 6, 1936.

VOL. 38 MAY, 1936 No. 5

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

KENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF WASHINGTON _aa
; MAN Tis77 >

d Oy ~ .

CONTENTS

KING, W. V., AND BAISAS——A NEW SPECIES AND A NEW VARIETY OF PHILIP-

PINE ANOPHELES RELATED TO ANOPHELES LEUCOSPHYRUS DONITZ . 79

KNOWLTON, G. F., AND SMITH, C. F.—THE APHID GENUS EPIMEIBAPHIS IN

UA Way oem on Tal auld ot CAPA De Wcaes ao ces to MOREE al eee. 8D
TOWNSEND, LEE H.—THE MATURE LARVA AND PUPARIUM OF BRACHYCOMA
SARCOPHAGINA (TOWNSEND) (DIPTERA: METOPIIDAE) ....... 92

PusiisHeD Monruiy Excepr Jury, AuGust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrGanizeED Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the Proceedings and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1936.

Honorary President 002) on 5 ie te Gee da L. O. HOWARD
PrOSIGENE DS ihe a A ae ee ee SAS POO ee ee: S. B. FRACKER
Furst VicesPreageni <5 oS oe eke ete .N. E. McINDOO
SE CONGAVUCEAETOSNACRE 6a ve es te hs a SE ... + » Hy MORRISON
Recording Secretary ....... Pete? .:. ..H. Bt RICHARDSOm
Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer ......... .». .): EGR
Fidiiar a ne Ae eras cee Bey i Bake Slits Woe Rome . W. R. WALTON

J. S. WADE
Nominated to represent the Society as Vice-President
of the Washington Academy. of Sciences. ........ A; Hi GLARE

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Published monthly, except July, August and September, by the Society at
Washington, D. C. Terms of subscription: Domestic, $4.00 per annum;
foreign, $4.25 per annum; recent single numbers, 50 cents, foreign postage
extra. All subscriptions are payable in advance. Remittances should be made
payable to the Entomological Society of Washington.

An author of a leading article in the ProcEeEpines will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies PUI 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

ROE. 38 MAY, 1936 Nox-5

A NEW SPECIES AND A NEW VARIETY OF PHILIPPINE
ANOPHELES RELATED TO ANOPHELES
LEUCOSPHYRUS DONITZ.!

By W. V. Kine,
Division of Insects Affecting Man and Animals, Bureau of Entomology and
Plant Quarantine, U. S. Department of Agriculture,
AND

F. E. Batsas, Philippine Health Service.

The first specimens of a new species of 4nopheles belonging
to the /eucosphyrus subgroup were collected in 1930 on the
Island of Mindanao by D. Santiago. Two years later, on a
collecting trip arranged ‘by the senior author, a larger series of the
new species and specimens of a new variety of 4. leucosphyrus
Donitz were obtained in the same locality by the junior author.

The adults of the two new forms are similar in appearance
and are distinguished principally by the absence of a prehumeral
white spot on the costa in 4. cristatus, sp. n. The larvae,
however, are quite distinct, that of 4. cristatus having large,
conspicuously branched postclypeal hairs, separating da
species at once from the other members of the series and,
fact, from all the Philippine Myzomyia. The larval ees
of A. leucosphyrus riparis, var. n., are similar to those described
for the type form. The adult is distinguished from the type
form by the presence of a dark stripe on the white band of the
hind tibia, by reduced palpal and tarsal banding, and by other
differences noted in the descriptions.

The /eucosphyrus subgroup, or series, 1s characterized by
the presence of a conspicuous white band on the apical part of
the hind tibia and base of the first hind-tarsal segment. The
subgroup belongs to group Neomyzomyia, in which the palpi
have four or more pale bands, the wings usually with multiple
dark spots on some of the veins (more than three on vein 6)
the legs usually speckled, propleural hairs present, and pronotal
lobes usually with scale tufts. In the larval stage the inner
clypeal hairs are widely separated and none of the pleural hairs
are feathered.

1 The studies on which this paper is based were carried out under the auspices
of the International Health Division of the Rockefeller Foundation, in coopera-

80 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 5, MAY, 1936

Anopheles (Myzomyia) cristatus, sp. n.

Female.—Antennae with a few white scales on the first flagellar segment.
Palpi of type specimen somewhat shrunken and distorted, but in other specimens
as long as the proboscis or nearly so; palpal segments mostly covered with dark
scales, which are long and semierect toward base; four pale bands, one each
at the apex of segments 2, 3, 4, and 5. Segment 5 is usually merely tipped with
pale scales, and the preceding bands are usually very narrow; one specimen,
however, has the apical segment divided into nearly equal lengths of black and
pale scales, and another has the distal two-thirds white.

Anterior pronotal (prothoracic) lobes small, with a small tuft of broad, dark
scales; propleural (prosternal) hairs single on each side; other lateral thoracic
hairs not distinct on the type specimen but in other specimens consisting of 1
or 2 spiracular hairs (very small and pale), 2 to 4 pre-alar hairs, 2 or 3 upper and
1 or 2 lower sternopleural hairs, and 3 to 5 upper mesepimeral hairs. Meso-
notum with sparse, yellowish hairlike scales, broader white ones in front,
centrally and laterally, and darker broad ones lower down on the anterior
promontory.

Wing (Plate 4, 4) 3.0 mm., with contrasting cream and black scaling; multiple
spots on some of the veins, as in /eucosphyrus, the number varying from 4 to 7
on vein 6 (4m). Costa usually with a spot of pale scales over the humeral cross
vein; prehumeral pale spot usually absent (14 of 16 specimens), a small inter-
ruption occurring on one wing of one specimen and a few pale scales at this
point on another. Presector dark spot of vein 1 (R1) about equal in length to
that on costa and subcosta, not interrupted with white. An accessory sector
spot constantly present on subcosta and vein | and frequently on costa;
on vein 1 this spot often continuous with sector spot. Subapical dark spot
of vein 1 usually having one white interruption, but sometimes entirely dark;
basal end even with that of the corresponding spot on costa. Vein 2 (R »+3)
with a comparatively large dark spot basally and a small one at the fork, this
vein appearing to start as a branch of vein 1, instead of having the more usual
nearly right-angled cross-vein connection.? Wing fringe with a pale spot at
the tip of 5.2 (Cuz) in half the specimens, but fringe spots lacking between
5.2 and 6 and at the tip of the latter. Other wing markings as shown in the
illustration, some slight variations occurring in the number of spots on the
jongitudinal veins.

Legs well speckled with yellowish scales; front femora pale ventrally on apical
half. First tarsal segment of fore legs well speckled; small apical and basal
white bands at tarsal joints 1-2, 2-3, and 3-4; last tarsal and apical part of
fourth segment dark. Mid-tarsi unbanded and with only the merest indi-

tion with the Philippine Health Service, the Philippine Bureau of Science, and
the Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, U. S. Department of Agri-
culture.

The specimen material of the two new forms has been on hand for some time,
but their description has been delayed pending an opportunity on the part of
the senior author, who has in the meantime returned to the United States, to
complete a comparative study of related forms.

2 This rather interesting deviation also occurs in 4. kochi, A. leucosphyrus
and A. kolambuganensis (but not in A. tessellatus or A. karwari) and is corre-
lated with an accessory sector spot that tends to involve the costal vein.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38 PLATE 4

s Meee
LE SIMA E NE

ee LOOM. 4

1-00 mm j

t 1,00 mt Mt le

A, Wing of type female of Anopheles cristatus.

B, Wings of type female (upper) and allotype male (lower) of Anopheles
leucosphyrus var. riparis.

[81]

82 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 5, MAY, 1936

cation of paler scales at the apex of some of the segments; first tarsal segment
unspeckled or with 1 to 4 scattered spots. Hind tibia with a prominent pale
area apically, one-fifth to one-fourth the length of the segment dorsally and
laterally but much shorter ventrally, owing to a streak of dark scales extending
nearly to the joint; first hind-tarsal segment with a basal continuation of the
tibial band; first and second hind-tarsal segments with scattered speckling;
tarsal segments 1, 2, 3, and 4 tipped with pale scales, the spots on | and 4
usually not conspicuous.

Abdomen black and devoid of scales except for a fringe of yellowish ones on
segment 8 and on the cerci.

Male.—Similar in general to female. Palpal club pale except for a dark band
at the base and a narrow one (sometimes incomplete) centrally; preceding
segment with a wide apical white band and a dorsal spot or streak of white
scales, of varying size, centrally; junction of segments 2 and 3 bare of scales,
with pale chitin showing; segment 2 (first long segment) with a patch of white
scales centrally or basally.

Propleural hairs of thorax single.

Wing with dark areas somewhat reduced; prehumeral pale spot of costa
absent in all except one specimen, in which a small interruption occurs; presector
dark spot of vein 1 not interrupted with white and of length about equal to
that on costa; accessory sector spot present on costa, subcosta, and vein 1
(lacking on only one costa), sometimes, especially on vein 1, continuous with
sector spot. Fringe spot at tip of vein 5.2 present in 7 of 10 specimens.

Coxite (side piece) of terminalia with a group of 4 parabasal spines, 1 separ-
ated from others. Harpago (claspette) with a fused club, an apical hair of
about same length as club and 1 somewhat shorter hair internally arising
near base of apical hair. (Pl. 5, c) Phallosome (mesosome) with 5 to 9
delicate leaflets on each side, some of which have 2 to 4 small serrations on
one edge basally or centrally; length of longest leaflets 0.030 to 0.035 mm.
(PL. 5; as)

Larva.3—Inner anterior clypeal hairs widely separated at base and with
distinct side branches on basal half; outer clypeal hairs somewhat more than
half length of inner, with several stout branches; postclypeal hairs as long as
outer and conspicuously branched, bases intermediate between those of inner
and outer hairs. (PI. 5, e.)

Inner occipital hair usually simple or forked, occasionally 3-branched;
outer occipitals usually forked, sometimes 3-branched or simple. Inner anterior
thoracic, or shoulder, hair (no. 1 of prothorax) with 9 to 20 branches, usually
12 to 18; median hair (no. 2) with 7 to 17 branches, usually 12 to 16. Basal
tubercles of these hairs not fused.

Ventral pleural hair group of prothorax with 3 long, simple hairs, 1 of which
may be forked; pleural hair groups of meso- and meta-thorax each with the
2 long hairs simple.

Thoracic palmate hair (Pl. 5, f) with 6 to 12 leaflets, somewhat broadened

3[llustrations of some of the larval characters for this species have been
published, under the designation of “‘near-/eucosphyrus,” by Russell and
Baisas (Philip. Jour. Sci. 55 : 307-336, illus. 1934), and only certain ones
are included here for convenient comparison.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 5, MAY, 1936 83

and tapering to a sharp point or slender filament. Palmate hair of first abdomi-
nal segment with 1 to 5 leaflets, undeveloped or only slightly broadened.
Palmate hair of second abdominal segment (Pl. 5, g) with 11 to 24 leaflets,
somewhat smaller than those on succeeding segments but well developed and
with differentiated filaments; leaflets of palmate hairs on remaining segments
long and fairly narrow, notched at outer one-fourth, and tapering to a fine
point.

Lateral abdominal hairs of segments 4 to 6 with from 2 to 5 branches but
usually with 3, branching occurring at about one-fourth to one-third of distance
from base. Prepalmate hair (no. 2) with 3 to 6 branches on segment 2, 2 to 5
branches on segment 3, | to 3 branches (usually 2) on segments 4 and 5, 2 or 3
on segment 6 (no. 3 on this segment), and 2 to 4 on segment 7. Pecten of eighth
segment (PI. 5, 4) with 10 or 11 teeth, most of which are of approximately
equal length and serrated on basal half.

Types.—Type female, specimen no. 358-2, reared from larva
collected by F. E. Baisas on March 30, 1932, at Titunod,
Kolambugan, Lanao Province, Mindanao, P. I. Allotype male,
no. 350-9, collected as larva in the same locality on March 23.
The type specimens, with slide mounts of larval and pupal
skins, are to be deposited in the United States National Museum.
The entire series consists of 17 males and 16 females, of which
3 males and 2 females were collected in the vicinity of Kolam-
bugan by D. Santiago in December, 1930, the remainder in the
same locality by the junior author in March and April, 1932.
The larval material consists of about 50 skins or whole larvae.

Breeding places—The larvae of Anopheles cristatus were
found by Mr. Baisas only in holes in the rock formation in the
bed of a small stream, a branch of the Tinae Manoc. Most of
these rock holes were only a few inches in diameter. The
larvae are black and prefer holes in the dense shade of over-
hanging bushes. Some of the larvae of /eucosphyrus variety
riparis were found in larger rock holes in the same area, but
we have no record of the two species having been taken from
the same hole.

Anopheles (Myzomyia) leucosphyrus variety riparis, var. n.

A series of adult specimens reared from larvae obtained in
the vicinity of Kolambugan, Island of Mindanao, differ suffi-
ciently from the type form of /eucosphyrus and its variety
hackeri to warrant their separation as a distinct geographical
variety. The specimen material at hand of the Mindanao
form consists of 17 males, 30 females, and about 65 larval
skins or whole larvae.

Female.—Palpal bands very narrow and the apex merely tipped with white
in most of the specimens, the bands occasionally somewhat wider or, as an
extreme variation (in two specimens), segments 4 and 5 largely white-scaled;

PLATE 5 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38

OLMIS

Parts or Mate TERMINALIA.

Anopheles cristatus, a, leaflets of phallosome, c, harpago; 2 as

Anopheles leucosphyrus var. riparis, b, leaflets of phallosome, d, harpago.- -..--

Anopheles cristatus, e, clypeal hairs; f, thoracic palmate hair; g, palmate hair
of second abdominal segment; 4, pecten of eighth segment.

[ 84]

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 5, MAY, 1936 85

length of palpi equal or nearly equal to that of proboscis, at least reaching base
oflabella. Propleural thoracic hairs single. Wing (PI. 4, B, upper) with prehum-
eral and humeral pale costal spots on all specimens; presector dark spot of
vein | no longer than that on costa, uninterrupted with white; accessory sector
spot usually extending onto costa; subapical dark spot of vein 1 with one white
interruption or, if continuously dark, slightly shortened at basal end, other-
wise of about same length as corresponding spot on costa. Tarsal apical
white bands small and inconspicuous on hind legs, and basal band lacking on
segment 4; mid-tarsi unbanded or with a mere indication of pale scales; front
tarsal bands narrow. Femur, tibia, and first tarsal segments well speckled;
average number of spots on first mid-tarsal about 6, with a range up to 15.
Apical tibial band long except in front, where dark scales extend nearly to tip,
as in cristatus.

Male.—Wing markings (Pl. 4, B, lower) and tarsal bands similar in general
to those of female. Scaling of club similar to that of cristatus. Propleural
hairs single, except for one specimen which has 2 hairs on one side.
Coxite of terminalia with a group of 4 parabasal spines, 1 somewhat separated
from the remainder of the group. Phallosome with 6 to 9 leaflets (PI. 5, 4)
on each side; some of the leaflets rather coarsely serrated, the long one on both
edges; length of longest leaflet 0.035-0.040 mm. Harpago (PI. 5, @) with apical
hair about as long as club and with one internal hair about half as long.

Larva.—Inner clypeal hairs sparsely frayed, outer hairs usually simple
seldom forked, and half or less than half length of inner; postclypeal hairs short,
usually simple, sometimes 2- to 5-branched. (Fig. 1, a.) Inner occipital hair
usually simple but may have 2 to $ branches; outer occipital hair with from
2 to 7 branches. Anterior thoracic (shoulder) hairs well branched, inner with
an average of 16 branches, middle with an average of 13; basal tubercles may or
may not be fused. Ventral pleural hairs of thorax not feathered. Thoracic
palmate hair (Fig. 1, 4) and those of abdominal segments 1 and 2 (Fig. 1, c)
undeveloped. Lateral abdominal hairs usually 2-branched on segments 4 and 5
and 3-branched on segment 6, but with a variation of 1 or 2 branches; hairs
branched near base as a rule. Pecten of eighth segment (Fig. 1, 2) with short
teeth half or less than half length of long ones; teeth serrated on basal half.

Types.—Type female, no. 382-8, reared from larva collected
on April 22, 1932, in vicinity of Kolambugan, Lanao Province,
Mindanao, P. I. Allotype male, no. 365-2, collected as larva
(at Titunod) on April 6, 1932. Type specimens, with slide
mounts of larval skins, to be deposited in the United States
National Museum.

Breeding places—Larvae were first taken in rock holes in
locations similar to those noted for cristatus. They were ob-
tained later in considerable numbers in other types of pools
left in stream beds by receding water or between boulders at
the edge of the stream. The larvae are light in color in contrast
to the black larvae of cristatus.

86 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 5, MAY, 1936

Fic. 1.—Anopheles leucosphyrus var. riparis, a, clypeal hairs; 4, thoracic
palmate hairs; c, palmate hair of second abdominal segment;
d, pecten of eighth segment.

CoMPARISON OF SPECIES AND VARIETIES.

Variety riparis differs from the type form of leucosphyrus
in having a stripe of dark scales on the frontal aspect of the
apical tibial band, in the narrower bands of the two apical
palpal segments, in the reduced tarsal banding, and probably
in the scaling of the presector and subapical dark spots on wing

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 5, MAY, 1936 87

vein |. The presector dark spot is no longer than that on the
costa and is uninterrupted with white scaling. The subapical
dark spot has only one white interruption, and occasionally
none. Several specimens of /eucosphyrus from the Island of
Luzon have a longer presector dark spot on the first vein,
extending to the middle of the presector white spot or farther,
and with 1| to 3 white interruptions. The subapical dark spot
has 2 to 4 white interruptions, and the base usually extends into
the area of the subcostal white spot. Two specimens at hand,
labeled “4. leucosphyrus, Borneo” (received through the kind-
ness of Dr. R. Soesilo), and also the wing of /eucosphyrus as
illustrated by Christophers* show markings similar to the
Luzon material in these respects. The portions of legs remaining
on the Borneo specimens have conspicuous tarsal bands, with a
basal spot on segment 4 and a pale tip on segment 5 of the hind
tarsi. The two forms may also differ in the number of thoracic
propleural hairs of the male. One male at hand labeled “4.
leucosphyrus, Malaria Bureau F. M. S.,” and 2 of 3 males at
hand from Luzon, P. I., have double hairs on each side; the
third Luzon specimen has 2 on one side but apparently only 1
on the other. Single hairs are present on each side in 16 of the
17 males from Mindanao, the other specimen having 2 hairs on
one side and | on the other.

From the published descriptions, the adult of 4. leucosphyrus
var. hackeri Edwards differs from variety riparis in the shorter
palpi and probably in the absence of dark scaling on the apical
tibial band. The illustration of the larva of variety hackeri
given by Gater® shows the clypeal hairs all simple, with the
outer and posterior ones unusually long. This author also
states that the palmate hair of abdominal segment 2 is fully
developed.

Workers in the Netherlands East Indies do not distinguish
larvae of variety Aackeri from those of /eucosphyrus, and it is
presumed that these larvae have branched inner clypeal hairs
and a rudimentary palmate hair on segment 2. If the identi-
fications of variety hackeri for this region have been based
mainly on the difference in the palpal bands rather than on the
comparative length of the palpi (the published keys give the
former as the first point of distinction), it seems probable that
their form is more closely related to variety riparis. The
distribution given by Swellengrebel and Rodenwaldt® for
variety Aackeri is more within the general region of Mindanao

4 Christophers, S. R. Fauna of British India. Diptera, v. 4. Family Culi-
cidae, Tribe Anophelini, p. 178. London (1933).

5 Gater, B. A. R. Aids to the Identification of Anopheline Larvae in Malaya,
p. 119. Singapore (1934).

6 Swellengrebel, N. H., and Rodenwaldt, E. Die Anophelen von Nieder-
landisch-Ostindien, p. 197. Jena (1932).

88 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 38, NO..5, MAY, 1936

than of the Malay Peninsula, which is the type locality of
hackert.

The adults of variety riparis resemble those of cristatus
more closely than any of the other forms, the principal point of
distinction being the presence of a prehumeral pale spot in the
former. As previously indicated, however, the larvae are
distinct, especially in the branching of the clypeal hairs and in
the development of the second abdominal palmate hair.

Anopheles incognitus Brug., a species described from a single
larval specimen from Dutch New Guinea, appears to have
postclypeal hairs similar to those of cristatus. The inner
anterior thoracic hairs as described, however, are much smaller
and with fewer branches. Swellengrebel and Rodenwaldt’
place the species provisionally near the groups Neoce/lia and
Cellia on the basis of a feathered long hair in each of the thoracic
pleural hair groups, which, of course, would separate it at once
from the /eucosphyrus subgroup.

Of the Philippine material of this subgroup, the specimens
taken on the Island of Luzon come nearest to the type form of
leucosphyrus, except perhaps for the reduced tarsal banding.
The available material and descriptive matter for /eucosphyrus
type and variety hackeri are, however, not sufficient to permit
a detailed comparison, and the specimens from Luzon are
provisionally identified as leucosphyrus.

So far as we have been able to make comparisons in the
species discussed here, no marked differences have been noted
in the characters of the male genitalia.

SuMMARY OF DISTINGUISHING CHARACTERS,
Adults.

1. White band of hind tibia with a stripe of dark scales on the frontal,
or ventral, aspect; presector dark spot of vein | uninterrupted with
white and no longer than the corresponding spots on costa and
subcosta; subapical dark spot of vein 1 with one white interrup-
tion or none; female palpi as long as proboscis or nearly so; palpal
and tarsal banding reduced; both sexes usually with single
EHOFACIEsPLOp le rials iia 11s Seemann eee nen eee eee ee tenes eee eee = 2. ee »
White tibial band entirely encircling segment; presector dark spot of
vein 1 with 1 or more white interruptions and usually extending
basally into area of presector white spot; subapical dark spot of
vein | with 2 to 4 white interruptions; prehumeral white spot of
costa present; males usually (?) with 2 thoracic propleural hairs on
each side (no male specimens of var. hackeri available). 3

7 Op. cit., p. 191.

PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 5, MAY, 1936 89

2. Costal prehumeral white spot absent, or rarely present on one wing;
first mid-tarsal segment unspeckled or with few spots...
A. cristatus, sp. n.
Costal prehumeral white spot present; first mid-tarsal segment usually
welllswecklecdt 29 shot ata) 2. Se eb A. leucosphyrus riparis, var. n.
3. Female palpi as long or nearly as long as proboscis; well-marked palpal
and tarsal banding on type form (tarsal banding reduced on Luzon
SPECIMENS mee en tae ei ee ee emp ery lees! tel A. leucosphyrus
Female palpi much shorter than proboscis; narrow palpal and tarsal
bands. (The published descriptions of this variety are incomplete)
A. leucosphyrus var. hackeri

Larvae.

1. Large, strongly branched postclypeal hairs, reaching well beyond front
of clypeus; anterior clypeal hairs rather strongly branched or
frayed; palmate hair of second abdominal segment well developed;
thoracic palmate hair partially developed; basal tubercles of
shoulder hairs not fused; teeth of pecten mostly subequal in
Vr shi 8 Ne a re ns eG Sean, St Repos A ae BE hel A. cristatus
Postclypeal hairs either much shorter or unbranched; anterior clypeal
hairs simple or weakly frayed; thoracic palmate hair not de-
veloped; basal tubercles of shoulder hairs frequently or usually
LUST) LE a a ee eee ee ee a eee ee ee 2
2. Palmate hairs of second abdominal segment ee eloped; postclypeal
and outer clypeal hairs more than half as long as inner; all clypeal
hanes stiri lees oe et eee See Se ey 4. leucosphyrus var. hackeri
Palmate hairs of second abdominal segment rudimentary; postclypeal
and outer clypeal hairs short, usually simple, sometimes forked,
or postclypeal with several slender branches; inner clypeal hairs
sparsely frayed; pecten with a few long teeth, the others distinctly
shorter tae eee A. leucosphyrus and A. leucosphyrus var. riparis

THE APHID GENUS EPAMEIBAPHIS IN UTAH.!
By G. F. Know tron anp C. F. Smiru.?

The genus Epameibaphis Oestlund may be characterized as: Vertex nearly
flat; secondary sensoria circular; cornicles cylindrical with conspicuous knob-
shaped apex; wing venation as in the genus 4phis; hairs long, many of thm
blunt, enlarged, or flattened at tip. Genotype Aphis frigidae Oest.

Oestlund, 19th Rpt. State Ent. Minn., pp. 132-133. 1922.

Key To SPECIES.

A. (Cornicl es blake: 22 ere on once tek, Se eee I) aes atricornis
Xe Nem © OLIICLES PAL Ce ge tS olga oie aetna ee eee eee ee B.
B. Sensoria present upon antennal III in aptera (Fig. 1- “Te eee

B.B. Sensoria absent from antennal III in aptera (Fig. 1-F) utahensis n. sp.

90 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 5, MAY, 1936

Epameibaphis frigidae (Oestlund).
Oestlund, Geol. Surv. Minn., 14th Rept. 46, 1886. Aphis.

Material previously recorded as this species (Canad. Ent.
67 : 193, 1935) has proved to be E. utahensis. Material col-
lected at Pingree Park, Colorado, August 21, 1935, and at
Kremling, Colorado, August 24, 1935 (Knowlton), and identified
by Prof. M. A. Palmer, proved to be quite different from the
Utah material. The following notes are taken from the Colorado
specimens:

Apterous vivipara.—Antennal III, 0.17 to 0.24 mm. long with 1 sensorium;
IV, 0.14 to 0.17; V, 0.13 to 0.17; VI, 0.09 to 0.11 + 0.28 to 0.38 mm.; hind
tibiae pale, rather slender and 0.48 to 0.66 mm. long; hind tarsi 0.09 to 0.11 mm.;
cornicles rather slender, pale, 0.39 to 0.47 mm.

Epameibaphis atricornis Gillette and Palmer.
Gillette and Palmer, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 26: 348, 1933.

Alate vivipara.—Size 1.2 to 1.41 mm. long; ocular tubercles rudimentary or
lacking; antennae 1.46 to 1.56 mm. long, black beyond basal fifth of II;
antennal III, 0.23 to 0.31; IV, 0.24 to 0.26; V, 0.23 to 0.27; VI, 0.11 to 0.14
plus 0.45 to 0.52 mm. long; antennal III with 4 to 8 circular sensoria; rostrum
tip acute, beyond hairs needlelike; hairs upon vertex blunt to slightly enlarged
at tip; wing veins dusky; abdomen with dusky lateral and dorsal areas; cornicles
cylindrical, black, 0.26 to 0.37 mm. long; cauda dusky, somewhat tapered,
apex rounded.

Apterous vivipara.—Body frosted brown to greenish and armed with long,
blunt hairs; antennae 1.25 to 1.48 mm. long, dusky beyond, or including apex
of III; antennal III, 0.21 to 0.26; IV, 0.21 to 0.24; V, 0.21 to 0.24; VI, 0.11
plus 0.39 to 0.52 (one specimen 0.14 plus 0.52) mm.; secondary sensoria lacking;
legs black; hind tibiae, 0.73 to 0.81 mm.; hind tarsi, 0.13 to 0.15 mm.; cornicles
cylindrical, black, very characteristically knobbed at tip, and 0.34 to 0.44 mm.
long.

Localities from which alate and apterous forms of this species were collected
are: Cedar Creek, June 9, 1930; Cedar Valley, June 13, 1935; Maple Canyon,
June 7, 1935; Mill Creek Canyon, June 28, 1925; Rattlesnake Pass, May 19,
1930, on Artemisia tridentata. Apterous forms only were collected at: Ash Creek,
Washington County, April 25, 1935; Brigham, June 17, July 19, and September
27, 1927; Cache Junction, May 17, 1927; Circleville Canyon, June 19, 1935;
Curlew Valley, June 9, 1930; Dewey, April 28 and July 19, 1927; Glendale,
June 18, 1935; Hardup, June 9, 1930; Honeyville, April 28, May 17, July 19,
and September 3, 1927; 12 miles southeast Hurricane, July 11, 1925; Kosmo
June 9, 1930; Parley’s Canyon, August 16, 1935; and Snowville, April 30, 1930,
Utah, on Artemisia sp., usually tridentata.

8 a ah as Re NE EERE HES Persea mm OY CAE
1 Contribution from the Department of Entomology, Utah Agricultural
Experiment Station.
2 Associate Entomologist and Graduate Assistant, respectively. Authorized
for publication, January 18, 1936.

PROC. ENT. SOC., WASH. VOL, 38, NO. 5, MAY, 1936 9]

eae

Epameibaphis utahensis, n. sp.

Apterous vivipara.—Color whitish to gray over a grayish-green body; body
0.9 to 1.23 mm. long; width through eyes 0.37 to 0.41; antennae 0.98 to 1.1 mm.
long and dusky beyond middle of V; antennal III, 0.2 to 0.23 mm. long and
without sensoria; IV, 0.16 to 0.23; V, 0.16 to 0.23; VI, 0.9 to 0.12 + 0.28 to
0.41 mm. long; rostral IV + V, 0.14 to 0.16 mm.; cornicles pale to slightly dusky
toward apex, 0.32 to 0.41 mm. long; cauda, 0.1 to 0.123; hind tibiae pale, 0.59
to 0.72 mm.; hind tarsi, 0.11 to 0.12 mm. long.

Alate vivipara.—Body 0.92 to 1.2 mm. long; width across the eyes 0.37;
antennae 1.16 to 1.19 mm.; antennal III, 0.22 to 0.25 with 5 to 6 sensoria;
IV, 0.2; V, 0.2; VI, 0.1*to 0.12 + 0.41 to 0.43 mm.; rostral IV + V, 0.13;
cornicles pale, knobbed at apex, 0.29 mm.; cauda pale, 0.9; hind tibiae pale,
0.61 to 0.64; hind tarsi, 0.12 mm.

Apterous ovipara.—Measurements in general as in apterous vivipara; cautda
0.14 to 0.164 mm. long; hind tibiae (Fig. 1-B) swollen over proximal half and
studded with 25 to 35 sensoria.

Collected upon Artemisia, the usual species being tridentata. Alate and
apterous specimens were collected at Hardup, Curlew Valley, and Cedar Creek,
Utah, June 9, 1930 (Knowlton). Aptera were taken at Blue Creek, June
7, 1930; Cedar Spring, April 30, 1930; Curlew Valley, April 21, 1930; foothills
of Hansel’s Mountains, June 9, 1930; Newton, June 6, 1930; Promontory,
April 21, 1930; Rattlesnake Pass in Boxelder County, May 17, 1928; Snowville,
April 21 and 30, 1930 (Knowlton); and Leeds, April 25, 1935 (Knowlton-Smith),
in Utah. Specimens collected at LeRoy and Lyman, Wyoming, August 4,
1932 (Knowlton). corresponded with Utah material, except that the measure-
ments of the various parts were shorter. Ovipara, Blue Creek, Utah, October
12, 1932 (Knowlton).

Taxonomy.—Epametbaphis utahensis differs from E. atricornis
G. and P. in having pale (instead of black) cornicles and hind
tibiae, and from E. frigidae (Oest.) in having antennae as long
or longer than the body, shorter and thicker cornicles, and in
lacking sensoria on antennal III in aptera.

Type and paratype slides in senior writer’s collection; para-
types in the U. S. National Museum and in junior writer’s
collection.

SUPPLEMENT.

The senior writer is indebted to Professor M. A. Palmer for
calling his attention to the fact that Cizara chamberlini Knowl-
ton (Pan-Pacific Ent. 11 : 140, 1935) appears to be a synonym
of C. ferrisi (Swain). A study of material from Moscow,
Idaho, and from Oregon (identified by Dr. Essig), which she
kindly sent to the writer, and of type slides loaned by Dr.
E. O. Essig, revealed no satisfactory differences for separating
the two species.

92 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 5, MAY, 1936

Fic. 1. Epameibaphis utahensis n. sp.: Alate vivipara, A and E. Apterous
vivipara, D and F to H; apterous ovipara, B and C.
E. atricornis: Alate vivipara, K; apterous vivipara, L and M.
E. frigidae: Apterous vivipara, J and N.

THE MATURE LARVA AND PUPARIUM OF BRACHYCOMA
SARCOPHAGINA (TOWNSEND) (DIPTERA : METOPIIDAE)

By Lee H. Townsenp,

Illinois State Natural History Survey, Urbana.

In the older works on Diptera this species has always been
placed in the family Tachinidae. Curran (2) in 1934 took the
Sarcophagidae, part of the Muscidae and part of the Tachinidae
of Williston’s Manual and placed them in the family Meto-
piidae. The genus Brachycoma fell within the limits of the
removed Tachinidae and was thus placed in the Metopiidae.
According to Curran the larvae of the latter family in so far as
known are flesh feeders, parasites or scavengers on excrement.

In 1891 Townsend (13) described Brachycoma sarcophagina
from Carlinville, Illinois. At that time he placed the species
in the genus Laccoprosopa which was described as new, the
above species being made the type.

Coquillett compared a type specimen of Laccoprosopa
sarcophagina with a specimen of Brachycoma devia (the type
species of the latter genus) received from and identified by
Brauer and Bergenstamm. He reported in 1897 (1) that this
comparison failed to disclose any difference of generic im-
portance and thus made Laccoprosopa a synonym of Brachy-
coma. In his host list (1. c.) Coquillett records Brachycoma
davidsoni Coq. having been bred from the larvae of Bombus
fervidus Fabr. in California. He records B. sarcophagina
from New Jersey in addition to southern Illinois.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 5, MAY, 1936 WS)

Davidson (3) found the larvae of B. davidsoni Coq. to be
abundant in the nests of Bombus fervidus Fabr. in the vicinity
of Los Angeles, Calif. According to his notes the eggs are
originally deposited on the larvae of the bee and the metopiid
larva after hatching and consuming the first larva, wanders
around in the nest attacking other larvae or maybe entering
the pupal-cells to devour their contents. Occasionally it seemed
as though the eggs were deposited within the pupal-case. The
larvae pupated among the débris near the ground.

In his studies on the nesting habits of North American
bumblebees Plath (10) found a nest of Bombus bimaculatus
Cress. almost completely destroyed by the larvae of B. sarco-
phagina (adults determined by Mr. C. W. Johnson). This
was in the vicinity of Boston, Mass. C. W. Johnson (8) records
B. Sarcophagina from the above Massachusetts locality as well
as Mount Desert, Maine.

According to Frison (4) this parasite may do much damage
to a bumblebee colony and with colonies under controlled
conditions it was often necessary to use measures for its control.
He observed the adult producing living young and accordingly
showed that this parasite must be at times at least larviparous.
Frison reared adults of B. sarcophagina (det. J. R. Malloch)
from the nests of the following species of bumblebees: Bombus
auricomus, B. fervidus, B. americanorum, B. bimaculatus, and
B. vagans. He (1. c.) also gives notes on habits and life history
of the parasite.

In 1934, Plath (11), states that bumblebee colonies are often
damaged by Brachycoma sarcophagina and mentions especially
Bombus fervidus and B. bimaculatus.

Two or three European species of Brachycoma are known and
Lundbeck (9) reports the rearing of B. devia Fall. from the nests
of several species of Bombus in Denmark. Sladen (12) relates
that the same species is often an enemy of bumblebees in
England.

The material upon which this paper is based was reared from
the nest of Bombus bimaculatus Cress. by Dr. T. H. Frison,
Chief of the Illinois State Natural History Survey, and to him
the writer expresses sincere thanks for being permitted to
describe the larva and puparium.

Mature larva—In general appearance the larva (fig. 12) is of the typical
muscoid type, tapering toward the anterior end and tapering only slightly
from the widest mid-region to the posterior end. Its body consists of eleven
distinct segments and a small end-piece in front (figs. 9, 11, 1h) which serves
as a head and carries the pair of oral hooks (figs. 9, 11, oh). The first body
segments (figs. 9, 11, 12, 1) bears the anterior spiracles (asp) and the last seg-
ment (VIII) carries the posterior spiracles (fig. 8, psp.) and the anus (fig. 12,
ao),

94 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 5, MAY, 1936

The larval head is a simple cone, blunt on the anterior end, and bears two
papillae (figs. 9, 11, 13, h, j) on each of its anterior angles. These structures
are probably sense organs and are so considered in this paper. As is indicated
in figure 13 each consists of a small segment supported by a larger basal swelling.
On the ventral surface of the larval head and between the papillae (fig. 9, h, j)
is a faint groove which leads caudad to the larval mouth (m) near the ventro-
caudal margin. From the larval mouth project the two oral hooks (figs. 9,
11, oh).

The oral hooks are strong organs of the mouth formed for rasping and tearing.
These hooks are the most anterior structures of the cephalo-pharyngeal skeleton
which is composed of several principal sclerites. All of these, excepting the
anterior end of the hooks, are withdrawn into the cephalic region of the body.
The oral hooks (figs. 1, 3, 5, oh) are simply curved and rather thick at the base.
This base is projected at its cephalo-ventral margin into a broad tooth. The
pharynx is a wide passageway from the mouth, between the oral hooks to the
oesophagus. Immediately caudad of the oral hooks are located two sclerotized
plates (fig. 5, a) one on each side and these aid in strengthening the walls of the
pharynx. The oral hooks articulate loosely with these plates. Ventrally these
lateral plates (a) are fused to and connected by a transverse bridge (fig. 3, e).
Caudad of these lateral plates (a) and bridge (e) are two large irregularly shaped
sclerites, the pharyngeal sclerites (figs. 1, 3, 5, phs). The dorsal portions of
these sclerites are spread widely apart at their caudal end but meet and fuse
mesally in the cephalic region (fig. 1). The ventral edges do not meet mesally
and the floor of the trough formed by the two pharyngeal sclerites is a membrane
connecting these structures (fig. 3). These sclerites are irregular in shape and
one can ascertain this most readily by referring to figures 1, 3, 5, phs. Immedi-
ately below the basal portion of the oral hooks (fig. 5, oh) are two small rounded
sclerites (f). These are located in the membrane and are slightly mesad of the
oral hooks. Below the anterior angle of each lateral plate (figs. 3, 5, a) can be
seen, one on each side, a small weakly sclerotized area (g). These are much
lighter in color than the remaining parts of the cephalo-pharyngeal skeleton
and each has a circular opening in its mesal portion. Lying in the membrane
between the dorso-caudal angles of the oral hooks is a triangular sclerite (fig.
1, d) which probably aids in strengthening the roof of the pharynx.

The anterior spiracles (fig. 11, asp) located on the first thoracic segment are
fan-shaped with a lobed distal margin. On the ventral intersegmental margins
of the thoracic segments are a few small spines. These point caudad and are
difficult to see on some specimens.

At the bottom of a cavity in the last body segment are located the posterior
spiracles (figs. 6, 8, psp). In figure 6 the cavity is shown by dotted lines with
the spiracles indicated at the bottom. These spiracles are shown greatly en-
larged in figure 4. Each spiracular plate is bounded by a sclerotized ring (r).
Within this ring are three slits and ventrad of these is the button (b). The three
slits are bounded each by a peritreme (p). The peritremes have small projec-
tions or teeth projecting toward the slit opening. Each slit has just beneath the
surface several sclerotized bars which probably aid in keeping the slits open.
The two inner slits are parallel and practically vertical. The outer one points
more mesally. The spiracular plates are subcircular and are separated by a

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38

PLATE 6

asp

PSP

[95 ]

96 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 5, MAY, 1936

space almost equal to the width of one plate. The spiracular plates excepting
the ring (r) and the peritremes (p.) are rather light in color. During the trans-
formation to the puparium the spiracular plates become much darker (fig. 7)
and shrink slightly in size. The position of the slits remains much the same.
During both stages these are rounded at each end and not acute as in some
species.

Figure 6 shows the dorsal aspect of the eighth abdominal segment. The
dorsal margin of the cavity shows two slight protuberances approximately even
with the outer margin of the posterior spiracles (psp). The ventral margin of
this cavity extends slightly farther caudad than the dorsal one and bears two
short lateral protuberances connected by a gently sloping arc. This eighth seg-
ment may be somewhat shriveled and not appear exactly as described above
in some specimens, but the drawing (fig. 6) shows the typical condition.

Length, 10.5 mm.; diameter 2.5 mm. at widest portion.

Puparium.—The puparium is medium sized and of typical muscoid appear-
ance. It varies in color from light tan to dark reddish brown. The majority of
specimens are light tan or light brown but occasionally a very dark one is found.
The right lateral aspect of the entire puparium is shown in figure 2. The surface
is smooth but by close study one can distinguish some degree of segmentation.
The caudal end has a rather deep pit or cavity (figs. 2, 10, c). The edge of the
cavity is darker than the remainder which is about the same color as the sur-
rounding parts. The spiracles (fig. 7) are located inside the cavity (fig. 10, c),
on the upper surface. The spiracular plates are separated by a space almost
equal to the width of one plate. The sclerotized ring (fig. 7, r) which surrounds
the spiracular plate, the button (b), and the peritremes (p) surrounding the
three slits are indicated in figure 7, which is greatly enlarged. The two inner
slits extend almost perpendicularly. The outer slit points slightly mesad.
Excepting the slits the spiracular plates are dark with a lighter area in some
specimens surrounding the button (b). The anal opening (fig. 10, ao) is located
a short distance below the cavity. The anterior end of the puparium is some-
what wrinkled and bears the anterior spiracles (fig. 2, asp).

Length, 6.5-7 mm.; diameter, 2-3 mm.

In Greene’s key (5) to certain muscoid puparia this species
falls in Group B, characterized by the spiracles being in a pit
or cavity below the surface of the puparium, which has no
spine-like hairs. B. sarcophagina can easily be separated from
the other five species of this group in Greene’s paper by means
of the shape of the spiracular plate and the fact that the dorsal
margin of the posterior cavity extends farther caudad than the
ventral margin. This can be easily seen in figure 2 and is the
reverse of the condition described for the larva.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

@) Coermererr, D. W.
1897. Revision of the Tachinidae of America north of Mexico. U. S.
D. A., Div. of Entomology, Tech. Ser. Bull. 7.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 5, MAY, 1936 97

(2) Curran, C. H.
1934. The families and genera of North American Diptera. 512 pp.
C. H. Curran. New York.

(3) Davipson, A.
1894. On the parasites of wild bees in California. Ent. News, 5 : 170-
72s

(4) Frison, T. H.
1926. Contribution to the knowledge of the interrelations of the bumble-
bees of Illinois with their animate environment. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.
19 : 203-234. 1 pl.

(5) Greene, C. T.
1922. An Illustrated synopsis of the puparia of 100 muscoid flies (Dip-
tera). Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 60, No. 2405, pp. 1-39, 20 pls.

(6)

1925a The puparia and larvae of sarcophagid flies. Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus. Vol. 66, No. 29, pp. 1-26. 9 pls.

Cae ees
1925b. A tentative arrangement of the muscoid flies based on the puparia.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington. 27: 157-162. 1 pl.

(8) Jounson, C. W.
1925. Fauna of New England. List of the Diptera or two-winged flies.
Occ. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. History. Vol. VII, pp. 1-326.

(9) LunpBeck, WILLIAM.
1927. Diptera Danica. Part VII, Platypezidae, Tachinidae. G. E. C.
Gad, Copenhagen. 571 pp.

(lO) Pirace OFF:
1922. Notes on the nesting habits of several North American bumblebees.
Psyche, 29 : 189-202.

i) —=
1934. Bumblebees and their ways. 201 pp. The Macmillan Co.,
New York.

(12) StapeEn, F. W. L.
1912. The Bumblebee. The Macmillan Co., London. 283 pp.

(13) Townsenp, C. H. T.
1891. Notes on North American Tachinidae sens. str. with descriptions
of new genera and species. Paper II. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 18 : 349-
382.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

All are enlarged figures of Brachycoma sarcophagina (Townsend).

. Dorsal aspect of cephalo-pharyngeal skeleton of larva.

. Right lateral aspect of puparium.

. Ventral aspect of cephalo-pharyngeal skeleton of larva.

. Posterior spiracles of larva.

. Left lateral aspect of cephalo-pharyngeal skeleton of larva.
. Dorsal aspect of caudal end of larva.

. Left posterior spiracle of puparium.

SAN P WN

8. Caudal end of larva.

9. Ventral aspect of larval head region.

10. Caudal end of puparium.

11. Left lateral aspect of head region of larva.

12. Left lateral aspect of entire larva.

13. Greatly enlarged drawing of sense organs on larval head.

ABBREVIATIONS.

a—plate of cephalo-pharyngeal skeleton.
ao—anal opening.
asp—anterior spiracle.
b—button on spiracular plate.
c—posterior cavity of larva and puparium.
d—bridge plate of cephalo-pharyngeal skeleton.
e—bridge connecting plates a.
f—small sclerite ventrad of oral hooks.
g—sclerite immediately anterior to bridge e.
h—anterior sense organ of larval head.
j—posterior sense organ of larval head. .
|h—larval head
m—mouth.
oh—oral hooks.
p—peritreme.
phs—pharyngeal sclerite.
psp—posterior spiracle.
r—ring surrounding spiracular plate.
1—prothorax.
I—first abdominal segment.
Vill—eighth abdominal segment.

Actual date of publication, Fune 3, 1936.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 5, MAY, 1936

neo

VOL. 38 JUNE, 1936 No. 6

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF WASHINGTON

: Zcepulan AS iti zs
(% JUL 28 jg

~ Nag
Lowa musere

WADE, J. S.—THE OFFICERS OF OUR SOCIETY FOR FIFTY YEARS (1884-1934) 99

CONTENTS

PusiisHeD Monruiy Excerpt Jury, AuGust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918,

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the Proceedings and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1936.

Honorary President, Ns. nyse ea a) oe L. O. HOWARD
Peete: SU) bis sy RO ape the eon es Re eae S. B. FRACKER
First Viceseresigent, 9 hoon: bee) ae eee N. E. McINDOO
Second Vite-Presmitpig’ . . ae pet Lae aed H. MORRISON
TRECURD LACUBERALGIN — 5 ne 5) 5 ee H. H. RICHARDSON
Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer . . 2... + +e +s ess J. E. GRAF
As Or SCL On Ae une Ge a oy oe eee W. R. WALTON
Members of the Executive Committee: B. A. PORTER, H. E. EWING,
J. S. WADE
Nominated to represent the Society as Vice-President
of the Washington Academy of Sciences... 1... +... A. H, CLARE
PROCEEDINGS

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Published monthly, except July, August and September, by the Society at
Washington, D. C. Terms of subscription: Domestic, $4.00 per annum;
foreign, $4.25 per annum; recent single numbers, 50 cents, foreign postage
extra. All subscriptions are payable in advance. Remittances should be made
payable to the Entomological Society of Washington.

An author of a leading article in the ProceEpiNcs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
. accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. _ 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 2.25 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL. 38 UINES 1936 No. 6

THE OFFICERS OF OUR SOCIETY FOR FIFTY YEARS
(1884-1934).!

By J. S. Wape.

It is the purpose of this paper, as indicated by its title, to
present, in remembrance of the fiftieth anniversary year of
our Society and as a contribution to its history, a brief resumé
of available information pertaining to the outstanding events
of the biographies of each of the 72 individuals of record who
have served as officers of the Entomological Society of Wash-
ington during the 50 years, 1884-1934, of its organization. I
have endeavored to include in this paper a brief account of all
individuals who have filled the various offices in the Society
including membership of committees so far as all these are
known. Effort has been made to give in so far as obtainable
the following information: offices held by the individual in the
Society; date and place of birth; parentage; educational train-
ing; marriage; nature and scope of professional work; speciali-
zation; mention of outstanding publications; membership and
fellowship in societies, clubs and other organizations; where
deceased, the date and place of death; and references to pub-
lished biographical source material. It should be emphasized
that the scope of this paper does not include even in outline a
formal historical resumé of the Society, since the principal
events of its history already have been published in its Pro-
ceedings by others, notably by Howard, Rohwer,’ et al. with a
fullness of detail not here possible.

Most of these items included were brought together over a
period of several years, and at first were placed on record solely
as a matter of personal interest. Especial effort has been made
to obtain as nearly as possible all the existing references under
the respective bibliographies of additional source material.
Because of the many variations therein from year to year, all

1Annual address of Retiring President read before the 461st meeting of the
Entomological Society of Washington, Thursday, Jan. 3, 1935. Available
biographical data corrected to date of publication.

2Howard, L. O., 1894. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 3, pp. 161-167; Ibid. 1909,
v. 11, pp. 8-18; Ibid. 1924, v. 26, pp. 25-27; Ibid. 1934, v. 36, pp. 51-55;
Rohwer, S. A., 1934, v. 36, pp. 55-59.

100 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936

the available editions of the various biographical directories
and Who’s Whos have been indicated. The bibliographical
section of the contribution has been thus stressed even at the
risk of bringing down upon the compiler’s head the accusation
once made by Dr. Elliott Coues,* when he declared that: “It
takes an inspired idiot to make a good bibliographer.”” Every
effort has been made to verify the correctness of all of the
biographical material, and all of the surviving individuals under
discussion have been given opportunity to read and make
desired corrections of their respective sketches. Notation also
has been made of portraits or bibliographies when either of
these accompanied source material as it was felt this would add
to value of the reference. Grateful acknowledgment is gladly
made to all who aided in this and in other ways.

It will be observed by those who critically examine these
biographical sketches that there exists a considerable variation
in their length and scope, and in the degree of completeness of
data furnished under the respective subjects. Some will be
found to be fairly complete, while others are exceedingly meager
and unsatisfactory. In a few instances only brief items of
information regarding some phase of the subject’s career appears
to be on printed record. Even tedious, laborious and long
continued search of old newspapers and other files in the Library
of Congress did not add much information of value. This
discrepancy was unavoidable for the reason that much is
recorded regarding some individuals and almost nothing con-
cerning others.

A considerable number of the officers of our Society became
so well known to the public as to attain world-wide fame, while
others, although performing professional work of perhaps equal
usefulness, yet remained in comparative obscurity. Still
others—some of our younger men—can not be given extended
biographical notice now for the reason that they have much
and perhaps the most important portion of their respective
careers in science still before them. In none of these cases,
however, should there be any feeling of disparagement or of
disappointment because of the paucity of material for extended
biography, for every thoughtful person realizes that the things
this or that man did may be a matter of public record, yet what
this or that individual actually was may be known at best
imperfectly. Even in the case of those considered to be best
known, only those friends or professional associates who had
gained actual admittance into the treasure house of mind or
heart could consider that they really knew them. And as to
those who have not won “Noisy fame” was it not Ovid who
once said: “Bene qui latuit, bene vixit.”” (‘“‘He who has lived
obscurely and quietly has lived well.’’)

3Birds of the Colorado Valley, 1878.

PROC. ENT. SOC., WASH. VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936 101

It would be not only highly desirable but profoundly inter-
esting if there also could be included in a paper of this kind
similar data not only for the officers but for each and every
member of our Society during the 50-year period. What an
array of information and of valuable work, what a source of
stimulus and of inspiration would thus be presented! It seems
unnecessary to add that time and space limitations render such
procedure impossible.

The field of biography to many of us is an extremely interest-
ing one. It possesses many and great ramifications and did
not editorial limitations again forbid, the temptation would be
great to wander far afield, or to linger in fascination over some
phases of this or that man’s career or, as it were, to look upon:

“The weird palimpsest, old and vast,
Wherein thou hid’st the spectral past.”

Indeed, it is as Emerson once pointed out that “Everything in
nature is busily engaged in writing its own history.” Alas,
with perhaps too many of us personal biography, in final
analysis, forms a living demonstration of the truthfulness of
the remark by that other philosopher, Sir Arthur Doyle, who
said, ““We have all been so busy over the things which do not
matter that we have neglected the things that do matter.”
So busy over the infinitely small as to neglect the infinitely
great.

Since Science owes so much to men unknown to fame and
whose names rarely appear upon the page of the historian or
the biographer, it can not too often be reiterated that there
have been many scientific workers, some of whom have been
identified with our Society, who have rendered much and
valuable service to humanity, whose names and whose personal-
ities never have emerged from comparative obscurity. There
has been an old story somewhere told concerning Cicero in his
pro-consular days during which he visited the city of Syracuse.
Elaborate preparations had been made beforehand for his
reception and after he had been taken by the official bodies to
see the various sights of the city he was asked what further
could be done in his honor. He then requested that he be shown
the tomb of Archimedes. The city fathers looked at each other
in consternation for none of them had ever heard of it and
presently they denied that he had been buried there. But
Cicero well remembered the facts: How Archimedes, who had
saved the town when Marcellus and the Romans had besieged it,
later had directed his burial in its cemetery. Cicero even
remembered the form of the obelisk with the mathematical
instruments carved upon it which the great inventor had
designed; and so the distinguished visitor set himself to find

102 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936

the tomb. At last, after prolonged search, it was found in the
midst of an old discarded burial ground surrounded by a tangle
of evergreens. There he saw again the obelisk he had described,
and he stood beside the resting place of the great thinker. This
story is very old, but its perennial truthfulness, sad to say, is
verified over and over again in the frequent forgetfulness by
those who follow after, of the men who, as pioneers, have blazed
the way and laid the foundation on which the after-generations
so well and so surely builded the finer fabric of a later day.

So, in view of these well-known traits of human nature, it is
freely acknowledged that the whole idea of assembling the
present biographical contribution has been prompted by an
earnest desire that somehow it might be a means for bringing
once more to our sympathetic attention those fellow-workers
in science whose professional ideals we have inherited and in
whose footsteps we are now walking. It was felt that it would
be time and labor well spent, if, even in such a humble way as
this, the works alike of those of our number who have attained
world-wide distinction, of those who have remained in com-
parative obscurity, and of those whose most important work may
be still before them—that all these might be kept for a little
longer while within the remembrance of mankind.

JOHN MERTON ALDRICH (1866-1934).

Offices held in Soctety—Mem. exec. com. 1922-1923; second vice pres.
1924; first vice pres. 1925; pres. 1926. Presidential address: ‘‘Forty years’
experience in studying Diptera.”

Biographical Sketch.—Born St. Charles, Olmsted Co., Minn.,
Jan. 28, 1866, son of Levi O. and Mary M. (Moore) Aldrich.
B. S., S. Dak. St. Coll., 1888, M. S. 1891; studied ent. at Univ.
of Minn. and at Mich. Agr. Coll.; M. S., Univ. of Kans., 1893,
and Ph. D., Leland Stanford Jr. Univ., 1906. Married Ellen J.
Roe, Jan. 3, 1893 (died 1897). One son, deceased. Married
2d, Della Smith, June 28, 1905. Prof. of zool. and ent. of
Exp. Sta., 1893-1905; prof. of biol., 1905-13 in the Univ. of
Idaho; ent. assist., U. S. Dept. Agr., 1913-19; assoc. curator of
insects, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1919-1934; mem. Ent. Soc. of Amer.
(sec.-treas., 1916-20; pres. 1921); known internationally as a
leading student of the American Diptera. Mem. Wash. Biol.
Soc.; Wash. Acad. of Sc.; Sigma Xi. Scientific contributions
include “Catalogue of North American Diptera,” 1905;
‘“Sarcophaga and Allies,” 1916; and numerous papers chiefly on
Diptera in scientific periodicals. Editor, Thomas Say Founda-
tion. Made expeditions to investigate insects of western salt
lakes in 1911, in Alaska, 1921, Guatemala, 1926, and in Northern
Sweden, 1929. Died in Washington, D. C., May 27, 1934.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936 103

Published Biographical References —Anon. 1915, Amer. Blue Book of Biog., p. 15; Anon. 1906,
Amer. Men of Science, Ist ed., p. 5; 1910, 2nd ed., p. 6; 1921, 3rd ed., pp. 7-8; 1927, 4th ed., p. 11;
1933, 5th ed., p. 11; Anon. 1930, Nat. Cyc. Amer. Biog. Cur., vol. A., pp. 254-255; Anon. 1934,
Wash., D. C., Daily News No. 173, May 28; Anon. 1934, Wash., D. C., Daily Post No. 21,165,
May 28; Anon. 1934, Wash., D. C., Eve. Star, p. A-6, May 28; Anon. 1929-30, Who’s Who
Among North Amer. Authors, v. 4, p. 13; Anon. 1899-1900, Who’s Who in Amer., v. 1, p. 9;
1901-02, v. 2, p. 12; 1903-05, v. 3, p. 16; 1906-07, v. 4, p. 20; 1912-13, v. 7, p. 22; 1914-15, v. 8,
pp. 25-26; 1916-17, v. 9, p. 27; 1918-19, v. 10, p. 61; 1920-21, v. 11, p. 62; 1922-23, v. 12, p. 183;
1924-25, v. 13, p. 195; 1926-27, v. 14, p. 152; 1928-29, v. 15, p. 154; 1930-31, v. 16, p. 162; 1932-
33, v. 17, p. 160; Anon. 1930, Who’s Who in East, p. 33; Anon. 1921-22, Who’s Who in Nation’s
Capital, Ist ed., p. 6; 1923-24, 2nd ed., p. 7; 1926-27, 3rd ed., p. 28; 1929-30, 4th ed., p. 33; 1934—
35, 5th ed., p. 28; Melander, A. L. 1934. Psyche, v. 41, p. 133-149; Townsend, C, H. T., 1934.
Revista de entomologia (Brazil) v. 4, fasc. 2, p. 277, June. Wade, J. S., 1930, Jour. Wash. Acad.
of Sc., v. 20, no. 20, pp. 495-498, Dec. 4. Walton, W. R., 1935, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 37, no.
3, pp. 53-59, port.

WILLIAM HARRIS ASHMEAD (1855-1908).

Offices held in Society.—Second vice pres. 1892-1893; pres. 1894. Presi-
dential address: ‘Some important structural characters in the classification
of the parasitic Hymenoptera”; pres. 1895. Presidential address: “The

phylogeny of the Hymenoptera.” Mem. exec. com. 1896-1898; mem. publ.
com. 1902, 1904.

Biographical Sketch —Born Philadelphia, Pa., Sept. 19, 1855,
son of Capt. Albert S. and Elizabeth (Graham) Ashmead.
Educated in private and public schools and Fla. Agr. Coll.
(A. M. 1901) and West Univ. of Pa. (D. Sc., 1901). Married
Harriet Holmes in 1873. Employed in publishing house of
J. B. Lippincott Co., Phila.; went to Jacksonville, Fla., in 1876
and with his brother established as publisher of agricultural
books, and agricultural weekly and a daily paper. Sp. field
ent., U. S. Dept. Agr.,~1887s ent.;7St.) Agr: Coll., Lake City,
Fla., 1888: assist. ent. and invest., U. S. Dept. Agr., 1889;
student Berlin, 1889-1890, after which he returned to Depart-
mental work; assist. curator of insects, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1895-
1908. Donated large collection of insects to U. S. Nat. Mus.,
1898. Mem. Amer. Ent. Soc. Phila.; vice pres. Biol. Soc. of
Wash.; pres. Cambridge Ent. Soc., 1894; vice pres. Wash.
Acad. Sci., 1898, 1903-04; hon. mem. Ent. Soc. Ont., 1904;
vice pres. Amer. Assoc. Econ. Ent., 1902. Author of some 250
contributions to ent. magazines, journals, and society pro-
ceedings. Among his better known works are “Orange Insects,”
1880; ‘Classification of the Chalcidoidea,” 1904; and “‘Mono-
graph of North American Proctotrypidae,” 1893. There is
also an extensive unfinished monograph of the Braconidae.

Died in Washington, D. C., Oct. 17, 1908.

Published Biographical References—Anon. 1908-09, Amer. Biog. Dir. D. C., p. 14; Anon.
1906, Amer. Men of Science, Ist ed., p. 10; Anon, 1908, Ent. News, v. 19, pp. 397-398, portrait;
Anon, 1899-1900, Who’s Who in Amer., v. 1, p. 24; 1901-02, v. 2, pp. 33-34; 1903-05, v. 3, p. 42;
1906-07, v. 4, p. 52; 1908-09, v. 5, p. 53; Anon, 1908, Wash. D. C. Star, no. 185-17,555, p. 4,
Oct. 18; Bethune, C. J. S., 1908, 39th Ann. Rpt. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 150; Bethune, C. J. S, 1908,
Can. Ent., v. 40, pp. 437-438; Crawford, J. C., 1908, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 10, p. 131-156,

104 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936

bibliog.; Essig, E. O., 1931, Hist. of Ent., pp. 539-542, portrait; Howard, L. O., 1908, Proc. Wash.
Acad. of Sc., v. 10, pp. 187-189; Howard, L. O., 1928, Dict. Amer. Biog., v. 1, pp. 392-393; Howard,
L. O. et al., 1908, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 10, pp. 126-156, bibliog., portrait; Howard, L. O.,
et al., 1908, Jour. Econ. Ent., v. 1, pp. 409-410; Smith, J. B., 1910, Pop. Sci. Mo., v. 76, p. 473.

ARTHUR CHALLEN BAKER (1885— ).

Offices held in Society —Ed. 1918-23; second vice pres. 1927-28; first vice
pres. 1929-30; pres. 1931. Presidential address: none.

Biographical Sketch—Born Bellesville, Ont., Feb. 5, 1885,
son of Jacob J. and Ida E. (Fitch) Baker. Educated in high
school at Alymer, Ont.; Collegiate Inst., London, Ont.; Ont. Agr.
Coll.; Univ. of Toronto, B. S. A., 1911; Geo. Wash. Univ.,
Ph. D., 1918. Employed in U. S. Bur. of Ent) 1911— ies
assist. ent., 1915-18; ent., fruit ins. invest., 1919-25; sr. ent.,
in chg., tropical and subtropical fruit ins. invest., 1926-27;
pr. ent., in chg., tropical and subtropical ornamental plant
invest., 1928-32; pr. ent., Plant Quar. and Control Admin.; in
chg., res. Med. fruit fly erad. camp., Fla., 1929-30; in Mexico,
1931 et seq. Mem. Amer. Assoc. Econ. Ent.; Ent. Soc. of
Amer.; Biol. Soc. of Wash. (mem. of com. on nomenclature,
1924-26 mem. of advisory com.; com. on training entomologists,
1929). Specialized in classification and biol. of Aphidae and
tropical ent., particularly fruit flies.

Published Biographical References —Anon. 1921, Amer. Men. of Sc., 3rd ed., p. 29; 1927,
4th ed., p. 42; 1933, 5th ed., p. 46; Anon. 1918, Rus., Ist ed., p. 20; 1920, 2nd ed., p. 28; 1925,
3rd ed., p. 38; 1930, 4th ed., p. 38; Anon. 1932, Who’s Who in Gov., v. 2, p. 176; Anon. 1921-22,

Who’s Who in the Nation’s Capital, Ist ed., p. 18; 1923-24, 2nd ed., p. 24; 1926-27, 3rd ed., p.
47: 1929-30, 4th ed., p. 54; Anon. 1911-12, Annual Vol. Univ. of Toronto.

NATHAN BANKS (1868— ).

Offices held in Society.—Record. sec. 1892; first vice pres. 1903-04; pres.
1905. Presidential address: ‘‘A plea for the genus.” Pres. 1906. Presi-
dential address: ‘‘Some phases of protective resemblance in our spiders.”’
Mem. publ. com. 1911; mem. exec. com. 1913.

Biographical Sketch—Born Roslyn, N. Y., April 13, 1868.
Cornell Univ.; B. S., 1889; M. S., 1890; assist. ent. U. S. Dept.
Agr., 1900-16; curator of ins., Mus. of Comp. Zool., Harvard
Univ., 1916-et seq.; assist. prof. zool., Harvard Univ., 1928
et seq. Specialized in Arachnida and Neuroptera. Mem. of
various ent. societies. Sigma Xi; fellow Amer. Acad. Arts”
and Sc. Author of numerous works on scientific themes,
notably “Treatise on the Acarina,” 1904; “Catalogue of the
Acarina,” 1907; “Catalog Nearctic Heteroptera,” 1911; “Index
of Economic Entomology,” 1917.

Published Biographical References—Anon. 1908-09, Amer. Biog. Dir. of D. C., p. 21; Anon.
1906, Amer. Men of Sc., Ist ed., p. 16; 1910, 2nd ed., p. 23; 1921, 3rd ed., p. 24; 1927, 4th
ed., p. 48; 1933, 5th ed., p. 54; Anon. 1921, Internat. Who’s Who in Sc., London, p. 40; Anon.
1903-05, Who’s Who in Amer., v. 3, p. 69; 1906-07, v. 4, p. 85; 1908-09, v. 5, p. 87; 1910-11,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936 105

v. 6, p. 89; 1912-13, v. 7, p. 99; 1914-15, v. 8, p. 113; 1916-17, v. 9, p. 119; 1918-19, v. 10, p. 159;
1920-21, v. 11, p. 163; 1922-23, v. 12, p. 288; 1924-25, v. 13, p. 304; 1926-27, v. 14, p. 217; 1928-
29, v. 15, p. 226; 1930-31, v. 16, p. 217; 1932-33, v. 17, p. 239; 1934-35, v. 18, p. 240; Essig
E. O., 1931, History of Ent., pp. 549-552.

HERBERT SPENCER BARBER (1882-— ).
Offices held in Soctety.—Record. sec. 1911.

Biographical Sketch—Born Yankton, S. Dak., April 12, 1882,
son of Amherst Willoughby and Velma (Sylvester) Barber.
Educated in public schools; assist. prepar., U. S. Nat. Mus.,
1898-1902; assist., U. S. Dept. Agr., 1902-04; U. S. Nat. Mus.,
1904—08; assist. and later assoc. ent., U. S. Dept. Agr., 1908 et
seq. Fellow Ent. Soc. of Amer.; Wash. Acad. of Sci. Has
specialized in Coleoptera.

Published Biographical References—Anon. 1906, Amer. Men of Sc., Ist ed., p. 17; 1910, 2nd
ed., p. 24; 1921, 3rd ed., p. 34; 1927, 4th ed., p. 49; 1933, Sth ed., p. 54.

WILLIAM STEBBINS BARNARD (1849-1887).
Offices held in Society —Mem. exec. com. 1884-1885.

Biographical Sketch—Born Canton, O., Feb. 28, 1849.
Educated Univ. of Mich., 1867; Cornell Univ., 1868-1871;
Ph. D., 1873, Univ. of Jena. Received from Haeckel a personal
certificate on excellence of work. Married Miss Mary Nichols,
1874. Special studies and lectures on Protozoa at Cornell and
at Anderson School on Penekese Island, 1874, and at summer
schools of Normal and Peoria, IIl., 1875; prof. of Nat. Sci.,
Oskaloosa, Ia., Normal School, 1876-1878; prof. of Ent. and
Invert. Zool., Cornell Univ., 1879-81; assist. in Ent., U. S.
Dept. Agr., 1881-1885; prof. Nat. Hist., Drake Univ., Des
Moines, Ia., 1886-1887. Died Nov. 13, 1887. Inventor of

“Cyclone nozzle” known later in France as Riley Nozzle and
still later as Vermorel Nozzle, a device for underspraying of
growing plants. Also one of the first who used as an insecticide,
emulsified kerosene. Author of numerous contributions to
zool., particularly in the Invertebrata.

Published Biographical References —Anon. 1904, Nat. Cyc. Amer. Biog., v. 12, p. 434; Howard,
L. O., 1909, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 11, p. 15; Howard, L. O., 1932, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v.
36, p. 54; Wilder, B. G., 1887, Amer. Natur., v. 21, pp. 1136-37.

FRANK BENTON (1852-1919).
Offices held in Society —Corres. sec. 1896-1905, inc.
Biographical Sketch—Born Coldwater, Mich., July 5, 1852,

son of Corydon Philemen and Phoebe Ann (Baldwin) Benton.
Mich. Agr. Coll., B. S., 1879; M. S., 1886; student Univ. of

106 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936

Munich and Univ. of Athens, 1882-85; sp. agt. and assist. ent.
U, S.*Dept. Aer., 1891-1901; «sp. invest., in chg., apiculture,
1901-07. Naturalization examiner, U.S. Dept: Justice, 1907-
08; ed. and transl., Dept. Commerce and Labor, 1907; spent
11 years, 1880-91, investigating honey bees of Europe, Africa,
and Asia; made similar invest. in the Caucasus, Persia, India,
and Philippine Islands, 1905-06. Was one of the first American
importers of Oriental races of bees; was inventor of a transport
cage for sending queen bees long distances by mail; also of
artificial queen cells for use in breeding queen bees; inventor of
numerous other apiarian appliances, and for many years lecturer
on apiarian topics. Mem. Amer. Assoc. Advance. of Sc.; Nat.
Geo. Soc.; Bot. Soc. of Wash.; Amer. Breeder’s Assoc.: Nat.
Beekeepers’ Assoc. (sec. 1892-93). Hon. mem. of many Amer.
and For. Apiarian societies. Author of “The Honey Bee,”
1896; and “Bee-Keeping,” 1897; also numerous magazine
articles and translations on apiarian, travel, and literary
subjects. Died at Fort Myers, Fla., Feb. 28, 1919.

Published Biographical References —Anon. 1908-09, Amer. Biog. Dir., D. C., p. 35; Anon.
1906, Amer. Men of Sc., Ist ed., p. 25; 1910, 2nd ed., p. 36; Anon. 1899-1900, Who’s Who in
Amer., v. 1, p. 53; 1901-02, v. 2, pp. 85-86; 1903-05, v. 3, p. 11; 1906-07, v. 4, p. 184; 1908-09,
v. 5, p. 138; 1910-11, v. 6, p. es 1912-13, v. 7, pp. 154-155; 1914-15, v. 8, p. 176; Anon. 1931,
Bees and Hunters, v. 12, pp. 8-9, 35-36.

FRED CORRY BISHOPP (1884-— ye

Offices held in Society——Second vice pres. 1929-1930; first vice pres. 1931;
pres. 1932. Presidential address: ‘Medical Entomology, its field and function.”

Biographical Sketch—Born Virginia Dale, Colo., Jan. 14,
1884, son of Thomas Barton and Harriett (McKay) Bishopp.
Educated in Colo. public schools; Colo. Agr. Coll., B. S., 1902;
M. S. 1925; O..St: Univ., Ph. D., 1932s assist. prof. of ent. ang
zool., Univ. of Md., and assist. St. ent. of Md., 1903-04; sp.
field agt., Bur. of Ent., U.S. Dept. Agr., 1904-08; agt. and expt.,
1908—11;-ent. assist., 1911-16; ent., 1916; in che. of insects
affecting man and animals, 1926 to date. Published works
comprise approximately 100 titles on ent. and related subjects.
Married Eulalie Spencer, Dec. 9, 1908; 4 children. Fellow
, Amer. Assoc. Advance. of Sc.; Ent. Soc. of Amer. (vice pres.);
Amer. Assoc. Econ. Ent. (vice pres.); Amer. Soc. of Parasitol.
(councilor, vice pres.); Soc. of Trop. Med.; Nat. Malaria Com.;
Biol. Soc. of Wash.; Wash. Acad. of Sc.; Texas Acad. of Sc.;
Sigma Xi; Phi Kappa Phi; Cosmos Club. Specialized in cotton
insect pests and in veter. and med. ent.

Published Biographical References—Anon. 1915, Amer. Blue Book of Biog., p. 120; Anon.
1921, Amer. Men of Sc., 3rd ed., p. 63; 1927, 4th ed., p. 88; 1933, 5th ed., p. 97; Anon. 1920, Rus.,

2nd ed., p. 48; 1925, 3rd ed., p. 66; 1930, 4th ed., p. 68; Anon. 1930, Who’s Who in Govt., v. 1,
p. 36; 1932, v. 2, p. 217; Anon. 1929-30, Who’s Who in Nation’s Capital, 4th ed., p. 120.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936 107

ADAM GIEDE BOVING (1869- ).

Offices held in Society.—Second vice pres. 1920-21; first vice pres. 1922-23:
pres. 1924. Presidential address: ‘A summer trip in Iceland south of Vatna-
Jokul.” Vice pres. Wash. Acad. of Sc., representing Ent. Soc. 1925-1930.

Biographical Sketch.—Born Saby, Denmark, July 31, 1869,
son of N. O. M. and Ottilia (Giede) Boving. Educated in
Denmark, Univ. of Copenhagen; A. B., 1889; M. S., 1894;
Ph. D., 1906; assist. curator of the Ent. Div. of Zool. of Copen-
hagen, 1902-13; came to U. S. in 1913; ent. and sr. ent., Bur.
of Ent., U. S. Dept. Agr., 1913 et seq. Participated in expedi-
tion to Iceland, 1908. Married Anna Kirstine Christensen,
Jan. 31, 1916; one son. Mem. Amer. Assoc. Advance. of Sc.;
fellow Ent. Soc. of Amer.; Biol. Soc. of Wash.; Wash. Acad. of
Sc. (vice pres. 1924-30); Copenhagen Ent. Soc.; Copenhagen
Nat. Hist. Soc.; Stockholm Ent. Soc.; Sigma Xi; corres. mem.
The Finnish Zool.-Bot. Soc. ‘““Vanamo.”’ Decorated with
Golden Cross of Knights of the Order Dannebrog of Denmark.
Published approximately 30 titles on ent. and related topics.
Specialized in insect morphology and immature stages of
Coleoptera.

Published Biographical References—Anon. 1921, Amer. Men of Sc., 3rd ed., p. 75; 1927, 4th
ed., p. 105; 1933, 5th ed., p. 117; Anon. 1930-34, Krak’s Blaa Bog (Danish Who’s Who), pp.
165-166; Anon. 1930-31, Who’s Who in Amer., v. 16, p. 349; 1932-33, v. 17, p. 352; 1934-35,
v. 18, p. 358; Anon. 1926-27, Who’s Who in Nation’s Capital, 3rd ed., p. 82; 1929-30, 4th ed.,
p. 99; 1934-35, 5th ed., p. 107.

HARRY EUGENE BURKE (1878- ye
Offices held in Society.—Record. sec. 1908.

Biographical Sketch—Born Paradise Valley, Nev., May 19,
1878, son of Harry Daniel and Sarah Eugenia (Jones) Burke.
Boducated, Wash. .st Coll, B. S.,.1902,M. S., 19082 Ph. D.;
Stanford, 1923. Married Marion J. Armstrong, April 8, 1907;
five children. Employed, U. S. Dept. Agr., 1902-1934; sp., in
fruit, forest, and shade tree ins. invest.; taxonomy of buprestid
larvae. Mem. Amer. Assoc. Advance. Sc.; Amer. Assoc.
Econ. Ent. (vice pres. 1935); Soc. For. Ent.. (vice. pres, 1913);
Pacific Coast Ent. Soc. (vice pres. 1934); Calif. Ent. Club (sec.-
treas. 1930-31; vice pres. 1933; pres. 1934); Sigma Xi; elected
to Phi Beta Kappa and Phi Kappa Phi but never accepted
membership; ed. West. For. Ins. News 1925-27; author of some
50 papers and bulletins on forest and shade tree insects; co-
author of book “Forest Insects,” American Forestry Ser.

1936.

Published Biographical References—Anon. 1910, Amer. Men of Sc., 2nd ed., p. 67; 1921,
3rd ed., p. 101; 1927, 4th ed., p. 142; 1935, 5th ed., p. 157; Anon, 1920, Rus., 2nd ed., p. 71; 1925,
3rd ed., p. 101; 1930, 4th ed., pp. 105-106.

108 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936

NJ AUGUST BUSCK (1870- ye

Offices held in Society.—First vice pres. 1912; pres. 1913; presidential address:
“On the classification of the Microlepidoptera’”’; mem. exec. com. 1914.

Biographical Sketch—Born Randers, Denmark, Feb. 18,
1870, son of Carl and Katty (Lassen) Busck. Married Ville
Christensen, Aug. 15, 1895; four children. Graduated at
Ordup Coll., Denmark, 1889. Instr. Nat. Sci. and math.,
Ordrup Coll. and Copenhagen Latin School, 1888-93; student
Royal Univ. Copenhagen, B. P., and A. M., 1889-93. Removed
to U. S., 1893, located in Charlestown, W. Va. Engaged as
wholesale florist, 1893-96. Employed by U. S. Bur. of Ent.,
and Fed. Hort. Bd. from March, 1896, to date; mem. U. S.
Fish Com. Exped. to Puerto Rico; ent. surv. and sp. study of
scale ins., 1898-99; invest. of cocoa palm disease in Cuba, 1901;
in chg., U.S. Bur. Ent., exhibit at World’s Fair, St. Louis, Mo.,
1904; invest. of mosquito fauna of West Indies for Carnegie
Inst., 1905; same for Panama Canal Com. in Canal Zone, 1907;
collab. with Lord Walsingham, Eng., in Microlepidoptera for
Biol. Cent. Amer. v. 4, 1908; mem. Smithsonian Panama Exp.,
1911-12; invest. of Pink Boll Worm of Cotton in Hawaiian
Islands for Fed. Hort. Bd., 1915; same in Mexico, 1917-19;
same in Brit. Guiana and West Indies, 1921; mem. Amer.
Assoc. Advance. Sci.; Biol. Soc. of Wash.; Hon. mem. Panama
Canal Nat. Hist. Soc. Author of 144 tech. papers mainly on
Microlepidoptera.

Published Biographical References—Anon. 1908-09, Amer. Biog. Dir. D. C., p. 65; Anon.
1906, Amer. Men of Science, Ist ed., p. 48; 1910, 2nd ed., p. 69; 1921, 3rd ed., p. 104; 1927, 4th
ed., pp. 146-147; 1933, 5th ed., p. 162; Anon. 1903-05, Who’s Who in Amer., v. 3, p. 212; 1906-07,
v. 4, p. 260; 1908-09, v. 5, p. 273; 1910-11, v. 6, p. 280; 1912-13, v. 7, p. 300; 1914-15, v. 8, p.
345; 1916-17, v. 9, p. 360; 1918-19, v. 10, p. 420; 1920-21, v. 11, p. 436; 1922-23, v. 12, p. 574;
1924-25, v. 13, p. 604; 1926-27, v. 14, p. 390; 1928-29, v. 15, p. 416; 1930-31, v. 16, p. 437; 1932-
33, v. 17, p. 444; 1934-35, v. 18, p. 452; Anon. 1921-22, Who’s Who in the Nation’s Capital, Ist
ed., p. 60; 1923-24, 2nd ed., p. 67; 1926-27, 3rd ed., p. 108; 1929-30, 4th ed., p. 126; 1934-35,

Sth ed., p. 144; Howard, L. O., 1930, Hist. Appl. Ent., p. 413; Howard, L. O., 1933, Fighting the
Insects, pp. vi, 127.

FRANK LESLIE CAMPBELL (1898— ).
Offices held in Society —Mem. exec. com. 1934.

Biographical Sketch—Born Philadelphia, Pa., Sept. 5, 1898,
son of Andrew Jackson and Ester Margaret (Williams) Camp-
bell. Attended Harvard Coll., 1916-1917; B. S., Univ. of Pa.,
1921; M. S., Rutgers Coll., 1924; Harvard, 1926; chemist,
insect. invest., Jap. Beetle Lab., Riverton, N. J., 1921-1922;
sewage invest., N. J. Exp. Sta., 1922-24; assist. prof. of biol.,
N: Y. Univ., 1926-27; assoc. ent., Bur. Ent., U.S, Dept. fee.
1927-30; ent., 1930 et seq. Married Elizabeth Mildred Boyd,
Oct. 8, 1921; two children (adopted). Mem. Amer. Assoc.
Advance. Sci.; Ent. Soc. of Amer.; Amer. Assoc. Econ. Ent.;

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936 109

Amer. Chem. Soc.; Cosmos Club; Sigma Xi; Alpha Chi Sigma;
published works comprise 30 titles on ent. and related subjects.
Specialized in the testing of arsenical and natural and synthetic
organic insecticides, in the study of chitin, and the growth and
nutrition of insects.

Published Biographical References ——Anon. 1927, Amer. Men of Sc., 4th ed., pp. 155-156;
1933, Sth ed., p. 172; Anon. 1934-35, Who’s Who in the Nation’s Capital, 5th ed., p. 154.

ANDREW NELSON CAUDELL (1872-1936).

Offices held in Society.—Second vice pres. 1912-13; first vice pres. 1914;
pres. 1915 Presidential address: ‘“‘An economic consideration of the Or-
thoptera directly affecting man.” Mem. exec. com. 1916~32, inc.

Biographical Sketch.—Born Indianapolis, Ind., Aug. 18, 1872,
son of Andrew Jackson and Mary Jane (Bannon) Caudell;
Okla. Agr. Coll., B. S., 1897; Mass. Agr. Coll. grad. student;
assist. ent., Okla. Agr. Coll., 1895-98; weather obs., Stillwater,
Okla., 1896-97; ent., U. S. Dept. Agr., and custodian of Orthop-
tera, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1898 et seq. Married Penelope Lee
Cundiff, April 12, 1900; one child. Mem. Amer. Assoc. Advance.
Sci.; Amer. Assoc. Econ. Ent.; Wash. Acad. of Sc.; Ent. Soc.
Amer. Published many papers on nat. hist. and on classification
of Orthoptera. Died Washington, D. C., March 1, 1936.

Published Biographical References —Anon. 1906, Amer. Men of Sc., Ist ed., p. 55; 1910, 2nd
ed., p. 79; 1921, 3rd ed., p. 118; 1927, 4th ed., p. 166; 1933, 5th ed., p. 186; Anon. 1921-22, Who’s
Who in the Nation’s Capital, Ist ed., p. 70; 1923-24, 2nd ed., p. 77; 1926-27, 3rd ed., p. 121;
1929-30, 4th ed., p. 143; 1934-35, 5th ed., p. 166; Anon. 1936, Wash. D. C. Star, no. 33,543,
pp. A 4, A 11, March 2, port; Anon. 1936, Wash. D. C. Post, no. 21809, p. 22, March 2; Anon.
1926, Wash. D. C. Times, no. 17,041, p. 18, March 2; Anon. 1936, Wash. D. C. Herald, v. 14,
no. 99, p. 19, March 2; Anon. 1936, Wash. D. C. News, v. 15, no. 97, p. 5, March 2; Anon. 1936,
Jour. Wash. Acad. Sc., v. 26, p. 222, May 15; Ewing, H. E., 1936, Jour. Econ. Ento., v. 29, p. 471—
472, port. Apr.; Howard, L. O., Busck, A., and Colcord, M., 1936, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 38,
pp. 33-47, port. bibliog.

FRANK HURLBUT CHITTENDEN (1858-1929).
Offices held in Society.—Corres. sec. 1894-95, mem. exec. com. 1898.

Biographical Sketch—Born Cleveland, O., Nov. 3, 1858,
son of S. King and Harriet M. Chittenden. Educated at
Cleveland, O. and Cornell Univ.; received hon. Sc. D. degree,
West Univ. of Pa., 1904; assist. ent., U. S. Dept. Agr., 1891;
ent., in chg., Truck Crop Ins. Invest., 1917. Fellow Amer.
Assoc. Advance. Sc.; ed. of Ent. Amer., 1890. Author of
“Insects injurious to vegetables,” 1912; Also numerous bulle-
tins and other works on taxonomic and economic ent. including
insects affecting stored products. Died, Washington, D. C.,
Sent. (5, 1929.

Published Biographical References——Anon. 1915, Amer. Blue Book of Biog., p. 253; Anon.
1906, Amer. Men of Sc., Ist ed., p. 59; 1910, 2nd ed., p. 84; 1921, 3rd ed., p. 125; 1927, 4th ed.,

110 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936

p. 176; Anon. 1920, Rus., 2nd ed., p. 89; 1921, 3rd ed., p. 127; Anon. 1929, U. S. D. A. Official
Record, v. 8, no. 39, p. 4, Sept. 26; Anon. 1929, Wash. (D. C.) Eve. Star, no. 31,184, p. 9, portrait,
Sept. 16; Anon. 1901-02, Who’s Who in Amer., v. 2, p. 203, 1903-05, v. 3, p. 264; 1906-07, v. 4,
p. 323; 1908-09, v. 5, p. 340; 1910-11, v. 6, p. 354; 1912-13, v. 7, p. 380; 1914-15, v. 8, p. 434;
1916-17, v. 9, p. 450; 1918-19, v. 10, p. 518; 1920-21, v. 11, p. 534; 1922-23, v. 12, p. 676; 1924-25,
v. 13, p. 708; 1926-27, v. 14, p. 450; Anon. 1921-22, Who’s Who in the Nation’s Capital, Ist ed.,
p. 73; 1923-24, 2nd ed., p. 81; 1926-27, 3rd ed., p. 128; Howard, L. O., 1929, Jour. Econ. Ent.,
v. 22, pp. 989-90, portrait,

CURTIS PAUL CLAUSEN (1893- )
Offices held in Society.—Mem. of program com. 1931-33.

Biographical Sketch.—Born Randall, la., March 28, 1893, son
of Jens and Matilda (Christiansen) Clausen. Student Okla.
A. & M. Coll., 1907-10; Univ. of Calif., B. S., 1914; M. S., 1920.
Assist. Citrus Exp. Sta., Univ. of Calif., 1914-15; assist. supt.
St. Insect., Calif., Comm. Hort., 1916-18; ent. and sr. ent.,
U.S. Dept. Agr., 1920 et seq. Ent. explorations: Japan, China,
1916-17; 1920-24; 1928-29; India, 1925-28; Malaya, D. E. L.,
1929-31. Mem. Amer. Assoc. Advance. Sci.; Amer. Assoc.
Econ. Ent.; Ent. Soc. Amer.; Cosmos Club; Wash. Acad. Sci.;
Alpha Zeta; Sigma Xi. Specialized in biol. control of insects;
insect parasitol.; citrus insects.

Published Biographical References—Anon. 1927, Amer. Men of Sc., 4th ed., p. 183; 1933, Sth
ed., p. 205; Anon. 1925, Rus., 3rd ed., p. 132; 1930, 4th ed., p. 136.

DANIEL WILLIAM COQUILLETT (1856-1911).

Offices held in Society—Mem. exec. com. 1896-97; pres. 1903. Presidential
address: “A brief history of North American Dipterology’’; pres. 1904;
Presidential address: “The Linnaean genera of Diptera”; mem. publ. com.
1904.

Biographical Sketch Born McHenry Co., Ill., Jan. 23, 1856,
son of Francis Marquis Lafayette and Sarah Ann (Cokelet)
Coquillett. Educated in district school; studied ent. and
kindred subjects during spare time at home. In 1876, taught
district school. First ent. work prepared, 1880, and comprised
a descriptive paper on the caterpillars of the U. S.; assist. ent.
Ill., 1881; regular contributor to newspapers on ent. subjects;
in 1882 removed to southern Calif.; in 1883 he assisted Matthew
Cooke to prepare two ent. works; in 1885 entered serv. of
U. S. Dept. Agr. and in that year investigated grasshopper
outbreak in Central Calif.; in 1886 he investigated cottony
cushion scale on citrus trees in Calif.; invest. suspended Aug. 1,
1886, for lack of funds, after which he conducted private re-
searches on use of poisonous gases in ins. control; returned to
Dept. serv., 1887, and following year received and established
insects imported from Australia for control of cottony cushion
scale. Hon. custodian of Diptera, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1896;
died in Washington, D. C., July 8, 1911. Charter mem. Wash,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936 111

Acad. of Sc.; fellow Amer. Assoc. Advance. Sc.; published
extensively on dipterology.

Published Biographical References—Anon. 1908-09, Amer. Biog. Dir. D. C., p. 94; Anon,
1906, Amer. Men of Sc., Ist ed., p. 69; 1910, 2nd ed., p. 100; Anon. 1901-02, Who’s Who in Amer.,
v. 2, p. 243; 1903-05, v. 3, pp. 316-317; 1906-7, v. 4, p. 385; 1908-09, v. 5, pp. 341-342; 1910-11,
v. 6, pp. 422-423; Anon. 1926, Ent. News, v. 37, p. 192; Anon. 1926, Psyche, v. 33, p. 172; Anon.
1926, Wash. D. C. Post, Mar. 24; Banks, N. et al., 1912, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., v. 5, p. 75; Banks,
N. et al., 1911, Psyche, v. 18, p. 159; Cressen, E. T., 1911, Ent. News, v. 22, pp. 337-338, por-
trait; Essig, E. O., 1931, Hist. of Ent., pp. 588-592, portrait; Hewitt, C. Geol Cane Ent.
v. 43, pp. 311-312; Howard, L. O., 1930, Dict. Amer. Biog., v. 4, pp. 433-434; Howard, L. O.,
1933, Fighting the Insects, p. 49; Walton, W. R., 1914, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., v. 22, pp. 157-164.

JAMES CHAMBERLAIN CRAWFORD (1880- ye

Offices held in Society.—Record. sec. 1909-10; mem. publ. com. 1910-11;
ed. 1913, 1915, 1917.

Biographical Sketch—Born West Point, Nebr., Aug. 24,
1880, son of James Chamberlain and Katherine (Moore)
Crawford. Graduated from High School at West Point, Nebr.,
in 1896; student, Univ. of Nebr., 5% years, until 1902; M. Sc.,
Geo. Wash. Univ , 1914; agt. and expt., U. S. Bur. Ent., 1904—
Oy-sassish., curator, Div. ofiins:, WU» S-Nat:. Mus:, 1907-11):
assoc. curator, 1911-19; specialist in parasitic hymenoptera,
US. Dept; Age, 1919; assist.,ent., N. C. Dept..Agr., 1923-29.
assist. ent., Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar., 1935 et seq. Author of
numerous articles on hymenoptera; specialized in Thysanop-
tera and in bees and in parasitic forms, particularly the Chal-
cidoidea.

Published Biographical References:—Anon. 1910, Amer. Men of Sc., 2nd ed., p. 104; 1921,
3rd ed., p. 152; 1927, 4th ed., p. 252; Anon. 1925, Rus, 3rd ed., p. 127; Anon. 1914-15, Who’s

Who in Amer., v. 8, p. 547; 1916-17, v. 9, p. 566; 1918-19, v. 10, p. 642; 1920-21, v. 11, p. 662;
1922-23, v. 12, p. 809.

ROLLA PATTESON CURRIE (1875- Ne

Offices held in Society.—Record. sec. 1901-1906; chairman publ. com. 1902-
04.

Biographical Sketch Born Preemption, IIl., March 25, 1875,
son of William Thomas and Ellen Maria (Snyder) Currie.
Univ. of N. Dak., A. B., 1893. Employed in Div. of Ins., U. S.
Nat. Mus. from Oct. 16, 1894, to June 30, 1904, making ent.
collections in Wyo., Mont., N. Dak., and Minn. in 1896,
general zoo]. collections in Liberia, West Africa, in 1897, and
ent. collections in British Columbia, 1903. Aid in Div. of Ins.,
U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897-1904; in chg. editorial work, Bur. Ent.,
U.S. Dept. Agr., 1904 et seq. Married Julia Katherine Carey,
Dec. 29, 1904; two children. In 1900, published description of
new species of bird of paradise found in Mus. collection; con-
ducted an invest. on the turkey vulture and its flight for the

112 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936

Smithsonian Inst. (Smithsonian Cont. to Knowl., 1911, vol.
27, no. 3, pp. 289-293). Specialized in Myrmeleonidae and
Odonata in systematic ent. Author of 18 papers on ent. and
4 on ornithol. subjects. Mem. Audubon Soc. of D. C.

Published Biographical References—Anon. 1910, Amer. Men of Sc., 2nd ed., p. 107; 1921,
3rd ed., p. 158; 1927, 4th ed., p. 223; 1933, 5th ed., p. 252.

ROBERT ASA CUSHMAN (1880-— Me

Offices held in Society—Record. sec. 1919-21; second vice pres. 1922-23;
first vice pres. 1924; pres. 1925. Presidential address: “Some types of para-
sitism among the Ichneumonidae.”

Biographical Sketch—Born Taunton, Mass., Nov. 6, 1880,
son of Arthur and Harriet (Cooper) Cushman. Student,
Univ. of N. H., 1899-1901; Cornell, 1902-05. Married (lst)
Ruth Dansboe, Dec. 8, 1909; one son; married (2nd) Mrs.
Emma (King) McLeod, July 1, 1922. Employed by Bur. Ent.,
U.S. Dept. Agr., 1906 to date. Specialized in Ichneumonidae.

Published Biographical References —Anon. 1927, Amer. Men of Sc., 4th ed., p. 226; 1933, 5th
ed., p. 254.

HARRISON GRAY DYAR (1866-1929).

Offices held in Society.—First vice president 1898, 1899, 1900; President 1901.
Presidential address: “The Collections of Lepidoptera in the United States
National Museum”; 1902, Presidential address: ‘““Some Recent Work in
North American Lepidoptera’’; Vice president Washington Academy of Sciences
for Entomological Society, 1901, 1902; Member executive committee 1903 to
1911, incl.; Member publication committee 1904, 1910, 1911.

Biographical Sketch.—Born in New York City, Feb. 14, 1866,
son of Harrison Gray and Eleonora Rosella (Hannum) Dyar.
B. S. Mass. Inst. Tech. 1889; A. M. Columbia, 1894; Ph. D.
1895. Asst. Bacter. Col. Physicians and Surg. Columbia,
1895-97; Custodian Lepidoptera U. S. Nat. Mus. 1897 to 1929;
Ent. Asst. U. S. Dept. Agr. 1915-17; Captain Sanit. Dept.
O.R.C. 1924; Married (Ist) Zella Peabody, Oct. 14, 1889,
3 children; (2nd) Wellesca Pollock Allen, Apr. 26, 1921, 3
children. Member Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.; Co-author of
‘““Mosquitoes of North and Central America and the West
Indies,” 4 vols., 1912-17; author of “List of North American
Lepidoptera,”’ 1902, also numerous publications on larvae of
Lepidoptera, leaf feeding hymenoptera, and aquatic diptera;
editor of Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 1904-07, Insecutor Inscitiae
Menstruus, 1913-27; Reality Mag. 1922. Specialized in
Microlepidoptera and mosquitoes. Died in Washington, D. C.,
Janei21 1929.

Published Biographical References ——Anon. Who’s Who in Amer., v. 1, 1899-00, p. 208; v. 2,
1901-1902, p. 331; v. 3, 1903-05, p. 430; v. 4, 1906-07, p. 521; v. 5, 1908-09, p. 550; v. 6, 1910-11,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936 Ls

p. 567; v. 7, 1912-13, p. 614; v. 8, 1914-15, p. 695; v. 9, 1916-17, p. 719; v. 10, 1918-19, p. 806:
v. 11, 1920-21, p. 835; v. 12, 1922-23, p. 989; v. 13, 1924-25, p. 1030; v. 14, 1926-27, p. 386;
v. 15, 1928-29, p. 689; Anon. Amer. Men of Siience, Ist ed., 1906, p. 94; 2nd ed., 1910, p. 133;
3rd ed., 1921, pp. 193-194; 4th ed., 1927, p. 272; Anon. Amer. Biog. Dir. D. C. 1908-09, p. 136;
Anon. Who’s Who in the Nation’s Capital, Ist ed., 1921-22, p. 117; 2nd ed., 1923-24, p. 127:
3rd ed., 1926-27, p. 194; Anon. Blue Book of Biography, 1915, p. 401; Anon. 1917, Nat. Cyc.
Amer. Biog., v. 14, p. 97; Anon. 1929, Wash. D. C. Star, no. 30,947, p. 9, Jan. 22; no. 30,948, p.
9, Jan. 23; Anon. 1927, Wash. Daily Post, No. 19214, p. 4, portrait, Jan. 23; Anon. 1929, Ent.
News, v. 40, p. 100; Essig, E. O., Hist. of Ento. 1931, pp. 608-610, portrait; Heinrich, C., 1929,
Can. Ent. v. 46, p. 47; Howard, L. O., 1929, Science, v. 69, pp. 151-152, Feb. 8; Wetmore, A.,
1929, U.S. Nat. Msu. An. Rpt. for 1929, p. 40; Howard, L. O., 1930, Dict. Amer. Biog., v. 1, pp.
578-579; Howard, L. O., 1933, Fighting the Insects, p. 120-122.

CHARLES RUSSELL ELY (1870- ).

Offices held in Society.—First vice president, 1915; President, 1916, Presi-
dential address: “A revision of the North American Gracilaridae from the
standpoint of venation”; 1917, Presidential address: “Recent entomological
chemistry and some notes concerning the food of insects.”” Member executive
committee, 1918-1919.

Biographical Sketch—Born in Columbus, Ohio, Feb. 20,
1870, son of Charles Wright and Mary Grace (Darling) Ely.
A. B. Yale Univ. 1891, A. M. Yale, 1897; A. M. Gallaudet
Coll. 1892; Ph. D. Geo. Wash. Univ. 1900. Instructor natural
science, 1892-1896, Asst. Prof. 1896 to 1899; and Prof. 1899 to
1912 Gallaudet College; Supt. of Md. School for Deaf, Frederick,
Md. 1912 to 1913; Prof. natural science, Gallaudet College,
1913, vice president 1920 et seq. Married Louise Day Crane,
Dec. 25, 1897, three children. Fellow: A.A.A.S.; member
Amer. Instructors of the Deaf, Amer. Chem. Soc., Entom. Soc.
of Amer. Author of approximately 20 contributions on technical
and professional topics. Specialized in microlepidoptera and
forest insect investigations. Collaborator, U. S. Dept. Agr.

Published Biographical References —Anon. Amer. Men of Science, 2nd ed., 1910, p. 140; 3d. ed.
1921, p. 204; 5th ed., 1933, p. 329; Anon. 1921-22, Who’s Who in the Nation’s Capital, Ist ed.,
p. 122; 2nd ed., 1923-24, p. 132; 3d ed., 1926-27, p. 202; 4th ed., 1929-30, p. 244; 5th ed., 1934-35,
p. 299; Anon. Who’s Who in the East, 1930, p. 693; Anon. 1918-19, Who’s Who in Amer., v. 10,
p. 847; 1920-21, v. 11, p. 879; 1922-23, v. 12, p. 1033; 1924-25, v. 13, p. 1075; 1926-27, v. 14, p.
662; 1928-29, v. 15, p. 718; 1930-31, v. 16, p. 760; 1932-33, v. 17, p. 781; 1934-35, v. 18, p. 800.

HENRY ELLSWORTH EWING (1883-— Ne
Offices held in Society —Mem. exec. com. 1933-34.

Biographical Sketch—Born Arcola, Ill., Feb. 11, 1883, son of
Joseph Henry and Ann Louise (McDonald) Ewing. Educated
at Knox Coll., 1902-04; A. B., Univ. of IIl., 1906, A. M., 1908;
student, Univ. of Chicago, 1906-07; Cornell, 1910-11; Ph. D.,
1911. Assist. biol., Knox Coll., 1903-04; zool., Ill., 1907-08;
teacher, high school, 1908-09; assist. in zool., Ia. St. Coll.,
1909-10; assist. ent., Ore. Exp. Sta., 1911—14; assist. prof. Ia.

114 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936

Sta. Coll., 1914-16; assoc. prof., 1916-19; specialist in Arach-
nida, Bur. Ent.,.U..S.. Dept. Agr:, 1919-23; assoc: ent., 1923— ae
t., 1930 et seq. Married Bertha Wood Riley, Aug. 7, 1916;
two children. Mem. Amer. Assoc. Advance. Sci: Ent. Soc. of
Amer.; Amer. Assoc Econ. Ent.; Soc. of Mammal; Soc Parasitol.;
Ecol. Soc.; Ia. Acad.; Ill. Acad.; Wash. Biol. Soc.; ; Wash. Acad.
Seles Helminth. Soc. of Wash. (pres. 19ST )s specialized i in Arach-
nida; parasitol.; the parasitic Acarina; small orders of insects.
Published Biographical References—Anon. 1910, Amer. Men of Sc., 2nd ed., p. 145; 1921, 3rd

ed., p. 212; 1927, 4th ed., p. 297; 1933, 5th ed., p. 341; Anon. 1920, Rus, 2nd ed., p. 149; 1925,
3rd ed., p. 215; 1930, 4th ed., p. 216.

BERNHARD EDWARD FERNOW (1851-1923).

Offices held in Society —Member executive committee, 1892-1895, incl.

Biographical Sketch—Born in Inowraclaw, Posen, Prussia,
Jan. 7, 1851. Son of Edward and Clara (Nordmann) Fernow.
Educated at gymnasium Bromberg, Forest Acad., Muenden,
and Univ. of Konigsberg; LL.D., Univ. of Wis., 1897, Queen’s
Univ., Can., 1902; married Olivia Reynolds 1879; 5 children.
Came to U. S. 1876, engaged in metal business; Chief, Div. of
Forestry, U. S. Dept. Agr. 1886-1898; Director and Dean
N. Y. St. Col. of Forestry, Cornell Univ. 1898-1903; prof.
Forestry, St. Coll. of Pa., 1907; Dean Faculty of forestry Univ.
of Toronto, 1907 to 1923 (?); Formerly editor of ‘‘The Forester”
and the “Forestry Quarterly.” Fellow A.A.A.S.; Ist Vice
Pres., Amer, Forestry Asso. (Sec. 1883-1899). Author of “The
White Pine,” 1899; “Economics of Forestry,” 1902; “Hist. of
Forestry,” 1907; “Care of Trees,” 1911; also numerous Govern-
ment bulletins and reports. Died Feb. 6, 1923, in Toronto, Can.

Published Biographical References—Anon. 1895, Forester, v. 1, p. 14, March; Anon. Who’s
Who in Amer. v. 1, 1899-00, p. 233; v. 2, 1901-02, p. 370; v. 3, 1903-05, p. 482; v. 4, 1906-07, p.
585; v. 5, 1908-09, p. 615; v. 6, 1910-11, p. 663; v. 7, 1912-13, p. 686; v. 8, 1914-15, p. 775; v. 9,
1916-17, p. 803; Anon. Amer. Men of Science, Ist ed., 1906, p. 104-105; 2nd ed., 1910, p. 150;
3rd ed., 1921, p. 219-20; Anon. 1903, Forestry & Irrigation, v. 9, no. 4, p. 173, Apr. port.; Anon.
1906, Nat. Cyc. Amer. Biog. v. 13, p. 136; Anon. 1907, Pulp and Paper Mag., v. 5, p. 84-85,
Apr.; Anon. 1913, Amer. Lumberman, no. 1989, p. 1, 55, June 28; Ibid, 1923, no 2492, p. 74,
Feb. 17; Anon. 1919, Can. Lumberman, v. 39, no. 14, p. 39, July 15; Ibid, 1923, v. 43, no. 5, p. 57,
Mch. 1; Anon. 1920, Amer. Forestry, v. 26, no. 316, p. 209-212, Apr.; Ibid, 1923, v. 43, no. 5, p.
57, Mch. 1; Ibid, 1923, v. 29, no. 351, p. 152, March; Anon. 1923, Jour. Forestry, v. 21, no 2, p.
105-106, Feb.; Anon. 1923, Lumber World Rev., v. 44, no. 4, p. 66, Feb. 25; Anon. 1923, Forest
Leaves, v. 19, no. 2, p. 18-19, Apr.; Anon. 1923, U. S. D. A. Official Record, v. 2, no. 7, p. 5;
Ayres, P. W. 1923, Cornell Forester, v. 3, p. 9-10; Falconer, Sir R., 1923, Can. For. Mag., v. 19,
no. 5, p. 328-329, May; Graves, H. S., 1931, Dict. Amer. Biog., v. 6, pp. 336-337; Hosmer, R. S.,
1922, Lumber World Rev., v. 23, no, 7, p. 31, Oct. 10; Ibid, 1922, Amer. Forestry, v. 28, no. 347,
pp. 670-672, Nov.; ee L. O., 1933, Fighting the Insects, pp. 20, 305-308; Howe, C. D.,
Can. For. Mag., v. 19, no. 3, pp. 168-169, Mar.; Roth, F. et al., 1923, Jour. Forestry, v. 21, no. 4,
pp. 305-308, Apr. bibliog.; ae 1923, Science, n.s., v. 57, pp. 255-257, Mch. 2.

WILLIAM FULLER FISKE (1881-— NE
Offices held in Society.—Record. sec. 1907.
Biographical Sketch—Born Webster, N. H., March 20, 1876,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936 115

son of Friend F. and Jane B. (Smith) Fiske. Educated at
Nee CollvAgr. and: Mech. Arts:) Ent., N.H. St. Agr. Exp.
Sta, 1897-1901; assist: ent., ‘St. of “Ga., 1901-03; in chg.,
Gypsy Moth Lab., U.S. Dept. Agr., Melrose Highlands, Mass.,
1906-13; special invest., sleeping sickness in Africa for a joint
commission of Royal Soc. and the British Colonial Office, 1913.
Mem. Amer. Assoc. Advance. Sc.; Amer. Assoc. Econ. Ent.;
Boston Soc. of Nat. Hist.; Cambridge Ent. Soc.; Cosmos Club.

Published Biographical References.—Anon. 1912-13, Who’s Who in Amer. v. 7, p. 705; 1914-15,
v. 8, p. 795; 1916-17, v. 9, p. 823; Howard, L. O., 1933, Fighting the Insects, pp. 113-115.

WILLIAM HENRY FOX (1857-1921).

Offices held in Society—Mem. exec. com. 1888; record. sec. 1889; mem.
exec. com. 1890-93.

Biographical Sketch—Born Washington, D. C., Nov. 18,
1857, son of John L. and Elizabeth Amory Morris Fox. Edu-
cated, St. Mark’s School, Southboro, Mass.; De Veaux Coll.,
N. Y. City; Sheffield Scien. School, Yale Univ.; Manhattan
Eye and Ear Hosp., N. Y. Received M. D., Columbia, now
Geo. Wash. Univ., 1884. Married Malvene B. Ewing, 1889.
Eye specialist in Washington, D. C., 1885-1921. One of the
founders of Episcopal Eye, Ear, and Throat Hosp., Washington,
D. C.; one of its senior eye surgeons, 1897 et seq.; one of its exec.
officers, 1907-20. Made collection of birds later owned by
Johnathon Dwight, N. Y., and now in Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.
and collection of spiders later acquired by Cornell Univ. Fellow,
Amer. Med. Assoc.; Mem. Nuttall Ornith. Club; Wash. Biol.
Soc.; A. O. U.; D. C. Med. Soc.; D: C. Soc, Ophthal. and Otol.;
D.C. K. F. R. Soc.; author of numerous scien. publ., including
“List of birds of Roane Co., Tenn.” 1886. Died in Washington,
DRC. Nov..3,. 1921,

Published Biographical References—Anon. 1921, Proc. Ent. Wash., v. 23, p. 213; Anon. 1921,
Wash. (D. C.) Eve. Star, no. 28,313, Nov. 4; Palmer, T. S., 1935, Auk, v, 52, pp. 493-494.

STANLEY BLACK FRACKER (1889- ).

Offices held in Society —Mem. exec. com. 1933; second vice pres. 1934; pres.
1936.

Biographical Sketch—Born Ashton, la., Apr. 8, 1889, son of
George and Nettie (Black) Fracker. Educated at Buena Vista
ColeA B., 19103) Michi, 1910-11; Cornell, 1911; M2 S., Ta.
St. Coll., 1912; Ph. D., Ill, 1914.. Married Grace E. Parker,
Sept. 10, 1914; three children. Instr. Econ. Ent. Wisc., 1914—
15; assist. St. ent., 1920-27; in chg., domestic plant quar., Fed.
Hort. Bd., U. S. Dept. Agr., 1927-28; Plant Quar. and Control
Admin., 1928-30; Bur. Plant Quar.,1930—34;in chg., Plant Disease
Control, Bur. Ent., and Plant Quar., 1934 et seq. As St. ent.

116 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936

of Wis. was instrumental in establishing a cranberry disease
control serv., a state-wide ins. pest surv., a co. coop. plan of
attacking Amer. foulbrood in apiaries by the area cleanup
system. Mem. Amer. Assoc. Advance Sc.; Ent. Soc. Amer.;
Amer. Assoc. Econ. Ent. (4th vice pres., chairman, sect. apicult.,
1923; sec. Sect. Plant Quar. and Insp., 1928; 1934, chairman,
1935); Honey Producers’ League (sec. 1922-25); Inter. Ent.
Congr. at Ithaca, N. Y..and Madrid, Spain. Phi Kappa Phi;
Sigma Xi; Cosmos Club; Mason. Has specialized in Reduviidae;
lepidopterous larvae; Coreidae; apiary insp. methods; plant
quar.

Published Biographical References—Anon. 1921, Amer. Men of Sc., 3rd ed., p. 235; 1927, 4th
ed., p. 330; 1933, 5th ed., p. 377; Anon. 1925, Rus, 3rd ed., pp. 235-236; 1930, 4th ed., p. 237;
Anon. 1929-30, Who’s Who among North Amer. Authors, v. 4, p. 373; Anon. 1934-35, Who’s
Who in Amer., v. 18, p. 895; Anon. 1930, Who’s Who in the East, pp. 765-66; Anon. 1930, Who’s

Who in Govern., v. 1, p. 174; 1932, v. 2, p. 518; Anon. 1929-30, Who’s Who in the Nation’s Capital,
4th ed., p. 273; 1934-35, 5th ed., p. 339.

ARTHUR BURTON GAHAN (1880- ).

Offices held in Society.—Record. sec. 1915-18; second vice pres. 1919; first
vice pres. 1920-21; pres. 1922. Presidential address: ‘‘The role of the taxono-
mist in present day entomology.”

Biographical Sketch —Born Manhattan, Kans., Dec. 9, 1880,
son of James and Elizabeth (James) Gahan. B. S. Kans. Agr.
Coll., 1903; M. S., Univ. of Md., 1906; four months’ study in
European museums, 1927. Assist. ent., Md. Agr. Exp. Sta.,
1904-13: assist. Bur. ent., U. S. Dept. Agr., 1913-255 ene
1925-28; sr. ent., 1928 et seq. Married Emily Bonnet, Sept.
30, 1908; two children. Fellow Ent. Soc. of Amer. Specialized
in econ. ent. and parasitic Hymenoptera.

Published Biographical References —Anon. 1927, Amer. Men of Sc., 4th ed., p. 344; 1933, 5th

ed., p. 393; Anon. 1926-27, Who’s Who in the Nation’s Capital, 3rd ed., p. 231; 1929-30, 4th ed.,
p. 281; 1934-35, 5th ed., p. 351.

THEODORE NICHOLAS GILL (1837-1914).

Offices held in Society.—First vice pres. 1894-1898; pres. 1899-1900. Presi-
dential address: not recorded. Mem. exec. com. 1901-02.

Biographical Sketch—Born New York City, March 21, 1837,
son of James Darrel and Elizabeth (Vosburgh) Gill. Educated
in private schools and under special tutors; M. D., 1865; Ph. D.,
1866; LL. D., 1895; hon. A. M., Columbian, now Geo. Wash.
Univ.; prof. of physics and nat. hist., 1860-61; lecturer on nat.
hist., 1864-66, 1873-84; prof. of zool., 1884-1910, Geo. Wash.
Univ.; libr., Smithsonian Inst., 1865-67; assist. libr., Library
of Congress, 1866-75; assoc. in zool., U. S. Nat. Mus. Mem.
Amer. Assoc. Advance. Sci. (pres. 1897); Nat. Acad. of Sc.;
Amer. Philos. Soc.; Wash. Biol. Soc. (1st Pres.) and some 70

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936 117

other societies; Cosmos Club. Author of approximately 700
monographic and other works on fishes, mollusks, mammals,
and of papers on general zool. Prepared part of two volumes
of Riverside Nat. Hist.; assoc. ed., Johnson’s New Univ.
Encyc., Cent. Dict., and Stand. Dict. Died in Washington,
D. C., Sept. 25, 1914.

Published Biographical References.—Anon. 1908-09, Amer. Biog. Dir. D. C., p. 178; Anon.
1915, Amer. Blue Book of Biog., p. 516; Anon. 1906, Amer. Men of Sc., Ist ed., p. 121; 1910,
2nd ed., p. 176; Anon. 1914, Ent. News, v. 25, p. 432; Anon. 1912, Internat. Who’s Who in Sc.,
London, p. 116; Anon. 1904, Nat. Cyc. Amer. Biog., v. 12, p. 376; Anon. 1914, Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash., v. 16, pp. 177-178; Anon. 1914, Science, n. s., v. 40, pp. 547-550; Anon. 1899-1900, Who’s
Who in Amer., v. 1, p. 271; 1901-02, v. 2, pp. 430-431; 1903-05, v. 3, p. 562; 1906-07, v. 4, p.
680; 1908-09, v. 5, p. 718; 1910-11, v. 6, p. 740; 1912-13, v. 7, p. 805; 1914-15, v. 8, p. 905; Anon.
1914, Wash. D. C. Star, no. 19,721, p. 7, Sept. 25; Ibid, 19,724, p. 3, Sept. 28; Anon. 1914, Ent.
News, v. 25, p. 432; Busck, A. et al., 1914, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 16, pp. 177, 178; Dall, W.
H., 1916, Nat. Acad. Sci. Biog. Mem., v. 8, pp. 313-343, portrait, bibliog.; Howard, L. O., 1909,
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 11, pp. 12-14; Jordan, D. S., 1931, Dict. Amer. Biog., v. 7, pp. 285-286;
Palmer, T. S., 1915, Auk, v. 32, pp. 139-140, 391-395, portrait.

JOHN ENOS GRAF (1889- ).

Offices held in Society—Mem. exec. com. 1925; second vice pres. 1926;
first vice pres. 1927-28; pres. 1929; no presidential address; pres. 1930; Presi-
dential address: “Some problems in entomological administration.”

Biographical Sketch—Born Banning, Calif., May 28, 1889,
son of Conrad and Marie (Frey) Graf. A. B., Pomona Coll.,
LONOs assist..ent., Bur (Ent. U.S. Dept. Agr., 1911—15% ent.,
K'y. Tobacco Prod. Co., 1916; assist. ent., Bur. Ent., U.S. Dept.
Agr., 1917-18; ent. in chg. field work, Truck Crop Ins. Invest.,
Fla. and Ala., 1918-23; ent., in charge Truck Crop Insects
1923-26; Sr. Ent. and Prin. Erit. 1926-31; assist. Chief Bur.
Ent., 1928-31; mem. Fed. Hort. Bd., U. S. Dept. Agr., 1926-31;
assoc. dir., U. S. Nat. Mus., 1931 et seq. Married Dorothy
Jacqueline Wilks, Sept. 26, 1931. Mem. Amer. Assoc. Advance.
Sc.; Amer. Assoc. Econ. Ent.; Fla. Ent. Soc.; Wash. Biol. Soc.;
Wash. Acad.; Cosmos Club. Specialized in Econ. Ent.; Truck
Crop Ins. and Mus. Adminis

Published Biographical References —Anon. 1927, Amer. Men of Sc., 4th ed., p. 374; 1933, Sth
ed., p. 429; Anon. 1918, Rus. Ist ed., p. 113; 1920, 2nd ed., p. 182; 1925, 3rd ed., p. 264; 1930,
4th ed., p. 266; Anon. 1926-27, Who’s Who in the Nation’s Capital, 3rd ed., p. 246; 1929-30,
4th ed., p. 301; 1934-35, Sth ed., p. 337.

CHARLES TULL GREENE (1879- ye

Offices held in Society.—Record. sec. 1922-26; mem. exec. com. 1927-30;
second vice pres. 1931; first vice pres. 1932; pres. 1933. Presidential address:
“A revision of the genus Anastrepha based on a study of the wings and on the
length of the ovipositor sheath.”

Biographical Sketch—Born Philadelphia, Pa., March 27,

118 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936

1879, son of Joseph Sawyer and Mary Ann (Lutz) Greene.
Educated Indust. Art. Sch., Philadelphia, 1894-95; Franklin
Inst., 1896-97; 1903-04; Pa. Mus. and Sch. Indust. Art.,
1898-1901; Drexel Inst., 1904-06; Geo. Wash. Univ., 1921-22;
Amer. Univ., B. S., 1933. Draftsman in mech. and elec. work,
1901-12 (ent. as a hobby, 1893-1912). Ent. assist., Bur. Ent.,
U. S. Dept. Agr., 1912-15; specialist, Forest Diptera, 1915-24;
assist. ent., 1924-28; assoc. ent., 1928 et seq. Hon. assist.
Custodian Diptera, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1918 et seq. Married
Ida May Parkinson, Oct. 9, 1912; ent. exploration in Panama,
1926, in search of and rearing fruit flies of the genus Anastrepha.
Mem. Amer. Assoc. Advance. Sci.; Ent. Soc. Amer.; Wash.
Biol. Soc.; Cambridge Ent. Club. Specialized in Diptera,
adults, and especially the immature stages.

Published Biographical References —Anon. 1933, Amer. Men of Sc., 5th ed., p. 437.
OTTO HEIDEMANN (1842-1916).

Offices held in Society Member executive committee 1890, 1891. Member
publication committee 1904; Second vice president, 1905, 1906; First vice
president, 1907, 1908; President, 1909. No presidential address recorded;
1910, Presidential address: “Some remarks on the eggs of North American
species of Hemiptera~-Homoptera.”

Biographical Sketch—Born in Magdeburg, Germany, Sept.
1, 1842. Wood-engraver in Leipsic, Vienna, Munich, Stuttgart,
and Berlin. Came to U. S. and established business in Balti-
more, 1873; moved business to Wash., D. C., 1876, where he
furnished many illustrations for government publications;
employed in U. S. Geological Survey 1880-1883; employed as
engraver in U. S. Dept. Agr., 1883-1898; employed in U. S.
Division of Entomology 1898, became specialist and world
authority on Hemiptera; married. Publications comprised
approximately 35 titles on biological subjects. Fellow:
A.A.A.S.; member A.A.E.E. and other societies. Died Nov. 17,
1916, in Washington, D. C.

Published Biographical References —Anon. Amer. Men of Science, 2nd ed., 1910, p. 207; Anon.
1917, Ent. News, v. 28, pp. 1-2, portrait; Anon. 1916, Psyche., v. 23, pp. 159, 194; Essig, E. O.,

1931, Hist. of Ento. pp. 653-654, portrait; Howard, L. O., 1916, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 18, pp.
201-205; Walton, W. R., 1921, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 23, pp. 94-95.

CARL HEINRICH (1880— ys
Offices held in Society —Ed. 1924-26.

Biographical Sketch——Born Newark, N. Y., April 7, 1880,
son of Paul and Clarissa Amelia (Brandt) Heinrich. Student,
Univ. of: Chicago, 1899-1901. Ent., Bur. Ent., U. S. Dept.
Agr., 1913 et seq. Married Mary Elizabeth Schubert, Aug.
1903; four children. Mem. Wash. Biol. Soc. Has specialized
in Lepidoptera. ~

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936 119

Published Biographical References.—Anon. 1927, Amer. Men of Sc., 4th ed., p. 430; 1933, 5th
ed., p. 495; Anon. 1926-27, Who’s Who in the Nation’s Capital, 3rd ed., p. 276.

ANDREW DELMAR HOPKINS (1857-— Jie

Offices held in Society.—Second vice pres. 1903-04; first vice pres. 1905-06;
pres. 1907-08. Presidential address: not recorded. Vice pres. Wash. Acad.
of Sc. for Ent. Soc., 1907-10.

Biographical Sketch—Born Jackson Co., W. Va., Aug. 20,
1857, son of Andrew Evans and Miriam Florence (Evans)
Hopkins. Early education at Jackson C. H., W. Va.; hon.
Ph. D., W. Va. Univ., 1893. Married Adealia S. Butcher,
Nov. 18, 1880; four children. Ent. W. Va. Agr. Exp. Sta.,
1890-1902; v. dir. W. Va. Agr. Exp. Sta. 1897-1902; prof.
econ. ent., W. Va. U., 1896-1902; apptd. forest ent. in chg.,
forest ins. invest., Div. of Ent., U. S. Dept. Agr., July 1, 1902;
sr. ent., Bur. Ent., 1904-23; spl. res. in bioclimatics, 1923-31;
collab. in chg. of bioclimatics, 1931 et seq. Fellow Amer.
Assoc. Advance. Sc.; Ent. Soc. of Amer. (vice pres.); mem. Amer.
Assoc. Econ. Ent. (vice pres. 1900; pres. 1901); W. Va. Acad.
Sci. (Ist pres.); Biol. Soc. Wash. (pres. 1920); Wash. Acad.
Sc. (vice pres.); Am. Meteorol. Soc. life mem.; hon. mem. Soc.
Econ. Biol. (Eng.); club: Cosmos. Author of numerous bulls.,
principally on forest tree insects and Scolytidae and bioclimatics,
including development of the bioclimatic law and science of
bioclimatics.

Published Biographical References —Anon. 1908-09, Amer. Biog. Dir., D. C., p. 234; Anon.
1915, Amer. Blue Book of Biog., p. 646; Anon. 1906, Amer. Men of Sc., Ist ed., p. 153; 1910, 2nd
ed., p. 233; 1921, 3rd ed., p. 329; 1927, 4th ed., p. 464; 1933, 5th ed., p. 534; Anon. 1906, Nat.
Cyc. Amer. Biog., v. 13, p. 185; Anon, 1918, Rus, Ist ed., p. 138; 1920, 2nd ed., p. 224; 1925,
3rd ed., p. 237; 1930, 4th ed., pp. 330-31; Anon. 1903-05, Who’s Who in Amer., v. 3, p. 722;
1906-07, v. 4, p. 869; 1908-09, v. 5, p. 917; 1910-11, v. 6, p. 940; 1912-13, v. 7, p. 1022; 1914-15,
v. 8, p. 1154; 1916-17, v. 9, p. 1201; 1918-19, v. 10, p. 1336; 1920-21, v. 11, p. 1386; 1922-23,
v. 12, p. 1563-64; 1924-25, v. 13, p. 1619; 1926-27, v. 14, p. 983; 1928-29, v. 15, p. 1069; 1930-31,
v. 16, p. 1127; 1932-33, v. 17, p. 1162; 1934-35, v. 18, p. 1193; Anon. 1921-22, Who’s Who in the
Nation’s Capital, Ist ed., p. 190; 1923-24, 2nd ed., pp. 191-92; 1926-27, 3rd ed., p. 291; Howard,
L. O., 1930, Hist. Applied Ent., p. 168, portrait.

LELAND OSSIAN HOWARD (1857— ye

Offices held in Society —Corres. sec. 1884-85; pres. 1886. Presidential
address: “A brief consideration of certain points in the morphology of the
family Chalcididae”; 1887, Presidential address: “A commencement of a
study of the parasites of cosmopolitan insects”; mem. exec. com. 1888-89;
second vice pres. 1890-91; corres. sec. 1892-93; record. sec. 1894-1900, inc.;
mem. exec. com. 1901-14, inc.; mem. publ. com. 1902, 1904; pres. 1923. Presi-
dential address: “On Entomological Societies; Insect Parasites of Insects.’’

Hon. pres. 1929 et seq.

Biographical Sketch—Born Rockford, Ul., June 11, 1857, son
of Ossian Gregory and Lucy Dunham (Thurber) Howard;

120 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936

B. S., Cornell, 1877; M. S., 1883; Ph. D., Georgetown Univ.,
1896; hon. M. D., Geo. Wash. Univ., 1911; LL. D., Univ. of
Pittsburgh, 1911; Univ. of Calif., 1929; Sc. D., Univ. of Toronto,
1920; Rutgers Univ., 1930. Married Marie T. Clifton, April
28, 1886; three daughters. Assist. ent. U. S. Dept. Agr.,
1878-94; chief, U. S. Div. and later Bur. Ent., 1894-1927; pr.
ent., U. S. Dept. Agr., 1927-31; hon. curator, Dept. of Ins.,
UZS Nat. Mus. 1395— ; consulting ent., U. S. Public Health
Serv. 1904— ; sr. ent., with grade of sr. surgeon, Res. of
U. S. Public Health Serv., 1919- ; mem. com. on Agr. of
Nat. Council Defense, 1917; chairman sub-com. on med. ent.,
Nat. Res. Council, 1917; trustee, Cornell Univ., 1900-05;
permanent sec. Amer. Assoc. Advance. Sc., 1898-1920; pres.
Amer. Assoc. Econ. Ent., 1894; pres. Biol. Soc. of Wash., 1897—
98; pres., Cosmos Club, 1909; pres., Wash. Acad. of Sc., 1916;
pres. Amer. Assoc. Advance. Sci., 1920; vice pres. Internat.
Congress of Agr., Paris, 1923; hon. pres. Internat. Congress of
Phytopath. and Econ. Ent., Holland, 1923; chairman Pan-
Pacific Food Conser. Congress, Honolulu, 1924; pres. of sec.
of econ. zool., Internat. Congress of Zool., Budapest, 1927;
pres. Internat. Congress of Ent., Ithaca, N. Y., 1928; mem.
Am. Philosoph. Soc., Nat. Acad. of Sc.; Chevalier Legion of
Honor, 1925, Officer, 1929, and Officer Order of Agr. Merit
(France), 1925; Medalist Holland Soc. of N. Y., 1924; Capper
award of $5,000, 1931; author of definitions in ent. for Cent.
and Stand. Dict.; lectures on ent. at Swarthmore Coll. and
Post-grad. sch. of Georgetown Univ.; ed., insect life; author:
““Mosquitoes—How they live, etc.,”” 1901; ‘““The Insect Book,”
1901; ““The House Fly—Disease Carrier,” 1911; monograph,
“Mosquitoes of North America,” (Joint author) Carnegie Inst.,
1912-17); “Hist. of Applied Entomology,” (Smithsonian Inst.),
1930; ‘““The Insect Menace,” 1931; “Fighting the Insects—the
story of an entomologist,” 1933; also many govt. publs. Contrb.
New Internat. Encyc.; Transl.: “‘La vie psychique des Insectes”’
(by E. L. Bouvier), 1923.

Published Biographical References—Anon. 1906, Amer. Biog. Dir., D. C., p. 237; Anon. 1906,
Amer. Men of Sc., Ist ed., p. 156; 1910, 2nd ed., p. 227; 1921, 3rd ed., p. 334; 1927, 4th ed., p. 471;
1933, 5th ed., p. 542; Anon. 1912, Internat. Who’s Who in Science, p. 142; Anon. 1904, Nat. Cyc.
Amer. Biog., v. 12, p. 356; Anon. 1918, Rus, Ist ed., p. 140; 1920, 2nd ed., p. 228; 1925, 3rd ed.,
pp. 331-32; 1930, 4th ed., pp. 335-36; Anon. 1899-00, Who’s Who in Amer., v. 1, p. 354; 1901-02,
v. 2, pp. 560-61; 1903-05, v. 3, pp. 732-733; 1906-07, v. 4, p. 881; 1908-09, v. 5, p. 929; 1910-11,
v 6, p. 932; 1912-13, v. 7, p. 1038; 1914-15, v. 8, p. 1170; 1916-17, v. 9, p. 1220; 1918-19, v. 10,
pp. 1356-57; 1920-21, v. 11, pp. 1407-08; 1922-23, v. 12, p. 1586; 1924-25, v. 13, p. 1643; 1926-27,
v. 14, p. 997; 1928-29, v. 15, p. 1083; 1930-31, v. 16, p. 1142; 1932-33, v. 17, p. 1178; 1034-35,
v. 18, p. 1209; Anon. 1921-22, Who’s Who in the Nation’s Capital, Ist ed., p. 192; 1923-24, 2nd
ed., p. 194; 1926-27, 3rd ed., p. 276; 1929-30, 4th ed., p. 366; 1934-35, 5th ed., p. 458; Adams, S.
H., 1911, Amer. Mag., v. 72, p. 721, illus., Oct.; Chestnut, A., 1930, Nature Mag., v. 15, pp. 176-
78, portrait; Essig, E. O., 1931, Hist. of Ent., pp. 658-664, portrait; Howard, L. O., 1933, Fighting
the Insects (autobiog.), pp. 1-333; Lindsay, A. W., 1934, Bios, v. 5, no. 2, pp. 37-43.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936 121

HENRY GUERNSEY HUBBARD (1850-1899).

Offices held in Soctety.—Second vice president, 1896-1897; President, 1898.
Presidential address: None; President 1899 (Died Jan. 18, 1899).

Biographical Sketch—Born Detroit, Mich., May 6, 1850,
son of Bela P. Hubbard, and mother of German descent.
Educated at a private school at Cambridge, Mass., and under
various private tutors in Europe. Student at Harvard Univ.
under Agassiz, Asa Gray, and Shaler, associated in studies with
Hagen, Osten Sacken, Crotch and Schwarz,—Harvard Univ.,
1873; post graduate work ibid, 1873-74; special studies with
Schwarz of Coleoptera hibernation; made extensive collections
with Schwarz assisted by Le Conte in Mich. and Fla. 1874-78;
Ent. exp. in Jamaica 1877; studies of cave fauna under Shaler
in Ky. 1879; removed to Crescent City, Fla., 1879; sp. agent,
U.S. Ent. Com. in Fla., Ga., and Ala., 1880; employed by U. S.
Dept. of Agr. on investigations of orange insects. Married
Miss Kate Lasier, 1887; four children; entomological exp. and
coll. in Lake Superior region, Mont., Utah, Lake Tahoe, Calif.,
Yellowstone Park, Ore., Wash. and B. C.; B.W.I. and Ariz.
389 to) 18995" Died at Crescent’ City, Flas) Janivls, 1899)
Author of over 70 papers on entomological subjects, including
“Insects affecting the Orange” 1885; life long friend and fellow
worker with FE. A. Schwarz and their extensive collection of
Coleoptera forms valuable donation to U.S. Nat. Mus.

Published Biographical References—Anon. 1923, Harvard College Class of 1873; 50th An-
niversary Rpt.; Anon. Detroit Free Press, 1899, Jan. 20; Day, E. W., 1895, One Thousand Years
of Hubbard History; Howard, L. O., 1930, Hist. Applied Ent., pp. 25, 26, 95, portrait; Howard,
Or 1932.) Dict. Amers biog) vaio, pp.) 52/—926, 0b. ds He 4 Cans Bot. ve Slaps 72s. ochwarz,
E. A. et al., 1901; Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 4, pp. 350-360, portrait, bibliog.; Smith, J. B., 1899,
Ent. News, v. 10, pp. 80-83, portrait.

‘WALTER DAVID HUNTER (1875-1925).

Offices held in Society.—F rst vice pres. 1913; pres. 1914. Presidential address:
““Some observations on medical entomology” ed. 1914; vice pres. Wash Acad.
of Sc. for Ent. Soc., 1915-18; mem. exec. com. 1916-17.

Biographical Sketch—Born Lincoln, Nebr., Dec. 14, 1875,
son of Joseph H. and Mary Abbey (Crooker) Hunter. A. B.,
Univ. of Nebr., 1895; A. M., 1897; LL. D., Tulane Univ.,
1916; assist. ent., Univ. of Nebr., 1895-1900; Ia. Agr. Exp. Sta.,
1901; in chg. of boll weevil invest., U. S. Dept. Agr., 1902-05;
in chg. southern field crop ins. invest. and mem. Fed. Hort. Bd.;
in chg. of pink boll worm work, 1908. Fellow Amer. Assoc,
Advance. Sci.; mem. Amer. Ornith. Union; Amer. Assoc. Econ.
Ent.; Amer. Ent. Soc.; Cosmos Club. Author of numerous
publications on ent. subjects, principally on cotton boll
weevil. Died in El Paso, Tex., Oct. 14, 1925.

122 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936

Published Biographical References ——Anon. 1908-09, Amer. Biog. Dir., D. C., p. 244; Anon.
1906, Amer. Men of Sc., Ist ed., p. 160; 1910, 2nd ed., p. 233; 1921, 3rd ed., p. 344; Anon.
1925, Dallas (Tex.) Morning News, v. 41, no. 14, p. 1, Oct. 14, portrait; Anon. 1926, Ent.
News, v. 37, p. 32; Anon. 1925, Houston Post Dispatch, v. 41, no. 193, p. 1, Oct. 14; Anon,
1925, Nebr. Alumnus, v. 21, pp. 377-78; Anon. 1906-07, Who’s Who in Amer., v. 4, p. 905; 1908-
09, v. 5, p. 955; 1910-11, v. 6, p. 978; 1912-13, v. 7, p. 1065; 1914-15, v. 8, p. 1200; 1916-17, v.
9, p. 1252; 1918-19, v. 10, p. 1392; 1920-21, v. 11, p. 1444; 1922-23, v. 12, p. 1623; 1924-25,
v. 13, p. 1680; Anon. 1926-27, Who’s Who in the Nation’s Capital, 3rd ed., p. 303; Howard, L. O.,
1932, Dict. Amer. Biog., v. 9, p. 406; Howard, L. O., 1933, Fighting the Insects, p. 158; Marlatt,
C. L., 1926, U. S. Dept. Agr., F. H. B. Ser. and Reg. Announcements No. 85, Oct.—Dec., pp. 1-2;
Howard, L. O. et al., 1926, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., v. 19, pp. 257-258, portrait; Howard, L. O.,
1925, Jour. Econ. Ent., v. 18, pp. 844-48, portrait; Howard, L. O., 1925, Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 27,
pp. 169-181, portrait, bibliog.; Howard, L. O., 1925, Science, n. s., v. 62, p. 430; Howard, L. O.,
1925, Semi-weekly Farm News, Dallas, Tex., Dec. 1, p. 12.

JAMES AUGUSTUS HYSLOP (1884— ).

Offices held in Society—Mem. exec. com. 1924; mem. program com. 1932,
(?); second vice pres. 1925; first vice pres. 1926; pres. 1927. Presidential
address: ‘‘An estimate of the damage by some of the more important insect
pests of the United States.”

Biographical Sketch——Born Chicago, Ill., July 7, 1884, son of
Charles George and Mary Agnes (Garvey) Hyslop. B. S.,
Mass. Coll., 1908; M. S., Wash. Coll., 1911; ent., Cereal &
Forage Ins. Invest., Bur. Ent., U. S. Dept. Agr., 1908-17;
exten. work ent., 1917-19; in chg. Ins. Pest Surv. and Pub.
Relations, 1920; summer assist. Mass. Agr. Coll., 1905; in
chg. Gipsy Moth Work, Conn., 1906; summer assist., Bur.
Ent., U.S. Dept. Agr., 1907. Married Grace Genevra Anderson,
Oct. 7, 1911; four children. Has published 138 papers on ent.
and related subjects. Mem. Ent. Soc. Amer.; Amer. Assoc.
Econ. Ent.,-Wash: Acad. Sci. (Pi Gamma’ Mu);°Q. =f Ve
Cosmos Club. Has specialized in North American Elateridae and
in insect ecology.

Published Biographical References ——Anon. 1907, Mass. Agr. Coll. Index, p. 193, portrait; Anon.
1920, Rus, 2nd ed., p. 237; 1925, 3rd ed., p. 344; 1930, 4th ed., p. 349; Anon. 1928-29, Who’s Who
in Amer., v. 15, p. 1118; 1930-31, v. 16, p. 1178; 1932-33, v. 17, p. 1217; 1934-35, v. 18, p. 1250;
Anon. 1930, Who’s Who in the East, p. 1089; Anon. 1921-22, Who’s Who in the Nation’s Capital,

Ist ed., p. 199; 1923-24, 2nd ed., p. 201; 1926-27, 3rd ed., p. 305; 1929-30, 4th ed., p. 377; 1934—
35, 5th ed., p. 472; Anon. Amer. Men of Sc., 1921, 3rd ed., p. 349.

WILLIS GRANT JOHNSON (1866-1908).
Offices held in Society.—First vice pres. 1901-02.

Biographical Sketch—Born New Albany, O., July 4, 1866,
son of William H. and Mary (Humphrey) Johnson. Student
O. St. Univ., 1884-87; Cornell Univ., A. B., 1892; A. M., 1894;
post grad. student and instr. Leland Stanford Jr. Univ., 1892-94.
Married Fannie Phillip, April 19, 1892. Became instr., Univ.
of Ill. and made sp. invest. of Med. Flour Moth; St. ent. of Md.,
1896-1900; also chief St. Hort. Dept. and prof. of zool. and

ent., Md. Agr. Coll. and ent., St. Exp. Sta. Organized and

PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936 123

became life mem. of Md. St. Hort. Soc. Assisted in enactment
and enforcement of law against San Jose Scale. Investigated
fumigation with hydrocyanic acid gas in mills. Author of
“Mediterranean Flour Moth,” 1896; “San Jose Scale,” 1898;
“Fumigation Methods,” 1902; ‘The Poultry Book,” 3 vols.
1903-05; and numerous works on ent. and other subjects.
Assoc. ed., Amer. Agr., 1900-08; mem. Bd. of control, N. Y.
Agr. Exp. Sta., Dir. Amer. Inst., New York City. Mem. Amer.
Assoc. Agr. Coll. and Exp. Sta.; Soc. Prom. Agr. Sc.; Fellow
Amer. Assoc. Advance. Sc.; Amer. Assoc. Pomol. Soc.; Amer.
Assoc. Econ. Ent.; Biol. Soc. Wash. Died in New York City,
March 11, 1908.

Published Biographical References Anon. 1906, Amer. Men of Sc., Ist ed., p. 169; Anon.
1908, Ent. News, v. 19, p. 242; Felt, E. P. et al., 1908, Jour. Econ. Ent., v. 1, pp. 163-164, portrait;
Howard, L. O., 1919, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 11, pp. 15-16.

FREDERICK KNAB (1865-1918).
Offices held in Society.—Second vice pres. 1916-17; first vice pres. 1918.

Biographical Sketch—Born Wurzburg, Bavaria, Sept. 22,
1865, son of Oscar and Josephine Knab. Removed with family
to Chicopee, Mass., in 1873. Scientific explorer, Brazil and
Peru, 1885-86; art student, Munich, 1889-91; landscape
painter, Chicopee, Mass., 1891-1901; employed by Carnegie
Inst. on mosquito work, 1903; ent., Ill. Nat. Hist. Surv., 1904;
ent., U. S. Dept. Agr., 1904; explorations in Mexico, Central
America on mosquito invest., 1905-06; same in Saskatchewan,
1907; custodian of Diptera, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1911-18; co-author
of four-volume monograph on the Mosquitoes of North and
Central America and West Indies for the Carnegie Inst.,
1912-17; author of 177 scientific and other publications; fellow
Amer. Assoc. Advance. Sc.; mem. Ent. Soc. Amer.; Springfield
(Mass.) Zool. Club. Unmarried. Died in Washington, D. C.,
Nov. 2, 1918. His interest in our Society was so great that he
bequeathed to it the larger part of his estate.

Published Biographical References ——Anon. 1906, Amer. Men of Sc., Ist ed., p. 170; 1910,
2nd ed., p. 262; Anon. 1918, Ent. News, v. 29, p. 400; Caudell, A. N. et al., 1919, Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash., v. 21, pp. 41-52, portrait, bibliog.; Howard, L. O., 1918, Jour. Econ. Ent., v. 11, pp. 484-

485; Howard, L. O., 1933, Dict. Amer. Biog., v. 10, p. 448; Howard, L. O., 1933, Fighting the
Insects, pp. 120-121.

WALTER HARRISON LARRIMER (1889- ).
Offices held in Society —Mem. exec. com. 1931-34.
Biographical Sketch—Born Bloomingburg, O., Feb. 23, 1889,
son of Henry T. and Rachel A. (Roebuck) Larrimer. Grade
schools and high school, Bloomingburg, O.; B. S., O St., 1913,

Pin Dyet925 Mies: Purdue, 1921: sciassist., Bur. Ent. UeS.
Dept. Agr., 1913-19; assoc. ent. in chg. West Lafayette, Ind.,

124 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936

Lab., 1919-25; pr. ent., in chg. Cereal & Forage Ins. Invest.,
1925-34; staff assist., Forest Res., U. S. Forest Serv. 1935.
Capt. F. A., 1917-19; F. A. R., 1919 et seq. Married Cheslye
Long, Nov. 18, 1918; three children. Mem. Amer. Assoc.
Advance. Sc.; Ent. Soc. Amer.; Assoc. Econ. Ent.; has special-
ized in Cereal & Forage Crop Ins.; statistical methods in biol.

Published Biographical References —Anon. 1925, Amer. Men of Sc., 4th ed., pp. 566-67; 1933,
5th ed., p. 652; Anon. 1920, Rus, 2nd ed., p. 271; 1925, 3rd ed., p. 396; 1930, 4th ed., p. 405; Anon.
1928-29, Who’s Who in Amer., v. 15, p. 1259; 1930-31, v. 16, p. 1329; 1932-33, v. 17, p. 1374;
1934-35, v. 18, p. 1413; Anon. 1930, Who’s Who in the East, p. 1244; Anon. 1930, Who’s Who in
Govern., v. 1, p. 325; 1932, v. 2, p. 769; Anon. 1926-27, Who’s Who in the Nation’s Capital, 3rd
ed:, p. 343: 1929-30, 4th ed., p. 429; 1934-35. Sth ed., p..540,

OTTO LUGGER (1844-1901).
Offices held in Society —Mem. exec. com. 1886-87; corres. sec. 1888.

Biographical Sketch—Born Hagen, Westphalia, Sept. 16,
1844; father a prof. of chem. in a Prussian Univ. Educated at
Hagen. Became lieut. of cavalry in Prussian Army. Came to
U. S. with parents, 1865. Assist. in engineer corps of U. S.
Army, 2 years in surv. of Great Lakes; ent. with C. V. Riley,
St. Ent. of Mo., 1868-75; curator, Md. Acad. of Sc. and city
park nat., 1875-85; ent., U. S. Dept. Agr., Wash., 1885-88;
st. ent. of Minn., 1888-1901. Specialized in econ. ent., particu-
larly grasshopper control. Also interested in bot. subjects.
Author of some 30 works on econ. ent., including an extensive
series on ent. (Orthoptera, Lepidoptera, Coleoptera, Hemiptera,
and Diptera) of Minn.; also works on plant diseases, notably
on black rust. Died May 21, 1901.

Published Biographical References —Anon. 1901, 32nd An. Rpt. Ent. Soc., Ont., p. 125; Howard,
L. O., 1901, Ent. News, v. 12, pp. 222-224, portrait; Howard, L. O., 1901, Science n. s., v. 13, pp.
980-981; Howard, L. O., 1930, Hist. Applied Ent., p. 97.

BENJAMIN PICKMAN MANN (1848-1926).
Offices held in Society —Treas. 1884-91, inc.

Biographical Sketch—Born West Newton, Mass., April 30,
1848, son of Horace and Mary (Peabody) Mann. Harvard
Univ., A. B., 1870; ent. Brazil, 1870-71; ent. counsellor, 1872—
86; instr. in bot., Bowdoin Coll., 1877; assist. ent., U. S. Dept.
Agr., 1881-86; assist. examiner, U. S. Pat. Office, 1887; Mem.
D. C. Bd. Children’s Guardians, 1892-1914; life mem. Cam-
bridge Ent. Club (sec.-treas., 1874-81; pres. 1883); corres. mem.
Amer. Ent. Soc.; life fellow Amer. Assoc. Advance. of Sc.; life
mem. A. L. A.; Bibliog. Soc. Amer.; mem. Biol. Soc. Wash.;
Amer. Assoc. Econ. Ent.; Ent. Soc. Ontario; Esperanto Assoc.
N. A.; Universala Esparanto Associo.; Kolumbia Esperanto
Associo.; ed. of Psyche, 1874-85; mem. Harvard Kabea Club
and compiler of reference indices; specialist in scientific bibliog.;

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936 12s

made numerous contributions to periodicals on scientific and
bibliog. subjects. Died in Washington, D. C., March 22, 1926.
Published Biographical References—Anon. 1908-09, Amer. Biog. Dir. D. C., p. 311; Anon,
1910, Amer. Men of Sc., 2nd ed., p. 307; 1921, 3rd ed., p. 450; Anon. 1926, Ent. News, v. SVS 12):
192; Anon. 1926, Psyche, v. 3, p. 172; Anon. 1926, Wash. Post, March 24; Anon. 1899-00, Who’s
Who in Amer., v. 1, p. 470; 1901-02, v. 2, p. 747; 1903-05, v. 3, p. 980; 1906-07, v. 4, p. 1175;
1908-09, v. 5, p. 1241; 1910-11, v. 6, p. 1261; 1912-13, v. 7, pp. 1376-77; 1914-15, v. 8, p. 1548;
1916-17, v. 9, p. 1566; 1918-19, v. 10, p. 1742; 1920-21, v. 11, p. 1818; 1922-23, v. 12, p. 2018;
1924-25, v. 13, p. 2090; Anon. 1921-22, Who’s Who in the Nation’s Capital, Ist ed., p. 259.

CHARLES LESTER MARLATT (1863-— Ne

Offices held in Society:—Mem. exec. com. 1889; corres. sec. 1890; record.
sec. 1891; first vice pres. 1892; record. sec. 1893; second vice pres. 1894-1895;
pres. 1896. Presidential address: “A brief historical survey of the science of
entomology, with an estimate of what has been, and what remains to be ac-
complished”; Pres. 1897. Presidential address: ‘An investigation of applied
entomology in the Old World.” Mem. exec. com. 1910 and 1915.

Biographical Sketch—Born Atchison, Kans. Sept. 26, 1863,
son of Washington M. and J. A. (Bailey) Marlatt; B. a Agr.
Coll., Manhattan, Kans., 1884; M. S. 1886, D. See 1951.
Married (Ist) Florence L. Brown, Dees, 1896 (died 1903);
married (2nd) Helen Stuart MacKay- Smith, July 5, 1906; six
children. Assist. prof., Agr. Coll., Manhattan, Kans., two years;
assist. ent., 1889-94; first assist. and assist. chief ent., 1894-
1922; assoc. chief, 1922-27; chief, Bur. Ent., U. S. Dept. Agr.,
1927-34. Directed, 1909- ips effort to secure a national law to
prevent importation of infested and diseased plants into U. S.,
resulting in the “Plant Quar. Act.” of Aug. 20, 1912; chmn.
Fed. Hort. Bd. to supervise enforcement of this act, 1912-28
responsible for reorganization and assembling from other
bureaus of the Dept. Agr. of all plant quar. and regulatory work,
under a new office, created by the Sec. of Agr. of Plant Quar.
and Control Admin.; chief of this office, 1928-29. Mem. Ed.
com. Jour. of Agr. Rest 1919-26; Wash. Acad. Sc.; Biol. Arch-
aeol. and Geog. socs.; Phi Kappa Phi; Fellow Amer. Assoc.
Advance. Sci.; Amer. Assoc. Econ. Ent. (pres. 1899); Clubs:
Cosmos, Chevy Chase, Burning Tree (Wash.). Author of
many papers and bulls. on systematic and econ. ent. and on
plant quar.

Published Biographical References—Anon. 1908-09, Amer. Biog. Dir. D. C., p. 312; Anon.
1906, Amer. Men of Science, Ist ed., p. 209; 1910, 2nd ed., p. 309; 1921, 3rd ed., p. 453; 1927, 4th
ed., p. 642; 1933, 5th ed., p. 741; Anon. 1912, Internat. Who’s Who in Sc., London, p. 182; Anon.
1918, Rus Ist ed., p. 181; 1920, 2nd ed., pp. 294-95; 1925, 3rd ire p. 433; 1930, 4th ed., p. 442;
Anon. 1899-00, Who’s Who in Amer., v. 1, p. 473; 1901-02, v. 2, p. 752; 1903-05, v. 3, p. 988;
1906-07, v. 4, p. 1183; 1908-09, v. 5, p. 1250-51; 1910-11, v. ‘6 pe 1271; 1912-13, v. 7, p. 1387,
1914-15, v. 8, p. 1560; 1916-17, v. 9, pp. 1577-78; 1918-19, v. 10, p. 1754; 1920-21, v. 11, pp.
1831-32; 1922-23, v. 12, p. 2031; 1924-25, v. 13, p. 2103; 1926-27, v. 14, p. 1264; 1928-29, v. 15,
p. 1376; 1930-31, v. 16, p. 1454; 1932-33, v. 17, p. 1505; 1934-35, v. 18, p. 1550; Anon. 1930,

Who’s Who in the East, p. 1372; Anon. 1930, Who’s Who in Govern. v. 1, p. 360; 1932, v. 2, p.
825: Anon. 1921-22, Who’s Who in the Nation’s Capital, Ist ed., p. 260; 1926-27, 3rd ed., p 374;

126 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936

1929-30, 4th ed., p. 467; 1934-35, 5th ed., p. 589; Howard, L. O., 1930, Hist. Applied Ent., pp.
94-98, 160, 345-346, portrait; Howard, L. O., 1933, Fighting the Insects, pp. 180-82.

GEORGE MARX (1838-1895).

. Offices held in Society.—Second vice pres. 1884-89; pres. 1890. Presidential
address: ‘‘A list of the Araneae of the District of Columbia.” Pres. 1891.
Presidential address: “On the morphology of the Ticks.”
1892-95.

Mem. exec. com.

Biographical Sketch—Born Laubach, Hesse, Germany, June
22, 1838, son of George Marx, chaplain at Laubach. In 1845
removed with father’s family to Leeheim; entered gym. at
Darmstadt, 1852; student at various times, theol. Hebrew,
bot., and art. Removed to America, 1860; soldier and assist.
surgeon U.S. Civil War, 1861-2; wounded and hon. discharged,
1862; pharmacist, N. Y. and Phila., 1862-78. Married Minnie
Maurer, May, 1869. Nat. hist. draftsman, U. S. Dept. Agr.,
1878-89; chief, Div. of Illus., 1889-95. Made special studies
in and collections of Arachnida, also specialized in ent. bibliog.
and formed large and valuable scientific library; M. D., Colum-
bian (now Geo. Wash.) Univ. 1885; prepared unpublished
monograph of Ticks. Died Jan 3, 1895. Author of 31 papers
on nat. hist. topics. Mem. of numerous scientific and other
societies.

Published Biographical References ——Anon. 1895, Ent. News, v. 6, p. 64; Anon. 1895, Wash.
D. C. Star, 13,052, Jan. 3, p. 7; Anon. 1895, Can. Ent., v. 27, p. 116; Essig, E. O., 1931, Hist. of

Ent., pp. 700-02, portrait; Howard, L. O., 1930, Hist. Applied Ent., pp. 83-85; Riley, C. V. et al.,
1896, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 3, pp. 195-97, portrait, bibliog.

NORMAN EUGENE MecINDOO (1881- ).
Offices held in Society —Mem. of program com. 1926-32.

Biographical Sketch—Born Lyons, Ind., April 11, 1881, son
of Jacob and Sarah Catherine (Halstead) McIndoo. A. B.,
Ind., 1906; fellow, 1908-09; A. M., 1909; fellow, Pa., 1909-11;
Ph. D., 1911; Ind. Univ. Biol. Sta.; Marine Biol. Sta., Woods
Hole, Mass.; Geo. Wash. Univ., 1915-16; assist., Ind., 1905-06;
teacher, high school, Wis., 1906-08; ent., Bur. Ent., U. S.
Dept. Agr., 1911 et seq.; collector of fish in Cuba for Ind. Univ.,
1905. Married Emma Christine Pabst, Dec. 23, 1911; two
children. Mem. Ent. Soc. Amer.; Amer. Assoc. Econ. Ent.;
Amer. Soc. Zool.; Wash. Biol. Soc.; Sigma Xi.; Nat. Geogr.
Soc.; Citizen’s Assoc. of Takoma Park, D. C. (treas.). Author
papers on fish; spiders; histology, sense organs and behavior of
insects; physiological effects of insecticides; and tropisms of
insects.

Published Biographical References——Anon. 1921. Amer. Men of Sc., 3rd ed., p. 441; 1927,

4th ed., p. 624; 1933, 5th ed., p. 719; Anon. 1917, General Alumni Cat. of Univ. Pa., p. 471; Anon.
1930, Who’s Who in the East, p. 1435; Anon. 1923-24, Who’s Who in the Nation’s Capital, 2nd

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936 127

ed., p. 248; 1926-27, 3rd ed., p. 388; Halstead, W. L., 1934, “‘The Story of the Halsteads of the
Wash ies AVS ASS SEE BIRCH,

JOHN GOTTLIEB MORRIS (1803-1895).
Offices held in Society.—First vice pres. 1884-87.

Biographical Sketch—Born York, Pa., Nov. 14, 1803, son of
John and Barbara (Myers) Morris, of German ancestry;
original name, Moritz. Student, York Co. Acad. and N. i
Coll.; grad., Dickinson Coll., 1823; divinity student, New
Market, Va., 1823-24; Princeton Theolog. Sem. 1825-26;
Gettysburg Theolog. Sem., 1826-27; ordained at Frederick,
Md., 1827; libr., Peabody Inst., Baltimore, 1860-65; pastor,
Third Luth. Church, Baltimore, 1864- 138 founder of Christian
Observer, 1831; pres., Maryland Synod; pres., General Synod,
1843-83; dir., Getty sburg Sem. and trustee of Pa. (now Gettys-
burg) Coll. for over 60 years; special lecturer annually at these
insts., 1869-94; attended first convention, Evangelical Alliances,
London, Eng., 1846; with Benj. Kurtz founded Lutherville, now
a suburb of Baltimore, 1851; co-founder of Luth. Hist. Soc.;
frequent lecturer before Smithsonian Inst.; for many years
pres. of Ent. Soc., Amer. Assoc. Advance. Sci.; mem. of numer-
ous scientific and historical societies; author of several books on
theol. and regular contributor to church periodicals; was also
student of history, bibliog. and nat. sc.; among his works are
kate ef- John Arnde,:" (853: “Catalog of the described Lepi-
doptera of North America,” 1860; res of the described
Lepidoptera of the United States, P 1862; “ Bibliothera Luther-
ana,’ 1876; ‘‘Fifty years in the Lutheran Ministry,” 1878;
“The Stork Family in the Lutheran Church,” 1886; and “Life
Reminiscences of an old Lutheran Minister,’ 1896. Died in
Lutherville, Md., Oct. 1895.

Published Biographical References—Anon. 1895, Ent, News, v. 6, pp. 273-274, portrait;
Anon. 1897, Nat. Cyc. Amer. Biog., v. 3, p. 61; Croll, P. C., 1907, Pennsylvania-German, v. 8,
pp, 59-62, portrait, Feb.; Hines, C. J., 1926, Lutheran Quarterly, July; also Baltimore Sun, Oct.
11, 1895; Howard, L. O., 1909, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 11, p. 16; Howard, L. O., Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash., v. 36, pp. 52-53; Morris, J. G., 1896, “‘Life Reminiscences of an old Lutheran Minister”
(bibliog. of his publs.); Smith, J. B., 1910, Pop. Sci. Mo., v. 76, p. 471, portrait; Wentz, A. R., 1920,
‘“‘History of Evangelical Lutheran Synod of Maryland”’; Wentz, A. R., 1926, “History of Gettys-
burg Theological Seminary” (bibliog. of his publs.).

HAROLD MORRISON (1890- ).

Offices held in Society.—Vice pres. Wash. Acad. of Sc., representing Ent.
Soc. 1931-34.

Biographical Sketch—Born McCordsville, Ind., May 24,
1890, son of Seymour and Harriet (Cottingham) Morrison.
A. B., Cornell, 1914; A. M., Stanford, 1915; Sc. D., Harvard,
1927; ce ies: St. Ent., highs oiteas. Insp. Fed. Hort. Bd.,

128 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936

U.S. Dept. Agr., 1916-17; ent. explorer, Bur. of Ent., 1917-20;
assist. ent., 1920-24; assoc. ent., 1924-25; ent., 1925-28; sr. ent.,
in chg., Ins. Ident., 1928-1935. Married Emily Sweetland
Reed, June 26, 1918; three children. Mem. Amer. Assoc.
Advance. Sc.; Ent. Soc. Amer. (2nd vice pres. 1931); Amer.
Assoc. Econ. Ent.; Biol. Soc. Wash.; Wash. Acad. of Sc. (vice
pres. 1931-35); Ind. Acad. Sc.; Cambridge Ent. Soc.; author
of about 26 papers on ent. subjects, chiefly classification of
Coccidae. Has specialized in ins. taxonomy and Coccidae.

Published Biographical References —Anon. 1921, Amer. Men of Sc., 3rd ed., p. 491; 1927,
1934-35, Who’s Who in the Nation’s Capital, 5th ed., p. 662.

CARL FREDERICK WILLIAM MUESEBECK (1894— Ne
Offices held in Society —Chairman, program com. 1934.

Biographical Sketch—Born Medina, N. Y., Sept. 24, 1894,
son of William and Mary (Koch) Muesebeck. B. S., Cornell,
1912; grad. work, 1918-21; instr. Cornell Univ., 1912-16; ent.,
Bur. Ent., U. S. Dept. Agr., 1916-18; 1921 et seq. Mem. Amer.
Assoc. Advance. Sci.; Ent. Soc. of Amer.; Amer. Assoc. Econ.
Ent.; Wash. Acad. Sci.; Sigma Xi; Biol. Soc. Wash.; has special-
ized in insect parasitism, parasitic Hymenoptera, and taxonomic
studies in Braconidae.

Published Biographical References—Anon. 1921, Amer. Men of Sc., 3rd ed., p. 495; 1927,
4th ed., p. 703, 1933, 5th ed., p. 804; Anon. 1915-16, Cornell Univ. Class Book.

PAUL WILSON OMAN (1908- :
Offices held in Society.—Record. sec. 1934.

Biographical Sketch—Born Garnett, Kans., Feb. 22, 1908,
son of Milton Arthur and Belle (Wilson) Oman. A. B., Univ.
of Kans., 1930; mus. assist., Univ. of Kans., 1929-30; Jr. ent.,
U.S. Bur. Ent., 1930 et seq. Married Marguerite Jahns, 1931.
Specialized in higher Homoptera. Mem. Ent. Soc. Amer.;
Kansas Ent. Soc.; Sigma Xi; Phi Beta Kappa; Phi Sigma.
Author of taxonomic works on Cicadellidae.

Published Biographical References —None.
JOHN DEWHURST PATTEN (1842-1927).
Offices held in Society —Treasurer, 1901-1908.

Biographical Sketch—Born Roscoe, O., June 4, 1842, son of
John Dewhurst and Jane Wells Patten, married Jean M. Coyle;
member Cosmos Club, Chevy Chase Club, Society of Colonial
Wars; died in-Washington, D. C., Jan. 4, 1927.

Published Biographical References ——Anon. 1927, Wash. (D. C.) Evening Star, no 30,198, p.
9, Jan. 5; Ibid. no. 30, 199, p. 9, Jan. 6; Anon. 1927, Wash., D. C., Post, no 18,465, p. 3, Jan. Sy
Anon. 1921-22, Who’s Who in the Nation’s Capital, Ist ed., p. 302; 1926-27, 3rd ed., p. 446;
Howard, L. O., 1933, Fighting the Insects, p. 246; Rohwer, S. A., 1934, Pro. Ent, Soc, Wash., v.
s{osioy oh

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936 129

THEODORE PERGANDE (1840-1916).
Offices held in Society —Member executive committee 1886-1889, inc.

Biographical Sketch—Born in Germany, Dec. 28, 1840.
Came to United States during Civil War and served in Union
army, 1861-65. Served as Assistant to C. V. Riley, St. Entom.
of Mo.; Asst. in U. S. Dept. of Agr., 1878-1916. Specialized
under Riley in general biological investigations, particularly in
Aphididae, also in rearing work and care of Government note
files. Married. Author of approximately 17 papers on ento-
mological subjects. Died in Washington, D. C., March 23,
L916.

Published Biographical References—Anon. 1916, Ent. News, v. 27, p. 240, bibliog.; Anon.
1916, Science n. s., v. 43, p. 492, Apr. 7; Anon. 1916, U. S. D. A. Mo. News Letter Bur. Ento.
no. 23, p. 1, Mch.; Essig., E. O. Hist. of Ento. 1931, pp. 733-734, portrait; Gibson, A., 1916, Can.
Ent., v. 48, pp. 213-214; Howard, L. O., 1933, Fighting the Insects, pp. 29, 72, 301; Anon. 1916,
Wash. D. C. Star, no. 20,267, p. 7, Mch. 24.

EVERETT FRANKLIN PHILLIPS (1878— Ne

Offices held in Society.—Corres. sec.-treas. 1910; second vice pres. 1911.

Biographical Sketch—Born Hannibal, O., Nov. 14, 1878,
son of Rev. Dr. Taylor Franklin and Missouri Belle Phillips.
A. B., Allegheny Coll., 1899, Sc. D., 1929; fellow Pa., 1903-04,
Ph. D., 1904. Teacher, High Sch., Pa., 1899-1900; Harrison
fellow, Pa., 1904-05; acting in chg. Apicult., Bur. Ent., U. S.
Dept. Agr., 1905-07; in chg. 1907-24; prof. Cornell, 1924 et seq.
Collab., Bur. Ent., U. S. Dept. Agr., 1924 et seq. Ed. Bd.
Jour. Econ. Ent., 1923-27; Am. Honey Producer, 1927-30; ed.
Apicult. Sect. Biol. Abst., 1927 et seq.; Langstreth Mem. Cmt.,
1926-30; Apis Club medal, 1924; medal, Syndicat des Apicult.
du Berri, 1926; medal. Soc. d’Apicult. meridionale, 1926; medal,
Zemske Ustredie Spolk Vcelarskychna Slovensky, 1932. Married
Mary Hibbs Geisler, Oct. 27, 1906; 3 children. Mem. Amer.
Assoc. Advance. Sc.; Amer. Soc. Nat.; fellow Ent. Soc. Amer.;
Amer. Assoc. Econ. Ent. (pres. 1934); Ecol. Soc.; Apis Club
(int. pres. 1926); Nat. St. local and for. Bee Keepers’ Assoc.;
Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila. Specialized in development of the
compound eye of the honeybee; rearing of queen bees; bee
diseases; beekeeping regions of the U. S.; physical properties of
honey.

Published Biographical References—Anon. 1908-09, Amer. Biog. Dir. D. C., p. 371; Anon.
1906, Amer. Men of Sc., Ist ed., p. 251; 1910, 2nd ed., p. 370; 1921, 3rd ed., p. 542; 1927, 4th ed.,
p. 771; 1933, 5th ed., p. 880; Anon. 1912, International Who’s Who in Science, London, p. 213;
Anon. 1918, Rus, Ist ed., p. 222; 1920, 2nd ed., p. 359; 1925, 3rd ed., p. 530; 1930, 4th ed., p. 542;
Anon. 1929-30, Who’s Who Among No. Amer. Authors, p. 822; Anon. 1914-15, Who’s Who in
Amer., v. 8, p. 1853; 1916-17, v. 9, p. 1940; 1918-19, v. 10, p. 2148; 1920-21, v. 11, p. 2246; 1922-
23, v. 12, p. 2467; 1924-25, v. 13, p. 2556; 1926-27, v. 14; p. 1529, 1928-29, v. 15, p. 1667; 1930-
31, v. 16, p. 1766; 1932-33, v. 17, p. 1834; Anon. 1930, Who’s Who in the East, p. 1645; Anon,
1921-22, Who’s Who in the Nation’s Capital, Ist ed., p. 309; 2nd ed., 1923-24, p, 305,

130° = PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936

BENNET ALLEN PORTER (1892- sp

Offices held in Society —Mem. program com. 1932; second vice pres. 1933;
first vice pres. 1934; pres. 1935.

Biographical Sketch—Born Northampton, Mass., July 12,
1892, son of Raymond Lynn and Harriet Beecher (Allen)
Porter, ‘Mass. Agr. Coll., B.S. 1914, Ph. D:, 1921; nurseme
insp., white pine blister rust, St. of Mass., 1915-16; employed
in Bur. Ent., U. S. Dept. Agr., 1917-28; assist. to Chief of Sec.
Fruit Ins. Invest., 1928 to date. Married Beatrice Josephine
Hibbard, Aug. 22, 1916; three children. Author of approxi-
mately 40 papers on ent. and related subjects. Mem. Amer.
Assoc. Advance. Sc.; Ent. Soc. Amer.; Amer. Assoc. Econ.
Ent.; Phi Kappa Phi. Has specialized in econ. ent. and fruit
ins.

Published Biographical References—Anon. 1927, Amer. Men of Sc., 4th ed., p. 781; 1933,
5th ed., p. 892; Anon. 1925, Rus, 3rd ed., p. 537; 1930, 4th ed., p. 549.

ALTUS LACY QUAINTANCE (1870-— Ds

Offices held in Society.—Second vice pres. 1909, 1910; first vice pres. 1911,
pres. 1912. Presidential address, “Remarks on some injurious insects of other

countires.’’ Mem. publication com. 1911; vice pres. Wash. Acad. of Sciences
for Ent. Soc. 1912, 1914; Mem. Exec. Com. 1915 to 1923, inc.

Biographical Sketch—Born New Sharon, Iowa, on Dec., 19
1870, son of Greenberry Plumley and Sarah Jane Quaintance,
B.S.A. Univ. of Fla., 1893, M. S. Ala. Poly. Institute, 1894.
Sc. D. 1915. Married Nellie M. Yocum, Dec. 12, 1895; 2
children. Entom. with Ala. Poly. Inst. 1894, Fla. Agr. Coll.
and- Exp. Sta: 1895-98.’ Ga. Agr.’ Exp. Sta. 1399 to 190me
Md. Agr. Exp. Sta. and State Entom. of Md., 1901 to 1903.
U.S. Dept. Agr. 1903 to 1930, inc.; Entom. in charge of decidu-
ous fruit insect investigations 1905 to 1930; assoc. chief of
Bureau in charge of research work 1923 to 1930. Resigned
Dec. 31, 1930. Fellow: Ent. Soc. of America; A.A.A.S.; presi-
dent, Amer. Asso. Econ. Entom. 1904; Sec. Md. St. Hort. Soc.
1902-1903; Cosmos Club; chairman of sect. Entom. Agr. Coll.
and Exp. Sta. 1903. Author numerous publications on ento-
mology. Specialized in American Coccidae.

Published Biographical References ——Anon. Who’s Who in Amer., v. 3, 1903-05, p. 1257; v.
4, 1906-07, p. 1452; v. 5, 1908-09, p. 1537; v. 6, 1910-11, p. 1562; v. 7, 1912-13, p. 1708; v. 8,
1914-15, p. 1904; v. 9, 1916-17, p. 2007; v. 10, 1918-19, p. 2218; v. 11, 1920-21, p. 2320; v. 12,
1922-23, p. 2542; v. 13, 1924-25, p. 2632, v. 14, 1926-27, p. 1572, v. 15, 1928-29, p. 1715; v. 16,
1930-31, p. 1816-17; v. 17, 1932-33, p. 1889; v. 18, 1934-35, p. 1947; Anon. Amer. Men of Science,
Ist ed., 1906, p. 260; 2nd ed., 1910, p. 382; 3rd ed., 1921, p. 557; 4th ed., 1927, p. 792; Anon. Rus,
Ist ed., 1918, p. 237, 2nd ed., 1920, p. 368; 3rd ed., 1925, p. 544, 4th ed., 1930, p. 557; Anon. Amer.
Biog. Dir. D. C. 1908-09, p. 382; Anon. Who’s Who in the Nation’s Capital, Ist ed., 1921-22, p.
319; 2nd ed., 1923-24, p. 313, 3rd ed., 1926-27, p. 471; 4th ed., 1929-30, p. 585; Sth ed., 1934-35,

p. 744; Anon. Who’s Who in Government, 1932, v. 2, p. 1007; Anon. Who’s Who Among No.
Amer. Authors, 1929-30, p. 1280.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936 131

CHARLES VALENTINE RILEY (1843-1895).

Offices held in Society.—President, 1884. Presidental address: “A Survey
of the year in entomology”; 1885, Presidential address: None recorded.
Member executive committee 1886, 1887; first vice president, 1888-1891;
President 1892. Presidential address: ‘‘ Parasitism in Insects.”’ President
1893. Presidential address: “Longevity in insects, with some unpublished
facts concerning Cicada septendecim.’’ Member executive committee, 1894,

1895.

Biographical Sketch—Born in Chelsea, London, England,
Sept. 18, 1843; educated in England, France and Germany;
emigrated to America and settled in Ill. 1860; Entomological
contributor and editor Prairie Farmer, Chicago, 1863-1868;
State Entomologist of Mo. 1868-1876; Chief U. S. Ent. Com.
1877; Entomologist, U. S. Dept. of Agr. 1878; 1881-1894;
Founder Div. of Insects U. S. Nat. Mus. 1880; Presented ento-
mological collection to museum and became honorary curator
1886; Sp. Com. to Paris Exposition 1889; biologist Md. Agr.
Exp. Sta. 1892; Died in Wash., D. C., Sept. 14, 1895. Author
of several hundred publications on entomological and related
subjects, including reports on the insects of Mo., 1869-77 and
certain of the reports and bulls. of the U. S. Ent. Com. 1877-—
1890 and reports of the U. S. Ento.

Published Biographical References.—Anon. 1894, Can. Ent., v. 26, pp. 174-175; Anon. 1895,
Ent. News, v. 6, pp. 241-243, portrait; Anon. 1895, Ent. Record, v. 7, p. 72; Anon. 1895, Wash.
D. C. Star, no. 13,271, p. 7, 11, Sept. 16; Anon. 1907, Nat. Cyclop. Amer. Biog. v. 9, pp. 443-444,
portrait; Anon. 1896, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 3, pp. 293-298, portrait; Anon. 1895, Psyche,
v. 7, p. 308; Essig, E. O., Hist. of Ento. 1931, pp. 741-745, portrait; Blandford, W. F. H., 1895,
Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 28, Oct. 16; “F., J.”’ 1895, Can. Ent., v. 27, pp. 273-274; Goode, G. B.,
1896, Science, n. s., v. 3, pp. 217-225; Howard, L. O., 1895, Phil. Soc. Wash. Bul. v. 13, pp. 412-
416; Howard, L. O. et al., 1896, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 3, pp. 293-298, portrait; Howard, L. O.,
1896, Soc. Prom. Agr. Sci., v. 17, pp. 108-112; Howard, L. O., 1933, Fighting the Insects, pp. 6,
7, 13, 17, 18, 29, 30, 38, 47, 52, 113, 145, 195, 303; Kelm, M. J., 1914, Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci.,
v. 23, no. 2, p. 120;-Meldola, R., 1895, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 68; M’Lachlan, R., 1895,
Ent. Mo. Mag., v. 31, pp. 269-270; Nipher, F. E. 1895, Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci., v. 7, pp. XLVI-
XLVII; Packard, A. S., 1895, 26th An. Rpt. Ent. Soc. Ont., pp. 95-100, portrait; Packard, A. S.
1895, Science n. s., v. 2, pp. 745-751; Peattie, D. C., 1934, Nature Mag., v. 23, No. 3, p. 136-137,
Mch., portrait; Smith, J. B., 1910, Pop. Sci. Mo., v. 76, pp. 476-477, portrait; Starr, F. 1898,
Pop. Sci. Mo., v. 52, pp. 640-641, portrait; Strecker, H. 1878, Butterflies of No. Amer., pp. 263—
264, portrait; Walton, W. R., 1921, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 23, pp. 92-93.

SIEVERT ALLEN ROHWER (1887-— Ne

Offices held in Society—Corres. sec.-treas.1911-1934; vice pres. Wash.
Acad. of Sc., representing Ent. Soc. 1919-24; inc.; pres. 1928. Presidential
address: “Value of taxonomic to economic entomology.”’

Biographical Sketch—Born Telluride, Colo., Dec. 22, 1887,
son of George and Lucy Cameron (Billingsly) Rohwer. Edu-
cated, Univ. of Colo.; 6 months in museums of Paris and London,
1909; 1 term ady. econ, ent. mm erad. sch., WS. Dept: Agr.
Married Portia Brown, Feb. 23, 1910. 5 children. Agt. and

LS? PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936

expt., U. S. Bur. Ent., 1909; specialist in forest ent., 1910-21;
in chg;, field sta., Bur, Ent., 1911-21; ‘taxon, diy, 192353me
business manager, 1926-28; assist. Chief, Plt. Quar. and Control
Admin., 1928-31; assist. Chief, U. S. Bur. Ent., 1931 et seq.
Author: About 150 publs. on various phases of ent., majority
concerning class. and ident. of ins. Mem. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
(hon. custodian of Hymenoptera 1919 et seq.); Wash. Acad.
of Sc. (vice pres.); Biol. Soc. of Wash. (past pres.); Ent. Soc.
of Amer.; Amer. Assoc. Econ. Ent.; Cosmos Club.

Published Biographical References —Anon. 1910, Amer. Men of Sc., 2nd ed., p. 399; 1921,
3rd ed., p. 583; 1927, 4th ed., p. 832; 1927, 5th ed., p. 948; Anon. 1920, Rus, 2nd ed., p. 384; 1925,
3rd ed., p. 567; 1930, 4th ed., p. 582; Anon. 1921-22, Who’s Who in the East, p. 1731; Anon.
1930, Who’s Who in Govern., v. 1, p. 306; 1932, v. 2, p. 1046; Anon. 1921-22, Who’s Who in the
Nation’s Capital, Ist ed., p. 336; 1926-27, 3rd ed., p. 489; 1929-30, 4th ed., p. 609; 1934-35, 5th
ed., p. 774.

JAMES GLOSSBRENNER SANDERS (1880- ye
Offices held in Society —Corres. sec. 1907-08.

Biographical Sketch—Born Louisville, O., July 17, 1880, son
of Franklin Pierce and Elma Jane Sanders. Ph. B., Otterbein
Coll., 1901; fellow, O. St., 1901-04, A. M., 1903; assist. Lake
Lab., O. St., 1904; expt. Bur. Ent., U. S. Dept. Agr., 1905-09;
assist. prof., in chg., Dept. Econ. Ent., and Chief Nurs. Insp.,
Wis., 1909-10; prof., 1910-15; St. ent., Wis., 1915-16; econ.
zool., St. Dept. Agr., Pa., 1916-19; Dir. Pa. Bur: Plant Induces
1919-23; ent. and manager, Spray Oil Dept., Sun Oil Co.,
Phila, 1923— : collabl. Fed. Hort. Bd., U.S. Dept Agry
1919. Married (1st) Ann Salome Wingate, 1906; one daughter;
married (2nd) Ruth Shoemaker Ward, 1934. Mem. Amer.
Assoc. Advance. Sc.; Ent. Soc. Amer.; Amer. Assoc. Econ.
Ent (pres. 1922); -Nat: Assoc: Hort. Insp.) (sec etoise ten
Pa. Acad.; O. Acad. Has specialized in Homoptera (Fam.
Coccidae and Jassoidea); poison bait control of onion and
cabbage maggot; nicotine solutions for leaf-mining insects;
European potato wart disease; miscible oils and oil emulsions;
dustless treatments of coal and coke.

Published Biographical References—Anon. 1910, Amer. Men of Sc., 2nd ed., p. 407; 1921, 3rd
ed., p. 596; 1927, 4th ed., p. 852; 1933, 5th ed., p. 969; Anon. 1918, Rus, Ist ed., p. 241; 1920,
2nd ed., p. 392; 1925, 3rd ed., pp. 578-79; 1930, 4th ed., pp. 594-595; Anon. 1930, Who’s Who in
the East, p. 1760.

ERNEST RALPH SASSCER (1883— Ms

Offices held in Society —Record. sec. 1912-13; second vice pres. 1914-15;
first vice pres. 1916-17; pres. 1918. Presidential address: ‘“Hydrocyanic acid
gas and its use in control of insects.” Pres. 1919. Presidential address:
“Coccid observations.’’ Mem. exec. com. 1920-21.

Biographical Sketch—Born Waldorf, Md., Oct. 25, 1883, son

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936 13é

of Philip Ernest and Ada Turner (Huntt) Sasscer. Univ. of
Madi; -B. S., 1904.:M.'S:; 1913: ser. aid; Bur. Ent., U.S. Dept.
Agr., 1904-06; sci. assist. 1906-12; Chief insp., Fed. Hort. Bd.,
1912-24; ent. and exec. officer, 1924-28; pr. ent., in chg., Div.
For. and Dom. Plt. Quar., Plt. Quar. and Control Admin., 1928
et seq. Married Mary Kelley Lynch, Oct. 6, 1913; one
daughter. Mem. Amer. Assoc. Advance. Sci.; Amer. Assoc.
Econ. Ent. (vice pres., 1924; sec. Sect. Hort. Insp., 1920-23;
chairman, 1924); Wash. Biol. Soc.; specialized in Coccidae, in
fumigation methods and in plt. quar.

Published Biographical References —Anon. 1921, Amer. Men of Sc., 3rd ed., p. 598; Anon.

1920, Rus, 2nd ed., p. 393; 1925, 3rd ed., p. 580; 4th ed., 1930, p. 596; Anon. 1926-27, Who’s Who
in the Nation’s Capital, 3rd ed., p. 498; 1929-30, 4th ed., p. 618; 1934-35, 5th ed., p. 789.

ADOLPH JULIAN CHRISTIAN SCHAFHIRT (1841-1903).
Offices held in Society —Member exec. comm., 1884-1885.

Biographical Sketch—Born in Goettingen, Germany, 1841;
son of Dr. Frederick and Fredericka Schafhirt. Five genera-
tions of paternal ancestors instructors in anatomy in Univ. of
Goettingen. He emigrated to United States in 1846 with
father, who obtained position as professor of anatomy in Univ.
of Pa. Student in Philadelphia schools; M. D., Univ. of Pa.
1859; married Sally Young, 1860; two children; Hospital
steward and Army Medical Museum assistant during Civil
War; resigned from military service at close of war and became
retail druggist in Washington, D. C., 1865-1903. Member of
Kit Carson Lodge No. 2, G. A. R.; President D. C. College of
Pharmacy; Vice-president of D. C. Equitable Building Asso-
ciation; Member Retail Druggist Association; Drug Clerks’
Association; and other organizations. Author of numerous
publications on medical subjects, principally anatomy. Died
in Washington, D. C., September 15, 1903.

Published Biographical References —Anon. 1903, Wash. Daily Times, No. 3383, p. 3, Sept. 15
portrait; Anon., 1903, Wash. Daily Star, No. 15,773, p. 3, Sept. 15; Anon. 1903, Wash. Daily

Post, No. 9957, p. 9, Sept. 15; Howard, L. O., 1909, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 11, p. 17;
Howard, L. O., 1934, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 36, p. 53.

EUGENE AMANDUS SCHWARZ (1844-1928).

Offices held in Society —Record. sec. 1884-87; pres. 1888. Presidential
address: “On Coleoptera common to North America and other countries”’;
pres. 1889. Presidential address: “North American publications on ento-
mology”; mem. exec. com. 1890-91, 1911, 1913-15; treas. 1892-1900; second
vice pres. 1901-02; mem. publ. com. 1902, 1904, 1911; second vice pres. 1907-08;
hon. pres. 1917—28, inc. (position created especially for him).

Biographical Sketch.—Born Liegnitz, Silesia, April 21, 1844,
son of Amandus and Luise (Harnwolf) Schwarz. Associated in

134 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936

boyhood with the elder Gerhardt who taught him much ent. and
general nat. hist.; student, Univ. of Breslau; soldier, German
army before Paris 1870 in Franco-Prussian War, 1870; student,
Univ. of Leipzig, 1872; came to U: S., Dec. 1872; assistiite
Dr. H. A. Hagen in Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, where he
formed life-long friendship with Dr. H. G. Hubbard, with whom
he did extensive collecting of coleoptera in Mich. and Fla.,
1874-75, and in Lake Superior Region, 1877; associated with
J. L. LeConte, 1878, in Colo.; entered serv. of U. S. Dept. Agr.
under C. V. Riley, 1878; investigated cotton worm from
Bahamas to Texas; employed by U. S. Bur. Ent., from March
1881, until retirement for age, Aug. 27, 1926; in 1898, was made
custodian of coleoptera in U. S. Nat. Mus. to which he later
presented his large ent. libr. and ins. collections; was connected
with many important biol. and taxon. invest., 1875-1918, over
extensive areas of N. and Cent. Amer. from Panama to Brit.
Columbia, Guatemala, Mexico, and Cuba; became an internat.
authority on Coleoptera and on ent. bibliog.; for many years
was guide and mentor of younger ent.; author of 395 publs. in
ent. and related subjects; unmarried; hon. D. Sc., Univ. of
Md., 1923; after retirement continued in mus. work; died in
Washington, D. C., Oct. 8, 1928; bequeathed portion of his
estate to our Society. Fellow Amer. Assoc. Advance. Sc.:
mem. Cosmos Club.

Published Biographical References.—Anon. 1908-09, Amer. Biog. Dir. D. C., p. 417; Anon. 1928,
Wash. Eve. Star, no. 30,829, p. 2, portrait, Oct. 16; Anon. 1903-05, Who’s Who in Amer., v. 3,
p. 1312; 1906-07, v. 4, p. 1579; Caudell, A. N., 1929, Ent. News, v. 40, pp. 31-32; Essig, E. O., 1931,
Hist. of Ent., pp. 756-758, portrait; Howard, L. O., 1909, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 11, pp. 7-18;
Howard, L. O., 1928, Science, v. 68, no. 1767, p. 443, Nov. 9; Howard, L. O., Barber, H. S., Busck,
A., and Colcord, M., 1928, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 30, pp. 153-183, portrait, bibliog.; Howard,
L. O., 1929, An. Ent. Soc. Amer., v. 22, pp. 142-143, portrait; Howard, L. O., 1933, Fighting the
insects, pp. 44, 276, 310; Howard, L. O., Dict. Amer. Biog., v. 16, pp. 480-481; Schwarz, E. A.,

1929, Letters, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., v. 37, pp. 181-393; Wetmore, A., 1929, U. S. Nat. Mus.
Ann. Rpt. for 1929, p. 40.

JOHN BERNHARD SMITH (1858-1912).
Offices held in Society.—Corres. sec. 1886-87; record. sec. 1888.

Biographical Sketch—Born New York City, Nov. 21, 1858,
son of John and Elizabeth Smith. Educated in public schools;
admitted to bar, 1879; became sp. agt. in Div. Ent., U. S.
Dept. Agr., 1884; assist. curator, U.S. Nat. Mus., 1886; Married
Marie H. von Meske in 1886. Prof. of ent., Rutgers Coll. and
ent. N. J. Agr.. Exp. Sta.,°1889; St. ent., N. J., 4898 sandaemm
chg., N. J. St. Mosquito Camp. with $350,000 approp.; received
hon. degree, Sc. D., Rutgers Coll., 1891; specialized in develop-
ment of insecticides, in control of San Jose scale, and in control
of mosquitoes. Mem. numerous ent. and other scien. societies
in U. S. and Canada; ed. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. and Ent.
Amer. to 1890; author of several hundred articles and reports in

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936 [36

govern. and tech. publs., also ‘Economic Entomology,” 1896;
“Our Insect Friends and Enemies,” 1909; ‘Insects of New
Jersey” (3 editions, 1890, 1900, 1910); “Glossary of Ento-
mology,” 1906. Died March 13, 1912.

Published Biographical References Anon. 1912, Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 4, v. 33, p. 388; Anon.
1906, Amer. Men of Sc., Ist ed., p. 298; 1910, 2nd ed., p. 437; Anon. 1912, Ent. News, v. 23, p.
192; Anon. 1912, Internat. Who’s Who in Sc., London, p. 250; Anon. 1906, Nat. Cyc. Amer.
Biog., v. 13, pp. 201-202; 1916, v. 15, pp. 71-72, portrait; Anon. 1911-12, Proc. St. Island Assoc.
Arts & Sci., v. 4, pts. 1 & 2, Oct., 1911—-May, 1912; Anon. 1912, Science, n. s., v. 34, pp. 613-614;
Anon. 1903-05, Who’s Who in Amer., v. 3, p. 1375; 1906-07, v. 4, pp. 1655-56; 1908-09, v. 5, p.
1755; 1910-11, v. 6, p. 1779; 1912-13, v. 7, p. 1944; Gibson, A., 1912, Can. Ent., v. 44, pp. 97-99;
Grossbeck, J. A., 1912, Ent. News, v. 23, pp. 193-196, portrait; Grossbeck, J. A., 1913, Proc.
St. Is. Asso. Arts and Sciences, v. 4, pp. 17-54, bibliog; Howard, L. O., 1912, Science, v. 35, no.
903, pp. 613-614, Apr. 19; Howard, L. O., et al. 1912, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 14, pp. 111-117:
Howard, L. O., 1935, Dict. Amer. Biog., v. 17, pp. 298-299; Morile, F. D., 1912, Trans. Ent.
Soc. London, p. clxix. (169); Osborn, H., 1912, Jour. Econ. Ent., v. 5, pp. 234-236, portrait; “T.,
H. J.,” 1912, Ent. Record, v. 24, pp. 203-204; Woodward, C. R., and Waller, I. N., 1932
(History of) N. J. Agr. Exp. Sta. 1880-1930, pp. 212-216, portrait.

THOMAS ELLIOT SNYDER (1885-— Ne
Offices held in Society.—Mem. exec. com. 1926-32, inc.

Biographical Sketch—Born New York, N. Y., Feb. 6, 1885,
son of Roger and Alice C. (Brice) Snyder. Horace Mann H.
Beh, 1903°"A~ BS Columbia, 1907" Mi. Fo Yale, 1909: Ph. 1),
Geo. Wash. Univ., 1920. Ent., For. Ins. Invest., Bur. Ent.
U.S. Dept. Agr., since 1909; ent. explorations throughout U. S.
and in West Indies, Panama and Hawaii pertaining to forest
ins., especially studies on termites or “white ants’ and the
chemical impregnation of timber for its preservation; prof. ent.,
Univ. of Chicago, 1929. Married Miss Marjorie E. Benjamin,
Jan. 7, 1922. Fellow Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci.; mem. Amer. Soc.
Zool.; Ent. Soc. of Amer.; Biol. Soc. of Wash. (vice pres.);
Wash. Acad. of Sc.; Soc. of Amer. For.; Amer. Assoc. Econ. Ent.;
Amer. Wood Preservers’ Assoc., Trinidad (B.W.I.); Natural.
Field Club (hon.); and Panama Canal Nat. Hist. Soc. (hon.);
New Orleans Acad. of Sc.; Cosmos Club, Washington, D. C.;
New Orleans Country Club, New Orleans, La., Round Table
Club, New Orleans, La. Published over 160 articles in govern.
bulls. or in techn. jour. on forest ins., especially on termites and
other ins. attacking forest products. Specialized in biol.; taxon.;
genet.; ins. attacking forest products; “Powder Post”’ beetles;
termites.

Published Biographical References—Anon. 1927, Amer. Men of Sc., 4th ed., p. 920; 1933, 5th
ed., p. 1046; Anon. 1920, Rus, 2nd ed., p. 421; 1925, 3rd ed., p. 621; 1930, 4th ed., p. 640; Anon.
1930, Who’s Who in the East, p. 1883; Anon. 1921-22, Who’s Who in the Nation’s Capital, Ist
ed., pp. 364-365; 1923-24, 2nd ed., p. 349; 1926-27, 3rd ed., p. 527; 1929-30, 4th ed., pp. 652-653:
Anon. 1906, Columbia Univ. Junior Yearbook, p. 304, port. ; 1907, Ibid, Senior Yearbook, port.;
Anon, 1913, Yale Univ. Forestry School, Biog. Record, pp. 230-232.

136 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936

CHARLES WARDELL STILES (1867— ys
Offices held in Society—Second vice pres. 1893; mem. exec. com. 1896-97.

Biographical Sketch—Born Spring Valley, N. Y., May 15,
1867, son of Rev. Samuel Martin and Elizabeth (White) Stiles.
Wesleyan, 1885-86, hon. M. S., 1896, Sc. D., 1907; Col. de
France, 1886-87; Berlin, 1887-89; A. M., and Ph. D., Leipzig,
1890; Trieste Zool. Sta., 1891; Pasteur Inst. and Col. de France,
1891; M...D., Paris, 1896; LL.D.) NL €.1912- Hons Vig
Richmond, 1913;Sc. D., Yale, 1915. Zool., Bur. Animal Indust.,
U. S. Dept. Agr., 1891-1902; prof. med. zool. Georgetown,
1892-1906; zool., U. S. Pub. Health Serv., 1902-10; prof. zool.,
1910-30, assist. surg. gen. (res.), 1919-30; med. dir., 1930; prof.
zool., Rollins Coll., 1932 et seq. Hon. custodian, Helminthol.
Coll., U. S. Nat. Mus., 1893-1930; assoc. 1931; sec. advis. com.
Smithsonian Table, Naples Zool. Sta., 1894; lecturer, Army
Med. Sch., 1894-1901; Hopkins, 1897— ; Navy Med.
School, 1902-17. Agr. and Sci. attache, U. S. Embassy, Berlin,
1898-99; sec. Int. Cmn. Zool. Nomenclature, 1898-1935; sci.
sec., Rockefeller Sanit. Cmn. for Erad. of Hookworm Disease,
1909-14; U.S. Del. Int. Zool. Congr., Leiden, 1895, Cambridge,
1898, Berlin, 1901, Bern, 1904, Boston, 1907, Padua, 1930.
Married Virginia Baker, June 25, 1897; two children. Mem.
Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci. (sec. F, 1902, Gen. sec. 1904); Soc. Zool.;
Fel. Royal Soc. Trop. Med.; Cor. Mem. London Zool. Soc.;
For. cor. Soc. de Biol. de France; Acad. de Med. de France;
For. cor. Soc. Cent. de Med. vet de France; Cor. mem. Reals
Accad. di Med. di Torino; Cosmos Club; Alpha Delta Phi;
Theta Mu Epsilon; Phi Beta Kappa; Phi Gamma Mu; Med.
Soc. of Phila.; St. Med. Soc. of Ga. and Tex. He has specialized
in zool. and its relation to public health.

Published Biographical References —Anon. 1915, Amer. Blue Book of Biog., p. 1089; Anon.
1908-09, Amer. Biog. Dir. D. C., p. 452; Anon, 1906, Amer. Men of Sc., Ist ed., p. 309; 1910,
2nd ed., p. 432; 1921, 3rd ed., p. 658; 1927, 4th ed., p. 941; 1933, 5th ed., pp. 1071-72; Anon. 1912,
Internat. Who’s Who in Sc., London, p. 257; Anon. 1929-30, Who’s Who Among No. Amer.
Authors, pp. 1292-1293; Anon. 1901-02, Who’s Who in Amer., v. 2, p. 1089; 1903-05, v. 3, p.
1426; 1906-07, v. 4, p. 1713; 1908-09, v. 5, p. 1816; 1910-11, v. 6, p. 1839; 1912-13, v. 7, p. 2009;
1914-15, v. 8, pp. 2246-47; 1916-17, v. 9, p. 2356; 1918-19, v. 10, pp. 2599-00; 1920-21, v. 11,
p. 2714; 1922-23, v. 12, p. 2943; 1924-25, v. 13, p. 3051; 1926-27, v. 14, p. 1819; 1928-29, v. 15,
p. 1968; 1930-31, v. 16, p. 2108; 1932-33, v. 17, p. 2194; 1934-35, v. 18, pp. 2264-2265; Anon.
1930, Who’s Who in the East, p. 1920; Anon. 1930, Who’s Who in Govern., v. 1, p. 580; Anon.
1926-27, Who’s Who in the Nation’s Capital, 3rd ed., pp. 540-541; 1929-30, 4th ed., p. 667.

EDWARD GAIGE TITUS (1873- ye
Offices held in Society.—Corres. sec. 1906.
Biographical Sketch—Born Quaker St., Schenectady Co.,
N. Y., May 26, 1873, son of Albert Carpenter and Mary Frances

(Gaige) Titus. Married (lst) Laura Armstrong, Aug. 29, 1900
(deceased); three children; married (2nd) Sophia May Isaacson,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936 RSH.

July 31, 1923; three children. B.S. Colo. Agr. Coll., 1899,
M. S., 1901; Sc. D., Harvard, 1911; teacher, Pub. Schs., Colo.,
1897-1900; assist. zool. Physiol. and ent., Colo. Agr. Coll.,
1900-01; field assist. to St. Ent. Ill., 1901-03; sp. field agt.,
Bur. Ent., U. S. Dept. Agr., 1903-07; in chg., gipsy moth Lab.,
1906-07; assoc. Prof. zool. and ent., Utah Coll., 1907-08, prof.
1908-16; Ent. Exp. Sta., 1907-16; technol., Sugar plant Inv.,
B. P. I., U. S. Dept. Agr., 1916-20; dir. Agr. Res. Utah-Idaho
Sugar Co., 1920-27; Am. Agr. Res., Gebruder Dippe A. G. of
Germany, Salt Lake City, 1927-31; consult. agr.; in chg. cor.
course, Genetics and Eugenics, Exten. Dept., Univ. Utah,
1927; Utah St. Hort. Cmn., 1908-12; 1916-18; sec. Masonic
Temple Assoc., 1932 et seq.; assist. Grand Sec. Grand Lodge
F. & A. M. of Utah, 1935 et seq. Fellow Amer. Assoc. Adv.
Sci.; mem Ent. Soc. Amer.; Amer. Assoc. Econ. Ent.; Phytopath
Soc.; Genetics Soc.; Eugenics Soc.; Agr. Eng.; Fellow Utah
Acad. (sec., 1911, pres. 1912); Utah Geneal. Soc.; Utah Eugenics
Soc. (sec. 1912- ); Rotary Club, Salt Lake City. He has
specialized in Apoidea; econ. ent.; sugar-beet breeding; in-
heritance of valuable human characters.

Published Biographical References.—Anon. 1906, Amer. Men of Sc., Ist ed., p. 321; 1910, 2nd
ed., p. 471; 1921, 3rd ed., p. 686; 1927, 4th ed., p. 986; 1933, 5th ed., p. 1120; Anon. 1918, Rus,
Ist ed., p. 277; 1920, 2nd ed., p. 451; 1925, 3rd ed., p. 665; 1930, 4th ed., pp. 686-87; Anon. 1931,
Who’s Who in Engineering, p. 1315.

CHARLES HENRY TYLER TOWNSEND (1863- ).
Offices held in Society.—Corresponding secretary 1889, 1891.

Biographical Sketch.—Born in Oberlin, Ohio, Dec. 5, 1863;
son of Nathan Haskin and Helen Jeannette (Tyler) Townsend;
ed. Constantine, Mich. H. S. 1882; Columbian (Now George
Washington) U. Sch. of Medicine, 1887-91; B. S., George Wash-
ington U., 1908; Ph. D., same, 1914; married Caroline W. Hess,
Sept. 10, 1889 (died 1901); three children; married, second,
Margaret C. Dyer, June 1, 1908; four children; Asst. ento.,
U.S. Dept. of Agr. 1889-91; prof. ento., zool., and physiology,
N. M. Agri. Coll. and ento., Expt. Sta., 1891-93; curator Mus.,
Inst. Jamaica, 1893-94; field agt. div. ento. U. S. Dept. Agr.
1897-98; again with N. M. Agri. Coll. Expt. Sta. 1898-99; prof.
biol, etc. Batangas Provincial Sch., P. I., 1904-06; expert,
Gipsy Moth Lab., Bur. Ento., U. S. Dept. Agr. 1907-09; govt.
ento. and dir. entom. station, Peru, 1909-14; entom. asst. Bur.
Ento., U. S. Dept. Agr., 1914-19; hon. cust. muscoid diptera
U. S. Nat. Mus., 1914-25; chief ento. State of Sao Paulo,
Brazil, 1919-22; ant expert in Brazil for Am. Cyanamid Co.,
1923; dir. Cotton Plagues Lab., Piura, Peru, 1923-24; cotton
plagues expert, Chamber Commerce and Agr., Iquitos, Peru,
1925; chief Inst. Parasitologia Agricola, Lima, Peru, 1926;

138 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936

chief entomologist Estacion Experimental Agricola, S. N. A.,
Lima, 1927-29; Founded firm of Charles Townsend & Filhos,
Sao Paulo, 1929; Investigated mosquitoes and malaria at
Fordlandia, Rio Tapajos, for Cia. Ford age do Brasil
(hospital service) 1932-33; Engaged in writing and publishing
the Manual of Myiology, in 12 parts, 1933, et seq. Author
about 1000 titles on muscoid flies, cotton plagues, med. ento-
mology, biogeography, and ecology. Pioneer work on American
cotton weevils; discovered mode of transmission of disease,
verruga, in Peruvian Andes; first analyzed insect environments;
demonstrated Cephenemyia as the swiftest organism; estab-
lished about 1000 muscoid genera.

Published Biographical References —Anon. Who’s Who in Amer., v. 1, 1899-00, p. 734; v. 2,
1901-02, p. 1145; v, 4, 1906-07, pp. 1797-98; v. 10, 1918-19, p. 2732; v. 11, 1920-21, p. 2853; v.
12, 1922-23, p. 3082; v. 13, 1924-25, p. 3192; v. 14, 1926-27, p. 1902; v. 15, 1928-29, p. 2078; v.
16, 1930-31, p. 2206; v.17, 1932-33, p. 2297; v. “18, 1934-35, p.2370-71; Anon. Amer. Blue book of
Biog. 1915, pp. 1131-32; Anon. Amer. Men of Science, Ist ed., 1906, p. 323; 2nd ed., 1910, p. 474;
3rd ed., 1921, p. 690; 4th ed., 1927, p. 991, 5th ed., 1933, p. 1125; Blatchley, W. S., 1934, South
America as I saw it, pp. 97-100.

PHILIP REESE UHLER (1835-1913).
Offices held in Society —Mem. exec. com. 1884-85.

Biographical Sketch—Born Baltimore, Md., June 3, 1835,
son of George Washington and Anne Marie (Reese) Uhler.
Educated Jones Latin Sch., and under private tutors; LL. D.,
N. Y. Univ., 1900. Married (1st) Sophia Wardebaugh, 1869
(died 1883); quarried (2nd) Pearl Daniels, 1886. Spent nearly
three years at Harvard as libr. and assist. to Prof. Louis Agassiz
in his Mus. of Comp. Zool. and explored parts of the Island of
Haiti for that Inst.; became connected with Peabody Libr.,
Baltimore, 1862, and later when he became libr. he devised
new methods adapted in its catalog; assoc. prof. in nat. sc.,
Johns Hopkins Univ. Fellow Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci; mem.
Royal Soc. of Arts, London; Boston Soc. of Nat. Hist.; Acad.
of Nat. Sc., Phila.; Geol. Soc. of Wash.; ; Amer. Ent. Soc.: Md.
Acad. Sci. (ex pres.); author of numerous papers on libr. woul
on geol., archaeol., and ent. Died at Baltimore, Md., Oct. 21,
1913.

Published Biographical References—Anon. 1906, Amer. Men of Sc., Ist ed., p. 327; 1910,
2nd ed., p. 480; Anon. 1900, Nat. Cyc. Amer. Biog., v. 8, p. 251; Anon. 1899-00, Who’s Who in
Amer., v. 1, p. 744; 1901-02, v. 2, p. 1161; 1903-05, v. 3, p. 1515; 1906-07, v. 4, p. 1821; 1908-09,
v. 5, p. 1926; 1910-11, v. 6, p. 1955; 1912-13, v. 7, p. 2178; C., C. G. 1914, Ent. Mo. Mag., v. 50,
p. 43; Essig, E. O., 1931, Hist. of Ent., pp. 773-775, portrait; Henshaw, S., 1903, Psyche, v. 10,
pp. 31-42, 85-92, 122-124, 224-238; Howard, L. O., 1913, Ent. News, v. 24, pp. 433-439, portrait;
Schwarz, E. A. et al., 1914, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 16, pp. 1-7, portrait, bibliog.

JOSEPH SANFORD WADE (1880- __ ).

Offices held in Society.—Record. sec. 1927-31; second vice pres. 1932; first
vice pres. 1933; pres. 1934. Presidential address: “The Officers of our Society
for fifty years, 1884-1934,”

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936 139

Biographical Sketch—Born Cumberland Co., Ky., July 20,
1880, son of James Ballanger and Nancy (Beck) Wade. Student,
Fairmont Coll., Wichita, Kans., 1905-06; Univ. of Chicago,
1923-25; lit. and hist. res. work, 1906-13; field and lab. res.
work, central Great Plains, Cereal and Forage Ins. Invest.,
U. S. Dept. Agr., 1913-17; admin. and res. work, with same,
at Wash., 1917 et seq. Specialist in control of insects affecting
cereal and forage crops; specialist in Amer. biol. hist. and ent.
bibliog.; has made sp. studies of immature stages of N. Amer.
Coleoptera. Fellow Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci.; Mem. Amer.
Assoc. Econ. Ent.; Biol. Soc. Wash.; Kans. Acad. Sc.; Ent. Soc.
Amer.; Amer. Ornith. Union; Wash. Acad. Se.; Va. Acad. Sc.:
Cosmos Club. Author of 394 publications on scien., hist., and
lit. subjects.

Published Biographical References—Anon. 1921, Amer. Men of Sc., 3rd ed., p. 710; 1927,
4th ed., p. 1018; 1933, 5th ed., pp. 1156-57; Anon. 1920, Rus, 2nd ed., p. 464; 1926, 3rd ed., p.
685; 1930, 4th ed., p. 707; Anon. 1929-30, Who’s Who among North American Authors, v. 4,
p. 1066; Anon. 1928-29, Who’s Who in Amer., v. 15, p. 2130; 1930-31, v. 16, p. 2261; 1932-33,
v. 17, p. 2354; 1934-35, v. 18, p. 2430; Anon. 1930, Who’s Who in the East, pp. 2035-2036; Anon.
1921-22, Who’s Who in the Nation’s Capital, Ist ed., p. 406; 1923-24, 2nd ed., p. 390; 1926-27,
3rd ed., p. 587; 1929-30, 4th ed., p. 718; 1934-35, 5th ed., p. 922; Proctor, J. C., 1932, Washington,
Past and Present, v. 5, pp. 1104-05.

FRANCIS MARION WADLEY (1892-— Nis
Offices held in Society.—Record. sec. 1932-34.

Biographical Sketch—Born Utica, Mo., Nov. 17, 1892, son
of John Vanhorn and Isabelle (Jacobs) Wadley. B. S., Kans.
Coll., 1916; M. S., 1922; fellow, Minn., 1926-28, Ph. D., 1928;
sci. assist., Div. Truck Crop Ins. Bur. Ent., U. S. Dept: Agr.,
1917-19; field ent., Ill. Nat. Hist. Surv., 1920; sci. assist. and
Jr. ent., Div. Cereal and Forage Ins. Invest., 1934-35; assoc.
ent., Puerto Rico, Sugar Cane Ins. Invest., 1935 et seq.; assist.
Minn., 1926-28; summers, field assist., Bur. Ent., U. S. Dept.
Agr., 1914-16. Married Berta Chandler, April 4, 1918; three
children. Mem. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sc.; Ent. Soc. Amer.;
Amer. Assoc. Econ. Ent.; Kans. Ent. Soc.; specialized in
Squash bug; strawberry leaf-roller; variegated cutworm; factors
affecting the proportion of alate aphids; cricket nematodes;
hessian flies; chinch bugs; Kans. aphids; green bugs; ins. pest
surv.; elm bark beetle.

Published Biographical References —Anon. 1927, Amer. Men of Sc., 4th ed., p. 1018; 1933
5th ed., p. 1157; Anon. 1925, Rus, 3rd ed., p. 685; 1930, 4th ed., p. 707.

WILLIAM RANDOLPH WALTON (1873- ye

Offices held in Society.—Second vice pres. 1918; first vice pres. 1919; pres.
1920. Presidential address: “Entomological drawings and draughtsmen:
their relation to the development of economic entomology in the United States.”
Pres. 1921. Presidential address: ‘The entomology of English poetry.’
Mem. exec. com. 1924-26; ed., 1927 et seq.

140 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936

Biographical Sketch—Born Brooklyn, N. Y., Sept. 23, 1873,
son of Walter and Susan MacArdell) Walton. Educated in
public schools of Milwaukee, Wis., and Middletown, N. Y.
Attended Stevenson Sch. of Art, Pittsburgh, Pa. Was railway
teleg., surv., draftsman, biol. illus., photogr., maker of plaster
models of reptiles, naturalist, and ent. Married Agnes Becher,
1904; six children. Employed by Pa. Div. Zool, 1906-10;
Agent and Expt. Bur. Ent., U. S. Dept. Agr., 1910; Entom. in
chg. Cereal and Forage Ins. Invest., Bur. Ent., 1917—23; organ-
ized European Corn Borer Invest., 1918-23; Sr. ent., 1923 et
seq. Fellow Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci.; mem. Amer. Assoc. Econ.
Ent.; Ent. Soc. Amer.; Isaac Walton League; Pi Gamma Mu.
Has specialized in the Diptera. Author of numerous works on
ent. and nat. hist. subjects in govern. publs. and scien. periodi-
cals.

Published Biographical References —Anon. 1927, Amer. Men of Sc., 4th ed., p. 1026; 1933,
5th ed., p. 1166; Anon. 1918, Rus, Ist ed., p. 286; 1920, 2nd ed., p. 467; 1925, 3rd ed., p. 690;
1930, 4th ed., p. 714; Anon. 1920-21, Who’s Who in Amer., v. 11, p. 2961; 1922-23, v. 12, p.
3193; 1924-25, v. 13, p. 3306; 1926-27, v. 14, p. 1967; 1928-29, v. 15, p. 2148; 1930-31, v. 16, p.
2279; 1932-33, v. 17, p. 2373; 1934-35, v. 18, p. 2450; Anon. 1921-22, Who’s Who in the Nation’s
Capital, Ist ed., p. 411; 1923-24, 2nd ed., p. 396; 1926-27, 3rd ed., p. 594; 1929-30, 4th ed., p.
726; 1934-35, 5th ed., p. 931.

FRANCIS MARION WEBSTER (1849-1916).

Offices held in Society.—¥irst vice pres. 1909-10; pres. 1911. Presidential
address: not recorded.

Biographical Sketch—Born Lebanon, N. H., Aug. 8, 1849,
son of J. S. and Betsey A. (Riddle) Webster. Educated at
O. St. Univ., M. S., 1893. Married Marie Antoinette Potter,
Aug. 21, 1870; five children. Assist. St. Ent. of Ill., 1882-84;
sp. agt., U. S. Dept. Agr., 1884-92; ent., O: Agr’ Exp stam
1891-1902; assist. on biol. surv. of IIll., 1903-04; ent., in chg.
Cereal and Forage Ins. Invest., U. S. Dept. Agr., 1904-16;
prof. of econ. ent. at Purdue Univ., 1885-88; consult. ent., Ind.
Exp. Sta., 1888-91; sent, 1888-89, by U.S. Depts. St. and Agr.
to Melbourne, Australia, Internat. Expos. and visited other
portions of Australia, Tasmania, and New Zealand on agr.
invest.; investigated suppression of buffalo gnat in Lower Miss.
Valley during part time, 1886-90. Fellow Amer. Assoc. Adv.
Seis; mem. Ind. Acad: Seiv; O! Acad. Sci. (ex pres:)}" Antes
Assoc. Econ. Ent., Biol. Soc. of Wash.; Amer. Soc. Nat.; Ia.
Geol. Nat.; Ia. Geol. Soc.; hon. mem. Ent. Soc. Ont.; corres.
mem. Cambridge Ent. Club; mem. N. Y. Ent. Soc.; Cosmos
Club; contributed numerous reports and papers to Amer. and
foreign govern. and st. publs.

Published Biographical References—Anon. 1908-09, Amer. Biog. Dir. D. C., p. 496; Anon.
1915, Amer. Blue Book of Biog., p. 1176; Anon. 1906, Amer. Men of Sc., Ist ed., p. 339; 1910,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936 141

2nd ed., p. 498; Anon. 1916, Ent. News, v. 27, p. 96; Anon. 1912, Internat. Who’s Who in Science,
London, pp. 282-83; Anon. 1906, Nat. Cyc. Amer. Biog., v. 13, p. 603; Anon. 1906-07, Who’s
Who in Amer., v. 4, pp. 1895-96; 1908-09, v. 5, p. 2005; 1910-11, v. 6, p. 2032; 1912-13, v. 7, p.
2225: 1914-15, v. 8, p. 2484; 1916-17, v. 9, p. 2606; Anon. 1916, Wash. D.C. Star, no. 20188, p.
7, Jan. 5; Forbes, S. A., 1916, Jour. Econ. Ent., v. 9, pp. 239-241, portrait; Anon. 1916, Ent. News,
v. 27, p. 96; Hewett, C. G., 1916, Can. Ent., v. 48, pp. 73-74; Howard, L. O., 1916, Proc. Ent.
Soc. Wash., v. 18, pp. 78-83, portrait; Osborn, H., 1916, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., v. 9, pp. 104-105,
portrait; Walton, W. R., 1916, Science, n. s., v. 43, pp. 162-164.

CHARLES ADOLPH WEIGEL (1887— Me
Offices held in Society —Mem. program com. 1929-31, 1934, et seq.

Biographical Sketch—Born Mathuen, Mass., Sept. 27, 1887,
son of Paul Herman and Olga Camilla (Winter) Weigel. B. S.,
N. H., 1916; M.S., O. St. Univ., 1918, Ph. D., 1925; assist. zool.
and ent., O. St. Univ., 1916-17; instr., 1917-18; ent. insp.,
Reds Mort. Bd. U.S. Dept. Agn:, 1918=20; assist. ent:, mae
Ent., 1920=21; assoc. ent., 1921-25; ent., 1925— 23 -VSrerelits)
chg., Invest. of Ins. affecting greenhouse, flowering, and orna-
mental Betas eee et seq. Married Miss Mildred Louise
McGee, Nov. 22, 1922; two sons. Mem. Amer. Assoc. Adv.
Sci.; Ent. Soc. Amer.; Amer. Assoc. Econ. Ent.; Alpha Zeta;
Alpha Tau Omega. Author of approximately 35 papers on
ent. and related topics; specialized in insects injurious to
ornamental and flowering plants.

Published Biographical References —Anon. 1927, Amer. Men of Sc., 4th ed., p. 1039; 1933,
5th ed., p. 1182; Anon. 1916, Granite (Jr. Annual, N. H. Coll.), v. 7, p. 79, portrait.

WILLIAM B WOOD (1886- Ys
Offices held in Society.—Record. sec. 1914.

Biographical Sketch Born Anthony, Kans., Aug. 30, 1886,
son of Charles and Ellen (McGuftey) Wood. Educated in
district school and high school, Anthony, Kans.; Kans. St.
Agr. Coll.,-B.S., 1911;employed, U.S: Dept. Agr., BurEnt.;
1911; Fed. Hort. Bd., 1919; mem. Ent. Soc. of Amer.; Amer.
Assoc. Econ. Ent.

Published Biographical References—None.

So much for the officers of the first fiftv years of our Society !
Before bringing this address to a close, however, would there not
be a degree of appropriateness in giving consideration for a
few brief moments to those of the second fifty years? Idle apy
futile as such at first thought may seem, yet this theme—
speculation on the discovery and the discoverers of the future—
is one of the most persistently fascinating topics which can
occupy the attention of the human mind. Without the future
the past and the present have little meaning.

How interesting it would be if only we could peer through

142 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936

the veil which obscures the future and actually apprehend
what growth, what conquest, what individual achievements
will await the attention of the person who will address our
Society on this same subject in 1984! Would it not be stimu-
lating, yet humbling, to us in our present littleness? Would it
not, indeed, be a rebuke to our smug self-satisfaction? Paren-
thetically, since this address is to be placed on record in pub-
lished form, will you not permit your speaker to extend greet-
ings and felicitations across the decades to the person, perhaps
not yet born, who will discuss the officers of the second fifty
years?

How large will our Society be then? What famous names
will be on its rolls of members and officers during that period?
What contributions to science and to the welfare of humanity
will be made during that time? What new insects will they
then have to deal with? What better control measures will be
worked out? What better methods of study? What better
microscopes and equipment?!

There may be to some of us a degree of sadness in the thought
that whatever the achievements of the officers and membership
of our Society during the next fifty years very few, if any, of
our present membership will be here at its termination to
evaluate them.

Again, regarding the future of our Society it should be
emphasized that it is not within either the province or the
inclination of your speaker to indulge in expansive phraseology,
or in Pollyanna style, to declaim with sophomoric flourish of a
coming Utopia, but, it is indeed a most cheering thought that
whatever of good or evil, of happiness or of sorrow, the coming
years may have in store for us as individuals in the midst of
these ‘Storms of fate,’ of this one thing we can well rest
assured:—We can well be confident that there will be no
permanent retrogression—no backward marching for our
Society. All the signs point forward. All the stars in their
courses are fighting for Sisera and, again parenthetically,
likewise it is a stimulating thought that some of those who even
now are in our membership, and who perhaps tonight may be
participating in our deliberations, will have a proud part in
bringing about these better things. We may, therefore, feel
well assured that many of the achievements of our Society
during its past fifty years, valuable and even monumental as
many of them now appear to us to be, will seem inexpressibly
inadequate when contrasted with those of the better days to
come. In this connection may we not be permitted to remind
ourselves of those words of Henry David Thoreau—great
thinker, great soul—when he said: “The sun is but a morning
star, there is more day to dawn.”

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936 143

APPENDIX:—CHRONOLOGICAL List oF PRESIDENTS AND THEIR ADDRESSES.

1884.

1885.

1886.

1887.

1888.

1889.

1890.

1891.

1892.

1893.

1894.

1895.

1896.

1897.

1898.
1899.
1900.
1901.

1902.

1903.

CuarLes VALENTINE Ritey. Address: “A survey of the year in
entomology.” (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 1, no. 1, pp. 17-27, 1886.)
Cuarves VALENTINE Rivey. (Address not published.)

LeLtanp Osstan Howarp. Address: “A brief consideration of certain
points in the morphology of the family Chalcididae.” (Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash. v. 1, no. 2, pp. 65-74, 1888.)

LELAND Osstan Howarp. Address: “A commencement of a study of
the parasites of cosmopolitan insects.” (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 1, no.
3. pp. 118-136, 1889.)

EucEeNeE Amanpus ScHwArz. Address: “On Coleoptera common to
North America and other countries.” (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 1,
no. 4, pp. 182-194, 1889.)

Eucene AMANDus ScHwarz. Address: “North American publications
on entomology.” (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 2, no. 1, pp. 1-23, 1891.)
Georce Marx. Address: “A list of the Araneae of the District of
Columbia.” (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 2, no. 2, pp. 148-162, 1892.)
Georce Marx. Address: “On the morphology of the Ticks.” (Proc.
Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 2, no. 3, pp. 271-287, 1892.)

CHARLES VALENTINE RiLey. Address: “Parasitism in _ insects.’
(Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 2, no. 4, pp. 397-431, 1893.)

CHARLES VALENTINE Ritey. Address: “Longevity in insects, with

some unpublished facts concerning Cicada septendecim.” (Proc.
Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 3, no. 2, pp. 108-125, 1895.)

Witiram Harris AsHMeEAD. Address: “Some important structural
characters in the classification of the parasitic Hymenoptera.” (Proc.

Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 3, no. 4, pp. 202-217, 1895.)

WiciraM Harris AsHMEAD. Address: “The phylogeny of the Hymen-
opetera.”’ (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 3, no. 5, pp. 323-336, 1896.)
Cuarces Lester Martatr. Address: “A brief historical survey of the
science of entomology, with an estimate of what has been, and what

remains to be accomplished.” (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 4, no. 2, pp.
83-120, 1898.)
Cuartes Lester Martarr. Address: “An investigation of applied

entomology in the Old World.” (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 4, no. 3, pp.
265-291, 1899.)

Henry Guernsey Husparp. No address located.

TuHeopore Nicuoras Grit. No address located.

TuHeopore Nicuo.ias Giit. No address located.

Harrison Gray Dyar. Address: “The collections of Lepidoptera in
the United States National Museum.” (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 5,
no. 1, pp. 61—72, 1902.)

Harrison Gray Dyar. Address: “Some recent work in North Ameri-
can Lepidoptera.”

Daniet WiiiiaAm Coquitterre. Address: “A brief history of North
American Dipterology.”’ (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 6, no. 1, pp. 53-58,
1904.)

144

1904.
1905.
1906.
1907.
1908.

1909.
1910.

Mit
1912.

1913.

1914.

1915.

1916.

17:

1918.

LOD:

1920.

19223

1923.

1924.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936

DanieL Wititam Coquitterre. Address: “The Linnaean genera of
Diptera.” (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 7, nos. 2-3, pp. 66-70, 1905.)
NatuHan Banks. Address: “A plea for the genus.” (Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash. v. 8, nos. 1 and 2, pp. 37-43, 1906.)

NatHan Banks. Address: ‘Some phases of protective resemblance in
our spiders.” (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 9, nos. 1-4, pp. 2-9, 1907.)
Anprew De.tmar Hopkins. No address located.

Anprew Deitmar Hopkins. No address located.

Orro HeipeMaAnn. No address located.
Orro HeipemMann. Address: ‘‘Some remarks on the eggs of North
American species of Hemiptera-Heteroptera.”” (Proc. Ent. Soe.

Wash. v. 13, no. 3, pp. 128-140, 1911.)
Francis Marion Wesster. No address located.

Attus Lacy Quarntance. Address: “Remarks on some injurious
insects of other countries.”” (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 15, no. 2, pp.
54-83, 1913.) ;
Aucust Buscx. Address: “On the classification of the Microlepi-
doptera.”” (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 16, no. 2, pp. 46-54, 1914.)

Wa ter Davin Hunter. Address: “Some observations on medical

entomology.” (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 17, no. 2, pp. 58-69, 1915.)
Anprew Ne son Caupett. Address: “An economic consideration of
the Orthoptera directly affecting man.”’ (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 18,
no. 2, pp. 84-93, 1916.)

Cuartes Russet Ery. Address: “A revision of the North American

Gracilariidae from the standpoint of veination.’”’ (Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash. v. 19, nos. 1-4, pp. 29-77, 1917.)

CHares Russet Evy. Address: “Recent entomological chemistry
and some notes concerning the food of insects.’”’ (Proc. Ent. Soc.

Wash. v. 20, no. 1, pp. 12-18, 1918.

Ernest Ratpuy Sasscer. Address: ‘“Hydrocyanic acid gas and its use
in the control of insects.” (Not published.)

Ernest Ratpo Sasscer. Address: “Coccid observations.” (Not
published.)

WitiiaM Ranpotpo Watton. Address: “Entomological drawings and
draughtsmen: their relation to the development of economic entomology
in the United States.”’ (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 23, no. 4, pp. 69-99,
1921

W tu1amM RanpotpH Watton. Address: “The entomology of English
poetry.” (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 24, nos. 7-8 pp. 159-203, 1922.
ArtHur Burton GAHAN. Address: ‘The role of the taxonomist in
present day entomology.” (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 25, no. 3, pp.
69-78, 1923.)

Le.anp Oss1an Howarp. Address: “On entomological societies;
insect parasites of insects. (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 26, no. 2, pp.
25-45, 1924.)

Apam Giepe Bovine. Address: “A summer trip in Iceland south of
Vatna-Jokul.” (Proc, Ent. Soc. Wash, v. 27, no, 2, pp. 17-35, 1925.)

1929.
1930.

LOS
1932.

1933.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936 145

Roserr Asa Cusuman. Address: “Some types of parasitism among the
Ichneumonidae.” (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 28, no. 2, pp. 25-51, 1926.)
Joun Merron Atpricu. Address: “Forty years experiences in study-
ing Diptera.”” (Jour. Wash. Acad. of Science, v. 20, no. 20, pp. 495-
498, Dec. 4, 1930.)

James Aucustus Hystop. Address: “An estimate of the damage by
some of the more important insect pests of the United States.”” (U.S.
D. A. Mimeographed Series E-286, pp. 1-20, 1930.)

SreveErT ALLEN Ronwer. Address: “Value of taxonomic to economic
entomology.”” (Not published.)

Joun Enos Grar. No address given.

Joun Enos Grar. Addv-ess: “Some problems in entomological ad-
ministration.” (Not published.)

ArtHuR CHALLEN Baker. No address given.

Frep Cory Bisuorp. Address: ‘Medical entomology, its field and
function.”” (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 35, no. 7, pp. 144-158, 1933.)
Cuartes Tutt Greene. Address: “A revision of the genus Anastrepha
based on a study of the wings and on the length of the ovipositor sheath
(Diptera: Trypetidae).’’ (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 36, no. 6, pp. 127-
179, 1934.)

146 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 6, JUNE, 1936

MINUTES OF THE 473D REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON APRIL 2, 1936.

The 473d meeting of the Society was held at 8 p. M., Thursday, April 2, 1936,
in Room 43 of the Natural History Building of the National Museum. There
were present 22 members and 13 visitors. S. B. Fracker, President, presided.
The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.

Upon recommendation of the executive committee, F. C. Baker of the Bureau
of Entomology and Plant Quarantine was unanimously elected to the society.

J. E. Graf, Secretary-Treasurer, gave a detailed annual report for the year
1935. Before submitting it for final approval, Mr. Graf wished to have the
auditing committee finish its examination.

F. L. Campbell, chairman of the program committee, brought up the subject
of the June picnic meeting for discussion. Invitations to the society were
extended by E. N. Cory, to meet at College Park, F. W. Poos at Arlington Farm
and F. L. Campbell at Beltsville. R.E. Snodgrass discussed these invitations.
J. E. Graf made the motion, which was seconded and carried, to have the
society meet at College Park. The chairman of the program committee was
asked to bring in recommendations as to the time and arrangements for the
meeting.

The first paper on the regular program was by G. S. Langford entitled
“Outbreaks of potato tuber worm in Maryland in relation to weather.”

“On three occasions during the past twelve years the potato tuber worm
(Phthorimaea operculella Zell.) has caused economic losses to potato growers
in Worcester and Somerset Counties of Maryland. These outbreaks coincided
remarkably with certain climatic factors, namely, hot and dry years. The
region involved is one of the warmest and dryest in the State. Further, every
year in which the insect has occurred in outbreak numbers, the temperatures
during the growing season were far in excess of normal and the rainfall. far
below the normal. Studies and calculations based on the number of day degrees
required for development indicated that in years when the tuber moth was
abundant there was a sufficient accumulation of day degrees to make possible
an additional brood of the insect. Field studies indicate that the intensity of
the infestation in a given area varies with the amount of rainfall.”” (Author’s
abstract.)

This paper was followed by an interesting discussion by Graf, Cory and Poos.

The second paper, by F. F. Dicke, was entitled ‘“‘ The development of the wheat
joint worm gall.” This was illustrated by lantern slides. As the results of
this work are already published (W. J. Phillips and F. F. Dicke in the Jour.
Agr. Res. 50 (4) 359-386, 1935) no authors’ abstract is given.

Upon invitation from the chair, Dr. Alfons Dampf, Government Ento-
mologist of Mexico, spoke a few words in connection with his visit here in
Washington.

Meeting adjourned at 9.45 p. M.

Henry H. Ricuarpson,
Recording Secretary.

Actual date of publication, Fuly 28, 1936.

VOL. 38 OCTOBER, 1936 No. 7

PROCEEDINGS T

OF THE 47,5

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

CONTENTS

CAUDELL, A. N., AND ALLARD, H. A.—AN UNDESCRIBED VARIETY OF THE
WINGLESS GRASSHOPPER PODISMA GLACIALIS SCUDDER VAR AMPLI-
SR OAMEINIMVAIR NC lav xy Sats ac AP's) a SMPs okay ads Meee BARA ekts LAL
DOZIER, HERBERT L.—OBSERVATIONS ON BREEDING PLACES AND WINTER
ACTIVITIES OF MOSQUITOES IN THE VICINITY OF NEW ORLEANS,

OUTSHAN Ags Gears a Sewn sr eMC ttre ss, curs! ay %sy ce SOM RSA SS PA eeu GA AO
GOTTFRIED, S. M., I.—NOTE ON THE SONG OF THE PERIODICAL CICADA . . 166
HULL, FRANK M.—A CURIOUS NEW SYRPHID FLY FROM PERU... . . 167

KOMP, W. H. W.—ANOPHELES (ANOPHELES) CHIRIQUIENSIS, A NEW SPECIES
OF ANOPHELES FROM PANAMA (DIPTERA, CULICIDAE) ae See 6
KOMP, W. H. W.—ANOPHELES (NYSSORHYNCHUS) ANOMALOPHYLLUS, A
NEW SPECIES OF ANOPHELES FROM PANAMA AND COSTA RICA (DIPT.,

GUDICIDAT) pease ne trys ee dela artis EO ars BA es Bs Cee «GO
OMAN, P. W.—DISTRIBUTIONAL AND SYNONYMICAL NOTES ON THE BEET
LEAFHOPPER, EUTETTIX TENELLUS BAKER BRS her set) stro meee Sen ts LO

PusiisHED MontuHiy Excepr Jury, AuGust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizED Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the Proceedings and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1936.

Heontrary Presidents, «.' sa A es ee a ee L. O. HOWARD
Prestdent., — cncllia. (eS AE 2, SRA eee S. B. FRACKER
First Vaiceseresident § 18.1 ee Cee eee eee N. E. McINDOO

SeconawscesPrestaenin “AATCC ae H. MORRISON
RecorarmeeSecrelany v6.88 PV ARIAID sO ee H. H. RICHARDSON
Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer | = o5.-4 482 bee J. E. GRAF
FEditorg§ 322 9 te, RLS REEOINA RAE Jig RS PR oe W. R. WALTON

Members of the Executive Committee: B. A. PORTER, H. E. EWING,
J: S.. WADE

Nominated to represent the Society as Vice-President
of the Washington Academy of Sciences. ........ A. H. CLARK

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Published monthly, except July, August and September, by the Society at
Washington, D. C. Terms of subscription: Domestic, $4.00 per annum;
foreign, $4.25 per annum; recent single numbers, 50 cents, foreign postage
extra. All subscriptions are payable in advance. Remittances should be made
payable to the Entomological Society of Washington.

An author of a leading article in the Proceepine¢s will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur- °
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired

accompanies the manuscript: «
4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 2.25 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL. 38 OCTOBER; 1936 No.

AN UNDESCRIBED VARIETY OF THE WINGLESS
GRASSHOPPER PODISMA GLACIALIS SCUDDER
VAR. AMPLICERCA, N. VAR.

By A. N. Caupetit anp H. A. Attarp,
Washington, D.C.

In October, 1934, the junior author collected specimens
of Podisma glacialis in the high Alleghenies of Augusta County,
Virginia, which appear to constitute an undescribed variety of
this interesting species. When measured from the series of
about fifteen specimens taken, these individuals average some-
what larger than and is different from the variety variegata
Scudder.

Podisma glacialis var. amplicerea, n. var.

Differ from variegata, and also the northern variety canadensts
Walker, in having the cerci less than four times as long as the
middle width and apically subtruncate, as in Figure 1—b.

@ 5
Fir. I. Cerci of male of Podisma glacialis, varieties;
(a), P. g. variegata Scudder,
(b), P g. amplicerca.
Drawing by H. A. Allard.

The shape of the cerci would ally this form more closely with
typical g/acialis, but in some respects the coloration more
closely approaches variegata in having the outer face of the
hind femora banded or fasciate with oblique blackish bars.
This assemblage is considered sufficiently distinctive to be
given the varietal name amplicerca.

Measurements: Total length of male 22 mm.; female 26 mm.;
hind femora male 12 mm.; female 13 mm.—these measurements

148 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 7, OCT., 1936

being taken from the selected holotype and allotype; other
material showing some slight variation.

Description was made from a series of males and females,
all taken in the Alleghenies in Augusta County, Virginia, by
the junior writer as follows: seven males and six females taken
October 7, 1934, on the trail leading from Camp Todd to Big
Bald Knob, at an altitude ranging from 2100 ft. to 4000 ft.,
near the top of Bald Knob; one male taken on Little Bald
Knob September 2, 1934, around 3000 feet; one male and one
female taken on Big Bald Knob September 1, 1934, around
3500 to 4000 ft.; one female taken on Little Bald Knob Sep-
tember 1, 1935, around 3500 ft.

Type material has been deposited in the United States
National Museum, Catalogue No. 51136.

As at present known, the variety herein described appears
to be confined to the Big Bald and Little Bald areas in Virginia,
while variegata occurs from Ontario southward along the
mountains, at least as far as North Carolina. The junior
writer has taken variegata in the Big Bald and Little Bald
areas occupied by the variety amplicerca, and on Hone Quarry
Mountain, Rockingham County, Virginia, in the Blue Ridge
on the Hawksbill, and on Mt. Mitchell, North Carolina, where
it fairly swarmed in a tiny grassy meadow at about 6000 feet.
Here 87 males and 41 females were captured by snatching them
from the grass and weeds with quick movements of the hand.

Both amplicerca and variegata dwell in the same habitats,
usually preferring the low underbrush and herbage of open
sunny situations on the high mountain sides. An open, sunny
trail is much to their liking. They are very wary grasshoppers,
agile leapers, and are likely to spring quickly out of reach, by
a series of leaps before coming to rest.

OBSERVATIONS ON BREEDING PLACES AND WINTER
ACTIVITIES OF MOSQUITOES IN THE VICINITY
OF NEW ORLEANS, LOUISIANA.

By Herserr L. Dozier,
Asst. State Director, C. W. A. Pest Mosquito Control Projects for Louisiana.

During the course of the C. W. A. Pest Mosquito Control
work in Louisiana considerable data were obtained on the winter
activity of mosquitoes and the various types of breeding places
that are located in the area east of the City of New Orleans for
a distance of from five to ten miles. This consists of swampy
land lying in the two parishes of Orleans and St. Bernard. The
nature of the soil and its salt content together with the present
vegetation shows that practically all of the area is of salt marsh
origin. If properly drained, it represents a large acreage of

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 7, OCT., 1936 149

rich trucking land or land suitable for continued suburban
development.

The Orleans Parish project embraced an area of 9,600 acres
lying east of the Industrial Canal between the Old Gentilly
Road and the L. & N. railroad tracks on the south, bounded on
the north by Lake Pontchartrain and extending approximately
six and a half miles to the Little Woods levee and thence to
near the Michaud crossing, its eastern limit. The St. Bernard
Parish project embraced an area of approximately 5,800 acres,
bounded on the west by the Orleans-St. Bernard Parish line,
on the north by the Jackson Levee drainage canal, on the south
by the Mississippi River and extending east to the Pakenham
Canal.

The importance of the mosquito breeding area covered in the
two projects with regard to the health of the city of New Orleans’
approximate population of 494,000 can not be over-estimated.
The two malaria-transmitting mosquitoes, 4nopheles quadri-
maculatus and Anopheles crucians, were found in exceedingly
abundant numbers over the entire area in ideal breeding
places. No other American city of its size is similarly located
in such close proximity to extensive coastal prairie marsh and
low swampy areas, and with its system of canals and back-
area protection levees. The large area lying between the Jack-
son Protection Levee in St. Bernard Parish and Gentilly Road
in Orleans Parish drains naturally into Bayou Bienvenue but
at present is simply a marshy morass in which the salt marsh
mosquito, Aedes sollicitans, is breeding in extensive numbers
close to the city.

With the commencement of drainage operations on Decem-
ber 18, 1933, the territory was gone over as rapidly as possible
and twenty-seven locations were selected in Orleans Parish as
being most representative of the various types of mosquito
breeding places. It was necessary to immediately photograph
and describe these Entomological Stations and to collect
sufficient material ahead of the engineering and labor crews.
During the period December 18, 1933, to March 6, 1934, fre-
quent routine collections were made of larval stages and pupae
from all possible varying habitats within a short radius of each
station by Messrs. Alvan Dugas,. Jessie Concienne, Ira Senette,
Donald H. Alexander, Clyde Johnston, and Albert Osterberger.
This material was identified through the kindness of Dr. Alan
Stone, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C., and Dr.
E. Harold Hinman, of the Louisiana State University Medical
Center, New Orleans, La. Due to the fact that the entomologi-
cal force was kept busy in Orleans Parish, it was January 15th
before collecting was undertaken in St. Bernard when nine
collecting stations with sub-stations were quickly selected within
the project area and four stations were designated beyond the

150 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 7, OCT., 1936

Jackson Levee and just outside of the strict limits of the project
in order to obtain data on the salt marsh breeding species.
Routine collections were made from January 15th to March 5th,
1934. Malaria seemed to be particularly prevalent in St.
Bernard as three out of five of the collectors suffered attacks of
malaria, quite evidently contracted on duty in that parish.

During the course of the investigation fifteen species of
mosquitoes were determined as breeding in Orleans Parish,
namely: the White-banded Salt Marsh Mosquito, 4edes sollict-
tans (Walker); 4edes infirmatus, D. & K.; the Inland Swamp
Mosquito, dedes vexans Meig.; the Unbanded Salt Marsh
Mosquito, Culex salinarius Coq.; Culex tarsalis Coq.; Culex
apicalis Adams; the House Mosquito, Culex quinquefasciatus
Say; Culex erraticus D. & K.; the White-dotted Mosquito,
Culex territans Walk.; the Broad-winged Mosquito, Theobaldia
inornata (Will.); the Malarial Mosquito, Anopheles quadrimacu-
latus Say.; the Day-light Anopheles, Anopheles crucians Wied.;
the Spotted-winged Malarial Mosquito, Anopheles puncti-
pennis Say; Uranotaenia sappharina (O. S.); and the Midget
Mosquito, Corethrella brakeleyi Coq.

All of the above species were also found within the St. Bernard
Parish project limits with the exception of Culex tarsalis,
Culex erraticus, Anopheles punctipennis and Uranotaenta sap-
pharina. In addition, however, Aedes sollicitans was taken in
abundance breeding in the salt marsh prairie.

Anopheles crucians, Anopheles quadrimaculatus, Culex salinar-
ius, Culex territans, Culex quinquefasciatus, Theobaldia inornata,
and dedes vexans proved to be widely distributed and very
abundant. The more we study the collections made, the more
we are convinced that these species are so adaptive in their
habits that it is not possible to generalize to any great extent
as to their choice of breeding places.

A brief description is here given of some of the more important
and major sources of mosquito breeding that occur within the
limits of the two projects.

A portion of the Orleans Parish project area represented an
old development attempt in which a fine system of large and
smaller intersecting canals had been laid out through which
good drainage was maintained, and a considerable planting of
citrus was doing well. This was virtually abandoned after the
disastrous hurricane of 1915 and fire following. At the time
the mosquito control project, undertaken over eighteen years
afterwards, the area had reverted to practically a swamp and
the source of extensive mosquito breeding. A large part of this
old canal systém was overrun and more or less choked up with
a heavy growth of Alligator grass or Marsh button, d/ternan-
thera philloxeroides, a plant that generally indicates from fresh
to moderately brackish water. (See Plate 8, Fig. 1.)

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 7, OCT., 1936 151

A long borrow pit, lying between the Southern Railroad’s
raised track and the Hayne Boulevard, extends along Lake
Pontchartrain from the Shushan Airport to Little Woods. This
borrow pit is blocked up with all kinds of debris, cans, etc.,
and serves not only as an eye-sore but as a constant menace
to the thousands who seek recreation in the hundreds of summer
camps scattered along the lake shore. Its banks are overgrown
with the tall Marsh cane, Phragmites communis, and the borrow
pit itselfis filled witha growth of cat tails, sedges, Common rush,
Funcus effusus, Giant Bulrush, Scirpus californicus, and S‘par-
tina patens; at intervals the water surface is covered with duck-
weed, water hyacinth, and alligator grass. Anopheles crucians,
A. quadrimaculatus, Culex salinarius, C. quinquefasciatus, C.
territans, and Theobaldia inornata are typical of such a habitat.
(See Plate 8, Fig. 2.)

Bayou Sauvage, which was once a navigable stream, is now
interrupted and blocked at many places by private road cross-
ings, dump heaps, etc., and spreads out over quite an area. It
varies in extent from small shallow ponds to extensive wide
swampy areas that spread over a considerable portion of the
Orleans project. This area is characterized and more or less
outlined by a heavy growth of Cut-grass, Zizaniopsis miliacea,
in which vast numbers of Anopheles crucians, A. quadrimacu-
latus, Theobaldia inornata, Culex salinarius and C. apicalis
breed. A typical growth of this cut-grass formation also extends
along the L. & N. Railroad tracks, forming more or less perma-
nent pools. (See Plate 7,-Fig. 2.)

Although the St. Bernard Parish project area was also origi-
nally marsh land and drained through the establishing of the
Jackson Canal and protection levee, conditions there differ
considerably from those existing within the Orleans Parish
project limits. Due to the clogged up and overgrown conditions
of the neglected system of drainage canals the back-area of the
region north of the St. Bernard Highway has been more or less
a stagnant swamp for a great part of the year. The whole area
lying south of the Highway to the Mississippi River is low and
filled with stagnant ponds in which hoards of mosquitoes
develop. (See Plate 7, Fig. 1.) All of the area embraced within
the project limits is fresh water in nature but brackish water is
found in the borrow pit canal along the eastern edge of Paris
Road and lying northward and beyond the Jackson Protection
Levee is open marsh land subject to tidal overflow.

Breeding seems to be continuous throughout the winter in
New Orleans and vicinity, or at least during mild winters such
as that of 1933-34. Larvae of all stages and pupae were found
in abundance throughout December to March, inclusive.

Larvae of Anopheles crucians ranging from third instar to
fullgrown, and a few pupae, were collected in abundance to-

152 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 7, OCT., 1936

gether with Culex salinarius, C. quinquefasciatus and Theo-
baldia inornata in St. Bernard on January 30th, with the tem-
perature 29 degrees and the pond edges coated with ice. The
only effect the cold snap had, apparently, was to render the
larvae and pupae sluggish during that period. _

The past winter proved to be an extremely mild and open one
with the exception of a few cold spells. During the period of
the collecting the lowest temperature, 29 degrees, was exper-
ienced on January 30th. On February 20th, the thermometer
registered a low of 34 degrees and on February 27th, a minimum
of 31 degrees.

TaBLE 1 — Temperature and precipitation records, New Orleans, La.

eae TEMPERATURE PRECIPITATION
Maximum Mean Minimum (inches)

December 1933_......... 72.8 64.7 56.6 123
Januarysl934--2. 2 64.4 57.8 pyle 6.00
February 1934__........ 64.4 55a 47.0 3.33
March 1934____........... 70.8 61.6 52S 5.93
Aprll9s4. 2 774 70.0 62.5 4.55
Mey Abe 2c. ll, nO 74.8 erat 10.39
Tone tS 39.2 82.3 75.4 5.24

Votalcs 2.4.0) aes Be ee 36.67

The abundant numbers, quite evident winter breeding, and
wide distribution of both Anopheles quadrimaculatus and A.
crucians within the project areas is particularly worthy ofnote. In
only a single case was Anopheles punctipennis reared. Anopheles
crucians was unquestionably the dominant winter species.
Nearly all collections of 4. crucians in Orleans Parish proved
to be the inland or fresh water form as distinguished by Bradley.
While both the inland and the coastal or salt water forms were
present in abundance in St. Bernard, the latter was the most
abundant. Although found under all sorts of conditions and at
every collecting location in both projects, the larvae were
particularly abundant in the old choked-up canals along the
edges where masses of filamentous algae were abundant and
wherever top minnows did not have access.

Culex apicalis was well distributed over both projects and
occurred in enormous numbers among the cut-grass, Z7zaniopsis
miliacea, and duckweed, Lemna minor, in old Bayou Sauvage.
Fortunately, this species has never been known to feed on
warm-blooded animals but confines its activity to frogs, etc.

Although Culex salinarius is a common brackish and salt
marsh pool mosquito, its larvae were commonly found far
inland in large numbers breeding in fresh water in every con-

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38 PLATE 7

Sos

: AM a
; ok
x aR Ce ce
aan AN" % ab

Fig. 1—Low inland swamp in back area of St. Bernard project, outlined with
willow and covered with trash, showing typical habitat of dedes vexans, A.

infirmatus, Theobaldia inornata, Culex apicalis, C. salinarius, C. quinquefasciatus,
C. territans, Anopheles quadrimaculatus, and A. crucians.

Fig. 2—Permanent low area along L. & N. Railroad, practically filled with
clumps of cut-grass and clogged with water hyacinth in the more open spots.
Theobaldia inornata, Anopheles crucians, A. quadrimaculatus, Culex salinarius,
C. apicalis, C. territans, C. quinquefasctatus, and Aedes vexans were taken breed-
ing here in large numbers.

[153]

PLATE 8 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38

Fig. 1—Typical view of Morrison Canal showing it badly choked with growth
of Alligator grass or Marsh button and other aquatic vegetation; the favorite
breeding place of Anopheles quadrimaculatus, A. crucians and Culex salinarius.

Fig. 2—The borrow pit between Hayne Boulevard and the Southern Rail-
road tracks, showing stand of tall Marsh Cane, Phragmites communis, and
heavy growth of Scirpus californicus, Alternanthera philloxeroides, Typha lati-
folia, Spartina patens, and Lemna minor. Anopheles crucians, A. quadrimacu-
latis, Culex salinarius, C. quinquefasciatus, C. territans, and Theobaldia inornata
are typical of such a habitat.

[154]

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 7, OCT., 1936 155

ceivable habitat such as old dump heap cans, gutters, water
barrels, cow tracks, borrow pits, pond edges, old clogged up
canals and bayous. This mosquito proved to be one of the most
widely distributed and important species breeding within the
project areas and second in importance only to Anopheles
cructans and A. quadrimaculatus. Culex territans, a species
breeding under quite similar conditions as C. salinarius, was
far less abundant than that species.

The true Salt-Marsh Mosquito, dedes sollicitans, was found
breeding in numbers in stagnant water spread out along the
west side of Downman Road in Orleans Parish. This appears
surprising but may possibly prove due to water seepage in that
area from the near-by Industrial Canal near its entrance into
Lake Pontchartrain. 4. sollicitans did not occur within the
fresh water limits of St. Bernard Parish project but was found
breeding in abundant numbers in brackish water of the salt
marsh prairie beyond the Jackson Levee and Paris Road.

Aedes vexans was not a plentiful species in either project but
did occur in abundance in a few swampy ponds in St. Bernard.
These were outlined with willows and sedges, and the water
was stagnant and trashy.

The Broad-winged Mosquito, Theobaldia inornata, can be
considered a true winter species in this locality. It was taken
breeding in extremely abundant numbers and larvae were
collected from December to March at nearly all stations and in
stagnant to slightly brackish water. Its scarcity in the city of
New Orleans, as shown by Viosca in his paper “‘A Bionomical
Study of the Mosquitoes of New Orleans and Southern Louisi-
ana” (Rept. New Orleans City Board of Health, 1924, pp. 35-
52), would indicate that it has a very short flight-range although
this may be readily accounted for by the fact that it is partial
to poultry, cattle, horses, etc.

Culex quinquefasciatus, the house mosquito of the Southern
States and tropics, was taken in abundance in old cans, rain
barrels, cow tracks, hog wallows, but proved less generally
distributed than Culex salinarius and C. territans.

The species dedes infirmatus, Culex erraticus, Culex tarsalis,
Anopheles punctipennis and Uranotaenia sappharina, proved
extremely uncommon or at least were rare during the winter.

It is interesting to record the occurrence of the non-biting
Corethrella brakeleyi in limited numbers at a few stations. The
larvae were extremely small, black in color, with the head
conspicuously wide and have the habit of curling up to the film
surface quite similar to Anopheline larvae. Our rearings show
that it takes a very long time, at least during the winter period,
in this vicinity, to develop in the larval stage. In cases observed
in the laboratory, larvae remained weeks without apparent
change but only a short period was passed in the pupal stage.

156 PROC. ENT. S9C. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 7, OCT., 1936

ANOPHELES (ANOPHELES) CHIRIQUIENSIS, A NEW SPECIES
OF ANOPHELES FROM PANAMA (DIPTERA,
CULICIDAE.)!

By W. H. W. Komp,

Sanitary Engineer, U. S. Public Health Service.

During a short visit to the region of the Chiriqui volcano, in
northwestern Panama, several specimens of both sexes of a new
Anopheline form were taken in hollow trees and under stream-
banks. Further search discovered the breeding-place, and a
number of larvae were taken. The larvae were found in fair
numbers in a cold spring among rocks (temperature about 57°
F.). Several pupae were also taken, from which female adults
later emerged. The altitude at which the species was found was
about 6,500 feet. The only other Anopheline encountered
was one specimen of the larva of Anopheles eiseni, collected from
the same spring, from which a female adult was obtained.
Because of its apparently restricted habitat, and the low tem-
peratures of the region, it is improbable that the species is a
transmitter of malaria.

Anopheles (Anopheles) chiriquiensis, sp. nov.

Adult female: Proboscis long, slender, black, not heavily scaled, the labellae
yellowish. Palpi long, the vestigial first joint and the second joint dark-scaled:
third joint black with narrow band of white scales at base and apex; fourth
joint broadly white-banded at base and apex, black in middle; terminal joint
much elongated (about half the length of the penultimate joint), white-scaled,
with many long projecting white hairs at tip. Occiput with erect triangular
white scales, truncate at tips, on vertex; sides with similar erect but black
scales; a few long black scales at eye-margin; a long tuft of white hairs projects
forward between the eyes. Antennae with the torus pale, with few pale scales,
contrasting strongly with the dark clypeus. Basal antennal joints light, the
distal ones progressively darker.

Thorax with a broad central longitudinal grayish stripe, widened at middle,
on mesonotum. Anteriorly there is a tuft of white hairs and narrow lanceolate
scales on the anterior prominence; posteriorly there is a large brown spot also
involving the scutellum. The grayish area is covered with a sparse vestiture
of long fulvous hairs. Scutellum gray, with central brown area; a vestiture of
long brown hairs. The sides of the mesonotum are dark brown. The pro-
thoracic lobes are dark brown, and bear long dark hairs. Pleurae brown, with
scattered areas of grayish pruinosity. Sternopleuron dark ventrally, as also
the meron and epimeron. The sternopleural hairs are long and fulvous. The
halteres are pale, with whitish scales. The abdomen is brown, with long
tawny hairs; the terminal cerci are light. There is a grayish pruinose basal
band on each abdominal segment.

1From the Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, Panama City, R. de Panama.
Dr. H. C. Clark, Director.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 7, OCT., 1936 157

Wing of Anopheles chiriquiensis, n. sp.

The legs are dark brown, with the exception of the coxae and trochanters,
which are pale, contrasting strongly with the dark brown lower border of the
pleurae. Femora blackish, with a few pale scales at both ends; tibiae blackish,
with few apical white scales; those on the hind tibiae long and forming a distinct
band; tarsi blackish-brown, with a few paler scales at the articulations, in no
instance forming distinct bands. The wing-scales are very dark brown, yellow,
and white. The costa has three large dark spots, as follows: (1) distal to the
humeral cross-vein, and including costa, subcosta, and extending over 4th and
5th veins. (2) a larger central black spot, involving costa, subcosta, first vein,
second vein, base of third vein, and area around cross-veins. (3) a smaller
dark spot beginning beyond junction of subcosta with costa, and extending
almost to junction of first vein with costa, and involving costa, first vein, and
both branches of second vein. At the apex of the wing is a triangular dark
spot, beginning at junction of first vein and costa, and including tips of both
branches of second vein, becoming widest on tip of third vein, and narrowing
to include only the tip of the anterior branch of the fourth vein. The wing-
fringe included in the apical dark spot is also black. Other dark scale-spots
as follows: base of third vein, to about one-third its length; bifurcation of
fourth vein; distal two-thirds of anterior branch of fifth vein; apical half of
posterior branch of fifth vein, except extreme tip, which is white; middle and
apex of sixth vein.

The individual veins are marked as follows, beginning basally: Costa, B-1
short, white; then a longer dark area extending to humeral cross-vein; B-2
white, very short; then first large dark spot, about four times the length of the
preceding white area; then a white spot beginning at junction of subcosta with
costa and slightly longer than first basal white spot; then a long dark area
about two-thirds the length of middle dark area; then a subapical white spot.
Subcosta: base white; first dark area included in large dark basal marginal
spot; then a light area, followed by large dark area of central marginal dark
spot; extreme tip white. First vein: base white, followed by a dark area in
basal marginal dark spot; then a light area followed by dark area in middle
marginal dark area; followed by a light area about same length as adjoining
white costal area; then the large dark area of subapical dark spot; extreme tip
white. Second vein: base black (in middle dark area), followed by a white
area to and including fork. Both branches dark-scaled, the area on the anterior
branch longer than on posterior; then both branches white almost to tips,
which are black. Third vein: Base black-scaled, to beyond cross-vein, then a
small white area, followed by an area clothed with small grayish scales; then

158 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 7, OCT., 1936

a long white portion followed by a black tip. Fourth vein: Base with a few white
scales, followed by a long black area ending on a level with the middle of white
spot on the first vein, anterior to it. Then a white area, followed by a black
area involving the cross-vein; then a white area extending to the fork; both
branches of the fork shortly black-scaled, followed by white areas, that on
anterior branch being the longer; tips of both branches black. Fifth vein:
Base white, followed by a black area half as long as black area anterior to it
on fourth vein; then a white area extending to and beyond the fork to about
the middle of each branch; anterior branch then black-scaled to and including
tip. Posterior branch black beyond basal white portion; extreme tip and wing-
fringe white. Sixth vein: Base white, extending to middle of vein; then a black
area, followed by a shorter white portion; extreme tip black. Entire posterior
wing-fringe of long dark scales, except at tip of posterior branch of fifth vein,
where there is a white fringe-spot.

Adult male: Coloration of the female. Palpi with last two joints enlarged,
flattened, and bent at right angles outward. Many long yellow hairs arise from
inner side of penultimate joint, and a long tuft from apex of third joint-
At the base of the second segment is a white band, and at the apex of the
penultimate segment is another yellowish band. The tip of the terminal seg-
ment is with yellowish-white scales and short yellowish hairs.

Male terminalia: Side-piece (coxite) nearly cylindrical, scarcely tapered.
Style (clasper) very long, attenuated centrally, with a few setae towards tip;

a very short infuscated conical terminal spine.
Anopheles chiriquiensis

Left, harpago of male terminalia.
Right, mesosome of male terminalia.

Side-piece with two parabasal spines, the inner shorter, projecting from a
separate tubercle on an offset. The outer longer, with hooked tip, from a
separate tubercle which is not prominent, nor inserted on an offset. Internal
spine on outer aspect, situated about one-third the way down from tip of side-
piece, rather thick, long, slightly curved.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 7, OCT., 1936 159

Lobes of the claspette (harpago) minutely pilose towards tip; partially
separated into dorsal (outer) lobe bearing 2 long flattened club-shaped fila-
ments, somewhat fused, with blunt rounded tips. Inner lobe with a long spine
(longer than clubbed filaments) projecting from a prominent tubercle, the
spine stout, with outward-curving slender tip. Within is a small fine seta
from a tubercle, the seta about one-fifth the length of the long spine at crest of
lobe. The most mesially placed spine is long and very slender, from a small
tubercle.

Anal lobe (proctiger) high, conical, the membrane minutely pilose; para-
procts poorly chitinized. Ninth tergite a slender ring, the two processes well
separated, erect, not clubbed.

Mesosome (phallosome) long, tubular, well chitinized, not widely flared at
base. Two pairs of leaflets at tip, the larger somewhat obovate, with both
margins coarsely serrate; the smaller inner pair thick, not serrate, about one-
third the length of the larger pair.

LarRVA.

Much as in Anopheles eitseni Coq. but immediately distinguishable by the
long simple hair on the 3d abdominal segment. Inner preclypeal spines weak,
short. Internal clypeal hairs very close together (so close that another tubercle
could not be inserted between them), long, simple. Outer clypeals inserted
slightly caudad of internal clypeals, widely separated from these; about half
as long, usually simple, but sometimes finely feathered. Posterior clypeals
long (about half the length of inner clypeals), usually simple, but sometimes
forked beyond middle, inserted well caudad of outer clypeals, and more: widely
separated than internal clypeals. Six frontal hairs, rather short, pinnate.
Inner occipital (sutural) hair long, usually simple, but sometimes forked beyond
middle. Outer occipital hair usually simple, but often forked or branched.
Anteantennal hair long, strong, pinnate.

Antenna: Rather short, slender, minutely spinulate. Antennal hair small,
many-branched, inserted at slightly less than one-fifth distance from base to
tip. Sabres at tip very long, serrate on one side. Terminal hair very long,

slender, bifid from middle.
THORAX.

Inner submedian prothoracic hair very long, about three-fifths the length of
the middle submedian hair; strongly feathered. Middle submedian prothoracic
hair long, strong, feathered. Outer submedian prothoracic hair simple, slender,
about three-tenths the length of the middle hair.

The large dorsal hair on the mesothorax (No. 1 of Martini, Root and Puri)
is longer and thicker than the middle submedian thoracic hair, and is much
feathered. Hair No. 2, the simple slender hair beside it, is not half as long as
the large dorsal hair. A pair of delicate thoracic palmate tufts are present on
the metathorax.

ABDOMEN.

Six pairs of large palmate hairs are present on abdominal segments 2-6,
absent on the first segment. Each palmate hair has from 18 to 22 elements,
the single element long, lanceolate, slightly shouldered, with faint notches at

160 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 7, OCT., 1936

shoulder; the tip ends in a long finely pointed filament. Lateral hairs double
on first and second segment, heavy, feathered. On the 3d abdominal segment
is a very long, strong, single hair, minutely and sparsely long-pinnate. Lateral
hairs of the 4th and 5th segments single, shorter, very slender. The spiracular
apparatus is normal, with no distinguishing characters. The comb or pecten
bears from 22 to 27 serrate teeth; towards the middle of the comb they are
irregularly alternately long and short, the longer teeth being about twice the
length of the shorter. The anal segment is minutely spinose dorso-laterally,
with a very long slender lateral hair, much longer than the segment. The inner
submedian caudal hairs are slender, not as long as the outer, branched, the
branches beginning at the base of the hair. The outer submedian caudal hairs
are heavier, with about 12 branches beginning near the base, and with hooked
tips.

ANOPHELES (NYSSORHYNCHUS) ANOMALOPHYLLUS,
A NEW SPECIES OF ANOPHELES FROM PANAMA
AND COSTA RICA (DIPT., CULICIDAE).!

By W. H. W. Komp,

Sanitary Engineer, U. S. Public Health Service.

During the course of malaria research in the plantations of
the United Fruit Company in Panama in 1929 and 1930, under
the direction of Dr. M. A. Barber, many Anopheles larva surveys
were made by the writer. During the course of the surveys,
material was collected from a shaded running stream at Wen-
ham’s Farm, near Almirante, Panama. Two male Anopheles
adults emerged from pupae among this material; it was im-
mediately noted that they differed from males of Anopheles
albimanus in the smaller amount of black on the second hind
tarsal joint. These males were tentatively identified as 24.
tarsimaculatus Goeldi, although it was recognized that here a
difficulty presented itself, as running streams are not the breed-
ing places of this species. The terminalia of the two males
were stained and mounted, and the difficulty, instead of being
resolved, became greater, for the mesosome showed a pair of
long, heavily sclerotized, coarsely serrate leafllets. In the press
of more “practical” work, the matter could not be followed up,
and the slides were put aside for further study. In the winter
of 1930, a similar male emerged from material taken in a run-
ning stream along with larvae and pupae of Anopheles (Chagasia)
bathanus Dyar, at Chase, Costa Rica, just across the Sixaola
River, which forms the frontier of Panama at this point. This
male was likewise mounted and preserved. In February, 1932,
this same stream was searched thoroughly, and two larvae,
one in third stage and the other in fourth, were found. Both

1From the Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, Panama City, R. de Panama.
Dr. H. C. Clark, Director.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 7, OCt., 1936 161

unfortunately died before pupating. Therefore the authentic
material of this species consists of two males from Almirante,
Panama, and two larvae and one male from Chase, Costa Rica.
While it is impossible to associate the two larvae with adults
bred from them, it is almost certain that they are the immature
stages of this insect, for the following reasons: They were both
taken from the same stream that produced the male bred in
1930; no other Anopheles larvae, with the exception of 24.
bathanus, were found in this stream at any time; the larvae
conform in every respect to those of the Nyssorhynchus group;
no other species of this group, so far as is known in Central
America, at least, breeds in streams.

As mentioned above, the males when first seen were thought
to be those of 4. tarsimaculatus Goeldi, in spite of the peculiar
habitat of the larva. Dyar, in “The Mosquitoes of the Ameri-
cas,” page 427, attempts a separation on color characters.
There follows an abstract of his table:

“Tarsi, especially the hind pair, marked with white... 2

2. Hind tarsi more or less continuously white-marked...__. Be Mink ee 3

3. Last three hind tarsals white or white-marked_.__.......-.- 4

Ae Hitthehindstarsalwathralblack rings se eee oe ect ae ae 8

So bifehshind tarsalonly witha blackmmg ee 9

9. Second hind tarsal less than or not more than one-third black... 11
11. Light-colored scales of wing usually white; second hind tarsal usually

more than one-fourth black; white rings on fore tarsi narrower,

especially that of the first fore tarsal... evansi Brethes (strodei Root)
Light-colored scales of wing usually white; second hind tarsal usually

less than one-fourth black; white rings on fore tarsi broader, in-

chidine thatrokdiict .see oc es 8 ee tarsimaculatus Goeldi.”

Now strodei Root has peculiar and characteristic male
terminalia, with a dorsal lobe structure entirely different from
that of any other American Anopheline, which does not resemble
in the least that of 4. tarsimaculatus Goeldi. On the other hand,
the terminalia of the new species resembles that of 4. ¢arsimacu-
latus in every respect save one, in that it has a pair of strong
reflexed serrate leaflets on the mesosome.

There are four species of the Nyssorhynchus group of dvo-
pheles in Panama which have a black band on the base of the
fifth hind tarsal joint. They are 4. albimanus, A. tarsimacula-
tus, A. bachmanni, and A. strodei. Curry (1) has lately shown
that ¢arsimaculatus must be split up into two species, one, which
is probably the true ¢arsimaculatus, which breeds in saline
waters, called by him 4. aquasalis, and the other, which breeds
in fresh water, called by him 4. aguacaelestis. He also states
that the latter may be 4. oswaldoi Perryassu, which Dyar sank
in the synonymy of 4. tarsimaculatus, on the authority of

162 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 7, OCT., 1936

Root (2) (Dyar, loc. cit., p. 439). The terminalia of the males
of these two species, aguasalis and aquacaelestis, have been
described and figured in Curry’s paper, and through that
worker’s courtesy I have collected with him and examined a
long series of both species. Neither of them possess leaflets
on the mesosome, nor do any others of this group which have
the black band on the fifth hind tarsal joint.

Photomicrograph of mesosome of Anopheles anomalophyllus, n. sp.,
showing serrate leaflets.

My scanty material was submitted to the late Dr. F. M.
Root, who wrote: “‘I have made careful dissections of the
hypopygia of males of albimanus (Costa Rica), tarsimaculatus
(Brazil and Venezuela), strode (Venezuela), and dachmanni
(Argentine and Venezuela), and can say positively that none
of them show anything approaching the conditions shown in
your slides.”

In view of these facts, and in spite of whatever the future
may show in respect to the specific standing of this peculiar
Anopheline, it is herewith described:

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 7, OCT., 1936 163

Anopheles (Nyssorhynchus) anomalophyllus, new species
(here described.)

Female: Unknown.

Larva: Like that of tarsimaculatus, so far as the scanty material shows.

The anterior clypeal hairs are not so pinnate as in farsimaculatus. The
palmate hairs of the anterior internal thoracic group have twelve leaflets in
each tuft, and the palmate hairs of the abdomen are typical of the larvae of
the Nyssorhynchus group.

Male: Only one whole male specimen has been preserved, and this is mounted
in balsam, and is somewhat distorted. The scales of the wings seem to be
white instead of yellowish. The black band on the base of the fifth hind tarsal
joint is plainly visible. The amount of black on the second hind tarsal joint
comes closest to that on the second hind tarsal of 4. strodei, being somewhat
less than half the length of the joint, and much greater in extent than is found
in A. aquacaelestis Curry.

The terminalia are like those of tarsimaculatus; the side-piece
is conical outwardly, about twice as long as wide. Parabasal
spine single, stout, arising from a pedunculate base, and di-
rected mesially; there are two stout, hooked accessory spines
arising near the middle of the side-piece, from a common
sclerotized base. Just apical to these, and on the dorsal aspect
of the side-piece, is a small curved internal spine. The ventral
lobe (harpago) of the claspette consists of a rounded projection
bearing at its tip three flattened filaments, somewhat expanded
centrally, with pointed tips, and curving ventrally and then
outwardly around the sides of the anal lobe. The dorsal lobe
of the claspette exceeds the mesosome slightly. It has the
typical farsimaculatus structure, consisting of two lobes divided
by a median sulcus running from the tip of the ventral margin
around to the dorsal margin, gradually becoming deeper and
wider and here dividing the lobes into two distinct apron-like
portions. The tip of the lobe is ridged, and outwardly beyond
these ridges the entire area of the lobes is covered with long
hairs, longest at the basal margins of the lobes. The mesosome
is rather stout, about as long as in sarsimaculatus, with two
stout serrate reflexed leaflets arising from the sides a short
distance down from the tip, and extending downwards nearly
half the length of the mesosome. These are stouter than the
leaflets in 4. argyritarsis, and are not curved inwards as is usual
in this species.

The type is a male adult, mounted in balsam, with terminalia
mounted separately on the same slide. It was bred from a
pupa taken at Wenham’s Farm, near Almirante, R. de Panama,
in February, 1929. A topotype is the male terminalia of one
specimen, mounted on a slide, from the same locality at the
same time; a metatype, the male terminalia of another specimen,

164 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 7, OCT., 1936

mounted on a slide, from a stream in Chase, Costa Rica, Janu-
ary, 1930. Two larvae, mounted in balsam, taken in February,
1932, are also among the material. All this material has been
deposited in the U. S. National Museum.

REFERENCES.

1. Curry, D. P.
Some Observations on the Nyssorhynchus Group of the Anopheles (Culi-
cidae) of Panama. Am. Jl. Hyg., No. 2, March, 1932.
2. Roor, F. M.
Further Notes on the Male Genitalia of American Anopheles. Am. Jl.
Hyg., 4, No. 5, Sept., 1924.

DISTRIBUTIONAL AND SYNONYMICAL NOTES ON THE
BEET LEAFHOPPER, EUTETTIX TENELLUS (BAKER).

By P. W. Oman,

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, United States Department
of Agriculture.

For the purpose of this paper, and until a completely satis-
factory generic disposition can be made of the species, the
writer prefers to retain the name Eufettix tenellus (Baker) for
the beet leafhopper, because of its frequent occurrence in
literature. However, he is of the opinion that teve//us is much
more closely related to Thamnotettix Zetterstedt than to Eutet-
tix Van Duzee. The synonymy of the species is as follows:

Thamnotettix tenellus Baker, Psyche, vol. 7, Suppl., p. 24, 1896.

Thamnotettix rubicundula Van Duzee, Bul. Buffalo Soc. Nat.
Sci., vol. 8, No. 5, p. 70, 1907. (New synonymy.)

Thamnotettix indivisus Haupt. Bul. Agric. Expt. Sta., Tel-
Aviv, Palestine, No. 8, p. 35, 1927. (New synonymy.)

Because of its importance as a vector of the causative organ-
ism of the “curly-leaf” of beets in the western part of the
United States, records extending the known range of the beet
leafhopper are of more than passing interest. Its occurrence,
under favorable conditions, over most of the western half ot
the United States has been a matter of common knowledge for
several years, and more recently Van Duzee,' DeLong,’ and
Davis,* have added Lower California, Florida, and western
Canada, respectively, while explorations by Henderson* have

1Van Duzee, E. P., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 12, p. 184, 1923.

2 DeLong, D. M., Jour. Econ. Ent., vol. 18, p. 637-638, 1925.

3 Davis, E. W., Jour. Econ. Ent., vol. 20, p. 581-586, 1927.

41928 California Agricultural Experiment Station Annual Report 1927-
28, p. 75-76.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 7, OCT., 1936 165

shown that it occurs in Lower California and western Mexico
as far south as Guasave, Sinaloa. None of the accepted pub-
lished records recognize its occurrence outside of continental
North America.

Some time ago the writer noticed that the excellent figures
of the male plates and internal genital structures of Thamno-
tettix indivisus Haupt, recorded from Palestine, were very like
those structures in fene//us. Specimens of tene//us were sent to
Haupt in 1934 for comparison with ivdivisus, and he later
reported them to be the same. An attempt was made to
investigate the possibility that Haupt’s specimens might have
been erroneously labeled as to locality, and in subsequent
correspondence between Harold Morrison, of the Bureau of
Entomology and Plant Quarantine, and F. S. Bodenheimer of
Palestine, who furnished Haupt’s material, Bodenheimer
expressed the opinion that there could be no error of the kind
indicated. It is hoped that extensive collections will be made
in the Mediterranean region in an attempt to confirm this
record.

During 1935 the writer had the opportunity to examine the
unique type of Thamnotettix rubicundula Van Duzee, described
from Jamaica, and found it to be merely the red form of ¢ene//us.
Examples from Puerto Rico, borrowed from the collection of
Herbert Osborn and recorded by him as rudicundu/a, contained
examples of the typical pale form as well as the reddish varia-
ation. Van Duzee, in recording feve//us from Lower California,
mentioned its resemblance to rubicundula, but he believed them
to be distinct. Osborn’s illustrations of the genital characters
of Puerto Rican specimens’ are hardly typical of any examples
examined: by the writer and are somewhat misleading.

The West Indian records indicate the desirability of careful
investigations to determine whether or not fene//us occurs
permanently in Puerto Rico and Jamaica, or in any other of
the Antilles. If its occurrence in the islands proves to be
periodic, as Severin’ apparently believes its occurrence in
Florida and the coastal regions of California to be, information
concerning the source of infestation would be pertinent in
connection with the possible extension of the known range of
the leafhopper.

5 Osborn, H., New York Acad. Sci., vol. 14, p. 161, fig. 27, b, c, 1935.
6 Severin, H. H. P., Hilgardia, vol. 7, p. 322, 1933.

166 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 7, OCT., 1936

NOTE ON THE SONG OF THE PERIODICAL CICADA.

By Icnatirus Gorrrriep, S. M.
Marist Seminary, N. W., Washington, D. C.

An optical illusion makes many of our trees appear to be
bearing red blossoms when viewed in a bright light from a
distance. The contrast between the bright green of the living
leaves and the tan color of the dead gives these the appearance
of reddish flowers. A similar effect may be seen in the tropics
with the hibiscus whose crimson blossoms at a distance appear
to be fringed with bright yellow.

The dead leaves are a reminder of the last visit of the seven-
teen year cicada which slits the soft and juicy bark of the young
twigs to provide a nursery for its young. During the three
weeks of the cicada’s flight the daylight hours are filled with a
perpetual drone of millions of male insects chirruping the
mating call.

In 1919 I saw and heard the periodical cicada for the first
time and noted particularly the musical note of this chorus.
The whirligig of time has quite unexpectedly brought me here
again after completing the circuit of the globe through both
hemispheres.

During the 1919 visit of the cicada I was occupied at that
precise time in tuning an organ and curiosity led me to try the
pitch of the all-pervading hum. Using a chromatic pitch-pipe—
Eardesley’s—I found the cicada’s song to be a somewhat
flat D—flattened about a quarter-tone. This was early at the
beginning of the flight. Days later trying the pitch, I was
surprised to find it had risen to a sharp D. Eventually, by
tuning frequently during the whole of the stay of this extra-
ordinary insect, I found that their hum rose a semitone a
week, their last note being just below F. This year, with the
identical Eardesley pitch-pipe I repeated the experiment with
the same results—the drone beginning on the flat D and ending
in the third week on the flattened F—rising, as it did 17 years
previously, a semitone a week.

Are they the same insects during the third week as during the
first? If so, why do they raise the pitch of their chorus note?
If, on the other hand, there is a succession of insects rising from
their long sojourn in the earth, why do the late comers sing a
minor third higher than the first arrivals? Perhaps an answer
will be found to this at their next visit in 1953.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 7, OCT., 1936 167

A CURIOUS NEW SYRPHID FLY FROM PERU.

By Frank M. Hu tt,
University of Mississippi.

An interesting species of Syrphid fly was recently discovered
in some miscellaneous material submitted to the author for
identification by the U. S. National Museum. I know of no
described form into which it will fall, and because of its aberrant
relationship, I am presenting a description of it, together with
notes on its relationship. This fly is noteworthy for the promi-
nent development of bristles making it peculiarly tachiniform.
Since many species of Voluce/la have prominent bristles, this
character does not invalidate its position in that subfamily,
even though the chaetaceous surface is developed in an unusual
way. The wing, too, is volucelliform. The extra tumid face
is of course, an extension of what other species possess. The
face, however, presents a curious: short, laterally widened,
rounded antennal joint quite unlike a Volucella. I wish to
express my thanks to Dr. Chapin for the privilege of studying
these flies.

TACHINOSYRPHUS, new genus.

Eyes holoptic, very long pilose indeed. Front and face bloated, tumid and
swollen, with appressed bristly hairs; in contour round and smooth and dropping
to a short acute cone. Antennae short, third joint subglobose. Arista long and
resembling a shellacked bristle. Thorax and scutellum normal, volucelliform.
Abdomen oval, flattened slightly, very densely long bristly. Legs, including all
femora, quite slender. The venation does not depart from the volucelliform
type. Marginal cell closed.

Genotype Tachinosyrphus pseudotachina, new species.

Tachinosyrphus pseudotachina, new species.

Male.—Eyes touching with dense, very long, light brownish pile. The
swollen vertex, together with a basal eye marginal band, which runs only to the
facial crease at the level of the antennae, shining black. Cheeks and occiput,
and a short narrow median facial stripe just above oral margin shining black.
The lower part of the swollen front and the greatly swollen face light dirty
brownish yellow. Face without tubercle but greatly and evenly convex. Face
with black bristles, except on the short acute cone below, and densely covered
everywhere with very short shining white pile. The pile of the front is black,
erect, that of the occiput above and below, white. Antennae short, dull, jet
black; the third joint as long as wide, thick, rounded; the arista very long,
thickened throughout, shining black and bare.

‘Thorax shining black, together with scutellum clothed with many very long,
slender, black, bristle-like hairs, some pale ones anteriorly. In the proper light
may be seen four vittae of golden, very short, appressed hairs, more pronounced
on the anterior half. Scutellum shining, bright reddish brown. No pre-scutellar
bristles and the calli and humeral bristles not very stout. Pleurae black, dark
pilose. Squamae brown with blackish fringe. Halteres with pale knob.

Abdomen bright shining black, the second and third segments on each side in

168 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 7, OCT., 1936

the middle with a widely separated light brownish yellow spot, reaching the
lateral margin in full width, but not touching either anterior or posterior margin.
These spots rounded or angular on their medial ends, clothed with dense, long
pale pile; the abdomen elsewhere long, dense, black, bristly pilose.

Legs entirely black, black pilose The hind tibiae apico-ventrally and the
hind tarsi ventrally golden pilose. Hind femora slender. Wings quite hyaline.
Marginal cell narrow and closed. Spurious vein absent.

Length 12 mm.

Two males and one female. Crucero, Moscardones, Peru. (D. P. Weiss, Coll.)

Holotype male and allotype female in the U. S. National Museum, Cat. No.
51753. Paratype male in the author’s collection.

MINUTES OF THE 474TH REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, MAY 7, 1936.

The 474th meeting of the society was held at 8.10 p. m., Thursday, May 7,
1936, in Room 43 of the Natural History Building of the National Museum.
Thirty-eight members and 28 visitors were present. S. B. Fracker, President,
presided. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.

There was no miscellaneous business nor notes.

The first paper on the program was by Dr. Alfons Dampf, Government
Entomologist of Mexico, and entitled “ Rambles of an Entomologist in Mexico.”
This was a very interesting illustrated talk of Dr. Dampf’s experiences and
travels over the various states of Mexico from Sonora to Yucatan and into
Guatemala. Mosquitoes are among 'the worst of pests. This paper was dis-
cussed by McIndoo.

E. C. Cushing gave the second paper entitled “Some Alaskan Experiences.”
This was illustrated by slides and movies and told of the speaker’s interesting
trip to Alaska where he studied the bot-flies attacking reindeer. Fracker,
Ewing, Harned, Bridwell and McIndoo discussed the talk.

Upon invitation from the chair, Neale Howard, of Columbus, Ohio, and
E. P. Breakey of the Mellon Institute of Pittsburgh, introduced themselves to the
Society. Meeting adjourned at 10 p. M. Henry H. Ricwarpson,

Recording Secretary.

MINUTES OF THE 475TH REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, JUNE 11, 1936.

The 475th meeting of the society was held jointly with the Insecticide Society
of Washington, on June 11, 1936, at the University of Maryland at College
Park. A large group, including the families from both societies, was present
The picnic supper scheduled to take place in front of the Entomology Building
was moved to the Dining Hall because of rain

The evening meeting was held in the Engineering Hall Auditorium and was
called to order at 7.30 p. Mm. by S. B. Fracker, President. The chair introduced
C. M. Smith, President of the Insecticide Society of Washington Dean
Patterson, of the University, welcomed the group to the campus.

As the first speaker of the evening, Dr. C. L. Marlatt, former Chief of the
Bureau of Entomology, gave “Some Remarks on the Periodical Cicada.” Brood
X, which is now present in this region is one of the heaviest if not the heaviest
infestation he has encountered. A smaller species of cicada is present with this
brood and has the same 17 year period. The 13 and 17 year cycle cicadas can
be distinguished only by their different periods, though in places they overlap.

Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt, who was next on the program, gave an interesting talk,
illustrated by motion pictures, describing an expedition to the Galapagos
Islands. This was mainly a collection trip and some very excellent pictures of
the life of the sea-lion, tortoise, fur-seal and tropical birds were given.

Meeting adjourned at 9.30 p. M. Henry H. Ricuarpson,

Recording Secretary.

Actual date of publication, October 30, 1936.

VOL. 38 NOVEMBER, 1936 |, No.8

SSA
Wa an

PROCEEDINGS _

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF WASHINGTON

CONTENTS

BOVING, ADAM G.—DESCRIPTION OF THE LARVA OF PLECTRIS ALIENA
CHAPIN AND EXPLANATION OF NEW

TERMS APPLIED TO THE EPI-
PHARYNX AND RASTER

169
RITCHER, P. O., CHAMBERLIN, T. R., AND SEATON, LEE—ADDITIONAL
COLLECTION RECORDS FOR PHYLLOPHAGA SPRETA (HORN), (COLE-
OPTERA : SCARABAEIDAE). 185
WADE, J. S.—HERRICK’S “INSECT ENEMIES OF SHADE TREES” 186

PusiisHeD Montuiy Excerr Jury, August anpD SEPTEMBER

BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the Proceedings and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1936.

Honorary President. a. Hl: Pe eee ee hate Seay es L. O. HOWARD
Presidents, Ge) ans d.ct oo wh ear a ee ae S. B. FRACKER
RUT SEAV ACO TIETEStO CT men haa ge ee eee N. E. McINDOO
Second VAce-Presiacnh. pal serems) a te ee H. MORRISON
RecordimeiSecreiary 255 be ee coe ee ae H. H. RICHARDSON
Corresponding, Sccreiary —Ureasuncr ame eee ee J. E. GRAF
PANG 9 etc Fads. dae CEO ee ee W. R. WALTON

Members of the Executive Committee: B. A. PORTER, H. E. EWING,
J. 2S WADE

Nominated to represent the Society as Vice-President
of the Washington Academy of Sciences. ........ A. H, CLARTE

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Published monthly, except July, August and September, by the Society at
Washington, D. C. Terms of subscription: Domestic, $4.00 per annum;
foreign, $4.25 per annum; recent single numbers, 50 cents, foreign postage
extra. All subscriptions are payable in advance. Remittances should be made
payable to the Entomological Society of Washington.

An author of a leading article in the ProceEpiNes will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies DDI) 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL. 38 NOVEMBER, 1936 No. 8

DESCRIPTION OF THE LARVA OF PLECTRIS ALIENA CHAPIN
AND EXPLANATION OF NEW TERMS APPLIED
TO THE EPIPHARYNX AND RASTER.

By Apvam G. Bovine,
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, U. 8. Department of Agriculture.

The material on which the following description is based is in
the U. S. National Museum and consists of:

(1) Two first-stage larvae, collected by E. A. Chapin on
June 7, 1933, in Charleston, S. C.; one larva found in the ground
at a depth of 6 inches, the other at an unobserved depth.

(2) Two cast skins of mature larvae; each skin attached to
the end of a pupa. The pupae were found by Dr. Chapin on
June 5 and 9, 1933, in Charleston, S. C., at a depth of 11 inches."

(3) Considerable material which consists mostly of full-
grown larvae, and six sets of larval and pupal skins associated
with reared adults, from Brunswick, Ga., collected in 1933 and
1934. This was submitted by the Division of Japanese and
Asiatic Beetle Investigations, Bureau of Entomology and Plant
Quarantine, Moorestown, New Jersey, after preliminary studies
of the material had been made by R. J. Sim of that division.’
The determination of the larval material had also been made
by Mr. Sim, on the strength of reared adults.

DEscrIPTION OF LARVA.

Body (fig. 16) moderately curved. Length of first larval instar about 6 mm.
Length of mature larva about 27 to 28 mm. Extreme width of cranium of first
larval instar about 1 mm. Extreme width of cranium of mature larva 3.5 to
4 mm.

Cranium (fig. 2)3 narrower than prothorax, the width of the prothorax being
about 5 mm.; cranium broader than long with length about 3 mm. in the mature

1 For further information and description of adult, see paper “An apparently
new scarab beetle (Coleoptera) now established at Charleston, South Carolina,”
by Edward A. Chapin. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 47, 1934, pp. 33-36.

2 Robert J. Sim: Characters useful in distinguishing larvae of Popi/lia japonica
and other introduced Scarabaeidae from native species. U. S. Dept. Agr.
Circular no. 334, December 1934, p. 12, fig. 8.

3 The term cranium is used here for the capsule formed by the two immovable
parts of the head, viz, the frons and the epicranium.

170 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 8, NOV., 1936

larva. Surface of cranium rugulose to shallowly reticulate, shining, pale
cadmium-yellow. Clypeo-frontal suture (CS) well marked; frontal sutures
(FS) (=“epicranial arms” of many authors) fine, whitish, anteriorly slightly
convex toward the outside, posteriorly almost straight, meeting considerably
in front of hind margin of head, forming an approximately right angle (P4);
epicranial suture (ES) (=“epicranial stem” of many authors) about one-third
the length of one of the frontal sutures, anteriorly with a small, slightly im-
pressed, pale brownish enlargement, posteriorly fine and light. Anterior part
of frons rather densely furnished with minute setae behind the entire clypeo-
frontal suture; each anterior frontal angle (7/4) with many minute setae and
one long seta near antennal base; across middle of frons with a series of four
setae, two on each side, almost equidistantly placed, each in a shallow pit.
Epicranium with about six moderately long setae in a longitudinal series on
each side of epicranial suture and posterior part of frons; behind antennal base
with a tuft-like arrangement of about half a dozen fine, rather long setae, and
with a small number of minute setae scattered over whole epicranial surface.

Clypeus (fig. 2) trapezoidal; divided into two transverse parts. Anterior
part whitish and naked; posterior part somewhat larger, darker, sclerotized
and limited in front by a low marginal ridge; on each side behind the ridge one
anterior and one posterior long, lateral seta, between anterior lateral seta and
sagittal line of head one long and one minute seta, between posterior lateral
seta and sagittal line a transverse series of about five rather small setae.

Labrum (fig. 2) about as long as clypeus but slightly narrower, distinctly
angular at middle of each lateral margin. Anterior margin with a series of three
darkly sclerotized, obtuse tubercles on each side. Apex crenulate and somewhat
projecting. Across labrum between lateral angles with a complete, heavy ridge
which has an irregularly wrinkled, rounded crest. In front of this ridge and
between corresponding tubercles of the anterior margin three similar, less
complete, somewhat lower, transverse ridges. In apical projection two stiff
setae on each side, one in front of the other, and close to the hindmost of the
antero-marginal tubercles one large seta; on posterior complete ridge a series
of four strong setae, two on each side; in posterior part of labrum behind
posterior ridge two parallel, transverse series of small setae and a number of
very minute setae; anterior series with about five setae on each side, posterior
series with about four setae on each side at hind margin of labrum.

Ocelli completely absent.

Antenna (fig. 2) about as long as cranium, slender, four-jointed. Subapical
joint produced on inner side into a well developed, conical process. Apical
joint subelliptical, somewhat asymmetrical with inner side more curved than
outer side, distally slightly constricted. Three semitransparent convex sensory
spots (or sensilla placodea) on sides of apical joint and one on process of sub-
apical joint. Constricted end of apical joint with several minute, tactile cilia.

Mandible (figs. 1, 3, 5, 8), slightly longer than cranium. Scissorial part
(S), black, slender; cutting edge with a small notch and proximal edge of
notch produced into a small tooth. Exterior part (£) convex and finely rugulose,
subtriangular, limited by two apically converging carinae extending from base
of mandible to posterior end of scissorial part, with about six setae (fig. 16).
Manducatorial (=mola bearing) part light yellowish with black molar struc-

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 8, NOV., 1936 171

tures; stridulating area completely lacking. Molar part of right mandible
trilobed (Z/, L2, L3, figs. 3 and 8); heel (=calx) (CZ, figs. 3 and 8) subtrape-
zoidal, about one and one-half times as long as wide and posteriorly slightly
emarginate in the middle. Molar part of left mandible (figs. 1 and 5), projecting
anteriorly and retracted posteriorly, bilobed, with the anterior lobe (£2) strong
and shielding a low, somewhat excavated posterior lobe (Z/); posterior lobe
with one obliquely transverse carina; heel (C4) small, rather indistinct, and
characterized by a broad, piliferous dorsal hook (=hamus). A well developed
brush of long bristles at base of both right and left molar parts.

Maxillary lobes*(lacinia and galea) fused proximally into a single structure
but distally free (fig. 6A). Ventral surface (fig. 4) lightly sclerotized and mode
erately setose, almost exclusively formed by galea; proximally marked by a
well sclerotized, obliquely transverse, somewhat curved sulcus () indicating
posterior boundary of galea, laterally provided toward buccal cavity with a
longitudinal row of five to six strong, spine-like setae, and distally ending in a
single strong galeal tooth (=uncus). Dorsal surface (fig. 9) lightly sclerotized
and moderately setose, formed by both galea and lacinia; areas of galea and
lacinia separated by a longitudinal, well sclerotized sulcus (51); galeal part with
the single terminal tooth (uncus) mentioned above and three strong setae at its
base; lacinial part with a terminal longitudinal row of three strong, lacinial
teeth (=unci), a short, strong seta behind last tooth, and a longitudinal row of
five strong, spine-like setae above teeth. Inner surface (fig. 6) subtriangular,
membranous, with terminal portion split into free galeal and lacinial parts
(fig. 6A); on galeal edge the above-mentioned single terminal tooth and series
of five to six spine-like setae, and on lacinial edge the above-mentioned three
terminal teeth and five spine-like setae. Proximal, united portion of maxillary
lobes laterally limited by the above-mentioned dorsal and ventral longitudinal
sclerotized sulci (S' and S', fig. 6). ;

Stipes (figs. 6, 9), with a row of about 18 pointed, slender, stridulating teeth
(SD) on dorsal side.

Maxillary palpus (figs. 4, 9), projecting beyond galea, four-jointed, with
apical joint similar in form and vestiture to last antennal joint.

Epipharynx (fig. 11), almost regularly pentagonal, anteriorly projecting at
middle. Corypha (CO) united with Acroparia (ACR) into a large apical region
occupying between one-fifth and one-sixth of entire epipharyngeal surface;
united region subtriangular in outline, with antero-lateral free margins following
corresponding part of labrum, thus projecting somewhat anteriorly and having
a series of three obtuse dilations on each side, posterior limitation not distinct,
right and left clithrum and epizygum being absent, but approximately deter-
mined as being situated directly in front of plegmatia (PL) and zygum (Z):
surface thinly sclerotized, with three spinelike setae of different sizes on each
side of anterior projection, one seta below each marginal dilation and many
strong and straight setae, interspersed with numerous minute ones, in space
between anterior and marginal setae. Plegmatium (PL) well developed, con-
sisting of about eleven transverse, long, sinuous, and sometimes interrupted,

4 The etymology and definition of the terms used in the present description
of epipharynx are given on pages 175-176,

12 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 8, NOV., 1936

plegmata; no distinct proplegmatium. Acanthoparia (A) carrying about a
dozen setae, the seven anterior coarse and cultriform, the rest straight and
decreasing in length posteriorly; gymnoparia (G) poorly developed except
anteriorly, where many oblique rows of minute granulae occur behind a faint
and arched sclerome (X) suggesting a single proplegma; chaetoparia (C) large,
with anterior chaetae somewhat coarser than the rest. Haptomerum (HM)
complete and fairly distinct; zygwm (Z) thinly sclerotized, transverse, sub-
rectangular, slightly arched and about four times as wide as long; sensilla dark,
more or less equidistant, about seven larger and a few minute, arranged in a
single row on and along the entire zygum; heli five, large, projecting backward
from zygum and arranged in a single transverse row. Pedium (P) somewhat
longer than wide, somewhat asymmetrical and bent to the right. Laeotorma
(LT) short, V-shaped with rounded pternotorma and inner branch entire (not
divided at end into anterior and posterior epitormae). Dexiotorma (DT) almost
straight. Phobae (PH) well developed, each phoba slightly shorter than dexi-
otorma; three present, two extending from near inner end of laeotorma, the
one upward and inward, the other downward and inward, and one extending
upward from near inner end of dexiotorma. Haptolachus (HL) complete but
with the components weakly developed; crepis (CR) as thin as a hair, somewhat
expanded behind end of laeotorma; two nesia (N) present, both small and only
slightly different in size, one placed almost in middle line of epipharynx and
the other nearer inner end of dexiotorma; four sensilla present, two between
nesium in middle line and laeotorma, and two behind inner end of dexiotorma.

Glossa (lingua according to Schiddte) (GZ, fig. 9), the dorsal surface of the
ligula, fleshy, cushioned, densely set with both spine-like and fine setae.

Hypopharyngeal sclerome (fig. 9) asymmetrical, obliquely transverse and
produced on right side into a strong process (C, fig. 7) appearing like the crown
of a molar tooth. Right and left angles of hypopharynx (RA and LA, fig. 7)
semimembranous and with many fine setae. Hypopharyngeal fossae (F, figs.
7 and 9) receiving accessory condyles of mandibles (4C, figs. 5 and 8), strongly
sclerotized and placed laterally behind hypopharyngeal angles. Underside
of hypopharyngeal sclerome imbedded in fleshy tissue, provided with three
sets of thickenings shaped like roots of molar teeth and combined into a strong
network (R, fig. 7) bracing crown and fossae.

Legs (figs. 12, 16) gradually and slightly increasing in length from first to
third, with long, brown hairs scattered over entire surface and particularly
densely set on trochanter, femur, and tibio-tarsus (7-T).

Claws (=unguli) (U, fig. 12) unequal in length, different in shape. On first
and second legs about one-third length of tibio-tarsus, enlarged at base, straight
and pointed distally; distal parts from one and one-half to twice as long as
basal parts and about three times as narrow where they meet. Claw of third
leg (U3, fig. 12) with base distinct, but not more than one-fourth to one-third
as large as bases of first or second legs; distal parts virtually obliterated. Base
of each claw armed with two long, spinelike setae of unequal length.

Body areas (fig. 16). Prothorax (Z) with one dorsal area; mesothorax (2) and
metathorax (3) with three dorsal areas each, namely, prescutum, scutum, and
scutellum. Prescutum and spiracle-bearing part of mesothorax closely con-
nected with prothorax and appearing as part of it. Prescutum of mesothorax

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 8, NOV., 1936 173

slightly asperate; scutum and scutellum of mesothorax and prescutum, scutum,
and scutellum of metathorax each with a single transverse row of fine, fairly
long setae and no asperities. Prescutum and scutum of first abdominal segment
(4) each with a single transverse row of fine, fairly long setae and no asperities;
scutellum of first abdominal segment with a long, narrow, transverse patch of
short, brown asperities interspersed with long, fine setae in a single transverse
row. Prescutum, scutum, and scutellum of second (B) to sixth abdominal seg-
ments each with a patch of short, brown asperities interspersed with a single
transverse row of long, fine setae. Postscutellum (PO) present on first to sixth
abdominal segments, laterally placed, not reaching back of larva, bearing only
a few short, fine setae. Prescutum and scutum of seventh abdominal segment
with transverse patches of short, brown asperities interspersed with a single
transverse row of long, fine setae; scutellum with transverse patch of minute
setae, a single transverse row of long, fine setae, but no asperities; postscutellum
present, lateral, with a few fine, short setae. Prescutum, scutum, scutellum,
and postscutellum of eighth abdominal segment rather indistinctly limited,
furnished with both minute and long, fine setae, but with no asperities. Ninth
and tenth abdominal segments not completely united; individual areas obliter-
ated; dorsally with both minute and long, fine setae but with no asperities.
Anus (figs. 14, 18) V-shaped; upper anal lip entire, lower anal lip with straight
sagittal impression; both lips covered with moderately long, fine setae, and
short, fine setae, and also with numerous asperities; a large barbula (B) of long,
light-brown hairs on each side of anus.

Raster (figs. 14, 18)° consisting of a septula, a pair of palidia, and a pair of
tegilla. Septula (S) Y-shaped, extending from entire base of lower anal lip to
about middle of venter of tenth abdominal segment, limited laterally by a pair
of palidia. Each palidium (P) distichous or tristichous in posterior half near
anus and irregularly monostichous in anterior half remote from anus; pali
separated by a distance about equal to width of their bases; tips of pali of
opposing parts of the two palidia separated by a distance of about the length of
a palus. Each tegillum (TZ, fig. 14) well developed, covering venter between
barbula (B) and the entire palidium (P), with strong, hamate setae interspersed
with a few long and a few short, straight setae; hamate setae pointing outward
or erect and arranged in three to four irregular, longitudinal rows (fig. 14).6
Campus (C, figs. 14, 18) large, about as long as raster.

Spiracles (figs 15, 17) with respiratory plate (RP) elongate, moderately
arched, kidney shaped, and not surrounding bulla (B). Thinly covered holes
of respiratory plate (fig. 15) angular-rotundate, irregularly distributed; trabe-
culae (TRA) branched and moderately strong; spiracular orifice arched and
open; bulla subelliptical. Thoracic spiracle almost three times as large as
abdominal spiracles; abdominal spiracles approximately of equal size; concavity
of thoracic respiratory plate facing posteriorly, that of abdominal respiratory
plates, anteriorly.

First larval instar with each palidium distichous, tristichous, or polystichous

6 The etymology and definition of the terms used in the present description
of raster and its regions are given on pages 175-176.

6 Figure 18 is drawn from a microscope slide and the coverglass has pressed
many of the setae out of their natural positions.

174 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 8, NOV., 1936

both near anus and remote from it (P, fig. 13); also with fewer hooked, outwardly
directed spines in tegillum (TZ) than found in mature larva.’ Otherwise like
mature larva.

SYSTEMATIC RELATIONSHIPS.

The larva of the genus Plectris is remarkably different from
the larval forms of the genera Phyllophaga and Macrodactylus
with the one or the other of which a rather close relationship
could be expected from the classification of the adults. It does,
however, come nearer to the larva of the genus Dichelonyx
which, according to the adult, has been placed in the tribe
Macrodactylini together with Macrodactylus. In the following
synopsis, comprising larvae of the genera Phyllophaga, Macro-
dactylus, Plectris, and Dichelonyx, all the characters are listed
which show their mentioned affinities.

Synopsis.
Common characters:

Plicate abdominal terga with a single transverse series of long, fine setae and
a number of short spines or asperities on individual tergal areas; angulate
V- or Y-shaped anus; mandibles without a striate stridulatory area; stipes with
a row of numerous, sharp, stridulating teeth.

Separating characters:

1. Epipharynx either with a pair of distinct proplegmatia or with hapto-
merum armed with seven or more heli, or with both characters.
[Claw of third leg much shorter than claws of first and second legs;
mandible without stridulating granules; septula and palidia present
or (as in Phyllophaga portoricensis Smyth, P. vandinei Smyth, and
P. citri Smyth) absent, when present usually monostichous (in
Phyllophaga farcta Lec. polystichous); either with teges or tegilla;
each tegillum, when present, composed of widely spaced, hooked or

straight, spine-like setae; spiracles strongly bent]>......__. Phyllophaga
— Epipharynx without distinct proplegmatia, haptomerum with less
than*seven helii.2.00 00 2 ee eee 2

2. Claw of third leg as large as claws of first and second legs; respiratory
plate strongly bent, enclosing a circular bulla; calx (=heel) of right
mandible with straight posterior edge. [Raster with septula and
palidia, tegilla composed of widely spaced, hooked spines; epizygum
present, haptomerum with thinly sclerotized zygum and with four,
strong hel) p= eee ees Macrodactylus (M. subspinosus Fab.)
— Claw of third leg much shorter than claws of first and second legs;
respiratory plate moderately bent, enclosing only anterior (or post-
erior) margin of elliptical bulla; calx (=heel) of right mandible with
emarginate posterior edge. [Haptomerum with distinct zygum]®............ 3

7 Figure 13 is drawn from a slide and the cover glass has pressed many spines
of the tegillum out of their natural positions.

8 Besides the strictly alternative characters of the key, others, guiding but
not necessarily alternative, are given in brackets. ‘

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 8, NOV., 1936 175

3. With septula and a pair of palidia; palidia distichous, tristichous, or
polystichous near anus, monostichous remote from anus in mature
larva (tristichous or polystichous in its whole extent in first-stage
larva); a pair of tegilla present, each tegillum with three to four
irregular rows of larger hooked setae; gymnoparia poorly developed,
haptomerum with five strong heli; labrum with one complete and
three incomplete transverse ridges .._....... Plectris (P. aliena Chapin)

— No septula and no palidia, but campus extending backward in middle
line and teges prolonged foreward on each side of it into a pair of
elongate, large, subtriangular patches of small, short, outward-
pointing asperities; gymnoparia well developed, haptomerum with
three strong heli; labrum without well marked ridges...

Dichelonyx (D. backi Kby.)

DESCRIPTION OF NEW TERMS APPLIED TO SPECIAL STRUCT
URES OF EPIPHARYNX AND RASTER.

The structural details of the epipharynx have been described
and named by William Patrick Hayes in his notable, very useful
contribution: Morphology, Taxonomy and Biology of Larval
Scarabaeoidea (Mlinois Biological Monographs, Vol. XII, No. 2,
1929, pp. 22-33). Previous to Hayes’ paper little special study
had been given to these details, none of which had been used
before for taxonomic purposes. Professor Hayes demonstrated
their eminent taxonomic importance, and now they are used
generally in recent American and foreign publications. However,
the terms suggested by Professor Hayes are not sufficient for
descriptions so detailed and precise as those I find it necessary
to offer, and therefore a new series of terms is proposed for the
epiphary ngeal regions and single structures. I have chosen to
derive these terms from Greek words merely by giving them
Latinized endings in customary nomenclatorial fashion because
the name epipharynx itself is a pure Greek word and because
I have found it much easier and more satisfactory to coin new
and euphonious terms from Greek roots than from Latin roots.
The latter have been so heavily drawn upon for the formation
of terms that their supply is almost exhausted and new com-
binations of frequently used Latin words are liable to cause
confusion and are difficult to recollect.

Professor Hayes’ terms have been added in parenthesis at the
end of each of the definitions of the new terms for the con-
venience of those students who may prefer his set of terms or
may want to compare the two sets.

The new terms applicable to taxonomically important parts
of the raster I have derived from the Latin because the name
raster itself is a pure Latin word.

There are two main types of epipharynges in scarabaeoid
larvae, one more generalized and fundamental and one highly

176 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 8, NOV., 1936

specialized and complicated. The first is present in Troginae,
Aphodiinae, the small subfamilies related to the Aphodiinae,
and the Lucanidae. The presence and development of the
regions, subregions, and scleromes of this type are considerably
at variance with the ones found in the second type but deviate
little, and are easily derived, from a type present in the das-
cillid larvae Dascillus and Helodes and in bostrichid larvae like
Psoa in which the character of the single composing elements
is still clearer and more explicable. The second epipharyngeal
type in scarabaeoid larvae is present in the great majority of
the Scarabaeidae. As all of the larvae with which the present
paper is dealing possess this second, highly specialized type,
the subsequent definitions of terms refer and apply only to this

type.

Acanthoparia (-ae) (Greek; from acanthos, a spine, and pareia): Spiny marginal
part of paria (see Paria).

Acroparia (-ae) (Greek; from acron, top or extremity, and pareia): Anterior
part of paria bearing, usually long, bristles (see Paria).

Apotorma (-ae) (Greek; apo, off or from, and torma): Process extending forward
from torma between pternotorma and interior end of torma (or base of
epitorma); always located exterior to phobae.

Barbula (-ae) (Latin; meaning a small beard): Tuft or patch of hairs or short
bristles at sides of abdomen near anal region. (Barbated, meaning with
fascicles of hairs or bristles.)

Campus (-i) (Latin; meaning an unoccupied field): Bare, or almost bare, ventral
region (“regio intecta”’) of tenth, or fused ninth and tenth, abdominal
segment in front of an entire or anteriorly split teges (text fig. 2, B and D),
or in front of the paired tegilla (text fig. 2, 4 and C). Palidia, with septula
between, sometimes found extended into campus medianly (text fig. 2,
AandC). Not acomponent region of raster but closely combined with it.

Chaetoparia (-ae) (Greek; from chaite, a bristle, and pareia): Inner part of
paria covered with bristles; bristles strongest toward pedium, gradually
decreasing in size toward gymnoparia (or toward acanthoparia when
gymnoparia is absent (see Paria).

Clithrum (-a) (Greek; from kleio, to confine or limit): Paired, short sclerome in
anterior part of margin of epipharynx; separating corypha and paria;
clithra often absent.

Corypha (-ae) (Greek; from koryphe, top of a helmet): Unpaired anterior
region of epipharynx between the clithra; bearing a small number of setae;
often merged with acropariae into a common apical region when clithra
are absent. (Hayes: “Median lobe.”’)

Crepis (-ides) (Greek; from krepis, genitive krepidos, an enclosing wall): Thinly
sclerotized, anteriorly concave, median cross bar pertaining to the region

9 A cursory examination of epipharynx in larvae of other coleopterous families

reveals a new field for comparative morphological and taxonomic research
which may produce important results.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 8, NOV., 1936 bag

haptolachus; usually asymmetrical and often indicated only by a fine line,
or completely absent. (Hayes: “Transverse, strongly bowed bar.’’)

Dexiotorma (—ae) (Greek; from dexios, at the right side, and torma): Transverse,
usually slender sclerome extending inward from right! hind angle of
epipharynx; sometimes provided with a heel-shaped pternotorma. (Hayes:
“Right torma.’’)

CLITHRUM..___
EPIZYGUM ||
HSB KL }- ---- ACROPARIA
essa) VS pres cS ZrGum
HAPTOMERUM- fey WG 62 67 IN, SENSILLUM
| i i ; @ 37 AL HeLus
P ROPLEGMATIUMX. = - { ACANTHOPARIA
PLEGMATIM\ W/Se= ag Zs ee
PARIA__ x We aS eS ETOPARIA
BAB. \ MOS ee,

.
/

y NESIUMey * B82
/DEXIOTORMA A
CREPIS* a

HAPTOLACHUS*
(EX GE GORE d

Epipharynx (—ges) (Greek; from epi, at or upon, and pharynx): Complex buccal
area forming inner or under lining of labrum and extending back below
clypeus. When fully developed, comprising the following regions, sub-
regions, and scleromes:

I. Corypha.

Il. Paria, subdivided into acanthoparia, gymnoparia, chaetoparia,
and acroparia; bearing plegmatium, proplegmatium, and phobae;
posterior margin strengthened, to the right!® by dexiotorma,
and to the left!! by /aeotorma.

III. Haptomerum, composed of zygum, a series of heli, and a number
of sensilla; in some species and genera united with epizygum
into tylus.

IV. Pedium.

V. Haptolachus, composed of the nesia (usually two), a number of
sensilla, and the crepis.

178 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 8, NOV., 1936

Epitorma (-ae) (Greek; from epi, at or upon, and torma): Rod extending from
inner end of laeotorma, often barely indicated or completely absent.
Epitorma designated as epitorma anterior when directed toward apex of
epipharynx and as epitorma posterior when directed the opposite way.

Epizygum (-a) (Greek; from epi, at or upon, and zygon): Elongate plate
or bar extending from zygum toward clithrum on right" side of epipharynx.
In many genera and species present even when clithrum is absent, in
others embodied in tylus or entirely absent.

Gymnoparia (-ae) (Greek; from gymnos, naked, and pareia): Naked part of paria
between acanthoparia and chaetoparia and behind acroparia. Not always
distinct, or even present at all.

Haptolachus (-i) (Greek; from the verb hapto, to touch or seize, and lachos,
a lot or section): Medio-posterior region of epipharynx, behind pedium;
in many species located below clypeus; composed of the nesia (usually
two), a number of sensilla, and the crepis. (Hayes: “Proximal sensory
area” composed of “the sense cone” and “the chitinous plate” [=the two
nesia], ‘the clypeal sensillia,” and “the transverse, strongly bowed bar.’’)

Haptomerum (-i) (Greek; from the verb hapto, to touch or seize, and meron,
a portion): Medio-anterior region of epipharynx, in front of pedium and
behind corypha, or behind the apical region consisting of the united acro-
pariae and corypha; composed of zygum, various sensilla and series of
heli. (Hayes: “Distal sensory area” “containing various sensillia” and
“strong chitinous spines. ”’)

Helus (-i) (Greek; from helos, a nail or pointed peg): A coarse, fixed spine without
cup; belonging to region haptomerum. (Hayes: “spines.’’)

Laeotorma (-ae) (Greek; from laios, on the left side, and torma): Transverse
sclerome from left!! hind angle of epipharynx, usually provided with
pternotorma, often with epitorma or a portion of epitorma and, more
rarely, with apotorma. (Hayes: “Left torma.’’)

Nesium (-a) (Greek; from nesion, an islet): Sclerotized, more or less projecting
mark in space between inner ends of tormae; anterior to crepis. Usually
one or two nesia present. When one nesium is present, a larger, thin,
plate-shaped sclerome often occurs in front of it; when two nesia are
present, one is located at inner end of dexiotorma, and another to the
inside of this right nesium; both nesia components of region haptolachus.
(Hayes: Right nesium named “chitinous plate,’ and the other nesium,
““sense cone.’’)

Palidium (-a) (Latin; derived from palus, and meaning a row, or rows, of
pointed sticks, a palisade): Group of pali arranged in a single row (text
figure 2, C), or two or more rows (text fig. 2, 7), either medianly placed
across the venter in front of the lower anal lip (text fig. 2, B), or paired
and extending forward and inward from one of the ends of the anal slit
(text fig. 2, 4), or paired and extending straight, arcuately, or obliquely
forward from inside of one of the ends of the anal slit (text fig. 2, C). Pali
usually recumbent, with their apices directed toward septula. Palidium
characterized as monostichous, distichous, tristichous, or polystichous

10 At left on drawings.
1 At right on drawings.

—a

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 8, NOV., 1936 179

according to whether there are, respectively, one, two, three, or many
rows of pali. Component of raster.

Palus (-i) (Latin; from palus, genitive pali, a pointed stick): Straight, pointed
spine. Component of palidium.

Paria (-ae) (Greek; from pareia, a cheek-piece of a helmet): Lateral paired
region of epipharynx extending from clithrum, epizygum, and haptomerum
(or in their place, tylus) back to the parietal elements dexiotorma and
laeotorma, and marked off intero-laterally from pedium by bristles (or
asperities) of the subregion chaetoparia and the phobae. Paria sub-
divided into acanthoparia, gymnoparia, chaetoparia, and acroparia and
bearing plegmatium, proplegmatium, and phobae; posterior margin strength-
ened by dexiotorma and laeotorma. (Hayes: Paria named “lateral lobe.’’)

Pedium (-a) (Greek; from pedion, an open plain): Central region of epipharynx;
bare; extending between haptomerum and haptolachus and limited later-
ally by intero-lateral features of right!® and left! pariae. Sometimes
marked, on the left hand side, by epitorma. (Hayes: ‘Non setose area
in the center of the epipharynx.’’)

Phoba (-ae) (Greek; from phobe, a mane): Fringe of densely set, hair-like,
often forked projections located posteriorly at inner edge of paria. Present
in many species; often appearing together with apotorma. (Hayes:
“Cluster or group of delicate, slender, fixed spines.’’)

Plegma (-ata) (Greek; from plegma, genitive plegmatos, n., a plait or fold):
Single fold pertaining to plegmatium and proplegmatium.

Plegmatium (-a) (Greek; from plegmation, anything plaited): Lateral, paired
space with plicate, somewhat sclerotized surface; bordered by marginal
spines of acanthoparia, with one plegma inside of each spine. (Hayes:
“Lateral striae.’’)

Proplegmatium (—a) (Greek; from pro, before, and plegmatium): Paired space
with plicate surface inside and usually somewhat in front of plegmatium.
(Hayes: “Submarginal striae.’’)

Pternotorma (-ae) (Greek; from pterna, a heel, and torma): Curving, stout
process at outer end of laeotorma, and sometimes of dexiotorma.

Raster (rastri) (Latin; meaning a small rake): A complex of definitely arranged
bare places, hairs, and spines on ventral surface of last abdominal segment,
in front of anus. The different features of the raster are separable into
the following categories:

I. Septula.
I]. Palidium.
Ill. Teges.
IV. Tegillum (instead of teges in many species).
V. Campus.
(Hayes applies the term “Radula” to the complex here named raster.)
Sensillum (—a) (Latin; meaning a sense organ.)

” For information about the different types of sensilla see Snodgrass, R. E.,
Principles of Insect Morphology, first edition, 1935, pp. 514-525. (The term
sensillum (—a), n., is used by Snodgrass, Folsom, Weber, and others. Unfor-
tunately, however, the terms sensillium (—ia), n., and sensilla (—ae), f., have
also been applied to the same structures.)

180 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 8, NOV., 1936

Septula (-ae) (Latin; meaning a small enclosed place): Narrow, bare region of
raster between a single transverse palidium and base of lower anal lip
(text fig. 2, B), or between a pair of oblique palidia diverging backward to the
ends of the anal slit (text fig. 2, 7), or between a pair of backward-diverg-
ing, or parallel, or curved palidia to inside of ends of anal slit (text fig. 2, C).

Tees (-ites) (Latin; from teges, genitive tegitis, f., meaning a covering or a mat):
Continuous, dense or sparse, patch of hooked or straight, larger or minute,
outward pointing or erect setae; occupying the hind part, or almost the
whole, of the tenth abdominal venter when the palidium is absent, or
single and transverse, or paired, longitudinal and short. Occasionally
divided toward head into two portions with a median intect field, the
campus, between. Component of raster.

Tegillum (-a) (Latin; meaning a small mat or carpet): Paired patch on each
side of venter of tenth abdominal segment; consisting of hooked or straight
outward pointing or erect setae on each side of a paired and well developed
set of palidia. Component of raster.

aa
%
ww
TEGILL S355 RA
UnjlpG BB
? pl, ss

Vi
bp W\.
id
ss

So
OF
Si
RU)

2a]
> ~~
\ fA
\ fh!

f See ,

> :

Te ae ts REND OF ANAL :
Sis LOWER ANAL!
ZL pie Salas K.
B
~z
-
#.---- >>>} PALUS
ACAMPUS 94/0
So
ae PALIDIUM CAM PUS
Zw < ee
ek
Zara EPTULA
ea Qs pre
et} | ate
“- < -
TEGI- TEGILLUM eee sae
LuM\ 7 ev ee
f r Rte cack <@ Tia
V5 vir gy eet

ANAL L/P.

Basel Wrprusrgan)/ id hele
OF LOWER SEU OF ANAL Sed.
SE WE SOPs
Te rap ate \ a AL SLIT

TERT TIGGRE 2

Torma (-ae) (Term created by Alex D. Macgillivray, External Insect-Anatomy,
Urbana, Illinois, 1923, p. 31, and generally adopted by subsequent authors,
for instance by H. Weber in his “Lehrbuch der Entomologie,” Jena, 1933,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 8, NOV., 1936 181

p. 53, and by R. E. Snodgrass in his “Principles of Insect Morphology,”
New York, 1933, p. 113. Etymology of term uncertain; possibly derived
from the Greek words tormos, torma, or torme, a place in which a door
turns): Dark sclerome at each end of clypeo-labral suture, extending trans-
versely toward middle line of epipharynx; varying in size and shape accord-
ing to the different species. "Two asymmetrical tormae present, one to the
right,!° dexiotorma, and one to the left,'! laeotorma. (Hayes: “Torma”;
no special names for right and left torma.) ;

Tylus (-i) (Greek; from tylos, a callosity): Sclerome covering, completely or
partly, the fused epizygal, coryphal and haptomeral elements; produced
toward pedium into a single obtuse point or a few rounded lobes. (Hayes:
No corresponding term; structure described as “projection” or as “
nous portion of the distal sensory area.”’)

Zygum (-a) (Greek; from zygon, a yoke or cross-bar): Sclerome pertaining to
region haptomerum and forming its anterior margin. When typically
developed, appearing as a convex cross-bar in front of sensilla and heli,
but often enlarged and carrying these structures.

chiti-

LITERATURE CITED.

(1) Hayes, W. P. 1929. Morphology, Taxonomy, and Biology of Larval
Scarabaeoidea. Illinois Biological Monographs, vol. 12 (no. 2), 119
pages, 15 plates. Published by the University of Illinois; Urbana, III.
(Important monograph, notably containing fundamental studies on the
epipharyngeal structures and the raster applicable to the classification
of scarabaeoid larvae, also larval keys to families, subfamilies, about
30 genera of Scarabaeidae, and 33 species of the genus Phyllophaga.
196 figures. A bibliography with references to 65 papers.)

(2) Matour, N.S. R. 1932. The morphology of the head of a “white grub.”
Bulletin de la Société Royale Entomologique d’Egypte 1932, pp. 66-87,
37 figs.

(3) Stm, Roserr J. 1934. Characters useful in distinguishing larvae of
Popillia japonica and other introduced Scarabaeidae from native species.
U. S. Dept. Agric., Washington, D. C., Circular No. 334, 20 pages, 8
plates.

(The circular gives characters, mainly referring to epipharyngeal struc-
tures and raster, convenient to use in distinguishing the mature larvae
of 24 species. Phyllophaga ephilida Say, Phyllophaga tristis Fab.,
Macrodactylus subspinosus Fab., Dichelonyx sp., and Plectris aliena ;
Chapin are among the described larvae. Brief notes on behavior and
habitat of the larvae. 51 clear and exact figures.)

(4) Garver, J. C. M. 1935. Immature Stages of Indian Coleoptera (16)
(Scarabaeoidea), Indian Forest Records (New Series) Entomology,
vol. 1, No. 1, 1935, pp. 1-33, 78 figures.

(An important paper containing morphological discussions of taxonomic
characters; the hatching spines in the first-stage larvae of three species
mentioned; larval keys given to families, sub-families, genera, and
species; full taxonomic descriptions of about 50 different larval species;

182

Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 8, NOV., 1936

keys and descriptions to the pupae of many species; biological infor-
mation and rearing reports; numerous instructive figures; many references
to literature given both in the text and in a special list.

6a.

ILL

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.
PuiaTes 9 anv 10.
(Drawn by the author.)
Plectris aliena Chapin.
PLATE 9.

. Left mandible, dorsal side. C4, heel (=calx); Z/ and L2, lobes of

molar (=grinding=manducatorial) part of the mandible; S scissorial
(=cutting) part.

Dorsal surface of head. 44, anterior frontal angle; CS, clypeo-
frontal suture; ES, epicranial suture; /'S, frontal suture; P4, posterior
frontal angle.

. Right mandible, dorsal side. CA, heel (=calx); E, exterior part of

mandible; Z!, 2, £3, lobes of molar part; S, scissorial part.

Right maxilla and labium, ventral surface. G, galea; Z, lacinia;
S, sulcus; SM, submentum.

Molar structure of left mandible. 4C, accessory ventral condyle;
CA, heel (=calx); L/, and L2, lobes of molar part.

. Right maxilla showing inner side of lacinia and galea, also stridulating

teeth. G, galea; Z, lacinia; S and S', sulcus; SD, stridulating teeth.
Free terminal parts of lacinia and galea; under natural conditions
pressed closely together, as shown in figure 6; here forced out of
position to demonstrate the split between them. G, free terminal
part of galea; Z, free terminal part of lacinia.

. Ventral side of hypopharyngeal sclerome. (Fleshy tissue below the

structure removed.) C, crown against which the first molar lobe (LZ)
of left mandible works; /, fossa into which the accessory condyle of the
mandible fits; L4, fleshy left corner of hypopharynx; R, roots of the
crown and the sclerotized bottoms of the fossae; RA, fleshy right corner
of hypopharynx.

. Molar structure of right mandible. 4C, accessory ventral condyle;

CA, heel (=calx); L/, £2, £3, lobes of molar part.

Right maxilla and hypopharynx, dorsal surface. B, brace (=trabs=
bracon, Hopkins); F’, fossa; G, galea; GL, glossa (dorsal surface of
ligula); PH, phoba; SZ, sulcus; SD, stridulating teeth.

. Tergal parts of the third abdominal segment, lateral view, showing

the different types of setae and asperities of the region. PASC,
parascutum; PO, postscutellum; PSC, prescutum; SC, scutum;
SCL, scutellum; SP, spiracle.

Epipharynx. 4, Acanthoparia; 4CR, acroparia; C, chaetoparia;
CO, corypha; CR, crepis; DT, dexiotorma; G, gymnoparia; HM,
haptomerum; /7L, haptolachus; LT, laeotorma; N, nesium; P, pedium;
PH, phoba; PL, plegmatium; X, reduced proplegmatium (?); Z,
zygum.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38 PLATE 9

PLECTARIS ALIENA CHAPIN

[183]

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38

PLATE 10

PLEC TRIS ALJENA Ga4nH

[184]

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 8, NOV., 1936 185

Fig. 12. Tibiotarsi and unguli of the first to third thoracic legs J, IJ, III.
T-T, tibiotarsus; U, ungulus (or claw); U/, U2, U3, unguli of first,
second, and third legs, respectively.

Priate 10.

Fig. 13. Raster with septula, palidium, and parts of tegilla of first stage larva.
P, palidium; 8S, septula; TZ, tegillum.

Fig. 14. Terminal part of abdomen of full-grown larva showing anus, upper
lip, medianly divided lower lip, pair of barbulae, and raster with
septula, pair of palidia, pair of tegilla, and campus. 8B, barbula;
C, campus; P, palidium; S, septula; TZ, tegillum.

Fig. 15. First abdominal spiracle. B, bulla; RP, respiratory plate; TRA,
trabecula.

Fig. 16. Full-grown larva, lateral view. 7, prothoracic areas; 2, mesothoracic
areas; 3, metathoracic areas; 4, areas belonging to first abdominal
segment; B, areas belonging to second abdominal segment; PO,
postscutellum; PSC, prescutum; SC, scutum; SCL, scutellum.

Fig. 17. Part of respiratory plate showing form and arrangement of (thinly
covered?) holes. TRA, one trabeculum.

Fig. 18. Terminal part of abdomen of full-grown larva. B, barbula; C, campus;
palidium; S, septula; TZ, tegillum.

ADDITIONAL COLLECTION RECORDS FOR PHYLLOPHAGA
SPRETA (HORN) (COLEOPTERA : SCARABAEIDAE).

By P. O. Rircuer, T. R. CuHamBeruin, anp LEE SEATON,
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, U. S. Department of Agriculture.

The report of Milton W. Sanderson, in the Journal of the
Kansas Entomological Society, Volume 9, No. 1, page 30, on
the collection of a single male of the rare species of May beetle
Phyllophaga spreta (Horn), near Platte City, Mo., in April,
1935, indicates that the time is appropriate for publishing
additional records of this species obtained during research on
the white grubs that is being conducted cooperatively by the
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, United States
Department of Agriculture, and the University of Wisconsin.

In 1934 one female from hickory and one male from an un-
recorded host were taken at Gay’s Mills, Wis., on May 3 and
May 20, respectively. This pair, determined by Philip Lugin-
bill, was deposited in the U. S. National Museum. This is the
first record of the collection of the female, which has not been
described.

In 1935 one pair of a lot of seven individuals, taken from
cultivated cherry at Gay’s Mills on May 12, was also sent to

186 PROC. ENT. SC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 8, NOV., 1936

Philip Luginbill for confirmation of determination. The
genitalia of this pair were photographed by J. G. Pratt, official
photographer for the Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quaran-
tine.

We now have in the collection of the Bureau white grub
laboratory at Madison, Wis., two females and three males
collected May 12, 1935, at Gay’s Mills.

These beetles, added to the specimens of Horn and Sanderson,
bring the total number of individuals of this species recorded
in the literature to twelve, eight of which are males.

BOOK NOTICE:—HERRICK’S “INSECT ENEMIES OF
SHADE TREES.”

“Insect Enemies of Shade Trees,” by Glenn W. Herrick, Professor of Economic
Entomology, Cornell University. 8 vo, cloth, 417 pp., 321 figs. Ithaca,
New York. Comstock Publishing Company. 1935. $5.

The comments which follow concerning the above publication
are made from the view-point of a student of Coleoptera, not
that of a specialist in forest entomology. It has long been
realized by specialists that manuals dealing in a comprehensive
way with the insects of a given series of host plants likewise
frequently prove of much usefulness to students of a particular
order. An excellent illustration of this, which because of its
intrinsic value presently became a valuable part of the equip-
ment of Coleopterists, was Dr. A. S. Packard’s well known and
now very scarce monograph on INSECTS INJURIOUS TO
FOREST AND SHADE TREES, originally published in 1890
as Fifth Report of the U. S. Entomological Commission. In
view of the present rarity of Dr. Packard’s work, the appearance
of Dr. Herrick’s book covering a similar field seems fortunate.
No doubt to a considerable degree it will act as substitute on
the study tables of many workers unable to obtain the earlier
work. A survey of the subject-matter of Dr. Herrick’s work
reveals that the order Coleoptera contains so many and such
diverse insects destructive to shade trees that his treatment of
them of necessity must contain information of value to all who
are interested in such matters as nature of injuries inflicted,
means of detecting the presence of beetles, and approved
methods of control. Nearly sixty of the more injurious species
are discussed, including those most destructive within the
genera Parandra, Agrilus, Galerucella, Scolytus, Neoclytus,
Magdalis, Saperda, Balaninus, Cyllene, Conotrachelus and
others. Among the host trees, the pests of which are considered,
there may be found the ash, beech, birch, horse-chestnut,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 8, NOV., 1936 187

catalpa, elm, gingko, hackberry, hickory, larch, linden, locust,
magnolia, maple, oak, pine, poplar, sycamore, walnut, willow
and the like. Prepared primarily for ready reference use of all
interested in treating, caring for, and preserving shade trees,
the subject-matter, following Dr. Packard’s example, is
grouped alphabetically by host trees. Consideration is also
given to accepted methods of fertilization of trees, comparative
utility of different trees, their hardihood, adaptability, im-
munity to insects and diseases, and their aesthetic value in a
community. Appropriate attention is given to such themes
as materials and apparatus used in tree protection, and it is
indicated that latest approved methods of control are em-
phasized. A cross-reference system and citations to available
literature for further study of a given beetle and the excellent
illustrations of various life history stages add considerably to
the usefulness of the book. —J. S. Ww.

MINUTES OF THE 476th REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, OCTOBER 1, 1936.

The 476th meeting of the society was held at 8.05 p. m., Thursday, October
1, 1936, in Room 43 of the Natural History Building of the National Museum.
There were present 37 members and 12 visitors. S. B. Fracker, President,
presided. The minutes of the previous two meetings were read and approved.

Upon recommendation of the Executive Committee the following were
elected to membership by unanimous vote of the society:

K. L. Harris. Bureau of Agricultural Economics.

F. C. Baker, Division of Insects Affecting Man and Animals.
Helen L. Trembly, Division of Insects Affecting Man and Animals.
J. A. Rowe, Division of Insects Affecting Man and Animals.

J. F. Gates Clarke, Div. of Identif. and Classification of Insects.
A. B. Gurney, Div. of Identif. and Classification of Insects.

S. P. Ellin, Div. of Identif. and Classification of Insects.

D. M. DeLong, Ohio State University.

The Chair announced with regret the recent death of Dr. J. W. Folsom.
R. W. Harned and C. F. W. Muesebeck were appointed as a committee to draw
up resolutions.

The Chair announced the presentation to the society for their consideration
of a new draft of the constitution and by-laws. A subcommittee of the Executive
Committee was first appointed several months ago to study the present consti-
tution and suggest any change thought desirable. Since the report of this sub-
committee, the Executive Committee has been studying these proposals and,
after a considerable number of changes, has finally drafted and approved this
new constitution. The approved draft is to be mimeographed and sent to the
members for their study as soon as possible after this meeting. The Chair

188 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 8, NOV., 1936

asked the society as to its wishes concerning the reading of this approved draft.
Hyslop made the motion, seconded and passed, that since copies are soon to be
in the hands of all members, the reading be dispensed with. Ewing stated that
he had copies of the present and tentative constitution which could be made
available immediately to any one who wished to study them.

The Chair announced the calling by the Executive Committee of a special
business meeting for the consideration of the financial affairs of the society,
to be held October 8, 1936, at 4 p. m., in the regular meeting place of the society.

There were no notes or exhibitions of specimens.

The first paper on the regular program was by Dr. J. B. Schmitt of the Uni-
versity of Delaware on “The Feeding Mechanism of Adult Lepidoptera.”
The coiled proboscis of moths and butterflies is extended or uncoiled by means of
blood pressure created in the stipital area of each maxilla by the action of three
pairs of muscles. These muscles are inserted on a long movable mesal sclerite
of the stipes and by their action draw this movable sclerite toward a fixed
sclerite so that the blood within the maxilla is unable to escape. The pressure
so exerted upon the blood is partially relieved by the uncoiling of the proboscis,
which action is the necessary result of the need for increased blood space. Two
pairs of these maxillary muscles originate on the anterior arms of the tentorium,
and third arises on the gena. These characteristic muscles have been found in
a large number of Macrofrenate species, and can usually be recognized even in
those having extremely degenerate mouth parts. The proboscis is returned to
the resting or coiled position by the action of many small muscles contained in
each galea, as described by E. Burgess and later writers. The sucking pump
of Lepidoptera is shown by the position of the frontal ganglion and its con-
nectives to have been derived largely from the preoral cavity and to a lesser
extent from the true pharynx. (Author’s abstract.)

This paper was discussed by Snodgrass.

The next paper was by Dr. J. F. Yeager, entitled “Blood Cells of Insects.”
Insect and other invertebrate hemolymph cells were discussed from the stand-
point of numbers, types, and form changes. Several factors that might affect
total cell counts and apparent cell types were considered, as was the relationship
between coagulation and cellular form changes. (Author’s abstract.)

This paper was discussed by McIndoo.

Upon invitation from the Chair, the following visitors introduced themselves:

Randall Latta, of Sumner, Wash.
G. H. Bradley, of Orlando, Fla.
N. B. Tindale, of South Australian Museum, Adelaide, Australia.
H. W. Capps, of Nogales, Ariz.
Meeting adjourned at 9.20 Pp. M. Henry H. Ricuarpson,
Recording Secretary.

Actual date of publication, November 25, 1936.

VOL. 38 DECEMBER, 1936 No. 9

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCLETY
OF WASHINGTON

CONTENTS

BACK, E. A. and COTTON, R. T.—THE FURNITURE CARPET BEETLE (ANTHRE-

NUS VORAX WATERHOUSE), A PEST OF INCREASING IMPORTANCE IN
THE UNITED STATES

189
BARBER, H. S.—SOME SPECIES OF COLASPIS FROM THE BRUNNEA CONFUSION
(COLEOPTERA : CHRYSOMELIDAE) pisth Uae haa Se ceenrT na LOO
BUCHANAN, L. L.—NOMENCLATURE OF LISTRODERES OBLIQUUS KLUG (THE
VEGETABLE WEEVIL) (COLEOPTERA : CURCULIONIDAE) ..... . 204

Pus.iisHeD Montruiy Excerr Jury, AuGust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizED Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the Proceedings and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1936.

tenorary: President > so). Ss = ee ek ee ee L. O. HOWARD
PROACHES. <2 eee Ste ee ne Cee ee S. B. FRACKER
EP SEWACE ET OSIGEME acs: isha oe SN oe N. E. McINDOO
DECONG TICEMEKOSIGCRE 7 Arc sae, ane) Pe ag at ee H. MORRISON
FRECONALB CE SECT IGE: Gos Meee oot cee ee H. H. RICHARDSON
Gorrespondingsecr eran) Ue SUNT amen ee eee J. E. GRAF
EGAN Blo Sots, Pas eam Gemeente, i a W. R. WALTON

Members of the Executive Committee: B. A. PORTER, H. E. EWING,
j, 5. WADE

Nominated to represent the Society as Vice-President
of the Washington Academy of Sciences. ........ A. H. GCRARK

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Published monthly, except July, August and September, by the Society at
Washington, D. C. Terms of subscription: Domestic, $4.00 per annum;
foreign, $4.25 per annum; recent single numbers, 50 cents, foreign postage
extra. All subscriptions are payable in advance. Remittances should be made
payable to the Entomological Society of Washington.

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies DOS 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL. 38 DECEMBER, 1936 No. 9

THE FURNITURE CARPET BEETLE (ANTHRENUS VORAX
WATERHOUSE), A PEST OF INCREASING
IMPORTANCE IN THE UNITED STATES.!

By E. A. Back and R. T. Corron,

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, United States Department
of Agriculture.

From the standpoint of destructiveness to house furnishings
there are three species of carpet beetles that are of much
economic importance throughout the United States. They are
the common carpet beetle (4uthrenus scrophulariae \..), the
varied carpet beetle (4nthrenus verbasci L.), and the black
carpet beetle (4itagenus piceus Oliv.). Of these three the black
carpet beetle appears to be the most annoying to the housewife,
judging from the numbers of carpet beetle specimens sent the
Department of Agriculture from all parts of the country for
identification. A fourth species, the furniture carpet beetle
(Anthrenus vorax Waterhouse), is practically unknown except
in Washington, D. C. In fact, until recently it has been re-
garded as localized chiefly in this city. There are indications,
however, that it is spreading rapidly and that it will ultimately
become our most troublesome carpet beetle in the warmer
parts of the country, and in continuously heated structures
anywhere, just as to-day, after about 20 years, it has become
the most destructive household pest in Washington. Because
sooner or later the furniture carpet beetle will call for expendi-
tures of cash for its control throughout the country, as it does
to-day in Washington, the writers are giving here a few facts
regarding its history in the United States and its biology.

The furniture carpet beetle feeds upon anything containing
such animal substances as wool, hair, fur, feathers, bristles,
horn, tortoise shell, and silk. It does not subsist normally
upon paper, but under certain conditions it will gnaw holes
in cardboard boxes or paper wrappings. Normally it does not
eat fabrics of linen, cotton, rayon, or jute, or soft wood or

1This paper was presented at the meeting of the National Association of
Insecticide and Disinfectant Manufacturers, Inc., held at Chicago, IIl., May
18-20, 1936. At the same time were shown lantern slides of typical cases of
damage such as are being called to the attention of the Bureau of Entomology
and Plant Quarantine almost daily.

190 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 9, DEC., 1936

leather, but when these become stained with animal excretions,
or when the favored foods are in close proximity to any of them,
or anything else eatable, the furniture carpet beetle may extend
its ravages sufficiently to gnaw entrance or exit holes, or to
ruin a vegetable fabric in removing the animal matter from it.
Larvae of this beetle skeletonize dead mice and eat insects,
dried cheese, old grain, casein, dried blood, and the glue in
book bindings—to mention a few unusual foods upon which
they have subsisted in the home.

Fig. 1.

DESCRIPTION.

The beetle itself, like even the largest of our carpet beetles,
is very small. The adult beetle, shown in Fig. 1, is hardly
one-eighth of an inch long. It is black, but its body is so densely
clothed in places with yellow and white scales that the insect,
in the typical specimens, has a mottled and speckled yellow,
white, and black appearance above, while beneath it appears
pure white.

The larvae are shaped as shown in Fig. 2 and are whitish or
light yellow to dark reddish in color according to food consumed
and the stage of development. They are clothed with dark
hairs and bristles and resemble closely the larvae of 4uthrenus
scrophulariae. In growing, the larvae molt repeatedly; so
there is always an accumulation of these empty larval skins,
or ‘“‘shells,’”” wherever the insect has been feeding.

The soft white pupa develops within the last larval skin, as
does also the adult beetle, a type of development similar to
that of other members of the genus Anthrenus. The soft white
eggs, which are very small, can be seen with the unaided eye,
although usually they escape attention. The hard gritty
pellets of larval excrement are often mistaken for the insect’s

eggs.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 9, DEC., 1936 19]

HISTORY OF SPREAD IN THE UNITED STATES.

The furniture carpet beetle was first found in the United
States in 1911, when specimens were sent by an upholsterer
from Augusta, Ga., to the American Museum of Natural
History in New York City, and identified by F. E. Lutz, with
the assistance of W. Horn, as an Old World species, 4nthrenus
fasciatus Abst. The Augusta infestation developed in furniture
upholstered in horsehair said to have been imported from Russia.

Bigs 25

This species was not again observed in this country until
April 30, 1915, when F. H. Chittenden and A. B. Duckett, of
the then Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Department of Agri-
culture, found it badly affecting hair-filled furniture and carpet-
ing in the Red and Blue Rooms of the White House in Wash-
ington, D. C. Although the White House furnishings were

192 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 9, DEC., 1936

fumigated on May 18, 1915, by W. H. White, the insect persisted
elsewhere in the Mansion as late as about 1927, but it is believed
now to have been exterminated there by renovations and
fumigations.

From its first appearance in Washington in 1915 the species
has spread until now (May, 1936) it is being reported from many
parts of the city, particularly from the Capitol and the Library
of Congress, and from the House and Senate Office Buildings
westward, to include the northwestern and southwestern
sections of the District of Columbia. It causes much destruc-
tion to furnishings in dwellings, clubs, apartments, hotels,
furniture warehouses, and stores, and is responsible for the
expenditure in Washington of large sums for insecticides in the
form of powders, sprays, and fumigants.

The number of specimens sent to the Bureau of Entomology
and Plant Quarantine indicates that in all probability it is only
a question of time until, throughout the country, it will assume
the rdle of the most destructive species of carpet beetle.

From 1915 to 1930, the Federal Department of Agriculture
had no records of damage caused by this carpet beetle outside
of the city of Washington. But in January, 1930, specimens
were received from W. W. Yothers, who stated that a heavy
infestation in brushes in a hardware store at Orlando, Fla., had
resulted in a loss of $300 to the owners. Mr. Yothers sent a
box of brushes the bristles of which had been completely
devoured, and the box was filled with cast skins and with beetles
killed by fumigation. On February 24, 1930, specimens were
sent from a private home in Hyde Park, Reading, Pa. On
July 9, 1930, specimens were sent by G. M. Tamblyn, of
Rutherford, N. J., with the following interesting note: ‘‘In the
enclosed box you will find some insects which came with our
household goods from Egypt last August. We found them in
our overstuffed furniture, trunks, boxes, etc.’ As the insect
had been reported to be very destructive in the Sudan in 1918
(7) and in the Sahara area in 1922 (/2), the finding of specimens
in New Jersey, in household effects recently brought from
Egypt, sheds light on the method of distribution. This is the
first record of the appearance of Anthrenus vorax in New Jersey,
for although Mutchler and Weiss (/6) included it in their list
of the dermestid beetles of New Jersey, Mr. Mutchler wrote the
senior writer on September 2, 1927, that neither he nor Mr.
Weiss had records of its occurrence in that State.

On November 13, 1931, specimens were received from
Chattanooga, Tenn., in a package containing damaged articles
of wool and horn, and the sender reported the insect destructive
also to a rug and to a hair mattress. During 1932, the insect
was found in numbers in house furnishings on their arrival in
Chicago after they had been, for several years, in storage in’

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 9,DEC., 1936 193

Washington, D. C. This shipment of goods was fumigated and
the infestation presumably destroyed.

On June 9, 1933, specimens taken from a badly infested chair
upholstered in horsehair were received from a home in Winston-
Salem, N. C. During this year, also, hair mattresses stored
at the Naval Supply Depot at Norfolk, Va., were found badly
eaten by the insect and were shipped by boat to the Naval Base
at Brooklyn, N. Y., where they were fumigated with hydrocy-
anic acid gas.

During 1933, 1934, and 1935, the furniture warehouses at the
Naval Supply Depot at Norfolk, Va., were fumigated with
hydrocyanic acid gas, under the direction of the Federal Bureau
of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, because of the presence
of the furniture carpet beetle in the furniture temporarily
stored there and belonging to naval officers.

On November 12, 1935, J. H. Janney, of the Anne Arundel
County, Md., Health Department, forwarded a furniture carpet
beetle from a house in Annapolis with the statement that the
owner of the infested property believed, perhaps without
foundation, that the infestation was brought from China in
the belongings of a naval officer.

On December 18, 1935, an interior decorator in Jacksonville,
Fla., sent specimens taken from upholstered furniture the hair
filling of which, he stated, had been eaten almost entirely.
On December 20, 1935, a box of brushes in the stock of a firm
at Greenville, S. C., was found ruined by the furniture carpet
beetle. It could not be determined whether the infestation
originated in Greenville or elsewhere. Other boxes of brushes,

all sealed in paper wrappings, were uninfested.

On April 7, 1936, Leon Banov, health officer of the Depart-
ment of Health, Charleston, S. C., sent specimens from a
private dwelling, where the infestation, quite severe, was traced
directly to two hair-filled chairs said to have been taken’ to
Charleston after storage in Washington, D. C. On May 5,
1936, specimens were sent from a dwelling in Buffalo, N. Y.

In 1927, McDaniel (75) stated that this species had not been
found in Michigan, and this is the only State report in which it
appears to have been mentioned.

It is reported that, in 1935, a custodian of a building in
Washington innocently sent a culture of furniture carpet
beetles to a firm in Buffalo that wished carpet beetle larvae
for testing the efficacy of its sprays. For years the Bureau
of Entomology and Plant Quarantine has consistently refused
to send cultures of Authrenus vorax to firms for experimental
or other purposes, as it has recognized the danger of uninten-
tionally spreading pests, and has insisted upon observance of
its regulations prohibiting the shipment of living insects except
upon special permission after it has been determined that no
danger exists.

194 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 9, DEC., 1936

COMMON AND SCIENTIFIC NAMES.

The insect has been called “‘the furniture carpet beetle”
because during its early history in Washington, D. C., it was
most often found infesting hair-filled furniture. This name has
proved to mean little, for while the insect is still the only carpet
beetle of importance as a furniture pest, it is very destructive
to floor coverings and the contents of trunks and closets, as
well as to brushes and other general house furnishings.

The first specimens of the furniture carpet beetle found in
Washington in 1915, were identified tentatively by H. S. Barber,
of the Taxonomic Division, Bureau of Entomology, as Anthrenus
jasciatus HUbst., following Lutz and Horn in their identification
of the specimens forwarded from Georgia in 1911. Mr. Barber
sent specimens to Gilbert J. Arrow in the British Museum,
that he might compare them with the type material of 4nthre-
nus vorax Waterhouse. Mr. Arrow found that the Washing-
ton specimens were identical with the type specimens of Water-
house’s vorax. When A. J. Mutchler and H. B. Weiss published
their paper on New Jersey dermestids (/6), they used the Arrow
identification and included as authority a note written by
S. A. Rohwer to the effect that Mr. Barber, after correspondence
and study, regarded the White House species as 4. vorax
Waterhouse and the original Anthrenus fasciatus Ubst. as
quite a different species. The present writers in their earlier
papers (2, 3, 4, 6) referred to the species as 4. fasciatus Hbst.
In two other publications (8, 9) they referred to it as Anthrenus
vorax but erroneously credited the species to Casey instead of
Waterhouse. In articles published in 1928 (7, 77) the writers
had reference to the vorax of Waterhouse. It seems probable,
in the opinion of the writers, that Casey’s 4. fasciatus Hbst.
and his own 4. seminiveus are forms of 4. vorax Waterhouse.
The writers (5) have discussed a severe infestation of hair-
filled furniture by 4. seminiveus, which is a white form that
Casey considered sufficiently distinct from 4. vorax Waterhouse
to be described as a new species (/0), but which Leng (/#)
listed as a synonym of 4. fasciatus Hbst. Leng also listed
A. vorax Casey as a synonym of 4. verbasci (L.). R. T. Cotton,
however, was able, in 1923 to 1928, to interbreed the normally
colored 4. vorax Waterhouse with the white form, 4. semini-
veus Casey, and obtain fertile offspring, now deposited in the
National Museum, showing great variation. The same varia-
tion from the whitish semzniveus to the typical vorax mottled
with yellow, white, and black is being found to-day in Washing-
ton. Whether 4. vorax Waterhouse and 4. seminiveus Casey
are distinct species, though proved capable of interbreeding,
remains to be determined.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 9, DEC., 1936 195

LIFE HISTORY.

The adult beetle may live several months after it begins to
crawl out of the larval skin, but many egg-laying females under
observation lived only about 2 weeks. In Washington adults
may be found in heated buildings at all seasons of the year, and
in March and April they are very abundant in certain buildings,
particularly at windows. After maturing from the pupal stage,
the adult beetle usually remains visible, but apparently motion-
less, in the last larval skin for from 2 to 14 days before it becomes
active and emerges.

The female beetles begin to lay eggs in from 1 to 3 days after
they have crawled free from the larval skins. The egg-laying
records of 15 mated females are given in Table I. These show
a range in egg-laying capacity of from 37 to 96 eggs per female,
and seem typical of many records taken in Washington during
the summers of 1922 and 1923. The females were not fed, but
were merely confined with their mates, together with fabrics in
glass vials, under conditions simulating those to which they
were exposed within furniture and trunks. The data indicate
that the females lay not more than three batches of eggs ranging
in number from 1 to 57. One female laid 45 eggs in one day.
It will be noted from Table I that the eggs of one batch are
often laid over a 2-day interval.

Tasie I. Ecc-Layinc Recorps or 15 Anthrenus vorax FEMALES.

Number of eggs laid by female No.

1923 DAZE! Oe Ooh Sit Dag TL, 2 T2nesl SE): £5

June 22 DEOL Ove Die tO IBS SOs) OeeOle (Ov 25
23 Opie 2i5 10s 2359923 Os 49.79 ON 229431 6 10
24 arto Dans 25) eh Ow 24 006-50
Ps) OF ORO ROO nO 218 0 On 10 782
26 Om Os PO velo Borel als lO. DSe80- «0

—_

i)
Sor oownrk OWNS

lon

(e3)

lon

27 22 AS 25re:10) 9 Oly OG pO Az 0 0 20 -0
28 So) eirhO'n SawOpeOrray tOrex 2.4 0 13 0
29 eat. ag em ee OR BN eae 7. NS 0 0
30 ee ety tor et: seri 16 0 0 0
Potala: Gara 59% 825737), (85. 46 54. 61) 70) 43°-96 60182

During warm summer weather, the eggs hatch in about 10 to
15 days. They do not lie dormant for long periods, such as
over winter, to hatch on the coming of favorable temperatures.
If the temperature is too low for hatching, the females usually
lay no eggs, and eggs deposited just before cold weather ulti-
mately die and shrivel. The eggs are deposited in the pile

196 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 9, -DEC., 1936

of mohair covers, in the nap of clothing, or often loosely on
the surface of tightly woven fabrics. Many eggs are laid in
floor cracks and about baseboards, as well as in many other
places too numerous to mention.

Under ordinary house conditions in Washington, D: C., the
length of the developmental period from the time the egg is
laid until the adult beetle matures and begins to mate is about
1 year. Of several hundred individuals developing from eggs
laid during July, 1922, and kept in a warm building, steam
heated throughout the cooler season, none completed its de-
velopment until June, 1923, and a few did not reach the adult
stage until April and May, 1924. The majority, however,
became adults in June, July, and August, 1923. It seems appar-
ent that the insect usually requires about 1 year for develop-
ment, but that a few having the same type of food and seemingly
under the same conditions of temperature and humidity
require about 2 years. Herfs (73), published data in 1933
regarding the life stages of Anthrenus fasciatus Hbst., indicating
that at 35° C. (95° F.) the egg stage lasts 8 days, the larval
stage 64 to 70 days, and the pupal stage 10 days. This is a
much shorter life cycle than is found for 4. vorax in Washington
at room temperatures. Herfs’ data are referred to here in
case 4. fasciatus Hbst. and 4. vorax Waterhouse are subse-
quently proved identical.

The greater part of the developmental period is passed in the
destructive feeding or larval stage. As it grows, the larva casts
its skin from 6 to 11 times, and possibly more times under
adverse conditions. These empty skins are found either singly
or in masses, about infested places and, because of their numb-
bers, often give the impression that the infestation is much
greater than it is. Where larvae congregate to molt, the cast
skins often adhere through the interlocking of their hairs, thus
forming clumps of skins that hang in festoons from clothing
as it is lifted from a box or trunk. They also form a feltlike
deposit in various patterns on the surface upon which they rest.
This felting is made of innumerable short hairs rubbed off from
the undersides of the bodies of the larvae, and seems to aid in
the molting process. ae

The pupal stage requires from 9 to 13 days in warm summer
weather in Washington, D. C., as indicated by several hundred
records.

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION.

The furniture carpet beetle (4uthrenus vorax Waterhouse)
was first found in the United States in Augusta, Ga., in 1911, and
later, in 1915, in Washington, D. C. It has since become thor-
oughly established in Washington, where to-day it is the most

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 9, DEC., 1936 197

destructive of all carpet beetle and fabric pests and the cause
of a considerable loss to property owners.

Known records of its spread outtside Washington are limited.
in number and begin, so far as the Federal Department of
Agriculture is concerned, with 1930. They include New York,
Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Maryland, Virginia, the District of
Columbia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, and
Florida. The species has not been recorded from Georgia since
its discovery there in 1911.

The furniture carpet beetle is an Old World species, and some
of the American infestations undoubtedly came from abroad,
but it is believed that the most likely avenue of spread within
the country now is through the distribution of susceptible
merchandise and the moving of furniture and other household
goods.

The female beetles have been known to lay from 37 to 96
eggs, sometimes as many as 57 eggs in one batch. During
warm summer weather at Washington eggs hatch in 10 to
15 days, and the complete life cycle or generation requires about
1 year, with some individuals requiring 2 years. The pupal
stage lasts from 9 to 13 days in summer, and adults may live
several months, although, if laying eggs, they usually die
within 2 weeks. By far the greatest period of the insect’s life
is spent in the feeding or larval stage.

This beetle is exceedingly destructive when it finds access to
stored commodities. It is very fond of hair-filled furniture,
brushes, and carpeting, but feeds on all kinds of animal sub-
stances. It does not normally feed on substances of vegetable
origin but sometimes injures cotton, linen, rayon, and jute
fabrics, and silk, and in fact almost anything edible that has
become stained or polluted with animal excretions.

Judging from the expense it has caused to property owners
in Washington, D. C., during the last several years, this insect
is certain to become an important factor in stimulating the
sale of insecticides, as its spread continues.

LITERATURE CITED.

(1) Ancio-EcyptTian Supan, GovERNMENT ENTOMOLOGIST.
1918. The Clothes Beetle (4nthrenus vorax). Wellcome Trop. Res.
Lab., Khartoum, Ent. Circ. 6, 2 pp.
(2) Back, E. A.
1923. Carpet Beetles and Their Control. U.S. Dept. Agr. Farmers’
Bull. 1346, 14 pp., illus.
(3) Back, E. A., and Corton, R. T.
1925. Common Pests Destructive to Household Goods in Storage.
Proc. Amer. Warehousemen’s Assoc. (1924) 34: 185-188,
illus.

198 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 9, DEC., 1936

(4) Back, E. A., and Corron, R. T.
1925. The Use of Vacuum for Insect Control. Jour. Agr. Research
31 : 1035-1041.
(5) Back, E. A., and Corron, R. T.
1926. Anthrenus seminiveus Casey (Coleoptera). Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash. 28 : 64-66, illus.
(6) Back, E. A., and Corron, R. T.
1926. Insect Control in Upholstered Furniture. Furniture Manfr.
6 (May).
(7) Back, E. A., and Corron, R. T.
1928. Getting Rid of Insects. Furniture Manfr. 8 (May).
(8) Back, E. A., and Cotton, R. T.
1930. Insect Pests of Upholstered Furniture. Jour. Econ. Ent.
23%: 833-03
(9) Back, E. A., Corron, R. T., and Roark, R. C.
1930. Rotenone as a Mothproofing Agent. (Sci. Note) Jour. Econ.
Ent. 23 : 1014.
(10): Casey, d.-E-
1916. Memoirs on the Coleoptera, Vol. 7, p. 199.
(11) Corron, R. T., and Roark, R. C.
1928. Ethylene Oxide as a Fumigant. Indus. & Engin. Chem.
20: 805.
(12) Forey, H., and De Peyerimuorr, P.
1922. Note sur un coleoptére dermestide (Anthrenus fasciatus Herbst)
nuisible dans les régions sahariennes. Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat.
Afrique Nord. (Alger) 13 : 285-288 illus.
(13) Herrs, A.
1933. Untersuchungen zur Oekologie und Physiologie von Anthrenus
fasciatus Herbst. Ve Congrés International d’Entomologie
(Paris.....,. 1932), pp. 295-302.
(14) Lene, C. W.
1920. Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America, North of Mexico,
p. 190.
(15) McDantet, E.
1927. Mich. Agr. Expt, Sta. Circ. Bull. 104, 20 pp.
(16) Murcuter, A. J., and Weiss, H. B.
1927. The Dermestid Beetles of New Jersey. N. J. State Dept.
Agr. Circ. 108, 29 pp., illus.

SOME SPECIES OF COLASPIS FROM THE BRUNNEA
CONFUSION (COLEOPTERA : CHRYSOMELIDAE).
‘ By H. S. Barser,
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, U.S. Department of Agriculture.
The following considerations and descriptions appear to be

required to supply a name for use in recording economic injury
to needles of longleaf pine in Louisiana.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 9, DEC., 1936 199

If species exist as natural units which can be classified and
reidentified when later encountered, they must be thought of
as self-perpetuating populations composed of limitless numbers
of individuals which differ more or less among themselves
but which, as a whole, hybridize rarely or not at all with indi-
viduals of other species. The barrier preventing or minimizing
hybridization may be any one, or a combination, of seasonal,
instinctive, chemical, or structural factors, or may lie in what
might loosely be termed incompatability (protoplasm, chroso-
mosomes, etc.). But since taxonomy presumes to define
species on the basis of so-called “characters” visible in dried
samples, a classification has been erected upon this basis and
many, working with keys, descriptions, and dry specimens,
habitually think of species only by name and by the characters
given in publications.

Because of these tendencies the taxonomic literature on the
pale and the yellow and bronzed North American forms of
Colaspis has been confused under the name Colaspis brunnea.
It is our misfortune that Fabricius applied the same specific
name (érunnea) to each of two very similar but literally
antipodal species, and as both species were for more than 30
years included in the same genus (Co/aspis) there is a nice
problem of homonyms to be worked out. At present it appears
(from correspondence with G. J. Arrow in 1926) that the New
Zealand pest known as “‘the bronzed beetle” and recorded
under the technical name Eucolaspis brunnea (Fab.) is some
species other than, but somewhat resembling, the type of
Chrysomela brunnea Fabricius 1792 (which had been included
in Colaspis from 1846 to 1881), while our North American
confusion under the name Colaspis brunnea Fab. 1801 (based
upon Galleruca brunnea Fabricius 1798) is further complicated
by introduction of the common name “bronzed beetle,” ap-
parently under a misconception that Eucolaspis brunnea (Fab.)
in New Zealand and Colaspis brunnea Fab. in the United States
are the same species.

The last taxonomic paper on our complex (Schaeffer 1934)
attempts to distinguish several species and varieties as distinct
from érunnea, which even thus restricted is left as an insoluble
complex, but the material used was scanty and only form,
color, and surface sculpture were considered. Solution of the
problem can not be attained on such lines. We need coopera-
tive assembling of well preserved sets displaying the variation
of both sexes within carefully chosen broods observed in detail
in nature. Single cabinet specimens, miscellaneous sweepings
from mixed vegetation, or other uncertain data, while supplying
informative leads to the observer, are too confusing in an
analysis of creditable data to deserve attention. The best
samples would be lots of perhaps 50 (males and females) taken

200 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 9, DEC., 1936

from a brood attacking a particular recorded host plant. If
attacks on other host plants are observed, each such sample
should be kept separate. From such lots, killed and kept in
fluid preservative, reference samples may be selected, displayed,
dehydrated, and.mounted with appropriate label. The type
series of the species below described as pini is such a sample
comprising 117 specimens and supplemented. by corroborative
lots with data as given below. Field observers should be careful,
however, for at almost any point in the area south and west of
New York various combinations of two or more species living
in mixed populations may be encountered and field observa-
tions should be so made that records and samples may after-
wards be clearly understood.

Among the Schaeffer types now before me are four of the
specimens mentioned with his description of Colaspis flavo-
costata. The holotype @ and allotype ? are from Chipola
Lake, Fla., Apr. 4, 1927, Leonard, and male and female para-
types are from Greenwood Lake, N. J., July 29, 1930, beaten
from pitch pine by Fred M. Schott. These appeared con-
specific with the pine-attacking specimens from Louisiana, but
for more satisfactory evidence the holotype aedeagus was
displayed, and found to be of the shape normal to the drunnea-
costipennis group of forms and very different from that of the
pine-feeding southern samples. The male paratype was then
dissected, yielding another surprise in that, while its aedeagus
is similar to that of the Louisiana form, the differences are such
that the forms can not be considered identical. Both of these
are probably peculiar to pine and the similarity in genitalic
structure may be of considerable significance. Search for
geographically intermediate males failed; and the specimens
from Maryland to South Carolina, being all females, are left
unidentified pending study of adequate samples from this
region. Single males from Georgia and central Florida are
also inadequate, being too poor or too diverse to be included
without other sustaining evidence.

Colaspis pini, new species.

Resembles Colaspis brunnea Fab. (as commonly understood), but is larger,
longitudinally less convex, of a brownish instead of light yellow color, and is
more densely punctate on the pronotum and more strongly costate on the
elytral intervals. Externally almost identical with Colaspis flavocostata ~
Schaeffer but differs in shape of aedeagus.

Elongate oval, convex, rusty yellow or brown with usually imperceptible
greenish reflections; strongly rather densely punctured, the elytral punctures
slightly larger, less approximate, and subserial in position between the pale
yellow costae.

Length 4.5 to 5.7 mm.; width humeri 2.3 to 2.7 mm.

Habitat: Attacking pine needles in Southern States.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 9, DEC., 1936 201

Male: Antennae extending to beyond hind coxae, pale yellow, the 7th, 10th,
and 11th joints sometimes darker; prosternal length twice the inter-coxal width;
mesosternum wider than long; last sternite shining, transversely very feebly
convex before apex, without tubercle but with translucent darker subapical
transverse area or pair of spots where sclerite appears to thicken on its internal
surface. Aedeagus elongate subparallel, evenly curved, very feebly wider at
apical third, the sides thence apically straight and very slightly convergent to
subapical subangulation and ending at the very feebly produced and elevated
tip in a slightly obtuse angle; lateral orificial plates narrow, separated by a
median membranous area wider than either place. =

Type locality.—Elizabeth, Louisiana.

Type and paratypes, U. S. N. M. Cat. No. 51940.

The male holotype is selected from a series of 117 specimens
collected on longleaf pine at Elizabeth, La., July 1, 1924 by
R. M. Hollowell and then doubtfully identified as Colaspis
costipennis. Other samples included as paratypes are as
follows: 8 specimens feeding on pine, Ponchatoula, La., June
24, 1925, C. E. Smith and N. Allen; 7 specimens feeding on pine,
Covington, La., June 24, 1925, Smith and Allen; 4 specimens,
pine, Ocean Springs, Miss., June 23, 1925, H. Gladney; 16
specimens on pine, Kiln, Miss., Aug. 11, 1926, R. C. Nicaise;
5 specimens on Pinus taeda, Woodworth, La., June 12, 1928,
N. D. Canterbury; 9 specimens injuring tops of slash pine,
5 miles east of Logtown, Miss., July 16, 1932, H. W. Givens;
6 specimens on pine, 5 miles north of Slidell, La., July 10, 1934,
EE, Snyder:

Colaspis pini schotti, new subspecies.

Colaspis flavocostata Schaeffer 1934, part.

Size, habitus, form, sculpture, and color as in flavocostata but structure of
aedeagus similar to that of pini, from which the following comparison may
distinguish it. Color darker, the rusty areas reduced and the aeneous reflections
intensified, and the elytral costae less prominent and narrower. Male: An-
tennae shorter, attaining the hind coxae, only the subbasal joints rusty red;
prosternal length greater than twice the intercoxal width; mesosternal plate
as long as wide; last sternite with scattered pubescence and punctures more
developed; aedeagus shorter, more strongly curved, with apex slightly more
obtusely angulate and with lateral orificial plates broader and almost approxi-
mate.

Type data.— Beating pitch pine, Greenwood Lake, New Jersey, July 29,
1930, F. M. Schott.”’

The holotype male and allotype are in the Schaeffer collection
as paratypes of C. flavocostata Schaeft., being the specimens
mentioned in his footnote addition to his description of that
species. The allotype is more translucent ferruginous, perhaps
due to decomposition of its contained fatty material.

202 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 9, DEC., 1936

Colaspis flavocostata Schaeffer 1934 (sens. str.)

Type data.—Chipola Lake, Florida, Apr. 9, 1927, M. D. Leonard. Holotype
male and allotype female in Schaeffer collection.

The type specimens of flavocostata became available after the
Louisiana samples had been studied and all three species were
considered identical until their dissection exposed the diversity
of male genitalic structure. The aedeagus of the holotype is
of the form usual in the drunnea-costipennis series, 1. e., short,
broad, strongly bent, with apical portion obtuse before the
subulately produced tip; and the last sternite bears a strong,
median tubercle. The antennae are unusually long and slender,
three or four apical joints extending beyond the hind coxae.

Colaspis brunnea auct. and Eucolaspis brunnea auct.

The confusion under these names can only be worse con-
founded by premature taxonomic work under conditions now
believed to exist. The slow cooperative assembling of good
samples, such as are discussed in the introductory remarks, will
require much time, and until our several forms are understood,
slight credence might be accorded to an opinion from an examin-
ation of the Fabrician type of Galleruca brunnea, if it is pre-
served. The type locality record of the latter, “Habitat in
America. Dom. Hybner,” should be amplified by any collateral
evidence on Hiibner’s sources of specimens. It is here perti-
nent, however, to show by a condensed chronological table
some of the reasons why the “‘bronzed beetle” of New Zealand
and our native American complex of forms should not have been
confused in economic considerations. The more important
references supposed to deal with these two Fabrician specific
names (érunnea), neither of which appears in the “Munich”
catalogue, and their long inclusion in the genus Colaspis, as
well as the gross confusion of our American records under the
name of the New Zealand “Bronzed beetle” are shown as
follows:

Present name Eucolaspis brunnea (F). Present name Colaspis brunnea (F.)
Habitat—New Zealand Habitat—North America

Chrysomela brunnea Fab. 1792

Galleruca brunnea Fab. 1798
Chrysomela brunnea Fab. 1801 Colaspis brunnea Fab. 1801

Colaspis brunnea Oliv. 1808
Colaspis brunnea White 1846

Colaspis brunnea Crotch 1873
Colaspis brunnea Broun 1880
Dematochroma brunnea Baly 1881
Dematochroma brunneum Lef. 1885 Colaspis suilla Lef. 1885 -
Eucolaspis brunnea Sharp 1886 (not Fab. 1801)

Colaspis brunnea Horn 1892

PROC. ENT. SOC.’ WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 9, DEC., 1936 203

Eucolaspis brunnea Broun 1893

Eucolaspis brunnea Clav. 1914 Colaspis brunnea Clav. 1914
Z Colaspis brunnea RAE 1921

Eucolaspis brunnea RAE 1922

Eucolaspis (Colaspis) brunnea RAE

1924
Colaspis flava RAE 1924
Eucolaspis brunnea RAE 1927 Eucolaspis (Colaspis) brunnea RAE
1927

(Usage of 1927 continued 1928 to 1936 in RAE omitted here.)

The practice in the last twelve volumes of Review of Applied
Entomology (abbreviated to RAE on the last 6 lines) of not
only indexing the American citations under the name of the
very distinct Zealandian genus but of making their abstracts
of the American Colaspis brunnea records read “ Eucolaspis”
has doubtless confused compilers of published data both in
America and in New Zealand. Perhaps paralleling the variety
of habits and forms of American Co/aspis, this similar but un-
related genus is said to injure foliage of pine (Clark, 1932) as
well as fruit trees in New Zealand; but the individual, local, and
interspecific variation appears so great that identification of the
several species seems to be somewhat uncertain.

Certainly the International Code requires replacement of the
specific homonym brunnea F. 1798 by a substitute name, but
who wishes to propose one for a species whose identity may not
be known for a very long time and among the listed subspecific
or synonymic names of which no one can choose since actual
specific identities or differences are unknown and can not be
determined without a very expensive research? It therefore
appears best to continue indexing data on those of our various
pale American species which can not be otherwise identified
under the name Co/aspis brunnea auct. and proceed to assemble
samples and other data which may lead to a solution of this
problem.

The simple author-date citations used in the above summary
refer to the following works:

1/92) Wabticiuss. 2 Entssyst: ips 323:

1798 Fabricius .. . .Ent. Syst. Supp., p. 94.

1801 Fabricius .. . .Syst. El., I, p. 416, p. 439.

180SesOliviers -y-ea Ents vola6sp:; 891"

1846 White ... . .Voy. Erebus and Terror, Ins., p. 23.

1873: Crotch ..coialsBroc.Acad. Nat: SciPhila.; vol. 25> p.44.
GSO sb rounhee 4 semen Manual N. Zealand Coleop., pt. 1, p. 622.
AS Sil\ se aliv; pera ecw Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1881, p. 502.

1885 Lefevre .. . .Eumolp. Catal., p. 33, p. 48.

204 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 9, DEC., 1936

1886. Shaspre: Grae Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc. (2), vol. 3, p. 445.

1892) sorne sss ee Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 19, p. 223.

1893 Brounws ote 0.) Manual N. Zealand Coleop., pt. 5, p. 1305.

1914 Clavareau .. .Coleop. Catal. Junk, pt. 59, p. 22, p. 28.

1921 etseq. RAE . .Rev. Appl. Ent. A (see indices).

1932 mGlarks ce... 3 N. Zealand Journ. Sci. Tech., vol. 13, p. 235-243.
1934 Schaeffer . . .Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., vol. 41, p. 470.

NOMENCLATURE OF LISTRODERES OBLIQUUS KLUG (THE
VEGETABLE WEEVIL) (COLEOPTERA : CURCULIONIDAE).

By L. L. Bucuanan,
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, U. S. Department of Agriculture.

Originally described from Brazil, the vegetable weevil has
been widely dispersed by commerce, and is now established in
several countries. At different times different technical names
have been applied to the species; at present, it is called Listro-
deres obliquus Gyllenhal by most North American writers, and
Listroderes costirostris Schoenherr by writers of other countries.
Its correct name appears to be Listroderes obliquus Klug, though
this conclusion, being based largely on published statements,
may be modified by future studies of the types of Schoenherr,
Klug, and Gyllenhal (presumably in European museums) or
by biological investigations of costirostris in its native habitat.

The names chiefly involved are: Listroderes costirostris
Schoen. 1826, proposed for a species from Rio de Janeiro;
L. obliquus Klug 1829, for a species from southern Brazil; and
L. obliquus Gyll. 1834, for a new variety of costirostris from
southern Brazil. In describing ob/iquus, both Klug and Gyllen-
hal cite “‘odliquus Dej. in litt.,” and this citation, in the absence
of contrary evidence and pending examination of the actual
types, is here considered to establish ob/iquus Gyll. as a synonym
of obliquus Klug.

The exact relation of obliguus Klug to costirostris Schoen. is
problematical. No structural difference between them has ever
been reported, though Mississippi, U. S. A., specimens sent by
H. S. Barber to G. A. K. Marshall in 1925 were said to be
obliquus Gyll., but not costirostris Schoen. as identified in the
British Museum collection. The only other evidence known
to me indicating the distinctness of obliguus and. costirostris
is the allusion to the male in Schoenherr’s original description of
costirostris; whereas obliquus, as far as known, is strictly par-
thenogenetic. No male of od/iqguus has been reported in the
literature, nor was this sex represented among 1,186 Mississippi
specimens which I dissected recently. This difference in
reproductive nature is obscured or entirely lost sight of if

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 9, DEC., 1936 205

obliquus is sunk as a synonym of costirostris; and it seems de-
sirable, therefore, to consider the two names as representing
separate species, or strains of a single species, at least until
the biological distinction, here assumed actually to exist, is
disproved by experimental field studies.
If costirostris Schoen. be treated as distinct, the chief syn-
onymy of obliquus is: Listroderes obliquus Klug 1829.
[L. obliquus Gyll. 1834, new synonymy.|
[Desiantha nociva French 1908 (Desiantha nociva Lea
1909, new synonymy.) |
[Listroderes costirostris (authors, not Schoenherr) when
referring to the parthenogenetic form.]

The following chronology lists references to the more im-
portant papers that bear on the nomenclature of both odliquus
and costirostris:

~ 1821. Dejean, Catalog. Coleop., p. 90, lists costirostris Gyll. [? nomen nudum]
from Brazil under the generic name Merionus Megerle (Barynotus
Germar). As far as known there are no copies of Megerle’s catalogs in
the United States, but his papers probably are not a factor in the nomen-
clature of the vegetable weevil.

1823. Schoenherr, Isis von Oken, heft 10, column 1142: “107 Listroderes nob.
Typ. Listr. costirostris Gyll. n. sp. C. Hypera insubida Germ.” None of
these names seems to be nomenclaturally valid at this date.

1826. Schoenherr, Curculionidum Dispositio Methodica, pp. 158-159, describes
Listroderes, new genus, and states that the type is “Listrod. costiros-
tris Gyllenh. n. sp. Hypera insubida Germ. in litt...” Locality, Rio
de Janeiro.

Schoenherr’s purpose here was to describe a new genus only, but his
statements constitute a combined generic and specific description, and
both Listroderes and costirostris date from Schoenherr 1826.

1829. Klug, Preis—Verzeichniss ‘vorrathiger Insectendoubletten, Berlin,
p. 6:67. Listroderes obliquus De}. (i. litt.) fusco-squamosus, thorace
linea dorsali, elytris maculis griseis (Magn. fere Curc. Pini L.)”’ Locality
(at beginning of list), “Siid-Brasilien.”

This description establishes the name ob/iquus Klug 1829 which takes
precedence over obliquus Gyllenhal 1834.

1834. Gyllenhal, Gen. et Sp. Curculionidum, vol. 2, part 1, pp. 277-278,
describes costirostris as a new species (which is a synonym of costirostris
Schoenherr 1826), citing “Hypera insubida Germ in Litteris”; and also
describes “‘var. 8” citing thereunder “ZL. ob/iguus. Dom. Com. Dejean in
Litteris, teste Dom. Schuppel. Habitat . . . Var. 8, in Brasilia meridi-
onale. Dom. Schuppel. Mus. Schh.”

The description of var.: B validates the name od/iquus Gyll. 1834;
and (obliquus Gyll. 1834) =odliquus Klug 1829. It is not very improb-
able that the specimens which Gyllenhal described as obliqguus were
obtained from Klug’s “type” series of ob/iqguus Klug.

206

1835.

1837.

1841.

1842.

1871.

1881.

1907.

1908.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO, 9, DEC., 1936

Dejean, Catalog. Coleop. (with 1833 title page), p. 260. Under genus
Listroderes Schoenherr are listed: obliguus Dej., from Brazil, with
elongatulus Klug and costirostris var. Schoenherr as synonyms; and costi-
rostris Gyllenhal, from Brazil, with “Jnsubida Germar (Hypera)”’ in
synonymy.

The name elongatulus Klug, previously a nomen nudum, appears
here to become a synonym of obliqguus Dej. Ms., Klug, Gyllenhal. For
discussion of date of issue of the “1833” Dejean catalog see Kraatz,
Berl. Ent. Zeit., vol. 18, 1874, p. 212.

Dejean, Catalog. Coleop., p. 283. Same treatment as in the “1833”
Dejean Catalog.

Waterhouse, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, part ix, p. 122, lists costirostris
Scho. from Maldonado (probably the city in Peru) and from Coquimbo
(Chile). These localities are distant from the natural habitat of costiros-
tris, and Waterhouse’s specimens may have been misidentified. On
the same page Waterhouse describes L. robustus, new species, from
Coquimbo. (See Berg 1881, below.)

Boheman, Gen. et Sp. Curculionidum, vol. 6, part 2, p. 189, citing
Gyllenhal 1834, redescribes ZL. costirostris Gyll. and refers also to the
Dejean Catalog, edition 2, p. 260, edition 3, p. 283. Boheman then
describes a “ 9 var. B” and a “of var. y,” following which are cited:

“ Listroderes costirostris var. 8B. Huj. op. Il, p. 277, 1” and “Listrod.
obliquus Dejean Catal. ed. 2, p. 260. ed. 3, p. 283. Patria : Brasilia,
Rio-Janeiro, Buenos-Ayres.”’

The wording of Boheman’s description of var. 7 is practically the same
as that of Gyllenhal’s description of var. B (ob/iquus Gyll. 1834).
Gemminger and Harold, Catalog. Coleop., p. 2360, list costirostris Gyll.
from Brazil, with synonym insubidus Germ. in litt., and lists as a variety
of costirostris, obliquus of Dej. Cat., 3 ed. p. 283, and of Gyllenhal
1834, p. 277, with elongatuius Klug, Dej. Cat. |. c. as a synonym of this
variety (see Dejean 1835 above).

Berg, Stett. Ent. Zeitung, vol. 42, p. 62, records Listroderes costirostris
Gyll., with synonym (apparently a new synonym) L. robustus Waterh.,
from Central Argentina to Magellan Strait.

According to Schenkling and Marshall 1931 (see below) robustus
Waterh. is not a synonym of costirostris, but a distinct species. The
Magellan Strait locality record may apply to robustus alone, to costiros-
tris alone, to both species, or to neither. The specimens involved should
be reidentified.
Kolbe, Ergebnisse der Hamburger Magalhaensischen Sammelreise
1892-93, Hamburg, 1896-1907, Coleoptera, 1907, p. 103, lists Listroderes
costirostris Gyll. with L. robustus Waterhouse as a synonym. Localities:
Magellan Strait, Patagonia, Argentina.

The synonymy and distribution are probably taken from Berg 1881.
French, C. A new vegetable pest. The tomato weevil (Desiantha
nociva Lea). Jour. Dept. Agr. Victoria, vol. 6, part 12, Dec: 10, 1908,
pp. 754-755. French’s purpose was merely to call attention to an agri-
cultural pest but his remarks on page 754 describe the size and appearance

1909.

1922.

1923.

92S:

1925:

1926.

1927.

1931.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 9, DEC., 1936 207

of the weevil and constitute an original description of Desiantha nociva
French 1908, of which Desiantha nociva Lea 1909 is a synonym.

French, C. ibid, vol. 7, part 10, Oct. 11, 1909, pp. 642-643. An article
on the tomato weevil (Desiantha nociva Lea), calling attention to his
previous paper “In the Journal for December, 1908.” Figures of adult,
larva, and pupa are given on page 643.

Lea, A. M., Trans. and Proc. and Rept. Royal Soc. So. Australia, vol. 33,
p. 174, describes Desiantha nociva, n. sp. Lea, which is a synonym of
D. nociva French 1908.

Harned, Quart. Bull. State Plant Board Miss., vol. 2, no. 1-2, Apr.—
July, 1922, pp. 6-8, discusses the weevil without definite scientific name,
stating that there is a disagreement among workers as to whether the
species is a Listroderes of South American origin or the Australian
Desiantha nociva.

Chittenden, U.S. Dept. Agr., Dept. Circ. 282, July 31, 8 pp., recommends
the use of the name Desiantha nociva, though suggesting that the weevil
may be a South American species of Listroderes.

McCarthy, T., Agricultural Gazette N. S. Wales, Aug. 1, pp, 573-580,
states: “In this account I will refer to it as Listroderes nociva, based on
authority of Dr. Guy A. Marshall” . . . who writes:

‘This weevil has nothing whatever to do with the genus Desiantha,
but belongs to the South American genus Listroderes, and I have found
in the British Museum a specimen of a species from Brazil with which it
is probably conspecific. I have quite recently received the same species
from South Africa, where it is attacking turnips.’ ”

Howard, Ann. Rept. Entomologist, U. S. Dept. Agr., Sept. 20, p. 22,
states that the weevil “... has now been definitely determined as
Listroderes obliquus.” He says also that reproduction is parthenogenetic.
Chittenden, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 39, July 30, pp. 71-74, in a
paper on Listroderes apicalis Waterh., alludes to L. “obliquus Fab.”
(meaning obliqguus Gyll.), but gives no reason for the suppression of the
name Desiantha nociva used in his 1923 paper. The erroneous labeling
of the figures of obliguus and apicalis on the original plate I may cause
confusion unless the corrected plate is at hand.

Hustache, Anales de Museo Nacional de Hist. Natural, vol. 34, Decem-
ber, p. 199, lists costirostris Gyll. from Buenos Aires.

Lewis, H. C., Calif. Dept. Agr. Monthly Bull., vol. 16, no. 7, pp. 378-
392, correctly states (p. 379) that the report of L. apicalis in Hawaii
(Rept. of the Bd. of Comm. of Agr. and For. Ter. Hawaii, Dec. 1926,
p. 45) is a reference to what is probably the same species (i. e., obliquus).

Note: The U. S. National Museum collection contains a specimen of

the vegetable weevil collected on Mana Island, Hawaii, May 12, 1926,
by Mr. Swezey.
Schenkling and Marshall, Junk Catalog. Coleop., part 114, Cylindror-
rhininae, p. 7, list costirostris Schoen., with nocivus Lea as a synonym and
obliquus Gyll. as an “ab.” (aberration). Localities for costirostris:
Magellan Strait, Patagonia, Argentina, Brazil, Australia, South Africa.
No North American localities are cited.

208 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 9,-DEC., 1936

1931. Essig, A History of Entomology, 1931, pp. 203-206. A discussion of the
introduction, spread, habits, and nomenclature.

1932. Lovell, O. H. The vegetable weevil, Listroderes obliquus. ‘Calif. Agr.
Exp. Sta., Bul. 546, 19 pp. On page 11 the weevil is said to be partheno-
genetic.

1933. Essig. Nomenclature of the vegetable weevil. Science, vol. 77, no.
2008, pp. 605-606.

1933. Muggeridge, J., New Zealand Journal of Agriculture, vol. 47, no. 4,
Oct. 20, p. 221-224, records Listroderes costirostris from New Zealand.

MINUTES OF A SPECIAL BUSINESS MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

A special business meeting of the society was held at 4 p. m., Thursday,
October 8, 1936, in Room 43 of the new building of the National Museum.
The finances of the society, particularly with respect to certain bonds owned
by the society, which had become misplaced by the former Corresponding
Secretary-Treasurer, were discussed. It was agreed on vote of the society that
this individual’s note in the amount of face value without interest, payable in
5 years, be accepted.

Henry H. Ricwarpson,
Recording Secretary.

MINUTES OF THE 477TH REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, NOVEMBER 5, 1936,

The 477th meeting of the society was held at 8 p. m., Thursday, November 5,
1936, in Room 43 of the Natural History Building of the National Museum.
Thirty-two members and six visitors were present with S. B. Fracker, President,
presiding. The minutes of the 476th regular meeting and the special business
meeting of October 8, 1936, were read and approved. The chair stated that if
there was no objection the publication of the minutes of the special business
meeting would be left to the discretion of the Executive Committee.

A publication entitled “The Control and Eradication of Prickly Pear in
Australia” by Allan C. Dodd (Bull. Ent. Res. 27 : 503, 1936) was brought to
the society’s attention by Carl Heinrich. Mr. Heinrich stated that in this
outstanding use of an insect for weed eradication, 25 million acres of land had
been retrieved.

A resolution drawn up by R. W. Harned and C. F. W. Muesebeck in connec-
tion with the death of J. W. Folsom was read by the recording secretary and is
included in the minutes by unanimous vote of the society as follows:

“Doctor Justus Watson Folsom was only recently elected to membership
in this Society, and, stationed at Tallulah, La., he has been unable to attend
our meetings. Nevertheless, if not personally, at least through his much used
and several times reprinted textbook, ‘Entomology with Special Reference
to its Ecological Aspects,” and through his sound contributions to the taxonomy
of the Collembola, he was known to us all.

“Tt is with sorrow that we record his loss to this Society and to science. At

PROC..ENT..SOC. WASH., VOL. 38, NO. 9, DEC., 1936 209

the:same' time ‘we extend our sincere sympathy to his adopted mother, Mrs.
Josephine Seymour, with whom he made his home since early boyhood.
By the Committee:
R. W. Harnep,
October 30, 1936. C.F. W. MueEseBeck.”

The subject of the proposed revision of the constitution of the Society was
brought up. Heinrich moved that reading be dispensed with and that any
proposed changes in amendments be brought up in their order. This was
seconded and passed.

Title. Heinrich moved that the words “and.By-Laws” be inserted after
“Constitution.” This was seconded and passed.

Art. I and IT. No changes.

Art. IIT, MclIndoo proposed that the words “Life Member” and “Sustaining
Members” be capitalized. Seconded and passed. Oman proposed that the fee
for Life members be lowered to $40 inasmuch as members to be eligible must
have paid $15 previously in dues. This. was seconded by Hall, discussed by
Cushman, Hall, Ewing, and Clausen, and passed.

Art. IV. McIndoo proposed the title be changed to read: “Officers and
Executive Committee.”’ Seconded and passed.

Section J. Heinrich proposed this be changed to read “guided by an Execu-
tive Committee consisting of the officers and 3 additional members, all elected,
etc.” Section 3 was to be struck out. This was seconded, discussed by Webb,
and passed.

Section 2. Cushman proposed this be changed after the word “Editor” to
read, “and the member representing the Society as a vice-president of the
Washington Academy of Sciences.” Seconded and passed.

Bishopp moved that the phrase “all to be elected by vote of the Society”
be struck out. Seconded and passed.

Section 4-and 5. Poos moved that the numbering of these be changed to
3 and'4 respectively. Seconded and passed.

Art. V, Section 1. Hall moved that this be changed to read ‘The Executive
Committee shall, during their period of office, assume the responsibility jointly
and individually for . . . the activities of the Society,” etc. This was seconded,
discussed by Clausen and Fracker, and passed.

Section 2.and 3. No changes.

Section 4. McIndoo proposed the inclusion of the word ‘“‘and subscribers”
after members. Seconded and passed.

Section 5. Webb proposed that after the words “charge of” the words “and
be responsible for’ be inserted in the first sentence. An additional sentence
was to be added to read “The treasurer shall be bonded in the amount of
$5000, the cost of the bond to be paid by the society.” This was discussed by
Clausen and Ewing, seconded and passed.

Section 6. Webb inquired if the Editor made arrangements with the publisher
for publication of the Proceeding and questioned whether a definite statement
should not be made in this regard.

Art. VI, This was discussed by Cushman who stated that funds obtained
from the sale of separates and numbers of the Proceedings were not included in
the Publication Fund as it would complicate the work on this fund and it was
really an income which should go to benefit the general treasury fund.

210 PROC. ENT. SOC: :WASH., VOL. 38,'NO. 9, DEC.,:1936.

_ Heinrich moved that the word “‘only”’ be inserted before “derived interest.”
Seconded and passed.

Bishopp discussed the matter of limiting the type of article to be published
from moneys borrowed from this fund. This was discussed by Ewing.

Art. VII. Cashman moved that the words “one regular meeting prior to”
be substituted for the phrase “one month prior to.”” Seconded and passed.

By-Laws. Art. I. Siegler made the motion that the first sentence be changed
to read “At. the regular meeting in November the society shall nominate by
written ballot the candidates for all officers and members of the Executive
Committee.” This was seconded, discussed by Ewing, Cushman, McIndoo and
Hall, but lost by the vote of 8.to 15.

Cushman moved that the words “‘at least two nominees” be-substituted for
“one nominee.” This was discussed by Heinrich and Ewing and passed.

Art. IT. No changes.

Art. ITI. Heinrich made the motion that the 2nd sentence be made to read
“The annual meeting for the election of officers shall be the regular meeting
for the month of December and shall be open only to members of the society.”
This was seconded, discussed by Snodgrass, and Bishopp, but did not pass.

Art. IV. No changes.

Art. V. McIndoo proposed that the reading of papers be made part of the
annual meeting. This was seconded but did not pass.

Art. VI and VIT. No changes. :

Fracker stated that if there was no objection, the proposed amendments
would be brought up for vote at the December meeting.

Ewing, peas and Fracker discussed the appointment of a nominating
committee.

The first paper on tthe regular program was entitled “Present Status of the
Japanese Beetle Infestation,” by C. W. Stockwell.

Japanese beetle traps operated for the summer of 1936 numbered 103,500,
scattered in 19 States. Many cities not previously trapped were included in
the season’s program. ‘Results indicated an increased beetle infestation,
particularly in Ohio and West Virginia cities. At Chicago the number increased
to approximately 3700 beetles, and at St. Louis, where extensive control meas-
ures have been in operation, the number was reduced to 88.

Quarantine enforcement activities were continued within the regulated
area, also inspection at mid-western cities of cars and carloads of produce
originating within the infested area.

Unfavorable environmental conditions during the winter of 1935-36 Pea
a heavy grub mortality in the older infested area. (Author’s abstract.)

Mr. Snodgrass stated that because of the lateness of the hour Mr. F. H.
Babers, who was scheduled to speak next, had kindly offered to speak at a
later meeting.

Heinrich moved that inasmuch as me proposed changes in the new constitu-
tion would not be in force, the president be empowered to use his discretion
in the appointment of a nominating committee. Seconded and passed.
Meeting adjourned at 10.15 p. M.

_ Henry H. Ricuarpson,
Recording Secretary.

Actual date of publication, Fanuary 6, 1937.

INDEX TO VOLUME 38

Aedes dominicii Rangel & Romero Sierra,
male and larva of, 71.

Aedes (Soperia) pseudodominicii, n. sp., 75.

Alcidion cereicola, n. sp., 7.

Auxarp, H. A., article "Goint) by, 147.

Altica, generic synopsis and new species of
(figs.), 13; A. ambiens, 21; A. bimarginata,
15; A. caurina, 24; A. guatemalensis, Wn
A, napensis, 23; ‘A. plicipennis, 16; A.
prasina, 18; A. subplicata, 17.

Anopheles chiriquiensis, n. sp., 156; (Nys-
sorhynchus) anomalophyllus, n. sp., 160;
(Myzomyia) cristatus, n. sp., 80;
leucosphyrus var. riparis, n. var., 83.

Anthrenus vorax Waterhouse, a pest of in-
creasing importance in U. S., 189.

Aphids, new species from Utah, 89.

Back, E. A., article by, 189.

Baisas, F. E., article (joint) by, 79.

Baker, F. C., article by, 1.

Barser, H. g., article by, 198.

Benjamin, Foster Eeadrichson, obituary, 25.

Biting gnat (Psychodidae), 27.

Brake, Doris H., article by, 13.

Bévinc, Apa G., article by, 169.

Brachycoma sarcophagina (Townsend),
and puparium of (plate), 92.

Bucuanan, L. L., article by, 204.

Buscx, Aucust, article (joint) by, 33.

Caudell, Andrew Nelson, obituary with
bibliography, 335

Cae A.N., article by (joint, posthumous),

Cerambycidae, Argentine, n. sp., 7.

CuamMBeERLIN, T. R., article (joint) by, 185.

Cicada, periodical, song of (pitch, etc.), 166.

Colaspis pini, n. sp., 200; C. pini schotti, n.
sub. sp., 201; C. flavocastata schaefer, 202;
C. brunnea auct., 202.

Colaspis, species of from the brunnea con-
fusion, 198.

Culicidae, annotated list of Colombian yellow
fever mosquitoes, 57; new species of, 1;
new species of,.79; new from Panama, 156.

Davipson, Raupu H., joint article by, 97.

Dermanyssus, synopsis of American species of,
with new species, 47-54; D. seutatus, n.
sp., 49; D. brevis n. sp., 54.

Dozier, Hersert L., article by, 148.

Entomological Society of Washington, officers
of for 50 years, 99-145.

Entomological Society of Washington, Minutes
of 470th meeting, 11; 471st meeting, 55;
472d meeting, 77; 473d meeting, 146;
474th and 475th meetings, 168; 476th

larva

meeting, 187; business meeting of, 208;
477th regular meeting, 208

Epameibaphis utahensis, n. sp., 91.

Eulophidae, new species of, 76.

Eutettix tenellus (Baker) distribution and
synonymy of, 164.

Ewine, H. E., article by, 47.

Fisuer, W. S., article by, 7.

Gaunay, A. B., article by, 76.

GorttrriebD, IGnattus, article by, 166.

Grasshopper, new var., wingless, 148.

Hatt, Davin G., article by, 27.

Hernricu, Cart, article (joint) by, 25.

Howarp, L. O., article (joint) by, 33.

Hutt, Frank M., article by, 160

Kine, W. V., article (joint) by, 7

Komp, W. H. W., articles by, 57, a 156, 160.

Know tron, G. Be article (joint) by, 89.

LINDQUIST, ARTHUR W., article by, 29.

Listroderes obliquus Klug (vegetable weevil),
nomenclature of, 204.

Mattocu, Joun R., article by, 9.

Mites, synopsis of genus Dermanyssus, 47.
Mosquitoes, breeding places and _ winter
activities of, near New Orleans, 148.

Mueseseck, C. F. W., article (joint) by, 25.

Muscidae, Puerto Rican, n. sp., 9

Oman, P. W., article by, 164.

Orthopodomyia alba, n. sp. (fig.), 1.

Orthoptera, numerous references to, 33.

Phlebotomus (Brumptomyia) diabolicus, n.
sp., with key to males of American species,
27; P. diabolicus, notes on biology of, 29.

Phyllophaga spreta (Horn), collection records
of adult,

Plectris aliena Chapin, anatomical study of
larva of, with definition of terms (plates),
169-185.

Podisma glacilalis var. amplicerca, n. var., 148.

Rircuer, P. O., article (joint) beet

Scenetes, new genus (Diptera), 9; S. cardini, n
sp., 10.

SEATON, Leg, article (joint) by, 185.

Shade trees, insect enemies of, Herrick’s, 186.

Smits, C. F., article (joint) by, 89.

Syrphidae, new Peruvian, 167.

Tachinosyrphus, n. genus, 167; T. pseudota-
china, n. sp., 167.

Tetrastichus brevistigma, n. sp., 76.

TownseEnD, Lee H., article by, 92.

Vegetable weevil, nomenclature of, 204.

Wapk, J.S., article by, 99; book review by, 186.

Yellow fever, mosquitoes, Colombian, related
to,

211

)

u uA

ae Aken Wi a
7 t rr coil
ee i

a uf v

ApAAAAa a) (AA
aA} ala, iY AWA A WARE vA ai WA RAE \
In al WAY. IAVAAAY AN

RAAANAAAAAN AAA AANAAARAAY
AAAR AA / NAAAAA BAA ‘aay . | es =f
ah Aeaarcnnananc Nanna NP AABAARR A AALEA ARREARS
ARYA AN AARAAAAARARAYY AA AAAAAANA NAAAAAAAA AAAS aallaal
AAA AAAAWAAA AAA aa WANN Adana SAAAAAAA } AAARAR, AAAAAAAR a Ae’
AVY YY YY PAA
| | | A t | | Y \ | |

nnnnnaaaan AAA | pasos A : AAA

Eaton th

AA, \AALYS
| 1935-36 —

t vol. 37-38

AUTHOR

TITLE.

GPO 16—6059

Ae AA
niNsacaranne ae

ane crncwcra cd een

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington"

See other formats